“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentix testes, divitiz felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sstimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’””—Bruckyer, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

os 0,2 ee es 0» - Lhe sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

ALuRE & FLAMMAM,

CONTENTS OF VOL. XVII.

(EIGHTH SERIES.)

NUMBER 97,

I. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XXXVIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

DRE te W Pe Ae ua Ss and a spaaca oh vi baie oad DIG wal eu-¥ ol etetrits ss bit

II. New Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea, By J.J. Joicry,

F.LS., F.Z.S., F.E.S., and G. Tanrsor, F.E.S. (Plates V.—VIIL.) .

III. New Species of Lice. By Brucr F. Cummings, British

MUIR eanEN (VIED ELESDORY) sia'siy & Srei's. »!v/acs\s a o.acc: o's o.nnlagiea Dee cia's

IV. On the Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetodia, Mg.

(Diptera Nematocera). By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S. ......

V. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—X1X. On new Species

from Australia. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.........

VI. The Porcupine of Tenasserim and Southern Siam. By

Girgpee 1 PHOMAG. 735. rsldmbiwar he SUE RRO Wade eekeS olUs ae we

VII. On the Grouping of the South-American Muride that have

been referred to Phyllotis, Huneomys, aud LEligmodontia. By

OLUPURT ERMAN Bh a lsipee eatin sac e wees ss. aain Soule ee |

VIII. On Crassicauda crassicauda (Crepl.) [Nematoda] and its

ters) Fay) ED, Gi, As AV LE Gg Ene, cutere crib aioha xo: «: 0: s\ allay avwrellsys ani Wel opts

Page

108

116

136

139

144

iv CONTENTS.

NUMBER 98.

IX. Rhynchotal Notes—LVIII. By W. L. Distant ........ 149

X. Descriptions of new Freshwater Shells from Japan. By H.B.

PRESRO Sy Peper a Mle Mae Nyy wx side Gin e+ ole ane ti wee pase a alee eee 159

XI. On the Nomenclature and Identity of some little-known

British Spiders. By A. Ranprxi Jackson, M.D., D.Sc. ........ 163

XII. Note on the Thorax in Anoplura and in the Genus Nesio-

tinus of the Mallophaga. By Bruce F. Cummrnes (British

Mnceumn\ol Natural Pistory)) sic niexts . optantetsege vleuhee tye iia id i7l

XIII. Two new Genera of African Muscoidea. By CHARLES

H. T. TownsEnp, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C.:..... 174

XIV. A new Genus of African Mongooses, with a Note on

Galervcs.. By Rh. 1. Pococr, HRS. (occas veins olals wii ieee 176

XY. On the Generic Names of certain Old-World Monkeys. By

OLUDFIMED THOMAS. |<; «cv: sptnic eR son + cite aed ie ne 179

XVI. Notes on Argentine, Patagonian, and Cape Horn Muride.

By OLORELD THOMAS Ue tsecs « - Bie we oe er oy ln + odie ate: 182

XVII. On the. African Shrews belonging to the Genus Crocidura.

VL By Guy DowsMAn sss... Beene pectetin ss Goneld commerce 188

New Book:—Manual of the New Zealand Mollusea. Atlas of

Plates; day) Ft oS Wu 4.15 isa sey Sts we els Sn te, eee ee 209

Proceedings of the Geological Society ........ccceceececeevees 210

NUMBER 99.

XVIII. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera,—VITI. By

FUIGHARD ©. bAGN ALE. BSL.) fiakistae dates ele ha ee aaa eee

XIX. The Nematode Genus Tangua, R. Blanchard. By H. A.

Baytis, B.A. Sisto eluitnilsolh c}aig aielalalwie't ap sletn ae ¥ 9.60 tie elaine Waele wgtee 223

XX. Preliminary Notice of some Irish Sponges.—The Monaxo-

nellida (Suborder Sigmatomonaxonellida) obtained by the Fisheries

Branch of the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction,

Ireland. By JANE STEPHENS, B.A., B.Sc., Irish National Museum. 232

CONTENTS. ~

XXI. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber from

Northern China. By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S............00005

XXII. Descriptions of Three new Cyprinid Fishes from East

eRPIGe ees Ot, Le OULMMGMI, FFs shesicie. ssa vece ws vieces

XXIII. Two new Species of the Hymenopterous Genus Megalyra,

Westw. By Rowranp E. Turner, F.Z8., F.ES...............

XXIV. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XX. On some Larrine

in the British Museum. By Rowianp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S. 2

XXV. Descriptions of a new Species and Subspecies of Hnnea

from Northern Nigeria, and a Correction in the Original Description

of FE. reest, Preston. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.8.). 002.600... ee :

XXVI. On the Course of the Internal Carotid Artery and the

Foramina connected therewith in the Skulls of the Felide and

Viverride. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the

Zoological Society’s Gardens. (Plates X. & XT.)...........-.05. :

XXXVI. A new Binturong from Siam. By O_pFreip THomas. :

XXVIII. A new Genus for Sciwrus poensis and its Allies. By

COSTS TUIAG TED VERCMUA Wiel s ey alafate) sue «: sAttieies a oa aya She Soi avord S ordloline «os :

XXIX. Notes on Bats of the Genus Histiotus. By OLDFIELD

PIBELa SN EIAUT IRR ROSA CL Sr pre erecta: cov ei cha; pscchenc a Ghote wa ere rasa Pe oe ere :

NUMBER 100,

XXX. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXI. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, University of Colorado

a; 6). CTCL a (0a wi aie 666 ta) oo es a ae ele «. 5

XXXI. Some Nemertinea, Free-living Nematoda and Oligocheta

frome the Palklands.’ “By BH: A. Baviis, BA. oy.. cle eee ses

XXXII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—X XT. Onthe Austra-

lian Larrine of the Genus Tachytes. By Rowtanp E, Turner,

+ TS, SPUIPIS SA a Ueno nnn ai oe ne

XXXII. On a new Species of Solpuga from the Belgian Congo.

Dey Si aie SP EE a eta ti siscove wets sib aah) dareh «oo. nhs ty dP aia ate a

XXXIV. On a new Variety of European Tick (Dermacentor reti-

culatus, var. aulicus, var. nov.). By Strantey HimsT..,.........

Paga

243

244

fon)

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXXV. A Third Species of the Genus Elporia, Edw. (Diptera,

Blepharoceride). By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S. ............ 309

XXXVI. A new Genus of Pythide (Coleoptera) from the Falk-

land Islands. By G. C. Campion, F.Z.S. ........0000 cece ces 311

XXXVII. Rhynchotal Notes—LIX. By W.L. Distant .... 313

XXXVIII. On some of the External Structural Characters of the

Striped Hyzna (Hyena hyena) and related Genera and Species.

Daye. Wa QUOD MERWE nz Sada tia, gat ae ee Te ene aaa ae ee 330

XXXIX. Edriophthalma from South America. By ALFRED O.

Waricen...'.. amie a srk ie Die 0700's Mets meee, AIR Tes Ettcale Tes eee eee 343

Proceedings of the Geological Society...........cccccceecccsces 347

Pareiasaurian Nomenclature, by R. Broom ...............-4.- 2b.

NUMBER 101.

XL. New Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. By F. W.

WATS, Pes EEG tcl, owes iia Seka Oe eg a I Rete oe oe 349

XLI. A new Species of the Amphipodan Genus Hyale from New

Zealand, By Cuas. Cuitton, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.,

Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand.......... 362

XLII. Ants from British Guiana. By W. C, Craw ey, B.A... 366

XLII. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera. By G. T.

BREHUNE-BAKER, Ha5,, FAS. oss. s dnic.an ona seesia ee ema 378

XLIV. Notes on the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris. By G. T.

BETeONE-bAKER, FAS. BVZS: Agia. table as sche 6 sss sass 386

XLV. The Races of Dremomys pernyt. By OLDFIELD THomas. 391]

XLVI. A new Genus of Axthicide (Coleoptera) from the Islands

of Mysol and Waigiou. By G. C. CHampion, F.Z8............. 395

XLVII. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—VIII. By

RicHARD Bo BAGNALT, EMG, 46's 0 vig do sien es Oe ae eee 397

CONTENTS, vil

NUMBER 102,

Page

XLVIII. On some of the External Characters of Cryptoprocta.

Pepe a ee EOCENE ceive ce ee Se Ma vt.s ess sssaceseceseces 413

XLIX. A new Rat from Tenasserim. By O~pFreLD THomas .. 425

L. On a new Species of Microtus from Asia Minor, By W. F.

ROT gal 22 ie rama (Ss fs A 426

LI. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXII. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, University of Colorado ......00.cssseccceccooness 428

LII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXII. On new Ethiopian

Species. By Rowxanp E, Turner, F.ZS., F.E.S........ eine Aine 435

LIII. Notes on the Apide (Hymenoptera) in the Collection of

the British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By

GEOFFREY MreapE-Wa.po, M.A.—VII. ............., ceo Stacrec 448

LIV. New Species of the Genus Platamops, Reitt. [| =Spithobates,

Champ.]| (Coleoptera), from Tropical South America. By G. C.

ree a area tia oh canta sie eOTe Mee see Gis ye be v0» oRdls @ 8 0s8 470

LV. Some new Lepidoptera from Siam and Africa. By Lorp

ET ET Iy eS case EDS oa a sats oie lc! cic, cafelb’s wove web's d sales eev'e's 474

LVI, A new Sphingid and little-known Butterflies from Africa,

By J. J. Jorcry, FES. F.LS., and G. Tatzot, F.ES.

Pe eR ate catia g ara? 21 ot Nh Na ois a) ooh 6 Cheiey Seve v iareseiale aiptacati dca 86+ i: 477

PLATES IN VOL. XVIL

Pratt I. }

Il. Usa pellides.

NT. New Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea.

VII. J

IX. Freshwater shells from Japan.

xX.

XI,

XII. A new Sphingid and little-known butterflies from Africa.

Internal carotid canal in Viverridz and Felide.

poe a SN acsiccilaieesRiesesamsaa ie: NO. Ji.

ee z : ane i HE A. N NALS

“MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ano GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

"WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.RS., F.LS., F.GS;—

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., 8c.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,

AND

-- WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUVON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

wit sic aca ag PLATES.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold A Simpkin, Marshall, Hauilion, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; seed Paris;

and Hodges, Figcis, & oes Dublin,

Double ‘Number. Price Five Shillings.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and ‘Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls.

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s,

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. LI. 15s.

age a PSE America. Lorp BRaBouRNE and C, Cuves. Vol. L

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8:.,

Part I. 9s., Part IT, 10s. Vol. IL, Part I. 9s., Part II. 9s., ’ Parts ITT. &

IV. 8s. éach, Part V. 12s, ‘

Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 15s.

-Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls.

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

_ Douse's Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net.—_Examination ofan

Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-

script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health and Diploma in Tropical

Medicine and Hygiene. 6u.

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics, 14s,

Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.

20s. each.—Birds, Vol. I. 20s. Vols, {I., IIL, and IV. 15s, each.

—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each, —

Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bens. 20s. Vol. I.: Ants anD

Cucxoo-Wasps. 20s.—- Arachnida. 10s.—Rhynchota. Vols. I.-lV.

20s. each, Vol. V. 10s.—Butterflies. Vols. lL. and Il. 20s. each.—

Coleoptera, Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera, CurysommeLIp&, Vol. I.

20s—Coleoptera. LAaMELLICORNIA. Pt. 1. 10s.—Mollusca, 10s.—

Dermaptera. 10s. Freshwater Sponges, &c., 10s.—Coleoptera.

GENERAL InrRoDucTION, &c., 20s.—Diptera Nematocera. 20s.

Fauna of the Malay Peninsula: Reptilia and Batrachia. 15s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 67.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d,

Glaisnher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.

Vol. IL., Part X. 21s., Part XI. 21s:, Part XIL. 25s.

Imperial Cancer. Research Fund, Fourth Scientific Report, 7s. 6d.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srans, ls.

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. Bs. 6d. net,

Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuiners and Bompycrs. 1892. £1 Is.

net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.

Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 45s. net.—Catalogue of

Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on une side, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, tid, net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Perrin’s Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality. Translated

by F. Soppy, F.R.S. 3s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s.

- Royal College of Surgeons :

Calendar. ls. net.

Catalogue of Specimens’ illustrating the Osteolegy of Vertebrate

Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 1lvs. net.

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 4s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s. net.

Physiological Series. Vols, I. and II. 2nded. 12s. net each.

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

. Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.

Univ, Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d.

“RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, EC.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

LECLERC per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, 0 Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia suceo,’

N. Purthenii ah an Eol, 1,

No. 97. JANUARY 1916.

I1.—WNotes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews,

—-No. XXXVIII. By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &c.

[Plates I.-LV.]

. On the British Sabellide.

. On the Sabellide dredged by H.M.S. ‘Porcupine’ in 1869 and 1870,

and by H.M.S. ‘ Knight errant’ in 1882.

. On the Terebellide and Subellide dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,

Canada, by Dr. Whiteaves in 1871-73.

. On the Sabellide dredged by Canon A. M. Norman off Norway and

Finmark,

ea O00 a hSijet

1. On the British Sabellide.

Tue British Sabellids number more than twenty, exclusive of

some forms not yet fully investigated from lack of good

material. In this respect, therefore, they compare favour-

ably, in this preliminary notice, with those from other

areas.

Thus, for example, Sars* in 1861 gave 10 species of

Sabellids, including one of Mywzicola, as occurring in the

prolific Norwegian waters. De Quatrefages, in his ‘ Annelés,’

mentions about a dozen of the forms which have been found

in Britain, excluding double entries like Sabella penicillus

* Forhandl. Videnskabs-Selsk. Christiania, 1861, pp. 116-131.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. ¥

2 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and S. pavonina, Sabella reniformis and S. saxicava, and

Fabricia amphicora and F, johnston. In Malmgren’s

‘Annulata Polycheeta,’ of Spitzbergen, Greenland, Iceland,

and Scandinavia, nineteen Sabellids (including Mywzicola)

are entered, and some of these appear to be purely northern

in distribution, and do not occur in our waters. Only six

are entered by Dr. Johnston in the ‘ Catalogue of Worms

in the British Museum’ (1865), but two refer to the same

form, viz., Sabella penicillus, and another (S. savignii) is

uncertain.

Six species, including Myzicola steenstrupi, are recorded

by Théel * (1879) from Nova Zembla. Langerhans (1880)

found ten species at Madeira. About twenty-seven species of

Sabellids occur in the laborious memoir of Miss Katherine

Bush + from the vast area of the Pacific. Fifteen species

occur in the careful ‘Survey of Clare Island, on the rich

West Coast of Ireland’ by Mr. Southern (1914), several not

having hitherto been found in Britain. Thirteen species of

Sabellids are entered by Prof. Fauvel (1914) in his fine work

on the Polycheta procured by the Prince of Monaco in his

yachts ‘ Hirondelle’ and ‘Princess Alice.’ In the recent

(1915) list of the Polycheta procured at Plymouth by

Dr. Allen, thirteen species are entered, and a few are ex-

clusively southern forms. Comparatively few species (e. g.,

from two to five) pertaining to this family, as a rule, occur

in local catalogues in the British area. These will be

elsewhere alluded to. Moreover, it is perhaps more difficult

to separate the Sabellids by their bristles and hooks than,

for instance, the Terebellids, and coloration disappears, as a

rule, in spirit-specimens,

The first form is the widely distributed Sabella penicillus,

IT. When the branchiz of this species are thrown off the

cephalic region presents a truncated surface, in the centre of

which is a frilled eminence, which, when carefully inspected,

shows two lateral membranous wings, which unite in the

middle line below and send a process ventrally between the

two great ventral laminz; whilst the upper edges pass above

the mouth in aseries of short frills. In the mid-dorsal line

over the mouth is a triangular flap with an acute apex, the

base-of which is grooved dorsally, the whole resembling an

epistome. Dorsally the cephalic plate is deeply grooyed by

the dorsal furrow, the firm and thick edge of the rim which

carries the branchiz being severed and neatly curved on

* Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 16, No. 3, p. 65.

} ‘Harriman Expedition to Alaska’ (New York, 1905),

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 3

each side; the rim, then passing ventrally to the base of the

great flaps, is folded inward and upward, and is fused on

each side with the firm median mass over the mouth. In

the perfect condition with the branchiz attached, the pedicle

between the ventral flaps passes upward as a bifid process,

then expands into a lateral flap or wing on each side, which,

after a short progress, bends backward and upward, making

a kind of frilled knee, and becomes continuous with the

lining membrane of the branchiz of its side, its outer

border inferiorly passing into the basal semicircle of the

branchie, to which it is fixed throughout. Such is the

arrangement connected with the floor of the mouth and

the lower lip. Dorsally the membrane forming the roof

of the mouth splits, considerably in front of the median

fissure of the lower lip, into two limbs, each of which at the

base has an axis with a narrow ventral web, and a thinner

aud broader dorsal web which tapers distally and goes much

further along the axis than the former, the axis finally

tapering to a long delicate tip. The whole forms the so-

called tentacle which in the preparations is concealed in

each branchial semicircle. Viewed from the inner surface

of each branchial fan the ‘ tentacle” has the web on its

dorsal edge connected with the dorsal edge of the fan, whilst

its eeutral web passes ventrally to the eentral region ‘dorsad

of the mouth. The inrush of water along the inner surface

of the branchial fan would thus be swept “toward the mouth,

the tentacles and their webs probably aiding in this function

and keeping the stream in each fan to its own side, as it

rushes down the groove by the outer border of the smaller

anterior web into the mouth.

The branchial fan arises on each side from the firm base

formerly mentioned, a spiral twist being evident dorsally

and more especially ventrally at its commencement. Hach

in preservation has the ventral edge curved inward, and a

narrow membranous web passes from the frill of the inferior

oral membrane for some distance along its edge. This

ventral border is the thickest, and gives origin to the

majority of the branchial stems, the rest springing from

the middle and posterior parts of the basal semicircle.

The number of these filaments varies, the two sides seldom

being identical—thus, for instance, 38 may occur on the

right and 41 on the left. The fan on each side is long and

graceful, banded with regular markings of dull red and

white. The circles of colour do not go evenly round the

expanded fan, but slant from the ventral fissure. Dorsally

a greenish hue occurs in some at the base of the fan. In

4 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

others green or purple predominate, and the fluid in which

the animals lie is always tinged with green (Dalyell).

Each filament has an elastic chordoid and camerated axis,

the camerz being after the fashion of the bristles of Nereis

or Aricia. They are united by a web inferiorly (about the

level of the first pigment-band), but free throughout the rest

of their extent, and are somewhat flattened processes with a

smooth external edge, near which the axis lies; whilst its

inner border is fringed with a dense series of slender pinne,

which likewise have a translucent axis jointed at intervals

like the bristles of the Chlorcemide. The filaments and

their trauslucent axis gradually diminish distaily, but the

axis can be traced almost to the extremity. ‘Toward the tip

of the filament the pinne gradually diminish in length,

finally forming mere papille, and thereafter the tapering

tip is smooth and of moderate length. When the branchize

have lost their distal ends and regeneration has considerably

advanced, the long filamentous processes projecting from

the tips give a novel character to the organs.

Anteriorly the buccal segment occupies a hollow between

the two pillars of the dorsal fan, a more or less separate fan-

shaped lamella occurring on each side, tinted of a deep

reddish brown. From this the marginal collar passes

ventrally to expand into the prominent and generally reflexed

lamella on each side of the median fissure, where it is dis-

tinctly thickened. A band on each side of the median oral

process joins it to the fold a little higher.

The first shield on the ventral surface behind the collar is

continuous from side to side, and is the largest of the series

of glandular scutes. Though it is opposite the first bristle-

bundle, that would seem to pertain to the segment behind it.

The mouth leads into a simple alimentary canal, which,

when seen from the dorsum, forms a moniliform tract from

end to end—wider anteriorly and narrower posteriorly. The

septum in each segment retains it firmly in position. The

contents can be seen through the transparent walls of

the canal, and in one consisted anteriorly of pale granules

and posteriorly of muddy said.

The body shows little or no narrowing anteriorly, remains

of similar diameter for a considerable distance, then in

preservation may increase in breadth behind the anterior

third, and thereafter gradually tapers to the tail, endiug

in the anus, which is often bilobed. In lateral view the

margin of the vent slopes from above downward and _ back-

ward, the ventral edge thus projecting considerably. From

above the aperture is bifid inferiorly, and a triangular area

Gatty Marine Laborator , St. Andrews. 5

is differentiated on the dorsum in front of the aperture.

Both dorsal and ventral surfaces are plano-convex, thus in

transverse section being more or less elliptical, the dorsal,

however, being generally more smoothly rounded, with a

pale streak in the middle line from the dorsal vessel. The

ventral surface has a continuous series of scutes from one

end to the other, and, with the exception of the first, all are

divided by the median groove, giving a right and a left

scute to every segment. The number of segments varies

from 200-270 or more.

The first region of the body (the so-called thoracic region)

is distinguished by the direction of the bristle-tufts, which

slope upward and backward, aud by the preseuce of ventral

rows of hooks. The setigerous processes of this region vary

from seven to eleven pairs, one side occasionally having nine or

ten and the other ten oreleven. The first setigerous process

arises immediately behind the dorso-lateral lamella, and is

smaller than those following; moreover, it has no row of

hooks dorsally. The bristles are arranged in a rather dense

group and show a longer and a shorter series. The longer

forms have cylindrical striated shafts, slightly narrowed toward

the origin of the wings, which are narrow, the bristle there-

after ending in a translucent and somewhat strong though

flexible tip. No serrations on the edges of the wings have

been seen in these, though striz go to the edge. The bulk

of the group of bristles is made up of these with shorter

shafts and broader wings, the whole tip being rather broad

until near its extremity, where it is somewhat abruptly

tapered to a fine point. In the cluster of bristles in the tuft

various stages occur in the developing bristles—some re-

sembling a long narrow knife-blade, others a deep-bellied

shorter blade. The succeeding tufts are of similar shape

(that is, somewhat flattened), but they are longer and stronger,

and the edges have distinct serrations. The anterior seti-

gerous processes form a somewhat flattened cone, the base

ventrally being prolonged into a prominent ridge, bearing

the hooks which lie between two raised margins, constituting

a narrow flap posteriorly in each segment. Moreover, a

distinct papilla occurs on the anterior edge of the tip.

The setigerous processes of the second region form stiff

narrow cones which project nearly straight outward, the

bristles only being visible at the tip. A soft and rather

swollen process bearing the hooks lies above their dorsal

edges. ‘Lhe bristles form a kind of pillar, narrow at the

base and enlarging at the tip to about double the diameter

at the base of the wings, which give to the distai end a

6 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

characteristic lanceolate enlargement, from which the taper-

ing tips slope slightly inward. These differ from the

anterior groups in being all of one length, and appear to

be ranged round a central papilla. The tips are com-

paratively short, with somewhat broad wings, which are

obliquely striated and serrated along the wide or lower

edge. ‘The setigerous processes and bristle-tufts remain of

the foregoing structure till near the posterior end, where

longer and finer bristles project from the small processes.

In these modified processes the bristles are fewer and of two

kinds—viz., a long slender series without a visible wing,

which have long, gently tapered, and slightly curved tips;

and, secondly, a shorter series with rather longer tips than

those in front and with striated wings.

The anterior hooks are typical avicularian forms with a

marked forward curvature of the crown and a single acute

main fang, the free edge of which is minutely serrated

throughout the greater part of its extent, leaving little

more than a third smooth, and the tip is often slightly

turned up. ‘The anterior outline has a wide gulf under the

fang and a boldly rounded prow, whilst the posterior outline

is couvex, and the base is considerably prolonged in this

direction and abruptly finished. Curved strie occur at the

throat, longitudinal striz on the body, and horizontal striz

in the base of the hook. The hooks form a single row.

Accompanying each hook in this region is a paddle-shaped

bristle, the wings and tip of which are membranous and

translucent. The hooks in the middle and posterior regions

likewise form a single row, and have very much the same

structure as those above-mentioned, except that the pro-

longation of the base posteriorly is less, and no paddle-

shaped bristles occur. ‘Ihe posterior hooks, moreover, are

considerably less.

In asmall specimen, +4; of an inch long, only three rows

of ventral hooks were present, so that the» number increases

with age. Six brown pigment-specks occur behind the

branchie. The tube of this example is leathery and

brownish, with minute mud-particles on its surface and

clear granules here and there. Another young form was in

a tube projecting from a mass of Alcyonidium parasiticum

growing on Sertularia rugosa and Ascidians tossed on shore

at St. Andrews.

A young example procured on the West Sands, after an

October storm, measured after preservation 48, of an inch,

and it had about 66 segments. ‘The first two bristle-tufts

are somewhat short, the third to the sixth are long, and

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 7

these corresponded to the first region of the body, con-

sequently only five pairs of dorsal hook-rows are present.

The seventh pair of bristle-tufts is slender and small, so that

the outline is narrowed, the adjoiuing tufts being longer.

Toward the tip of the tail elongated, slender, simple bristles

occur as in the adult. The bristles correspond in arrange-

meut and structure with those of the adult.- The anterior

hooks differ in having a shorter posterior basal process, but

they are accompanied by the same paddle-shaped bristles.

The anal segment is bilobed, and has a peculiar series of

dark pigment-specks. Four pairs of setigerous processes

bearing short bristles occur behind the last hooks, which

are small and only three in number. The bristles increase

in length at the sixth from the tip. The opaque glandular

tissue splits at the termination of the rows of dorsal hooks

at the second ring from the latter, since the first has a bar

obliquely bevelled at the lower edge. The splitting con-

tinues to the tip of the tail and gives a regular arrangement

to the parts.

Both anteriorly and posteriorly the bristles commence

before the hooks. Four pairs of bristles occur before hooks

appear, the first hooks being between the fourth and fifth

bristle-tufts, and their bases are undeveloped, The first

five pairs of bristles are short, but the sixth are decidedly

longer,

The tube may reach a length of 2 feet, and is fixed to a

stone or other structure.

No form has attracted greater interest than the second

species, viz., Polamilla reniformis, Leuckart, the Sadella

saxicava of De Quatrefages—which abounds amongst cal-

careous formations, such as Cellepora, Lithothamnion, the

Balani of the Gouliot caves of Sark and elsewhere, and is of

special interest in connection with its power of perforating

such structures.

The cephalic plate, when the branchiz are shed, presents

dorsally a bilobed collar or lamella, the deep dorsal furrow

terminating in the centre. The outer edge of each flap is

continued as a broad rim nearly to the mid-ventral line,

where a notch separates the two sides, which curve forward.

The truncated surface has a projecting transverse fold at the

upper end of the ventral incurvation, and two folds meet

above it—so as to make a triradiate aperture.

The branchiz are about 10 or 11 in number on each side,

and comparatively short, whilst the pinne are long. Each

filament has the transversely barred or camerated chordoid

8 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes fram the

axis, and tapers to a short, slender, filiform tip, which, how-

ever, is usnally enveloped by the long pinne or is in screw-

like coils. The pimnez have the translucent axis, as in

S. peniciiius, with long joints, and are richly ciliated. In

hfe the branchiz are of a pale green marked with white

touches, so that they form a whitish ring around the collar

within which they are attached. The pinne are variegated

with pale greenish and white, and show vermiform move-

ments when cast off. In some the branchie are of a pale

buff hue, with a little yellow at the tips of the filaments.

In contraction they are generally of a dull stone-colour.

Leuckart’s examples had whitish branchiz with brownish

touches, and De St. Joseph describes his examples as

vinous-brown. Sars states that his specimeus had yellowish-

white branchiz with four or five orange bands. Just above

the whitish ring at the base most of the filaments, externally,

have two boldly marked and elevated brown or reddish-

brown ocular specks, separated by an interval from each

other. De St. Joseph states that in his speeimens each

contained about thirty ovoid “ crystallines ” in a mass of

‘brownish pigment, Moreover, the eyes of those from the

Mediterranean are more numerous than those from the

north, whilst Marion considered that those from deep water

had fewer eyes than the littoral forms. They are absent in

afew of the filaments. The longest filaments are dorsal,

those at the ventral edge being considerably shorter and

slightly reflexed. ‘The ocular pigment in some fades in

spirit. The tentacle is comparatively short, but its mem-

branous web on each side appears to agree with that in

Satella penicillus.

The 6ody is comparatively short—about 3 of an inch in

length—and has from 60 to 100 segments. It is rounded

dorsally, slightly flattened ventrally, and marked by a

groove which at the tenth segment bends from the side

inward to the middle line and divides all the scutes which

follow into two. The nine or ten scutes in front of these are

split transversely. Theventral scutes are conspicuous by their

whitish or pinkish colour, and are even visible through

certain parts of the tube. Anteriorly the brownish dorsum

is marked with dark brown pigment at the bases of eleven

setigerous processes, the succeeding region of the dorsum

being reddish brown. The body is paler in the median line

dorsally and ventrally. It is slightly tapered posteriorly,

and ends in a papillose anus, three papille being distinct,

and the colour of the tip is orange rather than brown.

The setigerous processes are ranged along the lateral

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 9

regions from the second segment backward, a differentiation

occurring anteriorly by the inflection of the groove which

often passes behind the tenth bristle-tuft to the mid-ventral

line, though in others it is further back. Each of the

setigerous processes anteriorly has dorsally three longer

bristles with straight shafts, tips bent backward, and

moderate wings. ‘The edges of the wings appear to be

minutely serrated. Following these is a double series of

comparatively stout bristles, with short and broad wings,

making a spatulate tip with a filament in the centre. These

bristles also have a dorsal curve, the filament trending in

that direction, so that they would brush an opposing

structure with the convex surface. From the nature of the

parts, the shafts are somewhat abruptly tapered at the tip.

Some of the bristles have modified tips, so that they resemb!e

a short and broad knife-blade, as in certain forms in

Chetopterus, the shaft not being continued along the centre

as in the ordinary winged types.

In the posterior segments the bristles alter, being shorter,

fewer in number, and with modified tips, which have

moderately wide wings at the base, but they soon diminish,

und the long central tapering tip projects far beyond them—

thus performing the functions of the simple bristles of this

region in other forms.

The anterior rows of hooks are below the setigerous

processes, and consist of a long series of avicular forms,

with serrated rows sloping to the sharp main fang, a rather

long, slightly striated neck with straight sides, the anterior

outline curving forward into the rounded prow and the

posterior into the well-marked basal process. Accompanying

each is a broad bristle, the shaft of which has a curvature

toward the distal end, and the tip has a region with

short wings so modified as to resemble a hook with a

long shatt and a main fang. Two forms of accompanying

bristles thus are present in this species, viz., those with

broadly spatulate tips and those with a slightly enlarged

posterior curve and a beak-like point anteriorly, nearly at

right angles to the shaft. In a small example from Perelle

Bay, the latter was large and with distinct wings. The

hook has a larger space between the main fang and tlhe

prow than in Sadella penicillus.

The hooks behind the foregoing region are above the

setigerous processes, and they become fewer and fewer, as

well as smaller and with a longer base, in their progress

toward the tail.

The tube is formed of a tough horny secretion of an olive

10 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

hue, and the exposed parts are covered with minute sand-

particles.

An allied species (AB) occurred under stones between

tide-marks both in Guernsey and Herm, with only five pairs

of anterior bristles, and shows differences from both

Potamilla reniformis and P. torelli, The cephalic plate has

a narrower collar than in P. reniformis, a feature well

marked in the small, pointed, ventral lobes. The edge is

smooth at and near the mid-dorsal groove, then at each side

is a lateral flap which trends to the lamellze on the ventral

surface. These lamellz are smaller than in Sabella pavonina.

Besides the small lamelle which project ventrally, the margin

is incurved at the middle line.

The body is comparatively small, about 3 of an inch

in length, and the number of segments is between sixty and

seventy. It is rounded dorsally, with the exception of the

region of the dorsal groove anteriorly, slightly flattened

ventrally where a median furrow runs from the middle of

the sixth scute backward to the tail. The anterior region

is composed of five bristled segmeuts and apparently the

same number of uncinigerous rows. Posteriorly it tapers to

a somewhat pointed tail. The branchiz seem to be com-

paratively short—like those of Potamilla reniformis, and the

pinnee of moderate length or rather short, whilst the terminal

filament is long, large, and is often in screw-coils, thus

differing essentially from those of P. reniformis, P. torelli,

and P. neglecta. Moreover, there are no ocelli on the

filaments, and none on the first segment or on the tail,

The first region of the body has only five pairs of seti-

gerous processes. Each bears a tuft of comparatively short

bristles, the tips of which, unfortunately, had for the most

part disappeared—probably from their brittle nature as well

well as from rough usage. Those which are perfect have

shafts which slightly dilate from the base to rather beyond

the middle, then diminish at the neck and swell out at the

origin of the wings, tapering thereafter to a somewhat long

attenuate extremity. At the upper edge of the fascicle are

the longer and more slender forms, the shafts of the others

being thicker. No trace of spathulate tips is observable.

The anterior hooks form a single row, and present a sharp

main fang, the rest of the anterior face of the crown above

it (about half the extent) being finely serrated in lateral

view. As usual in such hooks, when the crown is examined

from the front, this region is densely spinous. The posterior

outline is more or less straight below the forward bend at

the crown, whilst the anterior—also straight immediately

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. al

below the main fang—curves forward over the rounded

prow. ‘The projection of the base posteriorly is narrow,

but somewhat shorter than in Potamilla reniformis. Each

is accompanied by a short, broad, cuspidate or penniform

bristle. The hooks behind the anterior region (in the

fragmentary example) do not materially differ, though the

neck is longer, the base somewhat stouter, and their size

less.

The small number of the anterior segments, so unusual in

the group (though this number has been found in P. ¢éore/li),

raises the question as to its relationship to the latter, from

which it differs in the terminal processes of the branchize

and in the narrower web in the anterior bristles, but further

investigations may clear up the divergencies. Like other

Sabellids it is acid to litmus paper. In the example from

St. Peter Port, Guernsey, the tube is composed of a trans-

lucent horny secretion, somewhat like that of Potamilla

renifurmis. Some examples have nearly ripe ova.

Potamiila torelli, the third form, is closely allied to the

foregoing, aud could scarcely be distinguished by the bristles

and hooks. ‘The general aspect of the cephalic plate, when

the branchiz are removed, agrees with that of its allies, and

in the preserved examples some have a prominent T-shaped

projection formed by the developing bases of the branchia—

a condition not observed in other forms. The collar has a

uarrow slit dorsally, then it extends on each side laterally

and ventrally with an even edge to the ventral lamella,

which are reflected in protrusion and somewhat triangular

in outline, and are separated from each other by a deep

V-shaped notch. No eyes are visible in the spirit-prepa-

rations from Britain or from Canada.

The branchial filaments are of moderate length and are

pale in the preparations. The structure of each filament is

typical, andit ends in a short thick process distally. The

piunee are of average length, and it is only at the tip of the

organ that shorter forms occur, the last ten or twelve

gradually diminishing to end in a short papilla-like rudiment

at the base of the distal process. The number of the fila-

meuts appears to be from twelve to fourteen in each fan.

When the oral region isin a state of expansion a fold

- passes on each side from the ventral Jamelle upward, and

its end fuses with the middle of each branchial fan, and,

indeed, appears to be the only representative of the tentacle

of other forms. Malmgren states that it is very short,

broad, and subcircular. ‘This fold is quite separate trom the *

12 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Noles from the

ventral edge of the basal tissue of the branchie. On the

other hand, a considerable portion of each dorsal edge of

the base of the branchie# is bordered by a free and mobile

flap—the ventral edge adjoining the mouth.

The body is of small size in the examples from Plymouth,

viz., about an inch in length and of the thickness of

stout thread, whereas in the Canadian forms it is be-

tween 2 and 3 inches long and as thick as a crow-quill.

De St. Joseph also found large examples at Rocher. It is

grooved dorsally in the anterior region, rounded posteriorly ;

whereas the ventral surface is more or less flattened, aud

marked by the median groove from the anterior region

backward. The first region has a variable number of seg-

ments, viz. five to eight (Langerhans, seven to nine). ‘The

posterior region has from thirty to fifty. Toward the tail it is

flattened and tapered, and ends in theanus, whichoften presents

a lateral projection on each side. De St. Joseph describes

the body as brownish, with large spots of white. The first

body-segment has two oval eye-spots (Langerhans). Fauvel *

describes anal eyes, which are absent in the preserved

examples from Plymouth f. The first bristle-bundle consists

of simple bristles, with moderately tapered tips and distinct

rings. The othersin this region have two groups—an upper

with longer shafts, more tapered and slightly curved tips

with narrow wings, and a dense lower group of spatulate

forms with a process at the tip. The bristles of the middle

region form the usual bristle-pillar of rather short bristles

with striated shafts, comparatively broad striated wings, and

very finely tapered tips—two series, a longer and a shorter,

being conspicuous. The shaft has a distinct curvature at

the junction with the tip. The posterior bristles are fewer

in number, and have wings distinctly striated and very

attenuate tips. In glancing at small preserved specimens,

it is found that most have the posterior bristles directed

forward, and in several the anterior have the same direction.

In the larger forms the anterior bristles are often directed

upward, outward, and slightly backward. The anterior

hooks, which occur on all the anterior segments except the

first, are circular with a sharp main fang, and above it a series

of minute teeth on the crown (Langerhans shows about

twenty-four), and a moderateiy long base. Striz pass from

the neck to the base, after curving round the prow. These

* Campag. Se. p. 315.

+t Both are seen in small specimens kindly sent by Major Elwes from

Babbacombe,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 13

hooks are accompanied by the short bristles with the spatu-

late tips. The posterior hooks differ only in their smaller

size and the brevity of the base. In comparing the larger

with thesmaller forms from Plymouth, the essential characters

of the bristles and hooks are as well shown by the smaller

as the larger.

The tube is composed of a tough internal lining, coated

with fine sand-grains, the whole being firm and resistent,

especially in the Canadian examples.

A form (BC), procured in numbers at Berehaven in 1886

by the Royal Irish Academy, appears to be a variety of

P. torelli, though presenting certain features of its own.

When the branchiz are absent the cephalic region presents

no deep fissure as in ordinary Sabellids, but the slight dorsal

furrow ends in a solid mass which, with an incurvation in

the middle, passes from side to side and then bounds the

region laterally to the ventral surface. This rim forms a

projecting base to the branchiw. The collar commences as

a narrow process on each side of the dorsal fissure, slopes

obliquely forward and outward, and inclines laterally and

ventrally into a deep though thin lamella, which attains its

maximum in the mid-ventral line, where it is separated from

its fellows by a fissure. he branchize preserve much of

their reddish-brown coloration in spirit, and they are of

considerable length. The pigment is arranged on the pinnz

so as to make a series of circular bands, as in S. penicillus

and other forms, thus conferring great beauty on the ex-

panded organs. In some cases, when mounted, the reddish-

brown pigment is in isolated masses at intervals along the

filament, and patches occur on the terminal process. There

are about eleven filaments on each side, springing from the

central region of the cephalic plate—a_ basal fissure, most

distinct ventrally, occurring dorsally and ventrally, They

are connected only at the base and are free throughout the

rest of their extent, and are long tapering organs with

proportionally short pinnz, which, as they reach the tip,

gradually diminish in length and end in a series of short

papille at the base of the terminal strap-shaped tapering

process. The chordoid skeleton is continued along the

centre of the flattened tip and into each pinna. In young

forms the pinne are short, but the flattened terminal strap

is well developed. The body is comparatively small, elon-

gated, and distinctly segmented from one end to the other—

a feature characteristic of the species. Fiity-six segments,

but the tail in the majority of the examples was in process of

reproduction, so that the actual number of segments must

14 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

exceed the figure mentioned, The body is widest in front

and gradually tapers behind the middle to the posterior end,

where the rounded anus is terminal. The dorsal surface is

more or less rounded, the ventral flattened and marked by

the scutes from end to end. A slight depression occurs in

the mid-dorsal line anteriorly, and, “continuing to the right

behind the sixth bristle-tuft, it crosses the seventh segment

obliquely to the middle line, whence it passes to the tip of

the tail—cutting the ventral scutes into two in each seg-

ment. Six bristled segments are present in the anterior

region and five uncinigerous rows, but occasionally only

five and four occur respectively, Other variations, ap-

parently arising from lost parts in process of reproduction,

show the ventral furrow running to the front or a diminished

number of anterior ventral scutes. Moreover, the two

anterior scutes may be split by a furrow—quite indepen-

dently of the main ventral furrow. The first setigerous

process is situated behind the collar, and is inconspicuous.

It has a small tuft of simple bristles with acutely tapered

tips and narrow wings, as in the dorsal group of the anterior

region. ‘he bristles of the succeeding segments of the

anterior region (five in number) have dorsally translucent

bristles with straight shafts and finely tapered tips with

narrow wings—the upper having longer and more delicate

tips and the lower narrow spatulate forms; the outline of

the wings is more or less a long ellipse, the tapering

shaft being continued as a fine process distally. Moreover,

those with broader tips form a shorter row than those with

more elongated tips. The outline of the tip of the latter

bristles thus essentially differs from that in Potamilla reni-

jormis and also from those of P. torelli. In the posterior

region the bristles form a tulip-like fascicle, with a knee or

curvature on each bristle toward the end of the shaft, the

convexity with the wings being external: those with the

longest and most delicate tips are dorsal, those with slightly

broader wings are ventral, and the former are most conspicucus

near the tip of the tail. In the anterior region five unciui-

gerous rows lie to the ventral edge of the setigerous precesses,

their inner ends impinging on the scutes opposite them. The

first commeuces opposite the second bristle-tuft, and all are

longer than those of the posterior region. The hooks are

in a single row, with a main fang and a series of serrations

above it, a neck of moderate length with striz where it

enlarges into the boldly convex prow, and an oblique

tapered base (corresponding to the shaft). Moreover, a

series of short modified bristles occurs with them, the tips

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 15

being short, bent at an angle, and with broad wings—the

whole resembling a beak. ‘The curved shafts dilate from the

base to the neck, where a slight constriction occurs, then it

bends forward and tapers to the short tip. In some views

slight grooves appear on the enlarged basal part of the tip,

so that they at first sight resemble the long hooks of

Terebellides and other forms. The posterior hooks are

smaller, their necks longer, and the bases more oblique.

Some examples occur in a tube of tough secretion, with fine

sand-grains attached, after the manner of the firm tubes of

the Canadian examples of P. tore/li.

Amongst the masses of the foregoing Sabel/a, BC, from

Berehaven, are a few characterized by the striking madder-

brown pigment-spots on the branchiz, and without the

general arrangement of the pigment characteristic of the

former Sabellid. Yet in the disposition of the cephalic

collar the two forms appear to be identical. It is true some

of them show seven anterior segments with bristles, but

others have the normal nnmber—and some, which apparently

have lost the cephalic plate and other parts, have fewer.

Injury or abnormality also would explain the occurrence of

the median ventral furrow from the first scute backward.

The anterior hooks and their accompanying bristles and the

posterior hooks are identical.

Potamilla incerta, which Dr. Allen procured by the dredge

on Yealm ground, Plymouth, seems to be the young of

Potamilla torelli, and in this Prof, Fauvel agrees. Indeed,

it is difficult to find satisfactory distinctions between Pota-

milla reniformis and P. torelli, for the absence of ocular

points on the branchial filaments may not be of capital

importance.

A single example of Laonome kréyert, Malmgren, the

fifth form, was obtained by the dredge on a muddy bottom

in Inishlyre Harbour by Mr. Southern, who kindly for-

warded it for examination. The cephalic collar is somewhat

low, being deepest ventrally where the edges overlap at the

fissure. In the median line dorsally the gap is both wide

and depressed in front, and the edges of the collar there are

slightly reflected. The branchiz are short in proportion to

the length of the body and from fourteen to sixteen in

number. ‘The filaments have a chordoid axis with narrow

transverse septa, and terminate in a slender tapering process.

The pinne are short at the base, increase in length till near

the tip, where they again diminish before reaching the base

of the terminal filament. No pigment-specks were visible

16 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

in the spirit-preparation. Tentacles comparatively short,

bluntly tapered distally.

The body is comparatively long and slender, and the

example showed little diminution throughout its length,

having apparently been preserved in its tube and then slit

out. The segments are fairly distinct, those of the anterior

region ranging from 8-12 (Ma/mgren). The ventral scutes

of the region are distinct and undivided, and there is a

dorsal groove, behind which a line marks the mid-dorsal

region for some distance. The scutes are continued back-

ward on the ventral surface as a somewhat narrow pale band,

the central groove cutting the portion in each segment into

two. In the preparation the bristles are inconspicuous.

The anterior bristles are of two kinds—a series with slender

elongate shafts and short tapering tips with narrow wings,

and a larger number with stouter shafts and paddle-like tips

with broad wings and a tapering process of the axis. ‘The

posterior bristles are of one kind only, viz., those with

narrow but distinct wings and long tapering tips, ‘The

anterior hooks are avicular, with a characteristic short and

stout outline and a high crown, a main fang of moderate

size, and six or seven distinct spikes in lateral view above it.

The anterior prow is large and bulging, the gulf between it

and the great fang is small. The posterior outline i is straight,

and a small remnant of the base posteriorly 1s present. The

posterior hooks agree in the general outline, but the process

of the base is absent posteriorly. It is this hook which

Malmgren shows in his figure, unless the Arctic species

differs. The tube is composed of secretion and mud, very

little of the latter constituent occurring on a third of the

length at one end.

Branchiomma vesiculosum, Montagu, the sixth species,

comes from various parts of the southern coasts.

Kolliker, in 1858 *, coustituted the genus Branchiomma

for those Sabellids having eyes on their branchiz, and he

gave as a type Amphitrite bumbyz, Dalyell. Sars, a little

later (1861) +, made the genus Dasychone, characterized by

the dorsal pinnules on the branchie. Clarapéde rightly

restricts the term Branchiomma to those having subterminal

eyes, such as B. kéllikeri, the form which Kolliker probably

studied. Dorsally, the cephali ic plate presents a deep fissure

between the firm basal pillars of the branchiz. The some-

what deep collar arises from the outer edge of each pillar,

* Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoo}. Bd. ix. p. 5386.

+t Vidensk. Selsk. Forhand!. 1861, pp. 28 & 338.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 17

and slopes with an unbroken edge downward and forward to

the mid-ventral line, where a fissure separates the two sides,

each of which is produced into a prominent rounded edge

which shghtly overlaps its neighbour. The adjoining first

scute is indented in the middle line, thus giving a character

to the region. Whilst, therefore, the collar is largely

developed ventrally, a considerable part of the dorsum is

devoid of it. De St. Joseph found two pigment-spots (eyes)

over the cephalic ganglia. An otocyst occurs on each side

at the base of the branchiew. The branchiz are of moderate

length (} length of body), and their filaments are from

eighteen to twenty-four in number. Each filament has the

usual structure, and tapers distally, ending in a subulate

whitish terminal process, into which the chordoid axis, which

is remarkably attenuate towards the tip, does not go. The

subulate terminal filament, where no eye is present, has

a translucent thin margin, especially at the commence-

ment of its inner edge. It is at this region (viz. the

inner base) that the eye develops as a conspicuous dark

brownish-violet organ, a stripe of the flattened translucent

margin connecting its inner base with the line of the

pinne ; whereas the distal part of the process is slender.

The pinne are of average length, and provided with a

chordoid unjointed axis. When injured, these organs are

readily reproduced from the filament, to which they give a

feathery appearance when the animal projects itself from its

tube. The branchiz are gracefully spread like the flower

of a Convolvulus (Claparéde). De St. Joseph describes the

exterior of the brauchiz as white, or as brownish violet, or

alternately of these colours. Sometimes they are entirely

“ couleur de rouille ou gris de souris.”” In the examples from

Plymouth the colour was pale olive throughout, only the

exterior of the filament being marked by an interrupted

band of white, which broke up distally into isolated touches.

The remarkable delicacy of the pinne is characteristic, each

branchial process thus resembling a featier with its delicate

barbs. When viewed from without, the branchial fan had a

slightly barred aspect from the arrangement of the white

touches. ‘The pinne are pale olive throughout, The eyes

vary much in size on the same specimen, and in one case

only a single large one was present, the rest being small in

varying degrees. All are double, with the terminal process

passing off between them. .

The anterior region consists of nine segments (six to nine,

De St. Joseph), eight of which bear pale golden bristle-tufts,

which slope in the preparations upward and backward.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xvii. 2

—

18 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The first tuft springs from a setigerous process almost im-

mersed in the tissues of the united first and buccal segments,

but the posterior cirrus or process is distinct, though small.

The bristles are small tapering forms with very narrow

wings (some without evident wings), and in two series, viz.,

a larger series, more deeply tinted yellow by transmitted

light and minutely dotted, and a more translucent smaller

series. All have finely tapered and nearly straight tips.

The rest of the setigerous processes of the region are charac-

terized by an increasing prominence, and the posterior

papilla is considerably larger. Hach arises from a broad

base, and is somewhat flattened, since its vertical exceeds its

transverse diameter, and the distal end has three parts,

viz., the posterior process or papilla (not to be confounded

with either a dorsal or a ventral cirrus), which springs from

the middle posteriorly, and two areas for the bristles. The

papilla is short and nearly cylindrical in the prepara-

tions, and is directed backward. The upper bristles arise

from a curved area above a papilla, so that the long axis of

the row is antero-posterior and the convexity of the tip

with the wings is turned ontward and their points directed

backward. They have long shafts and finely-tapered slightly-

curved tips with narrow wings. ‘The inferior row of bristles,

again, has its long axis vertical, and they have shorter and

stouter striated shafts, stouter tips, and broader wings.

The tip in all is finely pointed.

The body is somewhat elongate, a large example reaching

100 to 110 mm., with a breadth of 3-5 mm., flattened, and

tapered toward the -tail,in front of which some examples

have the widest part of the body. At the tip is the crenate

anus. The dorsum is rather more distinctly flattened than

the ventral surface, and has a groove in front leading to the

branchial fissure ; whilst posteriorly it bends to the right

between the eighth and ninth bristle-tufts, and slants to the

posterior edge ‘of the ninth bristled segment, The ventral

surface has the somewhat prominent median region occupied

by the scutes, the first of which, on the anced: buecal and

first segment, is the largest, and characterized by a dimple

in front. It is followed by eight others, each of which may

have an even margin or a median incurvation. ‘fhe last of

the anterior scutes has posteriorly a median projection, to

which the boundary-line from each side slopes. From this

point the ventral median groove passes backward to the

tail, cutting the succeeding scutes into two equal halves,

which occupy a little more than a third the breadth of the

body of the preserved specimens, except toward the tail,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. tg

where the scutes are somewhat broader and the median

groove is wider, The anterior region has nine segments

with a wider antero-posterior diameter than those which

follow, whilst these, again, are wider than the caudal

segments.

The colour of the body is dull orange or of a salmon hue,

universally and minutely dotted with white grains. The

dorsal collar is pale, and is also minutely dotted with white

grains ventrally; the flaps are also pale with a brownish

edge—well marked in the anterior dimple of the first shield.

‘The ventral scutes are paler, but also minutely dotted with

white, and the ventral groove is reddish. The cilia of the

dersal end carry loose bodies activ ely forward.

The bristles of the second region are arranged like the

inferior group in front, viz. with the Jong diameter of the

row vertical, and they spring from the tip in a double row—

that is, on each side of a ridge of tissue. The wings of

these are intermediate in character, being narrower than the

lower series aud wider than the upper series of the first

region. Their tips, however, are long, especially the upper

forms, and finely attenuate. The chief changes in the

bristles toward the tip of the tail are the shortening of the

shafts and the great elongation of the tips, which stretch from

the side of the flattened body as finely-tapered hairs. A

distinct curvature occurs at the commencement of the

wings.

Neural canals occur from the second setigerous segment

backward. The segmental organs are found in the first,

second, and third setigerous segments, and they open by a

common canal. The anterior rows of hooks occupy the

summit of the rounded ridge, which begins close to the

setigerous process and passes ventrally near the scute. Each

hook is avicular in shape, with a marked forward curvature

of the posterior outline at the crown, a powerful and sharp

main fang with a series of very minute serrations above it,

a neck of moderate length, and a long tapering base. Bold

strie pass from the crown to the base, into which they

curve a little behind the prow. Each hook is accompanied by

a short broad bristle, with aspatulate tip bent at an angle and

ending in a point, or when seen obliquely the tip is hastate,

or on edge a hook-like organ. In a specimen from South

Devon in the British Museum, both these and the hooks

had their “heads” tinted brown. The posterior hocks are

smaller, with a shorter neck and shorter base, and more

distinct serrations above the main fang. The tube is

leathery, coated externally with coarse sand mingled with

20, Prof M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

fragments of shells, and the elastic anterior end closes when

the branchiz are withdrawn.

The absence of Spiregraphis spallanzanii, Viviani, from

the British area, is noteworthy. It may yet be found in the

Channel Islands or on the southern shores of England.

It occurs on the opposite shores of France.

In Bispira volutocornis, Montagu, the seventh species, the

general colour is of a yellowish brown, paler in front dorsally

and on the ventral surface. The branchie are pale buff

with a white (interrupted) border to the filaments, the tips

being more or less white. Most of the filaments have a pair

of eye-specks, but there is no regularity in their arrange-

ment in the mass, and some have two pairs or an extra

spot. Some of these specks are at the base of the white

tip, others midway or above the basal insertion. Though

not so brilliantly tinted as some species, the delicate shades

of fawn and the pure white margins and tips, In addition to

the eye-specks, give the branclial fans great elegance.

The tips of many of the filaments appear to have been

injured, and are in process of reproduction. In the living

form the dorsal groove presents a white bar at the edge of

the collar, whilst a brown fillet occurs at each side and passes

under the large lateral brown flaps bordered with white,

and the dorsal edges of which are continuous with a slight

ridge on each side of the anterior region. Ventrally the

deep purplish-brown collar with its border of pure white is

stretched continuously across till it passes in front of the

lateral flap. Dorsally and ventrally the anterior region 1s

somewhat paler than the rest, the lateral region, however,

being slightly darker—as, indeed, it is all the way backward

till near the tip of the tail. Ventrally the scutes are buff

(pale brownish) and marked by the coprogogne, which turns

to the right at the posterior border of the anterior region

and passes dorsally. In an example the segment in front

ventrally was entire, but the one anterior to it was split as if

it had a coprogogne of its own. Young forms are pale

greenish, the branchiz being pale, and only a little border of

white and a few touches of brown are visible ventrally at

the collar, which has a deep median fissure. Dorsally none

of these hues are present, the rudimentary flaps being pale.

The great development and pigmentation of these flaps is

an adult feature.

When the branchie are removed from the cephalic plate,

the dorsal groove abuts on two semicircles of firm tissue,

which pass downward to the sides of the mouth. From the

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 21

groove a firm process of similar tissue passes straight down-

ward and bifurcates after a short course, its summit giving

origin to two short curved flaps like a bifid epistome over-

hanging the mouth, which appears as a triradiate fissure

with two pouting membranous ‘lobes inferiorly. By the

sides of the dorsal groove are two thick firm ridges—

apparently fused with the basal semicircles supporting the

branchiz. From the outer base of each of these the collar

arises by a thick circular flap, from which the large lateral

division passes forward and downward to end in a smaller

thick attachment at the side of the anterior process of the

ornamental (scalloped) first scute. This lateral flap is

slightly tinted in the preparation, but in the living form is

of the same deep violet-brown bordered with white. Over-

lapping the ventral edge of this lamella is the ventral plate,

which curves downward and extends on each side of the

middle line into a triangular reflected flap—the anterior

surface of the whole being of a rich deep brownish purple,

bordered with white. If the base of the separated branchial

system be examiued, a facet marks the dorsal end of each of

the semicircles of firm tissue of attachment, and the facet

fits on the firm pillars on each side of the dorsal furrow.

The firm basal mass of each branchial fan is bridged on the

ventral side of the facets by a narrow but firm band, From

the ventral aspect the basal mass on each side curves forward

and inward to eud in athick inrolled edge in the centre of the

spire. In the middle line and attached by its basal webs

to the bridge of connecting-tissue, on the one hand, and the

dorsal edge of the base of the fan, on the other, is the ten-

tacle on each side. These webs-are of importance in the

directing-currents, and the ventral] is incurved. The ten-

tacle is short, broad at the base, and tapered. The exterior

ofits base is tinted brown, and a ridge formed apparently by

the prolongation backward of the thickened margin of the

flap guarding the dorsal edge of the channel from the centre

of the spire keeps the base of the tentacle stiff. From the

firm spiral base the branchial filaments pass forward to the

number of forty-five to eighty on each side, the number

apparently increasing with age. They are united at the

base by a short web, and are comparatively long. Each

filament has the camerated axis which exteuds to the base of

the terminal process, but does not seem to enter it, for only

an opaque granular central region with a short web at each

side is present. On the outer edge of many a pair of

well-marked pigment-specks, and in some two or three, but

their position is irregular ; where three occur, the first is a

22 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

short distance above the base and the others at irregular

distances. A considerable portion of the tip is always

devoid of them. They are dense masses of blackish pigment

apparently enclosed in some cases in a capsule. The pinne

(barbules, De St. Joseph) are short, and form a dense

double row along the inner edge of the filament, becoming

shorter as they approach the tip, where they end abruptly.

Their colour is brownish violet in young forms, with twenty

branchiz in each fan, and a pair of black ovoid eyes occurs

on the dorsal filaments about a third from the end, whereas

the specks are situated near the middle of the ventral

filaments.

The body is of moderate length for a Sadella, varying

from 2 to 6 inches (13 em. long by 1 cm. broad, De Sz.

Joseph), and the segments vary from eighty to ninety

or more. It is rounded dorsally and flattened ventrally,

the mid-ventral line being marked by the groove from the

posterior edge of the anterior region to the tail. The body

tapers from the posterior third (in spirit) to the tip of the

tail, at which the anus is, whilst beneath the tip are two

somewhat ovoid papillae with pigment-dots. The anterior

region has nine bristled segments, but the number, as

De St. Joseph shows*, varies much (e. g., from five to

eleven), and the numbers on the respective sides may differ.

The setigerous processes are large, and have the form of short

blunt cones. In this region the bristles are directed upward

and backward as conspicuous tufts, whilst the rows of hooks

stretch on rounded elevations between them and the ventral

scutes. ‘The first segment is fused with the buccal, and bears

the first bristle-tuft. The segments are deeply cut ventrally

in this as in the sueceeding region. The first ventral scute

has two lunate depressions, upon which the ventral lappets

of the collar apparently impinge, the glandular tissue having

been absorbed or arrested in development on these areas.

The next ten scutes in the example from Plymouth are

undivided by the median line, though three show a white

streak im the centre—two of these belonging to the pasterior

region. ‘lhe scutes are continued to the posterior end as

elongated plates on each side of the median groove. The

bristles of the anterior region are characterized by their

golden hue and their distinct separation into two groups—a

longer dorsal row, the long axis of which is nearly horizontal

or slightly oblique, and a mass of shorter bristles beneath

them. The upper bristles have very long, straight, striated

* Ann. Sc. Nat. 8¢ sér. xvii. p. 288,

—oe

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 23

shafts, which taper a little as they approach the tip, which

is finely tapered, distinctly curved, serrated, and furnished

with narrow wings—these, indeed, in some being indistinct.

These bristles, moreover, show a gradation posteriorly, where

shorter forms with nearly straight tips and somewhat wider

wings occur. The second series forms a dense brush con-

siderably shorter than the foregoing, and, as in other forms,

the two groups are moved by separate muscles, so that

their special functions may be performed. The shafts of

the longer bristles of this group are similar to those of the

first series, but shorter and slightly stouter, and the shorter

tapered tips have a trace of a curve, and have wider wings,

but soon a tendency to form a tip lke a knife-blade, in

which the wings are fused, is apparent, and by-and-by all

the shorter bristles have the translucent flattened tip.

This blade varies in length and breadth, as well as in

curvature, but the majority of the bristles in these tufts are

of this formation. ‘The peculiar flattening of the tips,

which are thinnest distally, gives great flexibility to the

organs, so that their function of smoothing and brushing is

facilitated. All have strong, striated, golden shafts, which

gradually dilate from their translucent bases to the distal

third, when gentle narrowing again occurs to the origin of

the flattened tip. When softened and compressed in gly-

cerine, the various stages in the transformation of a winged

form, with an elongated tapering tip and with bold strize on

the wings, to a form in which the tip is broad, flattened,

and translucent with but a trace of minute striation, can be

followed. With the chauge of feet in the second division of

the body, a reversion to the normal type of bristie takes

place, the fascicles consisting of smaller shorter bristles of

nearly equal size, with finely-striated straight shafts, similar

in formation to the preceding, but which have narrow wings

gradually disappearing on the delicately-tapered tips, the

minute serrations on the edges being continued far up-

ward. These bristles are grouped in a tulip-like tuft, and

each resembles the blade of a pointed scalpel, only a trace

of a wing appearing toward the convex edge, which is

serrated, the lines sloping outward and upward. De St.

Joseph counted sixty long bristles and two huudred shorter

in the sixth segment of an example 13 cm. long. In the

posterior region the bristles form a cylindrical pencil, a

slight swelling occurring distally where the wings project.

Their tips are more finely tapered than in the first region,

and there is a slight curvature at the commencement of

the wings. ‘The pencil springs from a distinct setigerous

24 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

papilla. The bristles of the flattened caudal region, again,

while retaining the form of a pencil, have the tips of the

majority greatly elongated, so that this region of the body

is specially hirsute. No wings are visible in these much

elongated forms, but in the shorter forms these are well

marked and have serrated edges. The anterior hooks,

which commence on the second bristled segment, are situ-

ated on long low flaps, eight in number, which stretch from

the setigerous process almost to the ventral scute in each

segment. They are in a single row, and are characterized

by their somewhat long necks, from which the main fang

arises at less than a right angle, and has eight or nine small

teeth above it. The prow is rounded and prominent, but

the base is short, for it abruptly tapers to a blunt point

posteriorly. A series of hold striz occupy the central

region from the crown to the base, into which they curve.

De St. Joseph found no less than one hundred and eight to

one hundred and forty hooks in a single row in the anterior

region. Each hook is accompanied by ashort bristle witha

thick shaft, a slight narrowing of the neck, then an enlarge-

ment of the base of the flattened tapered tip, which is bent

backward at an angle, and according to position is either

symmetrical or asymmetrical. The posterior hooks do not

differ except in the length of neck and smaller size, and in

the presence of short striz on the neck at the base of the

great fang. These may indicate a stage in the development

of hook-like points on the region. De St. Joseph states that

these have smaller and shorter bases, and he gives the

numbers in several examples,

About two-thirds of the large tube is composed of a fairly

firm, yet elastic secretion with little mud, and occasionally

a shell is attached. The basal region, which appears to be

fixed, is coated with greyish mud,

A young example occurred in the fissure of the rock a

few inches from the adult. When alive, it appeared to be

about half an inch in length. The anterior region has seven

setigerous and six uncinigerous processes, whilst the pos-

terior consisted of about thirty-nine segments, the tip of

the tail apparently being incomplete. Nine scutes are in

front of those split by the mid-ventral line, instead of eleven

in the adult, showing that, whilst the two behind the an-

terior region are constant, the rest increase with age. The

cephalic lamellz and folds are similar. The branchial fila-

ments are respectively eleven and twelve, and they have the

beautiful white tints of the adult, and the same basal web.

The “ocular”’ pigment-spots in the preparation, however,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 25

are few and minute, since in all probability they have been

bleached by the spirit. The structure of the anterior and

posterior bristles and hooks at this stage correspond with

that of the adult.

In another young example found under a stone at St. Peter

Port, Guernsey, aud which was about three-quarters of an

inch in length, the reflected lamelle of the collar were of a

rich reddish-brown colour. ‘The anterior region consists of

ten bristled segments and nine long scutes, and the region

which follows appears to have more than thirty segments.

The body is comparatively short, grooved on the dorsum for

a short distance behind the fissure of the collar, and rounded

behind the anterior groove. The ventral surface is slightly

flattened and marked by the median furrow from the tenth

scute backward.

Amphicora fabricia, O. F. Miiller, the eighth form, is

abundant near low-water mark and amongst roots of sea-

weeds. The cephalic region has a projecting, broadly conical,

ventral median process, and dorsally the margin presents a

median notch behind a small conical process connected with

the mouth. There is thus an indication of a collar, and it

and the next segment are narrower than those which succeed.

Two eyes are situated a little behind the anterior border,

and beneath are two pale red masses. In front of these, at

the base of the tentacles, are two deep red spots—apparently

in connection with the blood-vessels. The branchiz are

three in number on each side—that is, the dense series of

pinne arise from three main stems on each side, and all are

quite pale. The pinne are longest at the base of the fila-

ments and shorter toward the tip, so that the general effect

of the arrangement when the fan is closed is to have a fairly

even series at the tip. They are ciliated internally. Intern-

ally at their base are two short and nearly cylindrical

tentacles, ciliated like the branchiz. A single vessel occurs

in each pinna in the line of the cilia, and the surface has

numerous palpocils, Moreover, at the base of the branchize

are two vascular enlargements, which have been termed

“* hearts.”

The body is rather more than an eighth of an inch

(1-2 mm., De St. Joseph) in length, cylindrical throughout

the greater part of its extent, then tapered toward the tail.

The segments are thirteen in all, seven of which pertain

to the anterior and six to the posterior region. It is

more or less rounded in the preparation, but in life it is

often flattened. The first or buccal segment has two black

26 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

eyes (De St. Joseph). The general colour is brownish or

straw-colour. Posteriorly it terminates in a pygidium,

which has two eye-specks. The alimentary canal is straw-

yellow, is wide anteriorly, bulges here and there in its course,

and then narrows posteriorly. On each side of it is a red

blood-vessel. The body-cavity is filled with a vast number

of granular cells about 5) of an inch in diameter. In

front of the eyes at the base of the branchial lobes is a

blood-sinus (branchial heart of Ehrenberg and Claparéde),

and Langerhans counted 25 pulsations per minute. The

blood is stated to be red by Meczynikow and Claparéde,

whereas De St. Joseph says it is green.

The first segment is devoid of bristles, but the second has

a tuft on each side about the middle of the segment. The

bristles are few, simple, translucent forms with straight

shafts and finely tapered tips with narrow wings, and in some

views the tip is bent at a slight angle to the shaft. Eleven

segments are provided with them, the first and last having

none. As usual in the family, the posterior bristles have

the largest and most finely tapered tips. The minute

anterior hooks are about six in number in each segment,

have a comparatively Jarge head, a constriction at the neck,

then a well-marked shoulder, after which the long curved

shaft tapers posteriorly. The main fang is large, and the

crown behind it is flat with about four teeth. The organ is

a miniature representative of that of Chone.

The iast three bristled segments have, instead of the long

hooks of those in front, peculiar forms, the posterior outline

being incurved and the anterior slightly convex, whilst the

crown is long and minutely toothed, no differentiation

occurring between the lowest and the adjoining teeth.

The base enlarges inferiorly, and is occasionally split,

apparently from the pressure used in preparing.

Oria armandi is the ninth species, generally distributed in

the south. Claparéde (1864) describes a ventral cephalic

collar to this species, apparently as distinguished from

Amphicora fabricia, but so far as observed in the spirit-

preparations there is not much difference in this respect—

both presenting a conical ventral prolongation and a narrow

rim to the dorsal fissure. Claparéde states that below the

collar is a row of vibratile cilia. Immediately in front of

the termination of the collar on the latero-dorsal region

is an eye-speck on each side. The second segment

bears an “auditory” organ (statocyst) on each side, viz. a

capsule with a statolith. The branchiz are in two groups

—

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 27

of five (Claparéde) and similar in general appearance.

They are ciliated internally and have palpocils externally.

The first ventral branchia is reduced to a simple filament

without pinne. A single vessel occurs in each filament,

and it ends blindly where the cilia cease.

The body of the cxamples from Sark is not larger than

that of Amphicora fabricia from St. Andrews—the advantage

in size, indeed, being with the northern form, which is also

more translucent. The eyes had disappeared in the pre-

parations (after preservation for 42 years), and yet, as

Claparede shows, those of A. fabricia are permanent in

spirit. The number of segments is at once diagnostic, for

Oria armandi has fourteen bristled segments besides the

first and last. Claparéde, however, gives nineteen or twenty

segments, though he found a ripe female with fewer than

twelve segments. The first segment is achetous. At the

tenth segment the bristles change to the ventral border aud

the shape differs.

The digestive system has a cylindrical colourless cesophagus,

and from the third segment the gastro-intestinal canal

proceeds backward as a brownish wide tube. A blood-vessel

runs on each side of the canal with a transverse branch in

each segment —indeed, the gut is surrounded by a vascular

rete (Claparéde). In the seventh segment a pair of folded

tubular organs (segmental ?) occur.

Fourteen pairs of bristle-bundles characterize those from

Sark. The anterior bristles have stouter shafts than those

of Amphicora fabricia, and the tapering tip is shorter and

has wider wings, Hight pairs belong to the anterior and

six to the posterior region, the latter being distinguished by

their slenderness and the tenuity of their hair-like tip, as

well as by the absence of wings. Moreover, they are

generally directed forward with a slight curvature, whilst

the auterior bristles are directed backward. The anterior

hooks have a similar shape to those of Amphicora fabricita—

that is, bave a curved shaft which tapers inferiorly, a

shoulder above which is a somewhat narrower neck

surmounted by a strong sharp main fang, which comes off at

less than a right angle to the throat and with two or three

strong teeth above it, the crown being, on the whole, more

elevated than in 4. fabricia. The neck of the hook is also

slightly bent backward. The posterior hooks, which, as in

Amphicora fabricia, occur in the last three bristled segments,

differ, as Claparéde observed, from those of the species just

mentioned in their shorter form, for the basal region is

truncated and the posterior outline short and concave, the

28 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

conspicuous part of the hook being the long anterior face

and crown, occupied by a small sharp main fang and

numerous minute teeth above it. The anterior outline

below the main fang bounds a small bay, the prow bending

up to cireumscribe it. The inferior outline is convex.

The otocysts in this species belong to the second group of

Fauvel *, viz. to the closed series in which the otoliths are

formed by concentric layers of secretion in the organ.

Amphiglena mediterranea, the tenth species, is a southern

type from Plymouth and Torquay. The anterior region bears

ten branchiz each, pinnate, with a double row of barbules,

the whole forming, in the preserved examples, a tuft about

a third the length of the body. Each filament, according

to De St. Joseph, consists of a double row of “cellules

cartilagineuses,’” whereas the barbules have only a single

row. ‘he number of ciliated barbules appears to be about

thirty, and they are shorter at the base and the tip than in the

middle. The tip of the filament ends in a long and slightly

tapered process with a narrow web at the base, and it has

palpocils. Each branchial filamient has a single vessel

( Claparéde).

Besides the two ciliated palps, De St. Joseph, after

Claparéde, shows a coiled process on each side, filled with

brown pigment-granules, and which, after Meyer, he con-

siders to be a fold of the upper lip, forming a superior

lateral chamber on each side.

The bedy is about 8 mm. in length (but some may reach

18 mm., Claparede), usually little tapered anteriorly, but

distinctly so posteriorly, and ends in a bluntly conical or

rounded pygidium, which bears four to six pairs of eyes. The

segments vary from 29-33. <A pair of spherical statocysts,

as mentioned by Claparéde, exist in the second segment.

They are ciliated internally and have statoliths. Claparéde

describes a dilatation of the cesophagus in the fourth segment.

The circulatory system, according to the same author,

consists of a contractile ventral vessel and two lateral trunks

applied to the alimentary canal, but he could not detect the

cecal branches ordinarily seen m Sabellids.

The first achetous segment bears four eyes in two pairs ;

the second segment has two statocysts having a number

of statoliths, besides two or three minute winged bristles

dorsally ; and the next seven segments have dorsal tufts of

bristles, the upper having narrower wings, the lower

* Comp. Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, Dec. 29, 1902.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 29

resembling spatula from the breadth of the wings, grada-

tions occurring between the the two—showing a long hair-

like continuation of the shaft as well as the broad wings.

The dorsal forms havea long shaft slightly curved backward

toward the tip, which is finely tapered and furnished with

wings of moderate breadth, which inseusibly disappear below

the hair-like tip. The inferior bristles of the same group—

that is, those next the inferior hook-rows—have wings so

short and broad as to make the tip spatulate and often

with a slender hair-like continuation in the middle. Both

types of bristles are frequent in the Sabellids. Similar

bristles occur in the anterior “abdominal” region, but the

last six at least are very long, attenuate, ‘and project

prominently outward, whilst scarcely a trace of a wing is

visible, even in the most anterior long tuft.

A series of minute bristles with the spatulate tip bent at

an angle accompany the anterior hooks, which commence

on the second bristled segment. These occasionally project

beyond the line of the great fangs of the hooks in situ.

The hooks, of which there are about eleven in each row,

themselves have a remarkably long main fang with three or

fonr spines in lateral view above it, making a high crown,

tlie posterior outline is much curved and runs to the basal

process, whilst the gulf between the great fang and the prow

is rather narrow. ‘The posterior process is * comparatively

long. In the posterior hooks the spikes above the great

fang are more numerous, as well as more evident. The great

fang itself is powerful and slightly curved. The gulf

anteriorly is as well marked as in the thoracic hooks, but

the prow is proportionately broader and more blunt, and the

posterior process considerably smaller and shorter. The

number of the hooks anteriorly is similar to that found

in the “thoracic”? region, but posteriorly they diminish, so

that in the antepenultimate there may be only one.

The change in the setigerous and uncinigerous processes

occurs at the tenth segment, the posterior region having the

hooks dorsal and the bristles ventral.

The eleventh species, Dasychone argus, Sars, a form not

to be distinguished from Subella luculiana, D. Chiaje, is

generally distributed throughout Britain. When the branchiz

have been shed by the annelid, the cephalic plate has the

edge of the collar projecting beyond its surface, which shows

at the dorsal inflection two smal] processes or folds, from |

which a pear-shaped area passes ventrally to end in the oral

ridge. he entire surface is thus symmetrically mapped

30 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

out, whilst the margin is formed by the collar, which presents

a lateral notch, in the form either of a slit or a shallow

excavation, which divides the reflected and somewhat

triangular ventral lobes from the rest of the rim, and they

are separated from each other by a wider gap in the mid-

ventral line. In large examples a dark speck occurs on each

side of the surface external to the pear-shaped enlargement,

and a dark speck on each side of the dorsal collar. A patch

of dark brown pigment also is present in some on the edge

of each reflected lobe. When the annelid withdraws itself

into its tube the dorsal lamelle are folded inward and slightly

overlap, and the inner process is pressed flat.

The branchiz are from 12-25 on each side and arise from

a firm tissue which is continuous in each semicircle, and

apparently formed by the fusion of the bases of the branchiz,

the individual elements being marked by a reddish-brown

pigment-speck—linear in outline and interfilamentous in

position. From each semicircle the finely coloured organs

extend freely distally. The chordoid axis in each is more

finely divided than in Chone infundibuliformis, The pinne,

which are in a double row, become shorter at the tip

and somewhat suddenly cease at the base of the short

terminal process. Along the outer edge of each filament a

series of clavate processes (about 18) are attached in pairs,

and a pigment-spot occurs on each side just beyond the

attachment of the processes, which in life are often curved

downward. Sars calculated that there were from 1200 to

1400 eyes in this species, for each eye-speck is compound.

As a transparent object the branchial filament shows the

chordoid axis with its coating of hypoderm and cuticle, and

the pinne with jointed chordoid axes (De St. Joseph calls

them cartilaginous). In some from Guernsey the branchie

were of a pale greenish hue, whilst the pinne were pale or

whitish and the tentacles greenish. Zetlandic examples,

again, had the branchie tinted dull orange with a tinge of

vreen, whilst on each filament the pinnz and the dorsal pro-

cesses were marked with white grains. Others from St. Peter

Port, Guernsey, had dull purplish-red branchiz spotted with

white. -Four of the dorsal crenated processes also were

white. In those from St. Andrews the branchie are often

brownish purple, and the two tentacular groups are streaked

longitudinally with white and purplish brown. The beautiful

shades of white and purplish brown and the elegant form of

these complicated organs almost baftie description. The

general effect of the branchial coloration is striking, for

three reddish-brown belts cross the branchize, the most

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. on

intense being inferior and which is toned down to the white

collar. Two white belts separate the three brown bands and

various white touches enliven the beautiful fan. Dalyell’s

specimens were variegated with different shades of brown and

yellow, and he mentions one with snow-white plumes located

inside an old oyster-shell.

The body is moderately elongated, but in contraction almost

elliptical, and attains a length of # to 2 inches, and has fifty-

eight well-marked segments, of which 5-7 are anterior. It

is rounded on the dorsal surface and devoid of any anterior

groove, slightly flattened ventrally, and with a median groove

from the posterior border of the ninth bristled segment to

the tail, where the terminal anus has two slight lateral

papilla. The ventral surface from the collar backward has

in each segment a glandular scute. These occupy the

middle of the anterior region. The long rows of hooks

occur at the sides, and they continue of similar breadth to

the posterior end. After the ninth they are split in the

mid-ventral line of the groove, and in some a faint line runs

from the collar along the middle of the anterior segments.

The body is of a madder-brown or dull red colour in some,

with white specks both dorsally and ventrally (orpiment-

orange, Dalyell). In others it is dull orange with only a

few whitish grains on the collar, or of a light orange hue—

rendered dark here and there by the intestine, whilst the

lobes of the collar are speckled with minute dots of white,

and two white papillz occur at the anus, or a white patch iu

front ofit. Young examples between tide-marks in Guernsey

and Herm are yellowish green, with the dark specks at each

foot. A bold dark brown speck occurs at the ventral edge

of each setigerous process in the anterior region, the

uncinigerous ridge commencing behind it. At the ninth

bristled segment a smaller speck is situated rather behind

the setigerous process dorsally, and at the commencement

of the uncinigerous row, and so to the posterior end of the

annelid. In onefrom Malahide the collar had many minute

brown specks. The alimentary canal commences at the

mouth as a wide, though translucent, membranous tube

marked by transverse strie. About the middle of the bod

it becomes narrower and thicker with powerful and rather

cvarse transverse fibres and some delicate longitudinal

muscles. The dissepiments support the canal in every seg-

ment, and thus it assumes a moniliform aspect, or occasionally

resembles a coiled spring.

The first setigerous processes are nearer each other than

the succeeding, since the line of the bristles anteriorly

32 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

trends dorsally. The cervical process is smaller than the

second, aud bears a series of bristles with more slender

winged tips than the succeeding. A typical tuft in the

anterior region presents dorsal bristles with more elongated

striated shafts and short, tapering, winged tips. The shaft

slightly tapers toward the wings and again toward the root.

‘Those at the edge of the series have somewhat broader wings,

which are striated and serrated on the edges. A shorter

series of bristles occurs at the base, the tips just projecting

beyond the skin and having the same gradation as observed

in the longer forms. The posterior bristles form a small

tuft and are characterized by the great elongation of the tip,

especially of the more slender forms, the wings in the pre-

paration being scarcely visible. One or two bristles at the

ventral edge have the wings considerably widened at the base,

but the tips are attenuate. On examining the anterior tufts

of bristles with a lens, the sharpest curve formed by the

setigerous process is posterior and the concavities are dorsal.

They are considerably stronger than the succeeding tufts.

The ninth is less powerful and the. dorsal bristles are

proportionally longer. In transverse section they agree

generally with the condition observed in Chone infundibuli-

formis.

The first bristle-tuft has no hooks on its ventral border,

but the next seven have long ventral rows slightly diminishing

in length from before backward, and the hooks occur in a

single row. The ninth, which begins the posterior series, is

dorsal, and is one-third less in breadth than the eighth.

Throughout the entire series of rows the hooks maintain

the same microscopic characters. The anterior hooks are

avicular, have the posterior outline convex and the anterior

concave, the great fang leaving the throat ata little less than

a right angle, and a series of small teeth occur on the crown

above it. The anterior outline, whilst concave at the neck,

becomes boldly convex at the prow, which is smoothly

rounded anteriorly and inferiorly—ending in a strap-like

basal process which is usually bent a little downward

posteriorly. The hooks diminish in size posteriorly, aud the

basal process is shorter.

In connection with this species, it is curious that Sir J. G.

Dalyell (1853) ,in watching the development and reproduction

of lost parts, made the following remarkable statement :—

“ Here we seem to reach a postulate, demanding the in-

definite—the universal—diffusion of germs ready for develop-

ment wherever the obstacles to it cease, or of some creature-

power effecting a secretion of such matter as may produce

J < sie A > DD ie

ett, Dt i

— so? oe

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 33

new organs in forms or substance.” Something like Pan-

genesis was thus thought of before Darwin.

Euchone rubrocincta, Sars, the twelfth form, comes from

St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, in 100 fathoms, where it was

dredged by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys. The collar dorsally has a

curvature as it approaches the median fissure, whilst ventrally

only a spout-like median fold occurs at the rim. The

branchiz are 15-16 on each side (twelve, Sars), connected

by a web for half their length. The filaments have pinne

which reach the base of the slender filiform tip, which is:

often so closely coiled as at first sight to represent a knob.

A narrow hypodermic wing is attached to the axis along a

considerable area of the pinnate region and to the base of

the terminal process. ‘Five pairs of branched tentacles ”

(tentacular cirri) “and several unbranched, of which one long

ventral pair is attached to the connecting membrane” of

the branchiz, “whilst the others are free” (Southern).

These organs are in close proximity to the mouth, have an

afferent and efferent blood-vessel, and are probably of

importance in alimentation. The curve of the vessel is just

within the hypodermic tip, which is slightly bulbous. The

body is about three-quarters of an inch in spirit, of thirty-

two or more segments, of which nine to eleven are included

in the anal funnel, which has a furrowed process in front

and a crenulated margin. It is somewhat rounded, though

the ventral surface is more or less flattened, a little tapered

in front, and more distinctly diminished in the caudal region.

The segments are two-ringed, and a dorsal furrow runs from

end to end, for it does not cease when the ordinary groove

bends to the right and passes to the ventral surface between

the eighth and ninth segments, and is continued to the

anal funnel. The anterior scutes are divided by the trans-

verse furrow of the segment ; the posterior scutes are cut

into four by the deep and broad ventral furrow.

The anterior bristles are borne on a setigerous process,

are pale, and brittle. The first tuft, which arises a little

more dorsal than the others and at the base of the collar,

consists of a longer and shorter series of finely-tapered

bristles with very narrow wings, those on the shorter series

being almost invisible. The average anterior tuft has three

sets of bristles, the larger having straight shafts, gently

tapered and slightly curved tips; the next series has shorter

tips with a distinct inclination backward and broader wings,

but still their condition is in contrast with the broad spatu-

late tips of the corresponding series in such as Euchone

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii, 5)

of Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

papillosa. The third series present narrower wings than the

last, and the tips project little beyond the surface. So brittle

are the tips that the tapered axis, or terminal region of the

shaft, often snaps at the base of the wing, leaving a trans-

parent web forming the wings projecting freely beyond it

and on one side of the shaft. This is not common.

In his account of the species, Malmgren (1865) did not

refer to other than the anterior hooks, which are rather

large, have moderately long and boldly curved shafts, also

as brittle as the bristles. These dilate from the base up

to the shoulder, then are slightly narrowed at the neck.

The main fang comes off nearly at a right angle, and in

lateral view has eight or nine teeth above it, but the crown

is flat, and thus differs from such as EL. papillosa, in which

the crown is more elevated. The hovks in the anterior

part of the posterior region are avicular, have a main

fang which leaves the neck at less than a right angle, a rather

high crown with five or six teeth in lateral view, a convex

posterior border, a prominent and massive prow, and a

small basal process posteriorly. The terminal hooks, again,

are considerably smaller, have a much higher crown and

more numerous teeth in lateral view, and the posterior basal

process is smaller. All the shafts of the bristles and long

hooks are slightly brownish by transmitted light.

Euchone normani*,sp.u., the thirteenth form, is unfortu-

nately fragmentary, and nothing is known of the branchie.

The cephalic collar is fairly developed, with a deep fissure

dorsally, the margin sloping thence downward and forward

to the ventral process, a slight projection on each side of the

middle line with a fissure between occurring there. The

body appears to be comparatively short, and the anal funnel

is short antero-posteriorly and wide, the margin being thin

and deep anteriorly with a shallow median notch, whilst the

sides are boldly and somewhat regularly crenate for more

than the anterior half. The anterior bristles are of two

kinds, a longer series dorsally with finely tapered and narrow

wings, and those ventrally situated with broader wings

and shorter tips. Posteriorly the tips of the bristles are

greatly elongated, and the wings very narrow.

The anterior hooks have a long curved shaft tapering to

the base, whilst the neck is narrowed above the shoulder

and curved backward. The great fang comes off nearly at a

right angle, and about four teeth are on the crown above it

* Canon Norman and Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys did much valuable work

with the dredge in the Zetlandic seas.

oo veer

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 35

in lateral view, whereas in Kuchone analis the number of

teeth is nearly doubled, and a differentiation of this region

from that of the great fang is evident. The base is curiously

diminished and narrowed posteriorly, but the prow is large

and rounded. The posterior hooks are even more diagnostic

than the anterfor. The posterior outline is convex, with a

slight inflection below the crown, and a short posterior curve

at the base, which is small. The great fang is long and

sharp, and on the crown above it are six or seven distinct

teeth. The anterior outline begins at a little less than a

right angle, gently curves forward to the prow, which

inferiorly blends with the short truncate base. The lower

part of the neck and body have curved striz. In structure,

therefore, these hooks differ from those of E. analis, Kroyer,

and EH. papillosa, Sars. Neither is figured by Malmgren.

The representatives of the genus Chone in northern waters

seem to be in a somewhat confused condition, since the

young of certain forms have been described as different

species. At least five species, however, are clearly defined,

viz. the characteristic Chone infundibuliformis, Kréyer, of the

arctic seas, which appears to be rare in most collections, but

was procured by the ‘ Valorous’ in 1875. This form has

often been confounded with another species, viz. Chone

dunert, Malmgren—indeed, in a named collection from

Greenland, procured in the sixties of last century, it is

labelled C. infundibuliformis. Yet the form of the tips

of the branchiz in the latter, the structure of its hooks,

especially the avicular posterior hooks, the bristles, and other

features are diagnostic.

The original description of C. infundibuliformis by Kroyer*,

although unfortunately he gives no figure, is clear in regard

to the structure of the branchiz, the collar, the size, and

other features. He adds that it is not rare in Greenlandic

seas, and that it inhabits a cuticular tube devoid of mud;

yet modern naturalists seem to have seldom met with it.

Its posterior hooks are so characteristic that no confusion

with C. duneri need occur—even in young forms of each

species. Of course, it may be a question what form Kréyer

meant by his C. infundibuliformis, since both it and C. duneri

are found in the arctic seas, but the typical C. infundibuli-

formis is chiefly arctic in distribution, whereas C. duneri has

a much wider range. After careful consideration of Malm-

gren’s views and various specimens, it has been deemed

prudent to adhere to the diagnosis indicated above. It is,

however, right to state that Prof. Fauvel and others hold

* Oversigt Kgl. danske Videnskab. Selskabs Forhandl, jae p. 09,

36 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

C. duneri to be Kroyer’s C. infundibuliformis, and that the

species held here to be C. infundibuliformis is only a variety

of the former (C. duneri). ‘This does not modify either the

opinions or the figures in this paper.

Chone duneri lias a very wide distribution, ranging from

the British seas to Norway, Jan Meyen, Spitzbergen,

Greenland, the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and Madeira. A

species, which closely approaches C. duneri, extends along

the eastern shores of Scotland, is thrown by storms on the

sands at St. Andrews, is dredged in deep water off Montrose,

and occurs in the stomachs of fishes, such as the cod and

haddock. It has been termed C. fauveli in the meantime,

since the processes at the tips of the branchiz form a contrast

with the long filiform processes in C, duneri, and its posterior

hooks generally show a tooth more above the main fang.

Further investigations may clear up certain doubtful points

in connection with both forms. Wollebeek’s* view that

C. duneri is a synonym of C. infundibuliformis cannot be

corroborated. In the fine volume on the Polycheets procured

by the Prince of Monaco, Prof.-Fauvel + describes and

figures C. duneri as C. infundibuliformis, and it is possible

that the rarity of the latter and the abundance of the former

in northern waters has led to this misapprehension, which

we in Britain equally shared. Prof. Fauvel’s figures of the

bristles and hooks in his account of the Polycheta from Jan

Meyen are excellent. In all probability the species from

the area of the Clyde ¢ is Chone fauveli and not C. infundibuli-

formis, which has not hitherto heen met with in British

waters. The species described by Miss Katherine Bush § as

Chone teres appears to be closely allied to the last-meutioned

species, especially in the structure of its posterior hooks.

Besides the foregoing forms, Chone reayi extends from

Shetland to the Channel Islands, and Chone princei occurs

in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada.

Chone fauveli ||, sp. n., the fourteenth species, is widely

distributed in Britain.

The cephalic plate is surrounded by an ample and con-

tinuous collar, cleft, however, at the dorsal fissure, and it

* Akvift. Videnskap. Kristiania, 1911, 2 Bind, No. 18, p. 24.

+ Campagnes Scient. fase, xlvi. p. 319, pl. xxxi. figs. 10-18 (1914).

} Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxxi. no. 47, p. 141.

§ Harriman Alaska Exped. Tubicol. Annel., New York, 1905, p. 215,

pl. xxx. fig. 1, and pl. xxxvii. figs. 16-238.

|| Named after Prof. Fauvel, of the University of Angers, France,

who has laboriously studied the Polychxta both of Europe and other

regions.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 37

ensheaths the base of the branchie. At the dorsal fissure

the thickened edges, after the collar ceases, are carried

downward, and end ina point above the inflection of the .

firm rim to which the branchie are attached, and which

has the outline of a horse’s hoof, the rounded ventral arch

forming the front and the indented dorsal region the frog.

After the branchiz are shed, a small papilla is usually found

in the mid-dorsal, and a larger in the mid-ventral line of

the thickened inner rim. The mouth lies above the ventral

papilla.

The body of this form is generally more rounded than

in the Sabellids proper, reaches the length of 5-6 inches,

and has the thickness of a strong goose-quill. The

segments are from fifty to ninety. The outline is

somewhat spindle-shaped, for, though the cephalic lobe

is truncate, the body tapers to it, as well as more distinctly

toward the tail, at the point of which is the anus, which

in the younger examples sometimes shows two papilla—a

smaller dorsal and a more prominent ventral papilla. The

deep dorsal fissure is continued to the second segment,

where it is dilated, and from this the mid-dorsal groove

passes backward to the anterior border of the eighth seg-

ment, where it inclines to the right, cutting off in its course

ventralward a narrow portion of the ninth segment, and,

reaching the mid-ventral line in this segment, thereafter

proceeding to the tip of the tail, the last part of its course

being generally more deeply grooved in the preparations.

The body of the fresh specimen is pale pinkish, and in the

newly-preserved form is of a pale skin-colour.

The branchiz vary from twelve to thirty-six on each side,

and are connected together almost to the tip by a membrane,

the dorsal fissure, however, causing a gap in the funnel. In

preserved examples the filaments are often slightly spiral

and the tips are incurved. The filament is stiffened by a

chordoid camerated axis as in Sadella, but it is not less in

diameter. The tip of each process is characteristically

formed with a broad wing at the base and tapering to a fine

tip. A slender axis, apparently from the chordoid skeleton,

passes along the centre of the bare flattened tip almost to

its extremity. The pinue are long, even to the base of the

flattened terminal process, and have a central (chordoid)

axis, the tip being smoothly rounded or occasionally slightly

enlarged. The pinne at the bases of the filaments (that is,

near the mouth) are elongated, the last one or two being so

long as to resemble tentacles. When a suitable example is

observed the slender tentacles arise at each side of the mouth,

38 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and are quite free from the branchiz. Six or more occur on

each side as delicate filaments little tapered toward the tip.

In the centre are two or three folded lobes, apparently in

connection with the oral aperture, and near the dorsal fissure

is an oblique fold of some length, the distal end of which is

split into filaments. What appeared to be the two tentacles

proper are on the inner border of each ventral fold, and ~

they terminate in a tapering filament. The mechanism of

the entire elaborate apparatus is complex. The length and

degree to which the tip is webbed vary considerably, and

in the arctic form it is more elongate.

The cutis is smooth, has a finely iridescent or nacreous

lustre, and, when removed, has a bluish aspect. In intimate

structure it is crossed by fine lines, which give it a fibrous

appearance, but at the segment-junctions white bands occur,

and these are tesselated. A series of powerful circular

fibres occur beneath the skin and its basement-tissue, whilst

the longitudinal bands conform to the type of the family.

The collar runs smoothly into the first segment, which

is of eonsiderable antero-posterior diameter and uniformly

rounded. It has on each side, a little in front of the

segment-junction, a small tuft of bristles and a pale spine.

The bristles are simple winged forms with tapering tips, the

edges of the wings being serrated. They slant dorsally

forward. Some of these long anterior bristles present

a peculiar twist below the wings, but whether this is arti-

ficial or otherwise is unknown. ‘The succceding seven

pairs, which issue just in front of the median ring, have

modified tufts, consisting of a dorsal series of bristles with

tapering tips, like those of the first series, with serrated

edges and a ventral series of bristles of spatulate form,

the slope of both being obliquely upward and forward.

The spatulate bristle is smallest at the base, and gradually

enlarges into a finely-serrated shaft, which remains cylin-

drical until the wings appear, and then tapers to a blunt

point. The wings rapidly widen on each side, and soon end

in a blunt tip, are obliquely striated, and have serrated

edges laterally. Moreover, the tip often presents a slight

marginal fold. When the tip of the shaft is broken, the

transparent web connecting the wings is evident and the

margins of the wings are stiffened by incurvation and slight

thickening. There is little difference between the first tuft

and the last, except that the posterior are rather more

obtuse at the tip. In transverse section the exterior of the

bristle is hyaline, the centre granular from the fibres. On

examining the bristle-tufts of this region with a lens, a

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 39

double series of black dots appears—caused by the central

stalk of each spatulate bristle.

The anterior tufts of simple bristles (at and after the ninth)

are characteristic when contrasted with the northern Chone

infundibuliformis from Greenland ; for in lateral view the

shafts are curved, constricted as they approach the wings, and

the tip leaves the shaft at an angle, whilst it is finely

tempered and bordered with the narrow wings. In antero-

posterior view the constriction at the upper end of the shaft is

distinct, the base of the tip (continuation of the shaft) being

considerably broader. On the other hand, the bristles of

the Greenlandic species are much more slender, the tips

longer and more attenuate, and the wings just visible. The

constriction of the shaft below and its dilation above the

commencement of the tip scarcely attract notice.

A change occurs at the ninth bristle-bundle, whichis now

ventral to the row of hooks, for all have tapering tips with

the serrate wings, and slant upward and backward. ‘The

succeeding tufts are equally powerful, and have the same

direction till the posterior fifth is reached, and there the

bristles gradually assume an opposite direction—that is,

downward and forward. These posterior bristles are longer

and smoother, presenting no serrations, and the terminal

wings narrower, so that the shaft is more conspicuous. The

free portion of the bristle increases disproportionately, the

shaft being little more than a quarter of the length. Further,

whilst the bristles of the anterior region are in front of the

median ring of the segment and the hooks behind it,

the posterior bristles are more nearly in a line, though still

anterior to the row of hooks. Generally speaking, the

anterior bristles have most of their shaft below the skin and

a shorter tip, whilst the posterior have a short shaft under

cover and a long tip—conditions doubtless connected with

their functions.

The rows of hooks commence on the second bristled

segment to the ventral side of the bristles, and the first

seven—that is, those of the anterior region—are longer and

more boldly marked than the succeeding, appearing like

minutely dotted dark lines under a lens. ‘The hooks are

arranged alternately in a double row, but toward the ends

of the row, especially ventrally, appear to form a single

series. Each presents a long, curved, striated shaft, deeply

inserted into the muscular coats, and tapering from the

well-marked shoulder to the base. The neck is translucent,

finely striated, especially superiorly, narrowed above the

shoulder, and again slightly dilated as it approaches the

40 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

head, which has a powerful main fang extending from the

throat at more than a right angle, and with five or more

smaller teeth on the crown in lateral view, and they extend

to the downward curve of the crown posteriorly. In con-

trasting these with the hooks of C. infundibuliformis, the

curvature is less, the neck shorter, and the crown somewhat

flatter. Moreover, whilst the body of the arctic specimen

is larger, the hooks are proportionally smaller. The hooks

in the seven rows maintain the same structure, the posterior,

perhaps, being slightly stronger. In transverse section of

the shaft of the hooks the centre is fibrous, and at the

shoulder it is somewhat flattened, with an indentation of

the fibrous area, a condition which explains the peculiar

blank always seen on one side of the shaft. At the ninth

segment the hooks change to the dorsal side of the bristles,

and they maintain that position to the posterior end

of the body. These hooks are avicularian, and form a

single row, diminishing in size from the dorsal to the

ventral end adjoining the bristles. There are about thirty-

six hooks in each row anteriorly. Moreover, the hooks at

the upper end of the row have a larger base than those next

the bristles, for in the last hooks the base is in a line with

the neck and devoid of the anterior prow. In the upper

hooks the main fang is large and sharp, the anterior outline

below it deeply concave to the prow, after which it is nearly

straight. Four distinct teeth occur above the main fang.

The posterior outline is irregular, a slight hollow occurring

at the neck, then a convexity from which a straight line

runs to the angle at the upper part of the base, another

straight line joining that bounding the free end. ‘The base

and neck are boldly striated, the former transversely, the

latter longitudinally. At the lower end of the row the

posterior outline of the hook is nearly straight, only a

shght elevation occurring in the middle ; whilst the anterior

outline of the base is prolonged downward with a slight

posterior inclination, so that the hook has a base elongated

in the line of the neck. In some large forms from

St. Andrews these hooks were of a deep brown hue.

In Chone infundibuliformis the hook in the middle of the

body considerably diverges from that of C. fauveli, since

the base is more massive; the prow -has a slight process

projecting downward, and the gulf below the acute main

fang, instead of having a nearly uniform outline on its

inner edge, has a distinct indentation, marking off, as it

were, the region of the prow. But the most divergent

feature is the crown, which is flatttened and provided at its

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 41

posterior edge only with five or six small teeth in lateral

view (and which do not affect the straight outline of the

crown) in contrast with the four large teeth of the British

form, which project well over the main fang, and the striz

from which occupy a considerable portion of the neck; and

the striz adjoining these (in front) are parallel, whereas

in the arctic hook the long striz from the smaller hooks on

the crown are indistinct, the striz in front being alone

conspicuous. The posterior outline in the two hooks like-

wise differs, the arctic form being evenly convex till near

the base, where it is truncated, the British having this

portion of the posterior edge concave.

The distinctions noted continue posteriorly. Thus the

bristles near the tip of the tail in the British form, while

they have greatly elongated tips, retain the marked con-

striction of the shaft below the tip and the dilatation beyond

it. On the other hand, the extremely slender tips of C. in-

fundibuliformis have only a trace of wings, and the slight

constriction of the shaft below and dilatation above the

commencement of the wings would not at first sight be

noticed. The terminal hooks in the British form have a

more regular posterior outline, but otherwise keep to the

type seen in front, the main fang and the teeth above it

being especially distinct. On the other hand, those of

C. infundibuliformis retain all the distinctive features

already mentioned, the minute teeth at the back of the

flattened crown being so indistinct as to suggest fusion.

When the digestive tract is exposed, it presents anteriorly

prominent oral papillee and glandular organs on each side.

The anterior region of the tract is brownish in colour,

chitinous, and very friable, and after a short course it

merges into a rounded and more distinctly moniliform

portion, which, gradually diminishing in calibre, ends in a

small anus. The contents of the gut showed many diatoms,

fragments of the spicula of sponges, fragments of minute

crustacea, amidst muddy sand. A large and firm glandular

body is attached to the intestine, and above the intestine

hes the dorsal blood-vessel, which has in the preparation a

brownish barred aspect.

The anterior half of the intestine is of a pale brownish

hue and somewhat firm, as if chitinous, and in minute

structure is finely striated transversely, and hence the

readiness with which the gut ruptures. Few muscular

fibres occur in the anterior region of the gut, but at the

point where it becomes moniliform a layer of muscular

fibres hes beneath the chitinous coat, which becomes thin

42 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and translucent posteriorly, whilst the muscular fibres

increase in bulk and. power. A complex reticulation of

blood-vessels covers the wall of the canal anteriorly.

Strong fibres from the body-wall cross the canal, but are

not attached to it. The intestine is coated throughout with

the brownish digestive gland, which is deeply tinged with

yellow pigment. It ceases within a quarter of an inch of

the vent.

Chone duneri, Malmgren, the fifteenth, a widely-distri-

buted species, extends from British waters to Spitzbergen

and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada. The cephalic collar

forms a considerable web dorso-laterally, passing backward

to the line of the second bristle-tuft, and doubling forward

along the edge of the dorsal fissure on each side so as to

make conspicuous parallel edges to the fissure, as far as the

base of the pedicle for the branchie. The pedicle, after

removal of the branchiz, does not project beyond the rim

of the collar. The branchie are distinguished by their

comparative length and the long slender terminal processes.

he structure of the filaments is typical, and they slightly

taper distally, ending in a remarkably long winged process,

which tapers to a delicate tip and has a slender continua-

tion of the chordoid axis in the centre. The number of

filaments ranges from six to twenty-two on each side

according to size, the latter being the number in a fine

example from Jan Meyen, kindly sent by Prof. Fauvel, and

they are united by membrane throughout the greater part

of their length, the tip being free. The pinne are of con-

siderable length, each having the jointed chordoid axis.

They continue long till near the basal web of the terminal

process, when a few shorter occur,

The body in all the examples observed is considerably

smaller than that of C. fauveli, and is nearly of the same

diameter throughout the anterior three-fourths, though a

little tapered in front. It then diminishes gently to the

tail, which is by no means acute. It is somewhat flattened

and grooved anteriorly on the dorsum, and grooved ventrally

from the ninth scute backward. A papilla marks the anus

at the tip. The number of segments would appear to be

about fifty, and they are distinctly marked, with the excep-

tion of the minute caudal rings. ‘The anterior bristles are

in two groups—an upper, with longer shafts and tapering

winged tips, and a lower, of spatulate form, with a short

tapering process at the tip. The tutts are fewer and smaller

than in C. fauveli. Posteriorly in front of the tail the tips

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 43

of the bristles are greatly elongated, and they slope forward

rather than backward, projecting on each side as a fine

fringe.

The anterior hooks are similar to those of Chone fauveli,

though smaller, the posterior part of the crown is less

rounded, and the three or four teeth above it very sharp.

The posterior hooks, while generally resembling those of

the common species, have somewhat higher crowns, five to

six teeth being clearly visible above the great fang. The

posterior part of the crown is also less rounded, as is the

posterior outline. The main fang is proportionally shorter,

since its point does not project beyond the line of the prow.

Another feature is that the crown with its small teeth is on

a level with the outer surface of the main fang, whereas in

C. fauveli the four large teeth above the main fang fit into

a convex outline. The figure of Langerhaus *, though poor,

clearly indicates the species.

Chone reayit, sp. u., the sixteenth form, comes from

Shetland, off the coast of Ireland, and from the Channel

Islands.

The cephalic plate has a thinner but fuller collar than in

Chone fauveli, and its edges are turned in dorsally, sloped

inward and backward to be fixed to the first segment on

each side of the middle line and to the sides of the groove in

front ; but its anterior margin is well behind the free edge

of the collar above, and no continuation of this part occurs

in front—a distinctive feature with such as Chone duneri

and others. As in the former species, the fissure presents

a pouch at the attachment of the collar posteriorly. The

collar passes with a slightly crenate margin nearly straight

to the ventral surface, but from attachment the free rim is

there narrow. ‘The pedicle of the branchiz does not project

beyond its edge. In this species the bases to which the

branchie are attached are different, for they form two semi-

circular soft grooved lobes, which do not project beyond

the margin of the collar in lateral view. To the inner

(median) or straight edges the tentacles are attached, and

the whole base is constricted posteriorly, so that it is

mushroom-like. There is no bifid process of the -lip-

membrane as described by Southern in Chone filicaudata.

Each branchial filament has a large camerated chordoid

* Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxxiv. p. 114, Taf. vi. fig. 34.

+ Named after Lord Reay, K.T., who has so long taken an interest in

the marine work at St. Andrews, and who auspiciously opened the Gatty

Marine Laboratory in 1896,

44 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

axis, which extends into the elongated terminal process as

a fine thread. The long pinne arise in a double row, and

continue to the base of the terminal group, the sides of

which have a series of short pinne, giving a character to

the organ, and which gradually diminish, leaving a smooth

subulate filament—much shorter than in Chone duneri and of

a different character—at the end of the branchia. As a trans-

parent object the filament presents a series of rounded areas

inside the chordoid axis, which probably represent the bases

of the pinne. Few species show a more distinct structure of

these organs.

The body is shorter and smaller than in C. fauveli, the

largest example being fully an inch in spirit and having

about fifty-five segments, of which eight bristled are anterior.

It is rounded throughout the greater part of its extent,

especially dorsally, and only at the posterior third is the

ventral surface flattened as it tapers to the tail, the tip of

which projects as a special process with an oblique end, the

slope of the anus being from above downward and forward.

A little pigment occurs dorsally and ventrally at the tip,

which in a small example had a minute filiform process, so

that C. filicaudata is not the only form so provided. From

the dorsal fissure at the collar a groove runs backward in

the middle line to the end of the seventh bristled segment,

then slants to the right across the eighth dorsally and the

ninth ventrally to the middle line at its posterior border,

and thence backward to the tip of the tail. The segments

show a few transverse markings, but only a few of the

anterior ventrally are distinctly divided into two rings.

The anterior region has eight bristle-tufts and seven uncini-

gerous rows.

The first bristle-tuft consists of simple bristles, but the

second and those following in the anterior region consist of

two kinds—viz., a dorsal series of translucent bristles, with

a pale golden sheen when viewed under a lens, and long

tapering tips with very narrow wings, which disappear

before reaching the extremity, and of a spatulate ventral

series with cylindrical shafts, the tips of which project little

from the surface and end in a delicate filament. The wings

are at first varrow, expaud into a spathulate region, then

gradually ccase as a narrow rim on the base of the terminal

filament. The prolongation at the tip distinguishes this

bristle from the corresponding one found in C. fauvelt. The

succeeding region of the body has only the narrow winged

tapering bristles, which, as in front, have a distinct curvature.

Toward the posterior end the bristles elongate, and are

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 4d

directed downward and backward, or just in front of the

tail downward and forward. In these elongated bristles

the wings are indistinguishable. A few shorter bristles,

probably in process of development, occur in these tufts.

The striated shafts of the long anterior hooks are even

more tapered at the insertion than in C. fauveli, and they

increase in diameter upward to the shoulder, which gently

diminishes to the stout neck. The great fang leaves the

throat nearly at a right angle, and on the crown above it in

lateral view are five or six teeth. The neck and shoulder of

these hooks have a forward curve, so that the head is carried

backward. The posterior hooks have a convex anterior and

a concave posterior outline, but the base is not bent back-

ward as in the ordinary avicularian forms. The main fang

leaves the throat at somewhat less than a right angle, and

is strong and sharp. Above it is a series of four or five or

more small but distinct teeth. The slightly-curved neck

dilates a little as it merges into the stunted shaft or base,

which has a slight flexure backward, the character of the

hook being thus diagnostic, and so different from those of

species of Chone hitherto described. In a variety from

Finmark the bases of these hooks are tapered into shaft-like

processes, and the whole series constitute in each foot an

elegant fan. They form a single row.

Chone filicaudata, Southern, from Clew Bay, Ireland, is

the seventeenth species, and differs from Chone duneri,

Malmgren, which it approaches in the presence of a bifid

process of the lip-membrane, in the form of the posterior

hooks, which have a higher crown and more numerous teeth

above the great fang in lateral view. It also has a conical

anal appendage. The terminal process of the branchial

filament hasa central axis and a web oneach side. It is the

rule, however, for the posterior hooks in most species of this

genus to have higher crowns. The occurrence of a caudal

filament on Chone duneri in certain cases, however, makes

the distinction less evident, yet the posterior hooks diverge.

Jasmineira elegans, De St. Joseph, a southern form, is the

eighteenth species. The cephalic lobe, when the branchiz

are removed, presents a mushroom-shaped basal region—

that is, it is constricted proximally and dilated distally, and

has a median cleft. It is marked externally by longitudinal

lines or grooves. From the ventral edge of each half three

or four slender smooth tentacles (four to six, De St. Joseph)

46 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

project. A well-marked collar is present, with a dorsal

fissure as in Chone and an entire ventral margin. De St. Jo-

seph describes linear eyes on the fused buccal and first

segment, but these were not observable in the spirit-

specimens. The number of the branchiz is from eight to

twelve on each side, and they show two chordoid cells in

transverse section. They have a double row of ciliated

barbules, and terminate in a naked process with a thickened

base.

De St. Joseph observes that the foregoing fused segments

have, besides the eyes, two branchial heads, two red thoracic

organs debouching by a common canal at the base of the

branchize dorsally, and two otocysts with trembling otoliths.

Fauvel*, however, states that in the closed otocysts, to

which group those of Jasmineira belong, the “ trembling”

is due to Brownian movement only, as there are no cilia.

The body, which in spirit is about an inch in length, has

the outline of Chone, and is little tapered till the posterior

third. It ends in a slender tip, with a conical papilla above

the anus. ‘he anterior region consists of nine segments,

the posterior of twenty-four or twenty-five segments, or even

more (De St. Joseph gives a total of forty). The ventral

groove cuts through the right edge of the eighth ventral

shield in its progress to the dorsum. The ventral shields

commence anteriorly by two small ones, and the next seven,

which are entire, rather increase from before backward.

The scutes of the posterior region are in pairs, being dis-

tinctly separated by the broad ventral groove. Diminishing

in size, they become invisible on the minute terminal seg-

ments. The first bristle-tuft is small and occurs near the

posterior border of the united buccal and first segments. It

consists of simple but by no means feeble bristles, the shaft

a little diminished at the neck, so that the slightly curved

tip with its narrow wings and acute point is clearly differen-

tiated. Nine bristle-tufts occur anteriorly. The bristles of

the anterior region generally consist of two kinds, viz.,

winged capillary bristles with the slightly curved and acutely

tapered tips, and spatulate forms the wings of which rapidly

dilate, terminate abruptly, and have a short median process,

often bent. The bristles of the posterior region, which are

below the hooks, are of one kind only (viz., the simple,

winged, tapering form), but the tips have, even in the first

part of the region, a tendency to elongation, and toward the

end of the tail the tips of the bristles are extremely elon-

gated, so as to resemble fine hairs, though the narrow wings

* Op. cit.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. AT

can generally be noticed at the end of the shaft. The

distinctious in this respect had not been observed by

De St. Joseph.

The anterior crotchets have long curved shafts, commencing

as narrow bases, but gradually dilating to the shoulder,

which continues the curve and is narrower than the adjoining

part of the shaft. The neck is not constricted and the main

fang leaves it nearly at a right angle, whilst on the crown

are numerous small teeth. The whole crotchet has the

curvature of a bow. De St. Joseph speaks of nine crotchets

only, but occasionally about twenty are present ; and since

their narrow bases occupy a comparatively small area, the

group has the form of a fan, the broad tips requiring more

space for the action of their armature. The hooks of the

posterior region differ from those of Chone and Euchone, and

more resemble the type of the Sabellide. They are charac-

teristically S-shaped, the base being smoothly curved ante-

riorly, convex inferiorly, and turned upward posteriorly.

A slight constriction occurs at the neck, from which the

main fang comes off at less than a right angle, and is long

and sharp, whilst on the crown above are numerous minute

teeth. The posterior outline bends forward at the crown,

then backward, and has a bold forward curve in the main

part of the body.

The differences between this species and J. caudata,

Langerhans, which Mr. Southern procured in Clew Bay,

seem to be slight—mainly the elongated caudal process, as in

the form procured at Madeira by Langerhans.

Jasmineira caudata, Langerhans, 1880, is the nineteenth

representative, and it appears to differ from J. elegans only

in the presence of a filiform anal appendage. Mr. Southern

states that the structures of the bristles and hooks agree, but

that the number of “abdominal” segments is twenty

(seventeen, Langerhans), whilst J. elegans had from twenty-

eight to thirty-two. ‘Ihe collar of J. caudata appears to be

somewhat higher than, and not so oblique as, that of

J. elegans. Mature specimens occurred in May. Dredged

in 17 fathoms in Clew Bay.

The twentieth species is Haplobranchus estuarius, A. G.

Bourne, a minute aberrant Sabellid from the estuaries of

southern rivers and also from the mouth of the Liffey, Dublin

(Southern).

The twenty-first form is Myxicola infundibulum, Montagu,

48. Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

in which the cephalic region differs from that of a Sabellid in

the absence of a collar, for the first segment is smoothly

rounded on each side to the base of the branchial fans, whilst

ventrally a triangular process passes forward in the middle

line below the division between the branchial fans, and

dorsally a slight projection also points between the fans

from the anterior end of the groove. Montagu describes

the mouth as purple, whilst the lips are bordered with

chestnut. Dalyell found no tentacles, and Malmgren’s

tentacles refer to the frilled processes on each side of the

mouth.

The branchial fans appear to cling more tenaciously to

their bases than in ordinary Sabellids, and comparatively

few of the preparations are devoid of them. The filaments

range from twenty-one in each fan (Shetland) to thirty-seven

(South Devon), and they are connected by a web (which

Claparéde states is ciliated externally) almost to the tip, as

in Chone. In structure each filament agrees in the main

with that in Sabella, the camerated chordoid axis passing

along its entire length, and a slender continuation of it

reaching to the tip of the terminal process, which has a

tapering web on each side, and is often deeply tinted purple.

The pinnze are comparatively long, and likewise have a chor-

doid axis (not distinctly camerated), and they taper a little

from base to apex. Toward the tip of the filament the rows

of pinne terminate in a double series of papille, which, like

the pinnze, are alternate. The branchial plumes or fans are

of a rich dark chocolate-brown in life, the brown being

chiefly confined to the filament externally, and the pmne,

which are capable of independent motion, are of a rich

purplish red. The bases externally, however, are of the

colour of the body, viz., a dull orange hue. The two bran-

chial fans are often separated to their bases during the

movements of the animal. Montagu describes them as

singularly beautiful and of a purple colour, darkest at the

tips of the rays, and the pinne of a chestnut colour, shaded

to purple near the centre. In the Zetlandic specimens, 2 or

21 inches long, the body had the diameter of an ordinary

quill, the branchial fan measured about 3 inch antero-poste-

riorly, but when the fans were flatly extended laterally their

diameter was about an inch.

The body in the preparations is somewhat fusiform, for,

besides the distinct tapering posteriorly, it is narrowed in

front, and in life it sometimes assumes the same outline. It

is rounded throughout except anteriorly, where, on the

dorsal surface, a groove passes backward in the middle line

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 49

to the eighth segment, which it cuts obliquely as it goes to

the right, and ends ventrally about the middle of the ninth.

In some, traces of the median groove are found behind the

slope to the right in the eighth segment. It is of a dull

orange hue throughout, or in some pale, though in the

Zetlandic specimens a distinct white ring went entirely

round the body in front of the third segment-junction.

Montagu mentions that the body is ‘tof au orange colour

annulated with whitish.’ The number of segments varies,

for Montagu gives the large southern form of 8 or 10 inches

in length no less than one hundred and fifty to one hundred

and sixty segments, whereas the smaller Zetlandic examples

(of 2 or 24 inches) had but forty-five to fifty-two. The

segments are distinct, but little differentiated dorsally and

_ ventrally, and therein differing from tle ordinary Sabellids,

but they often show one or more rings—especially one ven-

trally near the posterior border, and in some examples a

slight peak occurs at the posterior border of each near the

posterior third. The segments become narrow at the tapering

posterior end, and terminate in a median anus at the some-

what blunt tip.

The vascular system contains greenish blood, and is similar

in arrangement to that of the Sabellids (Claparéde). This

‘author holds that a contractile sinus envelops the intestine,

and heis probably right. Contrary to the view of De Quatre-

fages, Claparéde states that the nerve-cords, double in front,

are not separated behind, but form asingle cord with a large

neural canal (his “ fibre tubulaire”’), and in certain sections

that canal has a larger area than the nerve-tissue, which

would seem to show that the term “ neural canal” (187¥) is

not out of place.

The anterior region has eight bundles of bristles, which

are of uniform structure, viz., they have long, straight,

slender, cylindrical shafts, and finely tapered though rather

short tips slightly bent backward, and with narrow wings.

In rear of the fascicles of bristles Claparéde (1870) mentions

the occurrence of minute ocular spots, formed of a crystalline

body surrounded by pigment. This has not been observed

in the preparations. Posteriorly the translucent bristles

are both more minute and more slender, and the shafts are

tapered toward the tip, which has a curvature as in front

and a trace of a wing on each side. The forward projection

of the prow approaches that of the Polycinids, but the great

size of the secondary tooth differs.

The anterior region ventrally bas groups of about eight

long crotchets, which in general outlie somewhat resemble

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 4

50 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

those of Oligochets. The shaft is long, gently curved,

tapered inferiorly, dilating at its distal third into an indis-

tinct shoulder, from which it is gently tapered to the throat

below the main fang. The neck is stout and nearly straight,

and the main fang, which arises at a wide angle to the neck,

is blunt, whilst on the crown, which slopes downward in

lateral view, are a few small teeth. Under pressure the hook

often lies so as to give an antero-posterior outline, which is

hastate, a constriction occurring behind the great fang,

from which a gradual enlargement occurs to the shoulder,

beneath which it again tapers to the base. The usually

acute Claparéde had overlooked these orgaus. The terminal

hook of the row shows a more simple form, without spikes in

the crown. The posterior hooks are large and avicular,

are identical with the type as figured by Malmgren, have a

base much produced anteriorly, the anterior outline of the

neck curving from the main fang in a convex manner down-

ward to a blunt prow, the inferior outlive being slightly

concave, as also is the posterior outline. The main fang

is long and sharp, and above it is a comparatively large

secondary tooth.

This is, in all probability, the Myzicola steenstrupi of

Kroyer *, though the description is so lax that it is difficult

to be certain. He did not observe the hooks.

A Myzicola procured between tide-marks, Herm, in 1868,

offers certain peculiarities distinguishing it from M. infun-

dibulum and M. viridis, as well as M. dinardensis of

De St. Joseph, though the absence of anterior hooks leaves a

margin of doubt in relation to the last-mentioned. It is

a small form, measuring about # inch in total length, and

having the typical condition of the cephalic region and collar.

The branchiz are of moderate length, and have broader wings

and less tapered tips on the distal processes of the filaments

than in M. infundibulum.

The anterior region seems to be short, asin M. dinardensis,

which has only three segments, and in the specimen from

Herm the long crotchets appeared to have only a single tooth

above the main fang, as in M. viridis. The posterior hooks

came far forward, and in structure they differed from those

of their allies, for the main fang is proportionally larger and

the tooth above it is only about half its length, and thus

contrasts with the condition in other forms. The basal

region has a nearly straight inferior border, to which the

prow curves downward.

* Oversigt Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1856, p. 35,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 51

Whether this is an example with the anterior region in

course of reproduction or a variety is uncertain, but its

features are worthy of note.

Myzxicola viridis, Milne-Edwards, the twenty-second

species, occurred in the mud of a’ mass of Filograna pro-

cured off the Bell Rock, St. Andrews Bay. The cephalic

region seems to agree with that of M. infundibulum both

in the absence of a collar and in other respects.

The branchize form a rich green spiral mass in repose, a

position often assumed in its sheath under examination ; but

when it protrudes, the anterior end of the branchie spread

out as a double fan of nine or ten filaments, which have a

chordoid axis and a terminal process, which differs from the

tapering elongated one of M. infundibulum in maintaining its

strap-like breadth till near the tip, where a short tapered

region occurs. The body is capable of considerable elonga-

tion, and the total number of segments is about forty-seven,

eight anterior and thirty-nine posterior. A well-marked

papilla at the anus terminates the body posteriorly. The

colour is a rich green, the central interspace being darker.

The first pair of bristle-tufts has a different direction from

those which follow, being directed obliquely forward and

outward. The anterior bristles are the most conspicuous—

indeed, in a specimen so minute the posterior at first escape

notice. The typical anterior bristle has a slender translucent

shaft and finely tapered tip and narrow wiugs. The poste-

rior bristles are more minute and the wings less distinct.

Many present a curvature at the commencement of the tip.

The anterior hooks are in groups of five or six, and are

long f-shaped structures which resemble somewhat those of

Oligochets. The wide region or shoulder is in front of the

middle, the shaft tapering posteriorly to the base and ante-

riorly to the long neck, which is almost straight. The main

fang leaves the neck nearly at a right angle, and 1s short and

sharp, and on the crown above is a single prominent tooth.

The whole organ thus characteristically differs from that of

M. infundibulum. The posterior hooks are minute, having a

long sharp main fang, and another above it almost as long,

a nearly straight posterior outline, and a short base directed

forward. The annelid secretes a transparent gelatinous tube

in captivity.

At least two species of Myzicola thus inhabit British

waters ; but, in regard to the green example, it may be a

question whether it is not a marked variety, with more

transparent branchize; of the type with the Bes bifid

52 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

anterior hooks. Fresh investigations are necessary. Only a

single specimen has hitherto been obtained.

A Myzicola from Plymouth, while agreeing generally with

M. infundibulum, differs in the structure of the anterior

hooks, for they are rather slender, with a slight enlargement

at the shoulder, and the distal end is curved like a sbepherd’s

crook with a sharp point (main fang). It is a question how

far this is due to the age and size of the specimen, but it was

a feature in every hook observed. It is curious that no

example of this genus was procured by the ‘ Challenger,’ its

representatives, perhaps, being chiefly littoral or confined to

comparatively shallow water.

Dr. Allen includes Myzicola esthetica, Claparéde, in the

fauna of Plymouth, but the distinctions indicated by the

Swiss author are uncertain, and he overlooked the long

crotchets in the anterior region of Myzicola infundibulum.

2. On the Sabellide dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in 1869

and 1870, and by H.M.S. ‘ Knight Errant’ in 1882.

In the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869 Sabella penicillus

came from various parts of the west coast of Ireland, and

Potamilla reniformis in 90-100 fathoms on “ Porcupine

Bank ” off Ireland. In the Expeditions of 1870 Sabella peni-

cillus was dredged in 30-40 fathoms off Dingle Bay, and

again at Station 50, lat. 36° 14’ N., long. 17° 30’ E., in

7-51 fathoms, on sand and muddy sand. Sabella hystricis,

sp. n., was procured at No. 27 in 322 fathoms, in fine grey

mud, bottom-temperature 51°; Chone duneri at No. 29, in

227 fathoms, bottom-temperature 55°. Branchiomma kolli-

keri? was brought up on the sounding-lead in 64 fathoms in

Setubal Bay. A fragment of a Sabella occurred 9 miles off

Cape Finisterre in 81 fathoms, on a hard bottom with sandy

mud, bottom-temperature 53°; and another from Ras el

Amoud in 45 fathoms. In the ‘ Knight Errant’ Sabdella

southerni, sp. n., was met with at Station 8, in 540 fathoms ;

Sabella murrayi, sp. 1,., in 555 fathoms at Station 11; and

Chone duneri in 53 fathoms at Station 3.

Sabella hystricis, sp. n,

Dredged in the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 at

Station 27 in 822 fathoms, in fine grey mud. The single

example appears to have been dried, but, so far as can be

observed, the branchize and the general surface are pale.

The collar shows a wide dorsal gap in the middle line, and

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 53

the wide lateral flap is separated from the ventral flaps by a

notch, and the frilled flaps themselves almost touch in the

middle line. The number of the branchiz in each fan is not

less than twenty, the filaments are of moderate length and

appear to have a terminal process of considerable length,

but the specimen is not in a condition to be certain on this

point. The specimen is incomplete, only the injured ante-

rior region adhering to its tube remaining ; but the rounded

dorsal surface shows no trace of a groove, whilst the slightly

flattened ventral surface has a pale median streak with a

dotted line on each side, as if a nerve-cord were indicated.

The segments of the anterior region are narrow (antero-

posteriorly) and the ventral scutes are indistinct. Above

the closely arranged bristle-tufts of the region is a small

dark speck. The anterior bristles are in three groups, the

longer upper series (Pl. IV. fig. 1) having straight shafts

and slightly curved, finely tapered tips, without distinct traces

of wings. The next series is only a little shorter, but the

tips are diminished and the wings broader (PI. IV. fig. 2).

The third series projects little beyond the surface of the

setigerous lobe, and their tips have fully broader wings than

the second series. The little pigment-speck near the com-

mencement of the row of hooks is somewhat conical in

outline, since it is pointed internally and appears to be

composed of granules of dark pigment. The anterior hooks

are avicular and characterized by the distinctness of the teeth

above the main fang (Pl. IV. fig. 3), about six being visible

in lateral view. The main fang leaves the neck at con-

siderably less than a right angle, the posterior outline curves

forward at the crown, so that the region is convex, the prow

projects almost as far as the tip of the main fang, and the

posterior process is short and slightly tapered distally, and

in contrast with such hooks as those of Potamilla reniformis

it would appear to be rudimentary. Only faint striation

occurs at the curvature between neck and base. No

accessory short bristles accompany the hooks. The tube is

composed of tough secretion coated at one end with fine

mud,

Sabella southerni *, sp. u., was dredged by the ‘ Knight

Errant’ at Station No. 8, 17th August, 1882, at 540 fathoms,

along with a sponge. The fragmentary specimens appear to

* Named after Mr. R. Southern, B.Sc., of the Irish Fisheries Depart-

ment, who has done so much good work on the Annelids and other

marine forms on the western and other coasts of Ireland.

54 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

belong to a small species about an inch or a little more in

length. Thus the cephalic plate and collar were so mjured

that all that can be said is that the ventral edge of the

collar was rather full and the two sides separated only by

a narrow fissure; but no reflection seemed to occur. The

lateral regions appeared to be entire up to the dorsal edge.

Dorsally in every instance the parts adhered to the tube,

and the collar seemed to be rudimentary. Behind the

ventral collar were two inner curved ridges surmounted by

the bases of the branchie. The branchie in the preparation

were pale and about ten in number in each fan, the pinne

being of moderate length and continuing nearly to the tip,

which in some was blunt, in others with a short subulate

process ; but the preparation was unsatisfactory, the tips

being incurved and adherent to the tube. The anterior

bristles are pale golden and in two groups—a dorsal longer

series, few in number, with straight shafts and finely tapered

winged tips (Pl. II. fig. 1), and a more numerous series, with

oar-like tips from the breadth of the wings (PI. II. fig. 3),

some having and others not having a slender median prolon-

gation of the axis at the tip. The tips of the small posterior

bristles are much elongated, especially dorsally, and have a

distinct curve. Narrow wings occur in the longer and

broader in the shorter forms (Pl. II. fig. 2). The anterior

hooks (Pl. I. fig. 10) have a rather high crown, which is

often indicated by a transverse line, a long neck, and a

wide gulf anteriorly, whilst the posterior outline is nearly

straight except the forward curve at the crown. The base

forms a wide angle with the posterior outline, and the prow

is only moderately prominent. The base is comparatively

short. Numerous small teeth occur above the main fang.

These hooks are accompanied by a series of short bristles,

the tips of which in certain views looked like an elephant’s

foot from the thickness of the shaft, though in most views

the tip ended ina point (PI. I. fig. 11). The posterior hooks

are smaller, but retain the characteristic features of the

anterior.

The tube is composed of fine grains of sand mixed with a

number of minute Foraminifera.

Sabella murrayt, sp. n.*

Hab. Dredged at Station 11 by the ‘ Knight Errant’ on

23rd August, 1882, at a depth of 555 fathoms.

* Named in honour of the late Sir John Murray, whose career, from

the time of his being sent in 1871, by Sir Wyville Thomson, to Murthly

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 55

The cephalic region dorsally has a wide collar which

passed inward and forward in the median furrow to which it

was attached. Thus the collar participated in the groove

and thinned off at its anterior end. Moreover, the frilled

edge passed backward to the anterior border of the second

bristled segment, and, forming a V, coursed forward again

to join the lateral rim of the collar. The edges of the V

were free, and thus greatly contributed to the extension of

the collar. laterally the collar was apparently unbroken,

and continued to the large ventral recurved lappets which

were fixed at their inner edge to the cephalic plate, the free

lamella on each side covering much of the first scute. From

the inner edge of each lappet a conspicuous membrane

stretched forward to be attached to the edge of the branchial

fan, thus extending about a fourth of the total length of

the branchiz. The basal region of this peculiar web was

expanded into a wide disk or lamella, the edges of which

were more or less curved (Pl. I. figs. 1 & 2), so that from

the ventral surface a large semicircular plate flanked the

vertical ridge at each side. The function of this remark-

able apparatus was probably connected with alimentation

in its abyssal habitat, an unusually powerful and extensive

current being thus directed forward between the lamelle

to the region of the mouth. The whole arrangement of

the collar is, so far as known, unique, and carries further

the condition indicated by those of Chone duneri and to a

less degree by those of C. infundibuliformis. In front of

the groove with the fixed anterior folds of the collar, the

branchiz dorsally presented a solid base, whereas ventrally

a wide groove ran forward between the fans, and over the

mouth lay a mass of débris rich in Foraminifera, fragments

of Echinoderms, and other organic structures. The auterior

edge of the ventral membranous ridge was fixed to the base

of the lower edge of the branchial fan of its side, and to

this were attached five or six short and slender branchial

filaments, the rest being much larger, the total number

being about fifteen in each fan. The branchial filaments

were softened and injured, but they seemed to have the

normal structure, only a single filament having a tip more

(to be initiated into the preservation of marine animals) to his successful

conclusion of the ‘Challenger’ publications, has been watched with

interest. Sir Wyville then thought he would attend to the preservation

of the contents of the dredges and trawls as well as to the skins of birds.

He afterwards had much work with the tow-nets, and was anxious to

describe the Radiolarians, but these went to Prof. Haeckel. To Sir John

was assigned the bottom-deposits.

56 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

or less complete. In this the stout filament tapered distally,

the pinne diminishing to small papille, then a free process

from the tip of which a very long thread-like appendage

projected. If such is the normal condition in this curious

species, it is little wonder no others were perfect. The body

is about 14 inches long, the branchial region being fully

4 inch more, and the segments are about fifty-eight. It is

flattened both dorsally and ventrally with the exception of

the anterior region of the scutes, a median groove running

the entire length dorsally and from behind the anterior

region ventrally. The tail especially is flattened and oar-

or spatula-shaped, the diminution at the tip being slight.

The anal slit is ventral, and on each side is a rounded

papilla (or cirrus) on a short stalk. The flattening through-

out the greater part of the body is characteristic ; and the

constriction in front of the spatulate tail is well-marked.

The anterior bristles follow the normal condition in the

genus, viz., a longer and a shorter series. The longer bristles

(Pl. I. fig. 3) have cylindrical golden shafts with a marked

slant backward after the commencement of the narrow

wings and a finely tapered tip. The shorter forms (PI. I.

fig. 4) have a broad paddle-shaped tip with a distal median

process—the continuation of the tapering shaft. Whilst

the latter presents no striz, the broad wings which form

the paddle are striated longitudinally. Posteriorly the tips

of the longer bristles become more and more elongated and

the wings narrower, until toward the end of the tail they

are invisible on the hair-lke extremities of the attenuated

bristles. The shorter forms, again, undergo a similar

change, the tips elongating and the wings becoming nar-

rower, though they always retain a much broader and

shorter tip than the foregoing. Indeed, in the caudal

region the bristles increase much in strength while dimin-

ishing in number, and a tendency to assume the knife-blade

outline is noticeable, a constriction of the shaft occurring

below the tip. These stout caudal bristles evidently have

special functions.

The anterior hooks (Pl. I. fig. 6) are remarkable for their

high crowns and for the great proportional length of the

base, which in this species appears to be of a tougher

nature—in fact, they simulate the condition in such forms

as Pista, Terebellides, and Chone. The main fang makes a

small angle with the neck, and its base is differentiated

almost to the posterior outline of the hook, whilst above it

the elevated and bluntly conical crown shows in lateral view

five distinct teeth and several indistinct upper ones. The

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 5T

nearly straight posterior outline presents a hump above the

base; the prow is rounded in front, and the elongated

base is gradually tapered backward and curved, so that,

mingled with the largely developed bristles which accompany

them, the structure of the hook-row is noteworthy, and it

is often difficult to distinguish the shaft of the bristle from

the long basal pedicle of the hook. The cuspidate bristles

(Pl. I. figs. 7 & 8) which accompany the hooks have long

curved shafts, narrowed at the basal extremity, and also

constricted below the spear-shaped tip, which is bent at an

angle to the shaft and tapered ¢o a fine point—longer in some,

shorter in others. So far as observed, no other species has

similar bristles, the majority showing the short paddle-like

forms. The posterior hooks (Pl. I. fig. 9) are sharply

defined from the anterior by the truncate base and the

anterior projection or prow. They have the high crown

with the boldly marked teeth, and the absence of a prow

makes the neck long. The bases vary in length, that repre-

sented being an average example.

Branchiomma kollikeri, Claparede*, var. of B. vesiculosum?.

Procured during the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870, in

64 fathoms, in Setubal Bay. It was brought up on the

cup-lead. In general outline this somewhat resembles

Chone, though readily distinguished by the large eyes at the

tips of the branchial filaments and the number of the anterior

scutes. Dorsally the collar presents a deep median furrow,

with an eminence or boss on each side covered by a rounded

flap. A little behind this is the origin of the collar proper,

which springs from the dorsum of the second segment,

passes downward and forward, and ends in a rounded edge

on the ventral surface, but as the example had been injured

it was difficult to compare it with B. vesiculosum.

Half of the branchial funnel seemed to be present, viz.

about thirty-one filaments, the first dorsal of each side being

much larger than the others. The filaments generally are

stiffer than those of Sadel/a, and in the preparation are

slightly coiled and the tips incurved. Each consists of a

stem flattened laterally and externally, the former having

the larger diameter and diminishing toward the tip, which

ends in a pair of compound eyes and a median process or

tentacle (Pl. IV. fig. 7), a slender tapering process. The

pinne are of great length and slenderness, forming a

delicate fringe to the inner edge of each filament, and they

* Annél, Chétop, Nap, p. 423, pl. xxii, fig, 4.

58 Prof. M‘Intosli’s Notes from the

are especially long a short distance from the tip; then dimin-

ishing in length, they end rather abruptly a short distance

within the ocular region, which is somewhat clavate with

the tapering tentacle projecting distally. The filament has

a similar chordoid skeleton to that of Sabella and a jointed

axis continued into each pinna. The whole apparatus is

stiffer than in the ordinary Sabelle, and the pinne finer and

more thread-like. Some of the filaments have no eyes, the

diminished tip ending in a long slender tentacle with a

chordoid axis in the centre. Moreover, the pinne in these

do not terminate abruptly, but gradually becoming shorter

end in a series of short papille (rudimentary pinnz), from

which the long tentacular process projects. A series of

short tentacular filaments project from each side of the oral

fissure. No large tentacle occurréd in this injured example.

As Claparéde observes, the eyes are confined to the dorsal

half of the fan.

The body is of considerable length—probably, when com-

plete, having a length of 4-5 inches. It is flattened ante-

riorly on the dorsum, as well as grooved for some distance

from the collar backward. The ventral surface is rounded

anteriorly, the first region having eleven scutes which have

their long diameter transverse, whereas the median furrow

splits the succeeding scutes, the long diameter of which is

longitudinal. The specimen is imperfect posteriorly.

The anterior region has eleven setigerous processes, the

first being small, but all the bristles have the same struc-

ture, viz. straight striated shafts with tapered bases, and

tapering tips with moderate rings, obliquely striated and

with serrated edges. The same structure characterizes the

posterior bristles, except that the tips are more elongated.

The most posterior, however, are absent. All the bristles

are deeply immersed in the tissues. ‘Ten rows of hooks in

single series occur on each side in the anterior region, and

these are longer than those in the next division. The

anterior hooks (Pl. III. fig. 10) are avicular, being distin-

guished by their moderate necks and greatly elongated

tapering bases. The main fang has a series of very fine

teeth above it, and these are so fine that in preparations

which have been long mounted they are difficult to see.

The crown has a forward curvature, but thereafter the

posterior outline is straight till it reaches the base. As

the great fang leaves the neck at less than a right angle,

and as the prow is prominent, the anterior outline is deeply

concave. The somewhat tapered prolongation of the base

is marked, and the neck and base are striated. These hooks

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews 59

are accompanied by short flattened bristles with spatulate

or beaked tips and pennant-like flaps. The posterior hooks

do not differ from the foregoing, except in size and in the

shorter bases (PI. III. fig. 11). The tube of the example

is fully 10 inches in length and thicker than a goose-quill.

It is composed internally of tough secretion—tinted at one

end of an ochreous hue, and coated externally with minute

pebbles or coarse sand-particles, fitted neatly together, and

with an occasional fragment of shell.

Claparéde separated B. kollikert from B. vesiculosum by the

presence of the two eyes on the tips of the branchial filaments,

but the British species has the same arrangement, and,

unfortunately, he does not figure the hooks of each, so that

certain features still require elucidation. So far as can be

observed, the bristles and hooks in each case are practically

identical, and so with the smaller flag-bristles which accom-

pany the anterior hooks. The terminal process of the

branchial filament is longer in the large ‘ Porcupine’ form,

but such may be the effect of age. On the whole, it would

appear to be a variety of B. vesiculosum.

3. On the Terebellicee and Sabellidee dredged in the Gulf of

St. Lawrence, Canada, by Dr. Whiteaves in 1871-738.

_ Amongst the Terebellide procured were Amphitrite gren-

landica, off Port Hood, Cape Breton, the widely distributed

Amphitrite cirrata, O. F. Miller, off Cape Rosier Lighthouse;

Sabella, AB, from the same locality. Pista cristata was

not uncommon at Station A 1, 1872; between Cape Rosier

and Cape Gaspé, in 75-80 fathoms, on stony ground, No. 2,

1872; and in 210 fathoms, S.W. point of Anticosti. In

the first-mentioned the tube was composed of hard secretion,

minute stones, and mud. The ubiquitous Thelepus cin-

cinnatus, O. Fabr., abounded in various localities, such as

near Orphan Bank, off Anticosti, and off Cape Rosier Light-

house. Many of the tubes were smaller than the British

representatives, and attached on one side, but made cf

similar materials. he curious Lanassa nordenskioldi, Mgrn ,

was dredged off Nova Scotia at Station No. 6, 1872, and

Nos. 35 and 36, 1873, whilst the equally interesting Artacama

proboscidea, Mgrn., occurred in Gaspé Bay in 80 fathoms.

Fragments, apparently of Hrentho smitti, Mgrn., again,

were found in 170 fathoms off Caribou Island, and between

Cape Rosier and Cape Gaspé. No form was more

abundant than Terebellides strami, Sars, which seemed to

range over the whole area, from 100 to 220 fathoms. The

69 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

widely distributed Sabdella penicillus, L., was procured at

Station No. 10, 1872, and Nos. 85 and 36, 1873, besides

being dredged in 220 fathoms between Anticosti and the

shore. Potamilla reniformis, O. F. M., occurred between

Pictou Island and Cape Bear, Nos. 46-48, 1873, in firm

sandy tubes. Potamilla torelli, Malmgren, was common at

Stations Nos. 46-48, 1873, and between Pictou Island and

Cape Bear, No. 56, 1878. Chone duneri, Malmgren, along

with a fragmentary Huchone, occurred at Station No. 2, 1872,

and Chone princei, sp.u., at various Stations in the Gulf of

St. Lawrence; whilst further north, in Godhavn Harbour,

Disco, a form approaching Chone fauveli, occurs.

Euchone (?) lawrencii, sp. n.

Dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence at Station 2, 1872.

Only a fragment of the anterior end without the branchiz

is present along with Chone princei. The collar, which is

rather full, rans from the ventral surface, where it is entire,

with a very slight slope backward to the dorsal surface,

where its edge turns in to be attached to the middle line as

far forward as the base of the pillar for the branchiz, which

does not project so far as the rim of the collar. Eight seg-

ments are bristled anteriorly, and the dorsal furrow passes

downward between the eighth and ninth segments, cutting

the ninth obliquely to the median line, along which it is

continued. The species seems to be a large one, the body

being about 3 mm. in diameter anteriorly. The bristles

were absent. The lower anterior hooks (Pl. II. fig. 11) had

stout curved shafts, in which a long enlargement below the

indistinct shoulder and a short neck occurred, the bold striz

of the shaft passing upward almost to the main fang, which

forms a little more than a right angle with the shaft, and

there were several (three or four) small teeth above it.

The posterior hooks differ from those of Chone, and more

nearly approach those of Euchone, having a nearly straight

and long posterior outline (PI. II. fig. 12), an almost straight

anterior outline, and a truncated base, the neck being finely

striated.

Chone princet*, sp. 2.

Dredged at Stations 2, 6,9, 11, 1872, and Stations 35

and 36, 1878, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, by Dr. Whiteaves.

When the branchiz are removed, the cephalic region

(Pl. III. figs. 3 & 4) differs from Chone reayi in having

* Named after my early student, fellow-worker, and friend, Prof. E.

E. Prince, now Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries for Canada.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 61

the branchial basal region or pedicle more prominent and

the tentacles on each side of the fissure well developed.

Moreover, the collar is narrower, and it slopes from below

upward and backward to the dorsal surface, where it ends

in a broad, free, V-shaped pocket on each side—separated

by a central fissure. Instead of the high fold on each

side of the dorsal fissure the narrow collar makes a W of a

characteristic form, since the inner margins run forward

to the median groove of the pedicle, and the whole

facies of the anterior end differs. A glandular or

tubular organ is visible in each space of the W, for the

cephalic plate is largely exposed in a dorsal view; ventrally’

the mouth appears as a longitudinal slit with thickened

edges below the basal pillars of the branchiz, and in some

the thin buccal membrane is distended with mud. More-

over, the ventral margin of the collar is symmetrically

sinuous, being prominent at the sides, and then passing with

a curve to the central dimple. A distinctive feature is the

prominence of the bases of the branchiz, and their separation

anteriorly,

The body, which is about 2 inches long and } inch in

diameter, is somewhat flattened anteriorly, more rounded

posteriorly, and the segments appear to range from sixty to

seventy. . From the mid-dorsal fissure a groove passes

backward to the posterior border of the eighth bristled

segment, runs in the furrow between the eighth and ninth,

then ventrally crosses the ninth obliquely to the middle

line, and then passes to the posterior end. The segments

are distinctly marked, those of the anterior region presenting

a two-ringed condition ventrally. It tapers gently poste-

riorly, and then rather abruptly ends in a point with the

anus at the tip, the segments being numerous and crowded

in this region.

The branchiz are of considerable length, are devoid of

a web, and have a regularly camerated axis continued as a

slender central process in the very long, tapering, terminal

process, which has a few short pinne or papill at its base,

the longer pinne gradually diminishing and ceasing at the

base of the process. The number of the branchize would

appear to be about a dozen on each side, and, besides the

filiform cirri, two short, flattened, tapering tentacles occur

dorsally.

The anterior segments have a median prominence in the

form of a flattened cone laterally, and thus the bristles are

unusually conspicuous, especially as a distinct setigerous

process is present. ‘The first tuft is composed only of

62 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

bristles with tapering tips and well-marked wings which are

obliquely striated and probably minutely serrated at the

edges, though this was not clearly seen in the spirit-prepa-

rations. The tips are slightly curved backward, and the

shafts faintly striated. The tips of a shorter series, pro-

bably for replacement, project from the edge of the setigerous

process. The succeeding bristles of the anterior region are

arranged in two series—an upper with long straight shafts

and shorter more finely tapered tips (Pl. IV. fig. 14), with

proportionally broader wings than in the first series, the

backward -curvature occurring beyond the commencement

of the wings, and a lower with spatulate tips terminated

by a median filament (Pl. III. fig. 8). In the developing

bristle various degrees of enlargement of the spatulate tips

are observed, and the wings are more or less longitudinally

striated. These bristles form a group moved by distinct

muscles, as might be anticipated from their functions.

The posterior bristles are longer and more slender, the

shafts, however, being comparatively short, whilst the tips

are of great length and finely tapered, with but slight curva-

ture. The wings are so narrow as to be almost indistin-

guishable, though in the developing bristles with a portion

of the tip protruding they are more easily recognized.

These posterior tufts do not show a shorter series.

The anterior hooks (Pl. IIT. figs. 5, 6) have long curved

shafts, which dilate from the base (proximal end) to the

shoulder, where a slight constriction marks the commence-

ment of the short neck, which again expands a little distally

as it runs into the main fang in front and the rounded

crown posteriorly. When inverted these organs simulate

the human foot and leg. The main fang leaves the neck at

rather more than a right angle, but the crown is quite flat

except at the rounded posterior “keel.”” Numerous small

teeth occur on the crown behind the main fang. The

posterior hooks (Pl. III. fig. 7) lean to the type of Chone

reayi, though quite different, for the shaft ends abruptly

after only a slight curvature, so that no proper prow is

formed and the neck is little differentiated. The main

fang leaves the neck at an angle of 45°, the posterior

outline curves forward to the somewhat high crown which

has numerous minute teeth above the great fang.

Reproduction. A male had nearly ripe sperms in August.

Tube. The tube is asmoothly rounded firm structure of mud,

which coats the internal chitinous lining. It is friable.

A Chone resembling C. fauvelt comes from Godhavn

Harbour, Disco, where it was dredged by H.M.S, ‘ Valorous,’

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 63

in 5-20 fathoms in 1875. The collar is deep all round like

that of C. reayi, but the single example does not show the

pedicle for the branchiz (which are absent) on a level with

the margin as in that species. Eight bristled segments

occur anteriorly, the dorsal tufts having moderately elon-

gated tapering tips with distinct, though rather narrow,

wings and with a slight curve. ‘The lower bristles are

spatulate, with stout shafts which remain nearly cylindrical

to the wings, then slightly diminish to a blunt tip, and the

web is somewhat short with a smoothly rounded end. The

bristles of the second region have shafts which are con-

stricted distally, the tip thereafter making an angle with

the shaft, the winged tip then tapering to a fine point.

The bristles are of moderate length and rather stout, one in

each tuft especially surpassing the others in size. They be-

come longer and more slender toward the tail. The anterior

hooks have stout curved shafts, which increase from the

root or base to the shoulder and are striated and yellowish

by transmitted light. The neck is translucent, stout, and

the main fang, which leaves the neck at an obtuse angle, is

short and strong, and has about four distinct teeth above it,

the crown posteriorly projecting a little. The posterior

hooks (Pl. ILI. fig. 9) approach those of Chone fauveli, but

show only three teeth above the main fang instead of four in

the British form, the base is less massive and the striation

differs, yet there is a close resemblance, which is interesting

in forms so divergent in habitat. As mentioned, this is the

type of hook Prof. Fauvel associated with Chone infundibuli-

formis, Kroyer, but it is essentially different, as are likewise

the bristles.

4. On the Sabellide dredyed by Canon A. M. Norman

off Norway and Finmark.

Besides Sabella nordenskiéldi and Chone normani described

subsequently, Sadella penicillus, L., was obtained at several

stations along with Potamilla reniformis, Kr., Amphicora

fubricit, O. F. M., and Chone duneri, Mgrn.

Sabella nordenskidldi *, sp. u.

A Sabellid which at first sight resembled Sabella

crassicornis from its finely coloured branchie and the

disposition of the collar, and nearly 2 inches long, was

dredged by Canon Norman off Finmark. The collar

* Named after Dr. Erik Nordenskiéld, of the University of Helsing-

fors, a former worker in the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

G4 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Votes from the

(Pl. ILI. figs. 12 & 13) arises as a somewhat thick process on

each side of the dorsal fissure—leaving, however, a consider-

able portion of the centre bone (where the two ridges pass

forward, one on each side of the deep central fissure). It

then passes laterally and is separated by a notch from the

ventral border, which has two median flaps. This collar has

certain resemblances to that of Branchiomma. In the centre

in front of these is the symmetrical process formed by the

lips. The branchize are comparatively short, are richly

banded with purple and white, and number about fourteen

or fifteen on each side, terminating in a short slightly-

tapered process, flattened and grooved internally. The

pinne are rather thick and short, diminish toward the tip

of the filament, and end somewhat abruptly at the base of

the terminal process. Each bears three or four pairs of

eyes externally, the distal pair apparently being most dif-

ferentiated. Each eye is elevated above the filament and

is composed of a series of somewhat regularly arranged

pigment-cells with a clear corneal surface, the whole being

only less differentiated than the larger eyes of Bran-

chiomma. The tentacles are somewhat short, flattened

at the base, and tapered distally. They are not quite one-

third the length of the branchiz. ‘The anterior region

consists of nine segments, the dorsum being very slightly

hollowed at the fissure, whilst the rest is more or less

rounded. The ventral surface is flattened, nine entire

scutes being in front, and thereafter each is bisected by

the median furrow which passes to the tail. The body

appears to be rather short and stout, tapering gently to the

posterior end. Nine pairs of bristles are found anteriorly,

the upper bristles (Pl. IV. fig. 4) having longer striated ,

shafts and tapering tips with narrow wings and serrated

edges. The tips of the inferior bristles (Pl. IV. fig. 5) just

project beyond the skin, and these are shorter and have

wider wings, the shafts also having striz which are con-

tinued into the tips, and the shafts are slightly narrowed

below the wings. The posterior bristles are shorter and

fewer in number in each tuft, but the length and slenderness

of the tips increase toward the tail. The constriction of

the neck below the wings and the projection of the base

of the winged region give a character to each tuft pos-

teriorly, so that it is tulip-lke, and the tips are comparatively

short. The anterior hooks (Pl. IV. fig. 6) have a somewhat

short and sharp main fang, which leaves the neck at less

than a right angle. The crown above it is high with

numerous minute teeth. The dorsal outline is convex and

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 65

bends forward at the crown and backward over the some-

what short base. A little behind the long row of teeth on

the crown is a shorter row at the end of the striz which

pass up the neck. The anterior outline is smoothly curved

below the great fang, then gently extends forward to the prow

and below the short basal process, which is striated. The

chief features are the depth of the crown, the short and

sharp main fang, the minuteness of the serrations above it,

the narrowness of the neck, and the comparatively short

base. The posterior hooks differ from the anterior chiefly

in size, but the lateral row of teeth on the crown is more

distinct than in front. The tube is chiefly composed of a

horny secretion which clings tenaciously to the body of the

annelid in the preparation. Few grains of sand or other

extraneous structures are present.

In the brilliant coloration of the branchiz this form

approaches Sabella crassicornis, Sars, procured during the

‘Valorous’ Expedition in 1875, and its collar is also similar,

but the presence of well-formed paired eyes differs from the

bold pigment-touches of the arctic species. Moreover,

the branchial filaments of S. nordenskidldi are short and

stout, and the pinne rather short, whereas the filaments

of S. crassicornis are longer and more slender, and so with

the pinne. The terminal processes are also longer and

more slender. The rich coloration of the branchiz in both

species is noteworthy—Sars * describing those of S. crassi-

cornis as handed with white and red, or often wholly red,

and having four or five intensely red oval spots equally

distant.

Chone normani}, sp. n., was dredged by Canon Norman

off Finmark, and is distinguished by the great length of the

branchiz, which are not much shorter than the body, the

terminal processes especially being greatly developed, so that

each resembles a linear lanceolate leaf (Pl. III. fig. 14)

with a slender midrib. The filaments bear very slender

pinne which are of considerable length, and the edge of

each is also webbed for a considerable distance, the mem-

brane connecting the filaments with each other occurring

only below it. The body is about an inch in length, very

little tapered in front, but diminishing gradually to the

tail, rounded generally, though slightly flattened ventrally

* Nyt. Mag. 6 Bd. p. 202 (1851).

+ Named after Canon Norman, who, for many years, has so richly

added to the fauna of the British and neighbouring seas, and to whose

courtesy with specimens I have long been indebted.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 5

66 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

after the median groove appears. The collar has a deep

dorsal fissure, and is formed much after the shape of that

of Chone reayi, viz., slopes a little forward from the dorsal

groove, and preserves an even outline throughout the rest

of its extent. It differs, however, in so far as the collar

forms a free edge dorsally on each side as far back as the

posterior border of the first segment. From the point of

attachment a prominent ridge goes forward on each side to

the pedicle of the branchiz, which does not project so far

forward as the collar. The edge of the collar throughout is

entire. The segments of the body are two-ringed, and there

are about sixty of them.

The anterior region consists apparently of eight bristled

segments, but the bristles are inconspicuous, and the dorsal

furrow passes ventrally between the eighth and ninth

segments. Behind the collar is a single ring, then the

following segments are two-ringed. The anterior bristles

consist of an upper series (Pl. II. fig. 13) with winged tips

finely tapered and a ventral series of spatulate forms

(Pl. LI. fig. 14), the shafts of which are stouter and only

slightly tapered distally, the tip often having a filiform

process.

The anterior hooks are comparatively short, have a some-

what long main fang (Pl. Il. fig. 15), and six or seven

teeth on the crown behind it. The neck is short and

distinctly striated longitudinally, and the curve of the shaft

is marked as it tapers to the basal region. The posterior

hooks (Pl. III. fig. 15) have a main fang with a nearly

straight upper outline, and the six or seven teeth on the

crown behind it are slightly prominent. The posterior

curve is not quite straight superiorly, then bends nearly at a

right angle to the base. The anterior curve has a slight

prow aud the outline of the base is sinuous. The tube is

formed chiefly of a firm, though brittle, secretion, with a

Foraminifer studded here and there on the surface. It

resembled that of Potamilla reniformis, but was less tough.

It was at first thought probable that this was a northern

variety of Chone duneri or an allied form, but a consideration

of all the features negatived such a view. Though it is

known that the posterior (avicular) hooks of such forms

vary somewhat in the number of visible teeth on the crown

above the main fang, yet the outline in each species has

certain limits in this respect. The peculiar structure of

the branchiz and the terminal processes in the present form

are also factors of importance. A fragmentary form pro-

cured by the ‘ Valorous’® in 1875 in the Arctic seas, has a

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 67

posterior hook almost identical with the foregoing, so that

its distribution may be extensive, though the absence of

branchize and other parts in the Arctic fragment leave a

margin of doubt.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *.

PrLAteE I,

Fig. 1. Dorsal aspect of the region of the collar and the branchial base

in Subella murray?, sp. n., from H.M.S. ‘Knight Errant.’

Enlarged under a lens.

2. Lateral view of the same region.

Fig. 3. Slightly winged dorsal bristle of the longer type. xX Zeiss

oc. 4, obj. ay

4, Spatulate bristle with filament at the tip. Ditto.

Fg. 5. Posterior bristle.

6. Remarkable anterior hook with a differentiation of the posterior

border behind the prow and a greatly elongated shaft.

x oc. 4, obj. D.

Figs. 7, 8. Minute bristles accompanying the long anterior hooks.

x 450 diam.

Fig. 9. Posterior hook of the same. xX oc. 2, obj. F.

Fig. 10. Anterior hook of Sabella southerni, sp. u., with long basal

process. X oc. 4, obj. D, with 2-in. draw-tube.

Fig. 11. Posterior hook of the forexoing with abbreviated base. X oc. 4,

obj. D, with 1-in. draw-tube.

Puate II.

Fig. 1. Anterior winged bristle of Sabella southernt, ‘Knight Errant.’

x oc. 4, obj. D, with 1-in. draw-tube.

Fig. 2. Posterior bristle with longer tip. Ditto.

Fig. 3, Spatulate bristle of the same. X oc. 4,, obj. D, with 1-in.

draw-tube.

Fig. 4, Anterior winged bristle of Chone duneri, Malmgren. xX oe. 4,

obj. D, with 13-in. draw-tube.

Fig. 5. Spatulate bristle of the foregoing. X oc. 4, obj. F.

Fig. 6. Anterior hook. xX oc. 4, obj. D

Fig. 7. Posterior hook. x oc. 4, obj. F.

. Posterior hook of Chone fauveli, St. Andrews (? marked variety

of C. dunert).

. Posterior hook of typical Chone infundibuliformis, Ky., from

Greenland. x oc. 4, obj. D

Fig. 10. Posterior hook of Chone reayi, sp.n. X oc. 4, obj. F.

Fig. 11. Anterior hook of Euchone lawrencii, sp.n.? 500 ea oe ae

ive}

Fig. 12. Posterior hook. xX 500 diam. Chone Ny mae

Fig. 13. Longer winged bristle of SabeKa norderghisldi, sp. ee a 450

diam,

Fig. 14. Spatulate bristle. x 450 diam.

Fig. 15, Anterior hook of the same. x 450 diam.

Prats IIT,

Figs. 1, 2. Minute cuspidate bristles accompanying the anterior hooks of

Sabella southernt. X oc. 4, obj. D, with draw-tube.

* I am indebted to the Carnegie Trust for the majority of these

figures,

wont

68 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of the collar-region of Chone princei, sp.n. Gulf

of St. Lawrence, Canada. Enlarged under a lens.

Fig. 4. Ventral aspect of the foregoing. Similarly magnified.

Figs. 5, 6. Anterior hooks. oc. 4, obj. D, with full draw-tube.

Fig. 7. Posterior hook. x 800 diam.

Fig. 8. Spatulate bristle of the anterior region. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 9. Posterior hook of a Chone (p. 63) from the Arctic Expedition of

1875-76. x about 800 diam.

Fig. 10. Anterior hook of Branchiomma kollikeri, Claparéde, or var. B.

vesiculosum, ‘Porcupine’ Expedition, 1870. x oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 11. Posterior hook of the same. Ditto.

Fig. 12. Dorsal view of the collar-region of Sabella nordenskiéldt, sp. n.

Enlarged under a lens.

Noe Ventral view of the same. Similarly magnified.

vg. 14. Linear lanceolate process at the tip of a branchial filament.

x 60 diam.

Fig. 15. Posterior hook of the foregoing. x 700 diam.

PLATE LV.

. Longer dorsal bristle of Sabella hystricis, sp. n., from the

‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870. x oc. 4, obj. D, with 1-in.

draw-tube.

2. Shorter form with more distinct wings. Ditto.

3. Anterior hook. x oc. 4, obj. D, with 2-in. draw-tube.

4, Longer dorsal bristle of Sabella nordenskiéldi, sp. n., from

Finmark. x oe. 4, obj. D, with l-in. draw-tube.

5. Shorter bristle with broad wings. Ditto.

Fig. 6. Anterior hook. Ditto.

Fig.

. Branchial eyes of Branchiomma kollikert, Claparéde, or var. of

B. vesiculosum. X oc. 2, obj. A.

. Long dorsal bristle (anterior) of Chone reayi, sp.n. X oc. 2,

obj. D, with draw-tube.

g. 9. Intermediate bristle with wide wings. x _ oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 10. Paddle-like form with filament at the tip. x oc. 4, obj. D,

with draw-tube.

Fig. 11. Anterior hook. x 450 diam.

Fig. 12. Dorsal view of the collar and pedicle of the branchiz. Enlarged -

under a lens.

Fig. 13. Ventral view of the foregoing.

Fig. 14. Winged bristle of Chone princet. X oc. 4, obj. D.

I1.—New Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. By J. J.

Joicey, F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tazot, F.E.S.

[Plates V.-VIII.]

THE forty-four species herein described were obtained by

Messrs. A., C., and F. Pratt in November 1914 during their

expedition to the district of Geelvink Bay, North Dutch New

Guinea.

The species from the Coast District, Geelvink Bay, were

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 69

collected in Wandammen Bay, and a short distance inland

from here are the Wandammen Mountains, where the majority

were taken.

Our thanks are due to Lord Rothschild, Dr. K. Jordan,

and to Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker for help given and the

opportunity afforded of comparing specimens.

In the following descriptions some species referred to as

described by Joicey & Noakes and Joicey & Talbot will

shortly be published in the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

RHOPALOCERA.

Papilionide.

1. Papilio (Troides) chimera dracena, subsp. n.

(PI. V..fig. 1.)

2. Fore wing with cell-patch large, subapical spots large

and closer together than in typical form, submarginal spots

small, Hind wing with a large spot in end of cell; distal

edge of band not so strongly scalloped, so that the black

margin is broader on the whole. Below, the base of costa is

yellow.

Abdomen with shorter hair and reduced black on the seg-

ments, these being much more yellow basally than in the

typical form.

Three examples, Wandammen Mtns., 38000-4000 feet,

Nov. A specimen, supposed to be the g, was nearly taken

by a native collector, who stated that the hind wing was

without black spots.

This race appears intermediate between the typical form

and a 2 from Central Dutch New Guinea, described as

charybdis by R. Van Hecke in ‘ Rhopalocera of the Third

Dutch Expedition to New Guinea,’ p. 56, pl. ii. fig. 1,

March 1915.

Pieridze.

2. Delias marie, sp. n.

(Pl. VI. fig. 1, 3, 2, 2-)

This distinct species is apparently most nearly allied to

clathrata, R. & J. ,

3. Upperside—Fore wing with broad apical and outer

black margin ; costa black to base, extending into the cell

and connected with a black discocellular spot ; basal two-thirds

of wing thinly scaled with white over black and forming a

transitional stage to the completely black wing of elongatus,

70 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Kenr.; two white apical dots. Hind wing white, with a

narrow black border from vein 7 to inner angle, widest above

vein 3.

Underside.—Fore wing black, with a broad white median

band, extending along inner margin from base to near tornus,

slightly invading cell between veins 2 and 4, its outer edge,

placed at right angles to costa, slightly dentate, curved from

veins 4-6, the inner edge between these veins not touching

cell, and thus forming a narrow anterior part; three orange-

yellow apical spots, below which are three vertical marginal

streaks in 2-4. JZind wing with black ground-colour ; base

behind preecostal, base of cell, and inner margin nearly to

vein 2 powdered with dark orange; a curved” pale yellow

spot below origin of vein 2; a somewhat oval- shaped pale

yellow discal patch, its lower edge evenly convex, its upper

irregular, lying mostly within the cell and extending a little

beyond the discocellulars, which are white ; a broad creamy

submarginal band from costa above vein 7 to 16, widest in

2 and 3, where the inner edge projects more inwardly, outer

edge dentate between the veins and leaving a narrow black

margin.

9. Upperside—Fore wing with extended black, leaving

a grey-white median patch as below, but only extending

above vein 3 as a small yellowish spot at base of 3, and as a

narrow curved yellowish streak from 4 to 6; a narrow

yellowish suffusion bordering lower edge of cell between 2

and 4; three yellowish apical dots, one in 6 the larger.

Hind wing with a broader marginal border than in @.

Underside of fore wing asin ¢. Hind wing with discal

patch somewhat reduced and spot below vein 2 minute.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 28, 2 30 mm.

286,2 3 3, 6000 feet, Wien damien Mtns., Nov.

3. Delias tesset, sp, n.

(Pl. VI. fig. 3, 3, 4, 2.)

Nearest to hapalina, Jord., more especially in the 3.

Whilst the 2 of hapalina resembles the 6, the 2 of the

present species is much more divergent.

3. Upperside of fore wing with outer black area a little

more extended than in hapalina, its inner edge not indented

in cellule 4.

Underside.—Fore wing with more extended apical black

and reduced costal streak; yellow apical spots larger. Hind

wing without yellow on the disc or with only a slight trace ;

basal streak yellow at base and white outwardly ; subbasal

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 71

black bar narrower ; inner black margin extended to vein 2

and forming a short marginal border to middle of cellule 3;

black discal line widened posteriorly from cellule 4, being

widest where it joins the inner marginal black; the red

distal border is not curved below vein 2, but invades the

black to 1; inner margin washed with yellow near the base

only.

9. Upperside—Fore wing with much more extended

black. Hind wing with a broad black outer margin.

Underside.—Fore wing with black outer area as above ;

basal three-quarters of cell washed with pale yellow. Hind

wing with whole inner and outer margin black, leaving red

line better defined than in ¢ and narrowly bordered with

white distally.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 30, 2 27 mm.

+ A series of both sexes, 6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns.,

ov.

4, Delias caroli wandammenense, subsp. n.

(Pl. V. fig. 2.)

3. Upperside of fore wing with black area extended to

origin of vein 2 and to inner margin before tornus. Hind

wing with broader margin, especially at apex.

Underside of fore wing with mostly only three apical dots.

Hind wing with the red submarginal line more broken at the

veins, forming separate bars in some specimens.

? with black area on both wings more extended ; white

area tinged with pale yellow distally; apical spots as in

caroli. Underside as in typical form, apical spots smaller.

A series of 6 g and3 2 ?,6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns.,

Nov.

5. Delias thompsont, sp. n.

CPL V = fig. 3, $, 4,-25)

The pattern of the hind wing of this species is unlike any

known form of the genus.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing with basal half white to end of

cell and to before the tornus, outer edge indented below

vein 8; outer half black and costa black to base. Hind wing

white, with a narrow black margin, which widens at vein 6.

Underside.—Fore wing black ; inner margin, from base to

before tornus, white to submedian fold. Apex with two

brick-red spots, and three dots of same colour in 3-5. Hind

wing black; a yellow spot at base of costa; an elongate

brick-red subcostal spot in 6, and below it in middle of cell

72 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

a small round spot of similar colour; a brick-red costal spot

before the apex and joined to the first of a submarginal row ot

white spots, the first two being farther apart from the others,

which are more or less connected to form a line to the anal

angle; traces of white scaling in cellule 7 along vein 6.

2. Upperside with more extended black on both wings,

the hind-wing margin being widest between vein 4 and costa ;

basal white of fore wing and inner margin of hind wing with

a slight yellowish tinge. Apex of fore wing with two brick-

red spots.

Underside of fore wing with reduced white at inner

margin and larger apical spots continued as faint streak to

the tornus. Hind wing as in @, but with submarginal spots

tinged here and there with red.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 9, 25 mm.

A small series of both sexes, 6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns.,

Nov.

6. Llodina definita, sp. n.

Differs from all other New Guinea species of this genus in

the reduced costal and basal black on fore wing above, this

only slightly invading cell at extreme base. The black

marginal border is regularly incurved and only slightly

waved ; it terminates below vein 2 and is rounded at this

vein

Underside of fore wing at base lemon-yellow in cell, costa

narrowly margined, a well-marked subapical black band

terminating below vein 2. Hind wing lemon-yellow at base

in cellule 8. Ground-colour chalky white on both sides.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

1 g, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

DANAINA,

7. Danaida melusine commizxta, subsp. n.

This form, of which we only possess a damaged @ speci-

men, partakes of the characters of grosesmithi, Joicey &

Noakes, whilst connecting this with the race etakwensis,

Joicey & Noakes.

9. Fore wing with apical spots and median patches larger

than in grosesmithi, but smaller than in wtakwensis. he

upper median patch is as long as in the more typical melusine

forms, but does not touch the cell; submarginal spots large,

as in grosesmithi.

Hind wing with three apical spots smaller than in grose-

Lepidoptera jrom Dutch New Guinea. 73

smitht ; discal patch well defined, no spot at base of 6.

Underside with large submarginal spots, only four of which

can be seen owing to the damage sustained by the specimen ;

a spot at base of 8.

Ground-colour of underside as in typical forms, not pale

as in grosesmitht.

1 2, 38000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

8. Ideopsis vitrea serena, subsp. n.

9. Nearest arfakensis, Fruh., but distinguished by more

sharply defined markings.

fore wing with the vitreous postmedian area sharply

defined distally and quite clear in areas 2 and 3. Hind wing

with a larger black apical patch ; greenish-yellow ground-

colour quite clear and without any dark lines in the cell.

4 3 ¢, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

Nymphalidae.

9. Cynthia arsinoé rebel’, Fruh., aberration.

(PlaiViEL igs! 1; 2.

This is a melanic aberration affecting three wings on both

sides, whilst the left hind wing remains normal. The black

markings are condensed to form patches. On the fore wing

is a heavy black submarginal line, a large postdiscal costal

patch, and a patch in the cell. ‘he right hind wing has a

wide marginal black border. Below, the basal half of fore

wings is dark purplish brown mixed with black and the distal

part of hind wing is darker than the normal.

1 g, Coast District, Geelvink Bay, Nov.

Amathusiide,

10. Morphotenaris schoenbergi wandammenensis, subsp. n.

(Pl. VI. fig. 5.)

Nearest to kenricki, B.-Baker, from the Arfak.

3 ¢. Lore wing with cell black as in allied form, this

colour also darkening the band to more than halfway between

cell and margin, whilst the distal brown part is much darker

than it is in kenricki; in one ¢ the brown at the tornus is

much more obscured with black. Apica! ocelli absent or

only two small ones present. Hind wing below with a variable

number of ocelli ; the three middle ones may be either absent

or partly so.

Some specimens of kenricki are transitional to the above

74 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

form, having increased black on fore wing and reduced

ocelli.

2 33,3 % %, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

Satyride.

11. Hrycinidia maudet, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 3.)

This species is distinct from any other in the genus, but

above it resembles white forms of Platypthima.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing with a median patch of dull

silvery white, extending into the cell below vein 2 and

forming a spot between 2 and 3, filling angle of vein 3; rest

of cell and costa below vein 3 to base greyish brown ; apical

half black; a small, square, white costal spot, nearer cell

than to apex.

Hind wing dull silvery white, dark greyish at base and

inner margin, as also the tail and margin in cellule 2; rest

of marginal border black, widest at apex, and between vein 4

and end of tail is traversed by two thin white lines; some

greyish scaling at end and base of tail; a small black sub-

marginal ocellus in 2, ringed with white and with a white

pupil.

Underside with dark grey ground-colour sparsely scaled

with bluish grey. fore wing with white median triangular

patch not entering cell ; a bar across cell to costa between

veins 2 and 3, white near the cell, anteriorly paler than

ground-colour; white costal spot as above; a bluish-grey

submarginal triangular patch extending from costa to a point

on vein 2, and including the costal spot at its proximal edge ;

in centre of patch a row of four small ocelli in 3-6 ; a sub-

marginal dark line. Hind wing with a dark irregular sub-

basal line from costa to middle of le, crossing cell before

vein 7 and at origin of 2; a straight postmedian line from

costa to middle of vein 3, then bent shortly inwards and

straight to above marginal ocellus, then bent inwards to

vein 2 ; distally of this line a row of four small ocelli in 3-6,

and a larger ocellus near margin in 2; apical area grey-

brown, with a submarginal narrow band of bluish grey

defined by dark grey edges and extending to vein 3; tail

black.

Head, thorax, and abdomen smoky black, greyish below.

Antenne dark yellow-brown, lower part of ciub black on

inside.

9. Upperside similar. Fore wing with white bar across

cell, which is only faintly indicated in ¢; costal spot larger.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 75

Underside much paler than in ¢ and with a brownish

ground-colour,

Length of fore wing, ¢ 21, 9 22 mm,

A series of both sexes, 6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

12. Platypthima euptychioides, sp. n.

(Pile VITR figs 3)

Allied to klossz, Roths.*

3+ Upperside dark smoky brown, darker at the margins,

without markings.

Underside paler than above. Fore wing with apex and

outer margin to vein 3 reddish brown, bordered proximally

by a black band which widens posteriorly to vein 2 and

touches margin between this vein and 3; proximally of this

a pale indistinct postmedian band; inner marginal area

smoky grey. Hind wing with a postmedian band formed of

seven ocelli in 1 c—7, the one in 5 shifted inwards, the one in

6 outwards, and the seventh farther in than the others ; each

ocellus has a white pupil and black iris ringed with yellow-

brown and outwardly with black ; the sixth and seventh are

only represented by a larger white pupil; the seventh is

bordered posteriorly by steel-blue, and the others are similarly

bordered proximally and distally, forming a steel-blue band

which encloses the ocelli ; the inner border of the band is

thicker than the outer. A discal band paler than the ground-

colour entering the cell at its end and posteriorly joined to

the similarly coloured inner margin; outer margin reddish

brown, with a thin black terminal line.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

A series, 6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

13. Platypthima pandora, sp. n.

(Pl. VI. fig. 6.)

Allied to pedaloidina, Joicey & Noakes, from the Arfak.

3. Upperside smoky brown. Fore wing with a pale

median band close to cell and reaching inner margin, nar-

rowed anteriorly to vein 6, outer edge almost parallel with

margin. Hind wing with pale band showing through from

below and outwardly suffused; two anal ocelli in 2 and 3,

black ringed with pale brown, the one in 2 the larger; a

submarginal! violet line, distinct from anal angle to vein 4,

and then evanescent.

* Platypthima klosst, Roths. Lep. of B. O. U, & Wollast. Exped. p. 14

(1915).

76 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Underside.—Fore wing with paler ground-colour. A pale

yellowish median band as above, but more clearly defined

and extending nearly to base at inner margin; two ocelli

contiguous in 4 and 5 and surrounded by a lead-coloured

line ; costa and apex above ocelli and distally of the band

reddish brown ; a strongly waved lead-coloured submarginal

line from before the apex to middle of cellule 2; a red-brown

marginal line. Hind wing pattern similar to pedalotdina.

A somewhat irregular discal cream-coloured band from costa

to first submedian, crossing cell near end ; basal half of wing

deep chocolate-brown sparsely scaled with grey, but more so

at inner margin as far as anal angle; outer half of wing

dark reddish brown, this area entering the cell ; four outer

ocelli, black with pale brown rings and a white pupil, the

lower three surrounded by a violet-grey line, the apical one

similarly enclosed; a submarginal violet-grey line and a pale

brown marginal one; a black submarginal patch between

veins 4 and 6 and a black patch at inner angle. Fringes

black chequered with greyish yellow between the veins.

?. Wings more rounded, colour paler, and the two ocelli

on hind wing much more distinct.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 2, 22-24 mm.

A series of both sexes, 6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

14. Mycalesis fulvianetta semicastanea, subsp. n.

(Pl. V. fig. 5.)

Differs from fulvianetta, Roths.*, in more extended costal

and apical black, which nearly touches vein 4 and includes

anterior half of cell; a black submarginal border reaching

tornus and invaded slightly en veins 2 and 3 by the ground-

colour. Hind wing with two dark submarginal lines, inner

one thicker.

Underside pinkish brown, costal margin of fore wing

darker, discal area on both wings between outer rufous line

and ocelli much paler. On fore wing the two middle ocelli

smaller than the others, and in the type obsolescent. On

hind wing are two additional ocelli, one minute near first

submedian and one in cellule 6.

Easily distinguished from the allied mahadeva, Badv.,

which occurred in the same collection, by the postmedian

stripe on fore wing below being straight, and not inwardly

curved.

2 3 3, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

* M. fulvianetta, Roths. Lep. of B. O. U. & Wollast. Exped. in

Dutch New Guinea, p. 16 (1915).

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 77

15. Mycalesis barbara pallida, subsp. n.

3. Upperside similar to barbara, Gr.-Sm., but the bands

paler brown. Fore wing with inner edge of band curved

inwards below submedian, ocellus in 2 not touching the band

and with a pale brownish ring. Hind wing with broader

band than in darbara, the ocelli ringed with fulvous yellow,

the one in 3 being anteriorly obscured by ground-colour.

Underside with white postmedian bands on both wings

broader, marginal area whiter.

@. The bands are white and much broader. Hind wing

with a fulvous-yellow anal suffusion. Underside with basal

area of both wings dark grey-brown and marginal area

darker than in ¢.

Length of fore wing, g¢ 26, 2 29 mm.

7363,1 2, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

NEMEOBIINE.

16. Pretawxila postalba wandammanensis, subsp. n.

(PI. V. fig. 6.)

?. Fore wing more rounded ; apical spots a little larger ;

spot in cellule 8 not connected with bar in 4 and 5; spot in

2 distinctly larger. Hind wing with white band scarcely

projecting in cellule 3; in 5 a white subapical spot.

Underside of fore wing with cell-bar broader and better

defined than in typical form; band wider posteriorly ; on

the hind wing the anal spot and one next it shorter,

2 2 2, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Noy.

17. Dicallaneura virgo, sp. n.

(PY. VALET. foe 72)

¢. Resembles leucomelas, Roths., above, and exiguus,

Joicey & Noakes, below.

Upperside.— Fore wing with smoky-brown basal area ex-

tending to vein 2, discal white patch from upper angle of

cell to lower submedian, leaving basal two-thirds of inner

margin smoky brown, remainder merged in the black outer

area. ‘Tornus widely black, thus making the discal patch

much smaller than in other species. Hind wing as in leuco-

melas, but paler and with reduced costal white.

Underside.—Fore wing with discal patch nearer the sub-

marginal line than in exiguus, and not traversed by any line.

Hind wing with reduced costal white and subapical brown

bars in cellules 4 and 5 enlarged.

78 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

7 2 2, 8000-4000 feet; 1 9, Coast District, Geelvink

Bay, Nov.

18. Dicallaneura albosignata, sp. n.

(Pl. VIIL fig. 3.)

2. Resembles virgo, but is distinctly different below.

Upperside of fore wing similar to virgo, discal patch more

extended towards outer angle, its lower edge rounded a little

below vein 2 and just touching 16. Hind wing with three

submarginal black spots and one on the tail.

Underside of fore wing similar to virgo; extended basal

median area, two curved grey marks in the cell, the outer

one bordering the brown spot ; a subterminal line more

faintly marked than in virgo, and proximally of it a series of

six white spots, the first three in 8-6 larger than the lower

three in 5-3, the spot in 5 placed more proximal than the

rest, two white apical spots. Hind wing with two grey stripes

in the cell, a grey stripe outside it between 4 and 7 and con-

tinued along costa to base ; a grey postcellular band from

inner margin to vein 4, narrowly separated from a grey sub-

marginal band about half its width and reaching vein 4 ;

a stripe beyond cell from costa to 4, anteriorly white and

merging into grey below vein 6 ; three white apical spots in

4—6 ; three black submarginal spots in 3-5, the upper one

with a white dot in centre, lower ones edged distally with

white on inside; a second submarginal grey band half width

of first and close to it, continued beyond 5 as a thin line;

a black square tail-spot edged with white distally ; two black

submarginal bars in 1 6 and 1 similar to the one in 3.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

1 2 only, 8000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

19. Dicallaneura amabilis mimica, subsp. n.

(Pl. VIII. fig. 4.)

Resembles the 2? of decorata, Hew., above, but is allied to

angustifascia, Joicey & Noakes. Paler yellow-brown, more

extended on fore wing ; slightly darker at base.

Upperside—Fore wing with yellow-brown extended to

end of lower submedian, very slightly indented in 16 and

le, and not at all in cellule 3. Hind wing with costa and

apical part paler than rest of wing.

Underside paler than in angustifascia 9. Fore wing with

transverse band joined to submarginal streak, and lines

traversing it much thinner. Inner margin yellowish except

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 79

at extreme base. Hind-wing markings as in angustijascia.

Two white dots in cellules 4 and 5 near margin; front

discal bars in cellules 2 and 3 triangularly shaped, being

prolonged basad.

1 2, Coast District, Geelvink Bay, Nov. 1914.

Lycenide.

20. Cyaniris pullus, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 4.)

Allied to acesina, B.-Baker.

3. Upperside.—Kore wing dark blue, with a broad black

outer margin which is scarcely narrower at the tornus. Hind

wing brownish black, paler costally, and thinly scaled with

blue on the disc,

Underside smoky grey, with spots of same colour outlined

with white. ore wing paler in median area; a spot across

end of cell; a narrow postmedian band formed of seven

spots joined together, the first on the costa indistinct, second

to fifth in a line to vein 3, sixth in 2 parallel to margin,

seventh below sixth, a spot placed proximally of the second ;

a marginal row of four indistinct round spots. J/ind wing

with a subbasal line of three spots; a spot across end of cell ;

two rounded spots, one below the other, beyond middle of

costa, larger than any of the others ; aspot on inner margin ;

a postmedian series of five spots in 1 c—5, those in 2 and 3

more proximal than the others ; a marginal row of indistinct

small rounded spots. Fringes white, dark at veins and on

fore wing anteriorly.

Length of fore wing 13 mm.

5 g g, 8000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

21. Nacaduba proxima, Roths.

Nacaduba proxima, Rothschild, Lep. of B.O. U. & Wollast. Exped, in

Dutch New Guinea, p. 29. no, 184 (1915), ¢.

@. The costal and terminal areas on both wings are much

broader ; in other respects it resembles the ¢.

Length of fore wing 13 mm.

3d ¢, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

22. Lampides wandammenensis, sp. n.

CEPTS VIER. ies 6:)

Allied to pactolus, Feld., from Amboina.

3. Upperside glistening pale sky-blue, hind wing whitish

at costa.

80 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Underside with dark grey ground-colour. ore wing with

inner edge of median band nearly straight, outer edge curved

outwardly to vein 2, then forming a straight bar below this

vein. A postdiscal band of four spots, the first near costa

indistinet, the second in cellule 6 shifted inwards, the third

placed more distal, the fourth below it and in line with its

inner edge, a bar crossing cellule 3. Submarginal band

regular and of even breadth, the inner edge thicker than the

outer, an antemarginal white line. Hind wing with a

narrow, subbasal, nearly straight band, which is parallel to

central part of median band; costal spot of median band

larger and not connected with band. Postdiscal band of four

spots, the two lower placed distally of first two, a short bar

near base of cellule 2. Submarginal line of short curved

bars ; a marginal row of four rounded spots. Anal spot in

2 edged inwardly with orange-yellow, and two small spots of

this colour at anal angle.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

4 $4, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, November.

23. Lampides nitens, sp. n.

(Pl. VIII. fig. 5.)

Closely allied to malaguna, Ribbe, from the Bismarck

Islands.

3. Upperside brilliant sky-blue. Underside similar to

amphissa, Feld. Ground-colour dark grey. Hind wing

with the two anal spots edged proximally with orange-

yellow.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

1g, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

24. Callictita cyara albiplaga, subsp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 5.)

6. Distinguished from cyara, B.-Baker*, in the smaller’

patch on hind wing above and the differently shaped basal

brown below.

Upperside of hind wing with more extended blackish and

smaller creamy discal patch which extends anteriorly to

vein 6 and posteriorly to 2, its inner edge not reaching the

bases of 2 and 7, and outer edge nearest the margin in 4 and 5.

Underside of fore wing with increased black-brown colour,

the narrow stripes being creamy white. Hind wing with

creamy ground-colour which invades the basal brown from

* Callictita cyara, B.-Baker, P. Z. 8. 1908, p. 119, pl. viii. fig. 1.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 81

the costa ; basal stripe angled outwards at vein 5, which it

nearly touches at cell-end ; submarginal row of brown spots ;

an anal marginal spot in 1c, not developed in cyara,

Length of fore wing 14 mm.

7 3S obtained, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

25. Parelodina mima, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 6.)

Allied to aroa, B.-Baker, but differs in the differently

shaped apical area, the reduced basal black, and heavier

costal black on fore wing. The bluish sheen at base of wings

is also absent. One specimen is chalky white.

3. Upperside of fore wing with apical black to below

origin of vein 6, two-thirds along vein 4, nearly halfway

along vein 3, and along a third of 2; costal black extending

along the length of upper part of cell, Hind wing with a

little black at base.

?. Fore wing with slightly reduced apical and basal

black. Hind wing with reduced basal black.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 2,15 mm.

6 3 3,1 ?, 8000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

26. Candalides pruina, Druce, ¢?.

Candalides pruina, H. H. Druce. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii.

p. 140, ¢ (1904) (Upper Aroa River).

9. Wings more rounded, ground-colour a little paler.

Fore wing with a narrow whitish median stripe, tinged with

pale blue and extending from base along lower edge of cell to

halfway between cell and margin, being much broader beyond

the cell.

Underside without any dark apical or costal suffusion on

fore wing.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

One specimen, also 4 ¢ ¢, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen

Mitns., Nov.

27. Candalides ignobilis, sp. n.

Similar to innotatus, Misk., and marginata, Gr.-Sm., but

darker blue and wings more rounded than the former, and

with narrower margins than the latter.

Fore wing with costa narrowly black, outer margin below

vein 4 broader than in ¢nnotatus.

Length of fore wing 14 mm.

1 $, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 6

82 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G, Talbot on new -

28. Thysonotis mamberano, sp. n.

Nearest helga, Gr.-Sm., from Jobi.

$. Upperside with narrower margins on both wings.

Fore wing with an indistinct white band from inner margin

to vein 4, Hind wing with white band narrower, leaving

more basal blue than in he/ga.

Underside of fore wing with broader costal blue beyond

cell, and between veins 2 and 3 the blue line almost touches

the white band. Hind wing with white band as above.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

1 3, River Mamberano, N. Dutch New Guinea, Dec. 1913.

29. Thysonotis melane, sp. n.

(Pal W087.)

3. Upperside black, hind wing paler at costal margin.

Underside with black ground-colour. Vore wing with

white median band from inner margin to vein 5, narrowing

anteriorly and incurved on outer edge; basal two-thirds of

costa blue. Hind wing with white discal band narrowing

sharply to inner margin, a basal blue line, a marginal row of

black spots edged with blue and separated by the veins.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black, paler below; antennz

black.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

A small series, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

30. Watgeum bakert, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 83)

Not nearly allied to any known form.

9. Upperside.—Fore wing black, with a broad, somewhat

ovate, white median patch, extending from base and entering

cell along its lower edge, covering basal half of vein 2, more

still of vein 3, and nearly reaching 4, where it is about 3mm,

from margin ; a short basal stripe of metallic greenish blue

in the cell and a short basal stripe of very pale metallic blue

on inner margin reaching to edge of median patch. Hind

wing black ; costa white to vein 7; a little greenish-blue

scaling at the base. Fringes white between the veins.

Underside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with a

broad white median patch tinged slightly with yellow,

broader than above, reaching the submarginal spots between

veins 2 and 4, and extended as a line to apex and round to

the subapical bar; costa metallic greenish blue traversed by

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 83

the dark veins ; a short greenish-blue subapical bar; a sub-

marginal row of greenish-blue lunules, their concavities filled

in with black. Hind wing with a basal cream-coloured

stripe including the costa to apex and crossing cell at its

middle, this stripe invaded by a black basal bar not reaching

costa; a large and almost D-shaped greenish-blue area occu-

pying distal half of wing, its outer edge cream-coloured, with

metallic scaling on inside; a submarginal greenish-blue line

from base to apex.

Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; thorax with

some metallic greenish scaling above.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

3 2 ¢, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

31. Deudoriz litioralis, sp. n.

Near woodfordi, Druce, from Solomons. At once distin-

guished by the reduced brown on fore wing, which reaches

very little above vein 2 and hardly touches the submedian.

Hind wing with brown reduced to an oblique bar from lower

end of cell to near margin between veins 2 and 3; spot oa

anal lobe yellowish.

Underside darker and more brownish than in woodfordi.

Fore wing with postdiscal band straighter. Hind wing with

spots well defined by grey; anal spot ringed with yellowish,

anal green scaling much reduced.

_%. More resembles the ¢ of epijarbas, Moore. Similar

above, but on the underside the bands are narrower and

better defined. Anal spot in 2 ringed with pale yellow, and

between this and inner margin is a metallic yellowish-green

line.

Length of fore wing, g 22, ? 21 mm.

Types from Kapaur, ex Coll. Grose-Smith; alsol ¢,

Coast District, Geelvink Bay ; 3 ¢ ¢, German New Guinea.

The co-types have more extended brown on the hind wing.

HETEROCERA,

Arctiade.

32. Asura wandammenense, sp. n.

Allied to phryctopa, Meyr.

~ Upperside of fore wing with dark grey ground-colour,

veins darker. A rounded yellow basal spot edged with red

and with a red spot at its outer edge; three subbasal red

spots—one at costa, one below vein 2, and one at inner margin

—another distaily of the latter, a dot above it near second

84 Messrs J.J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

subbasal spot ; at end of cell a large spot, red anteriorly and

yellow posteriorly, where it is outwardly rounded, and ex-

tending beyond cell, its inner edge slightly convex from

costa to vein 3, its outer edge incurved to vein 6; a narrow

postdiscal band of small red spots divided by the veins,

curved inward at costa, then outwardly between veins 7 and 3,

thence inwardly to inner margin below the cell-spot ; a red

terminal border marked with yellow, widest at apex and in

cellules 4 and 5; costa narrowly red from apical spot to

postdiscal band. Hind wing pale yellowish tinged with red,

more especially on costa and upper distal portion.

Underside of fore wing red tinged with ochreous, of hind

wing as above, costa red.

Head and thorax dark grey marked with red, frons and

base of head red, thorax with a red mesial line, abdomen pale

yellowish tinged with red. Legs and underside of thorax

and abdomen red.

Leneth of fore wing 17 mm.

2 $6, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

33. Diacrista nigricorna, sp. n.

This strongly resembles biagi f. angiana, Joicey & Talbot,

and also elongata, Roths. It is most nearly allied to the latter

in shape of wing, but elongata has not the black thoracic

patch. No other forms of this group have black antenne.

3. Ground-colour pale ochreous, fore wing with a greyish

tinge. Upperside of fore wing with a small black subbasal

spot above submedian ; a dot below cell at vein 2; at end of

cell two black wedge-shaped spots nearly touching one

another ; two black dots on discocellulars; two postdiscal

bands of spots, the first of eight spots from cellule 5 to inner

margin, spots 2-4 only separated by the veins, 5 and 6 sepa-

rated by vein 2, 7 and 8 by the submedian, spots 1 and 6

smaller than the others; second band of eleven spots from

cellule 7 to inner margin in four groups; asubterminal band

of six spots on veins 3-8. Hind wing with a large quadrate

spot closing the cell; submarginal spots in 1 8, 1 ¢, 2, 4, and 5.

Underside ochreous yellow, markings as above.

Palpi, frons, and antenne black; vertex, tegule, and

patagia brownish ochreous; central part of thorax black ;

abdomen pale orange above with a black dorsal line below

brownish ochreous with a black lateral stripe ; pectus and

legs black, fore cox fringed with orange hair, hind tibie

fringed with orange and grey hair on inside.

Length of fore wing 23 mm,

1 &, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 85

Noctuidez.

E/RASTRIANZ.

34. Smicroloba costifascia, sp. n.

Near quadrapex, Hampson.

Upperside with reddish-brown ground-colour, basal half

paler, washed with purplish. ore wing with a thick dark

brown postdiscal stripe, straight and obliquely placed from

apex to inner margin ; this is accompanied by an irregularly

dentate outer line joining it below the apex, the space

between the two being tinged with purple; two brown costal

lines, the inner beyond middle of costa, forming a greyish

band which curves upwards to join the postdiscal line just

below apex; a faint irregular subbasal line, a black dot in

cell, a faint subterminal dentate line. Hind wing with costa

broadly pale ochreous, inner margin narrowly so. A short

brown median stripe, followed by a faint postdiscal dentate

line, which is emphasized by dots on the veins; a faint

dentate subterminal line.

Underside reddish brown speckled with black, postdiscal

lines marked. Fore wing with costa and inner margin pale

ochreous; hind wing with basal area pale ochreous.

Head and tegule pale ochreous ; thorax and base of abdo-

men pale reddish brown; rest of abdomen above black

mixed with ochreous, below ochreous, and black at sides ;

pectus grey-white, legs ochreous speckled with black, tarsi

black fringed with white at apices of segments.

Length of fore wing 12 mm.

1 ¢, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

Hypsida.

35. Deilemera dinawa, B.-Baker, ab. nigripuncta, ab. n.

The hind wing bears on the reduced white area a triangle-

shaped spot of ground-colour at base of cellule 2, The band

of fore wing is reduced and somewhat broken, leaving a

rounded spot at end of cell.

Three other specimens of the species from the same locality

vary in width of band on fore wing. In one of these the

band is very broad and hasa projection from the discocellular

into the cell nearly to vein 2.

1 2, Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, Jan.~Feb.

86 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Eupterotide.

36. Hupterote punctata, sp. n.

Allied to styz, B.-Baker, from British New Guinea.

3. Upperside with fawn-brown ground-colour. Fore

wing much irrorated with black. A black basal line; a

black median band followed by four black discal lines which

are waved and become thinner posteriorly; basal line straight

and outwardly oblique, other lines inwardly oblique and

anteriorly curved inwards to costa; a waved, well-defined,

pale outer discal line, followed by a strongly dentate black

subterminal line, the space between being much irrorated

with black scaling, At end of cell a round ochreous spot.

Hind wing with two dark basal lines, two slightly waved

discal lines, the outer the broader, followed by a black dentate

subterminal line, the space between being thinly irrorated

with black scaling.

Underside paler than above. On fore wing the outer discal

line is most strongly indicated. ‘The hind wing is darker

and five waved lines are clearly marked, followed by the

straighter and darker outer line.

Head and thorax deep velvety brown. At base of antenne

on each side of frons is an ochreous tuft. Antenne, legs,

thorax below, and abdomen fawn-brown.

Length of fore wing 48 mm.

6 gd, Wandammen Mins., 3000-4000 feet, Noy.

Geometridae.

37. Milionia wandammenense, sp. n.

(PL VIIL. fig. 7.)

Allied to aroens?s, Roths.

3 9. Upperside with only a faint bluish gloss over the

wings, Fore wing with a wider red band than in avoensis,

being widened proximally ; basal blue reduced, deep in

colour, and faintly metallic. Hind wing with blue reduced to

area of cell and below it, a metallic streak along lower edge

of cell and along submedian,

Underside of fore wing with reduced metallic blue at base.

Hind wing as in aroensis, bearing also the subapical patch of

short black hair asin that species, this being absent inthe ?.

Head and thorax deep blue, frons, sides of head, and

tegule metallic greenish blue ; abdomen black with a deep

greenish-blue gloss.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 24, 9 22 mm,

A single pair, 6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 87

38. Milionia witleyensis, sp. n.

(Pl. VILL. fig. 8.)

Allied to diva, Roths.

6. Upperside—Fore wing with an abbreviated transverse

red band which does not quite reach upper edge of cell and

crosses it proximally of veins 2 and 3, part within the cell

narrowest, outer edge evenly curved, inner edge curved out-

wards in lower median space. Hind wing with a streak of

dark metallic blue along lower edge of cell and one along

submedian, as in diva. Both wings with a deep blue gloss.

Underside of tore wing with the red band reduced to a

rounded spot reaching vein 2, and a minute spot in cell above

origin of 2; a metallic greenish-blue patch from subcostal

to just below vein 2, filling outer end of cell, the base of 3,

and inner half of 2; metallic greenish-blue streaks at base,

one on costa, two within cell, Hind wing with metallic

greenish-blue basal costal streak, and one along lower edge

of cell. Hind wing and apical area of fore wing suffused

with deep blue.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

One example, 6000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

39. Hubordeta mars, sp. n.

(Pl MILE fie. 95 g's)

Allied to acertta, Jord., and to rubroplagata, B.-Baker.

3 2. Upperside—F ore wing with a red transverse band

which is narrower than in either of the allied forms, being

reduced proximally. Hind wing with a small yellow or

reddish costal stripe placed near the apex and varying in

size. Both wings black with a deep blue gloss, which is

more intense over basal area of hind wing.

Underside of fore wing as in rubroplagata, but with a

narrow stripe. Hind wing as in acerita, but with a narrower

yellow band, which is typically not entire, but broken on

the costa, its anterior end more widely separated from, tlie

basal streak than in rubroplagata. Both wings with a deep

blue gloss which is more intense over basal area of hind wing.

Two ¢ ¢ have the band on the hind wing entire as in

accrita, and in one g@ and three 2? 2? the band is much less

widely interrupted than is typically the case.

Length of fore wing, ¢ ?, 17-21 mm.

98,8 $ %, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mtns., Nov.

88 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

40. Hubordeta flammens discus, subsp. n.

(PI. ViEtE tig. o0):)

2. Upperside.—Fore wing as in flammens, B.-Baker.

Hind wing witha narrower black margin, the red band nearest

the margin from vein 4 to anal angle; basal black extended,

invading cell to a greater extent than in flammens.

Unilerside of fore wing asin the typical form. Hind wing

with a large black discal patch almost joined to a basal spot ;

in one specimen it is merged into the basal black so as to fill

nearly all the cell.

Some specimens of flammens from the Arfak Mtns. possess

a small discal spot.

4 2 2, 3000-4000 feet, Wandammen Mins., Nov.

Saturniade.

Al. Coscinocera hercules heraclides, subsp. n.

6. Upperside with basal band of fore wing more oblique

in its lower part and crossing vein 2 midway between the

cell and postdiseal band ; its upper lunate portion is only

3°5 mm. from the black outer border of the eye-spot. The

eye-spot on fore wing is about twice the size of the one on

the hind wing ; on the underside they are ouly faintly edged

with yellow-brown.

A specimen from the Angi Lakes is transitional to eurys-

theus, Roths., in having the basal line on the fore wing

shifted nearer the cell and its upper part farther from the

eye-spot. The eye-spots below,are thinly edged with yellow-

brown proximally.

1 g (type), Wandammen Mtns., 6000 feet, Nov.; 1 g,

Angi Lakes, Artak, 6000 feet, Jan—Feb.; 1 ¢ in Tring

Museum from Arfak.

Uraniidaz.

42, Urapteroides semiobsoleta reducta, subsp. n.

6 ?. The fore wing has a narrower margin, but it is

broader along basal part of costa than in the typical form

from British New Guinea.

536,222, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

Cosside.

43. Zeuzera caudata, sp. n.

Allied to posteacisa, Hampson.

3. Fore wing with all spots obsolescent except costal and

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 89

marginal ones. Spots in cell rounded, those outside it more

ovate, and all more or less joined transversely. Marginal

spots prominent and a larger one at apex.

Hind wing with spots obsolescent; one in lower part of

cell and some minute ones in cellules 1 c-3 ; anal lobe edged

with black and a small spot at end of veins 2 and 3.

Length of fore wing 25 mm.

1 $, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

44, Zeuzera reticulata, sp. n.

Allied to coffee, Nietn.

3. The obsolescent spots on fore wing are all larger and

more or less joined transversely. Hind wing with many

small obsolescent spots, all separate, and small defined

marginal spots at euds of veins 1 0-7.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

1g, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate V.

Fig. 1. Papilio (Troides) chimera dracena, 9.

Fig. 2. Delias caroli wandammenense, S.

Fug. 3. thompson, 3.

Fig. 4. Soe

Fig. 5. Mycalesis fulvianetta semicastanea, 3.

Fig. 6. Pretavila postalba wandammenensis, Q.

Puate VI.

Fig. 1. Delias marie, 3.

Fig. 2. Ne de

Fig. 3. tesset, 3.

Fig. 4. pet

Fig. 5. Morphotenaris schoenbergi wandammenensis, 3.

fig. 6. Platypthima pandora, 3.

PuatE VII.

Fig. 1. Cynthia arsinoé rebeli, Fruh., aberration.

Fig. 2.: Underside.

Fig. 3, Erycinidia maudei, Sg.

Fig. 4. Cyaniris pullus, 3.

Fig. 5. Callictita cyara alliplaga, 3.

Fig. 6. Parelodina mima, 3.

Fig. 7. Thysonotis melane, 3.

Fig. 8. Waigeum bakeri, 2.

90 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

PuaTeE VIII.

Fig. 1. Platypthima euptychioides, 8.

Fig. 2. Dicallaneura virgo, 2

Fig. 3. albosignata, 2.

Fig. 4. amabilis mimica, 2.

Fig. 5. Lampides nitens, 3.

Fig. 6. wandammenensis, 3.

Fig. 7. Milionia wandammenensea, ¢.

Fig. 8. witleyensis, 3.

Fig. 9. Eubordeta mars, 3.

Fig. 10. Jlammens discus, 9.

Ill.— New Species of Lice. By Bruce F. CuMMrines,

British Museum (Natural History).

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

ANOPLURA.

AmonGé the dry material, mounted on cardboard in the

collection of the British Museum, two specimens were dis-

covered labelled simply “Pedetes capensis.” ‘These, on being

washed in caustic potash and mounted on a slide in Canada

balsam, proved to be two females of an interesting and

hitherto undescribed form.

HULINOGNATHUS, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad, antenne arising just in front of

halfway, broader behind the antenne than in front. No

projecting postero-lateral angles. Behind, the head is sunk

deep into the thorax. Around the mouth in front a circlet of

triangular denticles. Abdomen without tergites or sternites.

Five pairs of pleurites, the anterior pair well developed.

First pair of legs small. Hairs on the abdomen modified,

being long, flattened, parallel-sided, truncate at the tip.

On Pedetes capensis, now known as Pedetes caffer, Pall.

(family Pedetide).

Eulinognathus denticulatus, sp. n.

External Form. Female.— Head: the outline is well shown

in the figure (text-fig. 1). The characteristic features of the

head are the circlet of denticles around the mouth, the

absence of postero-latera] angles and also of any “neck” or

narrowing of the head just before entering the thorax, so that

ae £3

ete (i

WPA SY

Ai ZT6Y

‘i Mh SS en

AN:

92 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

the swollen base of the head is held in a “stiff collar”

formed by the thorax, and apparently, therefore, incapable of

much lateral motion. The median areas of both dorsal and

ventral surfaces are composed of rather thin, smooth chitin,

but both behind and in front of the antennee the head on each

side is strengthened by chitinous areas of greater thickness.

Behind the antenna this thickened area on the dorsal surface

begins as a more or less circular, raised or embossed patch

bearing a long bristle and a minute hair. This patch extends

down on each side to the ventral surface, where it occupies

the margin and runs forward past the autenna to join the

peristomial band. This band is a strong circular support,

from which arise the triangular denticles (fig. la, PB).

Each denticle appears to be a triangular plate; its apex

points backwards and its base is set transversely to the peri-

stomial band. In the centre of two of the denticles there is

a hole as in a set-square. Within the peristomial band lies

the small oral cone (fig. 1 a, OC), at the apex of which is the

short columnar oral opening (fig. la, OO). Behind the

antenne dorsally is a shallow, indistinct, transverse groove.

Antenna 5-segmented, slightly club-shaped as the fourth

segment is broader than the second, third, or fifth, and its

postaxial margin is longer and somewhat convex. ‘There is

a circular sensorium between segments 4 and 5 on the ventral

surface and another on segment 5 on the postaxial line.

Thorax much broader than the head, and broader behind

than in front. Claws on the front tarsi, which in both speci-

mens carry two hairs, are either absent or minute. On the

other legs the claws are large, in shape like the beak of an

accipitrine bird.

Abdomen much broader than the thorax, ovate, large.

Neither sternites nor tergites present. On each of the first five

segments a pair of pleurites. A fairly broad chitinous band

runs transversely over the dorsum of the terminal segment.

A chitinous framework supports the flat rounded gonopods.

This consists of a cross-bar running from the base of one

gonopod to the other, and running back from each extremity

of this cross-bar in the direction of the head a short band

slightly bending inwards. The gonopod is a flattened lobe,

convex at the extremity, a little concave along the inner

margin.

Chetotaxy. Female-—Head: on the upper surface is an

elongate bristle, reaching nearly down to the abdomen, along

with a minute hair close to it situated on the small embossed

area behind each antenna. ‘Two minute hairs, widely sepa-

new Species of Lice. 93

rated, on dorsal surface towards the occiput. A minute hair

on the lateral margin of the head a little way behind the

antenna. A larger hair on the dorsal surface in front of the

embossed area near the base of the antenna. Two minute

hairs on the postantennal groove. At the base of the oral

cone above, four small hairs widely spaced. A longer one on

each side at the base of the columnar oral opening. On the

ventral surface, at about the level of the middle of the first

segment of the antenna, two fairly small hairs, one on each

side of the middle line. Five or six minute hairs with large

alveoli on ventral surface of the oral cone.

Thorax: the usual spiracular bristle. A small one on each

*€ shoulder ” of the pronotum.

Abdomen: the abdomen is thickly covered both dorsally

and ventrally by rows of elongate hairs of peculiar shape

(see fig. 1 6). Hach hair is very long, with a rather small

circular “neck”? broadening at once into a flat scabbard-

like structure, the lateral margins being parallel to each

other and the end truncate. Most of these clumsy-looking

integumentary appendages are twisted. A few are pointed

at the tips.

There is a transverse row of these hairs, very closely placed

on the tergum of each segment, excepting the last, where, on

the anterior margin of the transverse band, there are two of

the long modified hairs, and on the posterior margin two

widely separated normal hairs, with a couple of elongate

hairs at each lower lateral angle. Ventrally, there is a trans-

“verse row of closely-placed, modified hairs on each segment

(up to segment 7), although at the base of the abdomen over

the first three segments (and the qualification applies to the

dorsal surface also) the cheetotaxy in the only two prepara-

tions at my disposal remains somewhat uncertain.

On each gonopod, a single long bristle inside the margin

postero-laterally. ‘T'wo or three short hairs on the margin at

the inner angle. Inside the inner margin just behind the

eross-bar three small hairs on each side. In front of the

cross-bar six minute hairs in a row. Running from just

behind the gonopod in an oblique row outwards, eight or nine

Jong spines placed closely to each other so that their alveoli

are contiguous. At the end of this row, but placed a little

further in, a powerful spine on each side of the genital

opening. Between these two spines or “ thorns” are two

small patches of chitin of irregular outline, each with three or

four short hairs,

On each pleurite two elongate bristles, situated along the

94 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

Jower margin. On the soft chitin, just in front of the first

pleurite, a group of eight or nine of the modified hairs. ‘T'wo

bristles also on each pleurum behind the seventh segment.

Measurements of Eulinognathus denticulatus

(mallimetre-scale) .

Length. Breadth.

LET Ste ee ‘29 (at margin) 23

MUGRAN eee, Sel sisee e atc ‘2 75 |

PAIBAONICM 5... 4-32 0 ilieD 1:05

Total 8 ae 1:79

Length of antenna .. "25

MALLOPHAGA.

Family Trichodectide.

Described below is a curious new form belonging to this

family, which is of especial interest on account of the phylo-

genetic position of its host, an Hdentate.

The material from which the new form is described, con-

sisting of a g, three ? 9, and a larva, was very kindly

presented to the British Museum by Mr, A. J. Engel Terzi,

and, in spite of their poor condition of preservation (the

specimens had been attacked by a species of mite), the main

features in the morphology of the skeleton have been made

out, although much of the chetotaxy still remains uncertain

or obscure.

They were collected on the two-toed sloth (Cholepus

didactylus, Linn.) in British Guiana. So far as I know, the

only other species of Mallophaga recorded from an Edentate

is Gyropus hispidus, Nitzsch, from Bradypus tridactylus.

Among the Anoplura, the remarkable Hybophthirus noto-

phallus (Neumann), Enderlein, a parasite of the Cape

anteater (Orycteropus afer, Pall.), is the only species with an

Edentate host.

Trichodectes gastrodes *, sp. n.

The new species is readily distinguished by its large

dimensions (see p. 100), the form of the head (see figs. 2&3,

p- 96), and by the character of the abdomen, which, being in

both male and female without tergites or sternites, is loose and

* “The Potbellied Louse ” is suggested as a popular name.

new Species of Lice. 95

sac-like, without any external signs of segmentation except

inthe g. In thissex there isa pair of rather large pleurites

on the two basal segments ; on each of the others, up to

the seventh, a pair of small, narrow, chitinous slips situated

transversely in the pleural region on each side. In the 9

these slips are absent, but there are two pairs of large

pleurites at the base and one pair at the end, on the penulti-

mate segment of the abdomen.

External Form. Male.—Head: fig. 2 is an accurate

representation of the outline of the head, and makes un-

necessary the usual circumlocutionary phrases. The notable

features are the rather deep semicircular frontal sinus (which

has a deep marginal band of dark brown chitin divided into

two parts by a median longitudinal line), the large size of

the basal segment of the antenna, and a gular plate (see

fig. 3, GP) broader than long, lying between the two longi-

tudinal bands that run forward on the ventral surface of the

skull *.

There are two small circular sensoria close together on the

ventral surface of the third segment of the antenna.

Thorax: the parts were too crushed to allow of description.

Apparently it resembles that of the ? closely.

Abdomen: the first two pairs of pleurites are large plates

with a firm outer but an irregular inner margin, the second

pair a little smaller than the first, both of a deep brown

colour. On the succeeding segments the pleurites are small,

thin, transverse slips. At the posterior end of the last

segment are two lobes forming the hind margin of the

segment and apparently the posterior lip of the genital

opening. ‘l'hese two lobe-like pieces are rounded and white,

covered with short bristles; they run in towards one

another, but do not meet. Two brown bands of chitin

run forward on the ventral surface as far as halfway to the

base of the abdomen, one on each side of the copulatory

apparatus, which is seen through the transparent integument.

The above description is necessarily incomplete, and may

have to be emended in some respects when new and better-

preserved material is forthcoming.

External Form. Female (fig. 8).—The usual sexual

differences in the antenne (see figure).

Thorax : pronotum is quite short ; lateral margins slightly

divergent the one from the other. Meso+metanotum equally

* A gular plate of this character is present in many Mallophaga,

e. g., Nirmus varius, Nitzsch, Nirmus vulgatus, Kell., Lipeurus quadri-

pustulatus, Piag. The peculiar structures in this part of the head in

Ancistrona and Pseudomenopon tridens are, perhaps, modified gular plates,

96 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

e \ ‘ a

OM: ine

)

ae \\ ss ee aaa

A LC

‘\\\ ; ih

Fig. 2.—Trichodectes gastrodes, sp.n. Head, 3, dorsal view.

Fig. 3.—Ditto, Q. G@P=Gular plate ; M.St= Mesosternum ;

Gon=Gonopod.

new Species of Lice. 97

short, a little broader, with lateral margins convex. Poste-

rior margin straight. A considerable area adjoining the

posterior margin medially is pale or white, the chitin being

thin, and the thicker, deep brown chitin ceasing in an

irregular edge.

A strongly developed mesosternum is present, and shown in

the figure. Within the prothorax on each side a thin rod runs

from the dorsal side to the ventral, taking its origin from the

posterior margin of pronotum, and then running downwards

and outwards to be inserted into the anterior lateral angle ven-

trally. On the ventral surface of the meso+metathorax on

each side are the usual two acetabular bars—strong, rather

short, running inwards and downwards on the under surface

of the meso+ metanotal wing, and helping to suspend the

coxe, into which they are inserted.

Abdomen: as in the ¢, there are at the base two large

pleurites on each side. In the 2 these are succeeded on the

next segment by a minute atrophied pleurite on each side,

the chitin of which appears to be partially disintegrated. On

the other segments, except the penultimate, the pleurites are

completely absent. The penultimate pair are large plates,

with irregular inside margin, lying in the dorsal surface.

The basal plates lie laterally. Tergites and sternites are

absent except for a tergite on the last segment, almost divided

in two by a median longitudinal line of weak chitinization.

On the sternum of the same segment, partly covered by the

large gonopods, is a brown mark of peculiar shape (see fig. 3).

The gonopods are strongly chitinized flaps of considerable

size, articulated ventro-laterally so as to cover much of the

lower surface of the last segment. In dorsal view, the free

edge of the gonopod is seen on each side, at its base articu-

lating by a rather wide and circular hinge with the pleurite

of the penultimate segment.

In both g and 2? the abdomen is large, loose, and

66 baggy.”

Chetotazy. Male—Head: around and just behind the

rim of the frontal sinus on the dorsal surface four widely-

spaced hairs. A little way in the rear of the first and fourth,

another hair. In front of the antenna, asmallhair. Around

the temple margin, four or five small hairs. Inside the

margin, one behind the other, five hairs of somewhat larger

size, the first separated by a wide space from the ones behind.

Three or four hairs on the promontory on each side of the

sinus. Other hairs on dorsal surface arranged as shown in

the figure. Ventral surface apparently bare. On upper

surface of first segment of the antenna, a row of six large

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 7

98 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

hairs well spaced one beside the other and extending from

the proximal to the distal extremity. Preaxially a single

hair. On segment 2, three hairs on the upper surface and

one long one on postaxial margin. On segment 3, at the

postaxial angle of the distal end, four or five stout hook-

shaped denticles; on the preaxial side a patch of short

spines. Preaxially three hairs, postaxially two, on dorsal

surface two.

Thorax and abdomen: cheetotaxy too uncertain to justify

description.

Chetotaxy. Female-—Antenne more heavily set with

hairs.

Thorax: a short hair on each lateral margin of the pro-

thorax and two on each: lateral margin of the meso-meta-

thorax.

Abdomen: on the dorsal surface, probably a row of small

hairs across each segment.

A moderately long bristle on each pleurite of penultimate

segment. Several fairly long hairs along lower margin of

tergite, two of these close together at the postero-lateral

corner of the tergite. On the terminal sternum two patches

of minute hairs, closely set one on each side of the middle

line. Along the lower margin of the gonopod, seven or eight

longish hairs.

Mouth-parts.—The left mandible is a powerful, gnarled-

looking weapon, complex in form and moulding *.- For the

purpose of description it may be divided into halves—a

proximal and distal—by a transverse band of dark brown

chitin on the ventral surface. The proximal half is a kind

of pedestal on which the rest of the mandible is set. The

distal half, narrower than the base, ends in three distinct

apices irregularly placed. There are the usual two articular

surfaces, one a rounded condyle beneath the basal process,

and the other a rather large concavity into which fits a

big tendon. The basal process is rather long and bent,

as usual, so as to point horizontally. Distally the opposable

surface of the mandible possesses the usual transverse ridges,

disposed in two series separated from one another by a smooth,

concave area.

The right mandible possesses a wide straight base-line, and

from the outside two-thirds of this the main body of the »

mandible arises, leaning outwards at first and then bending

inwards sharply, making an angle on the outer margin,

* The mouth-parts, especially the mandibles and the cesophageal

sclerite (or lyriform organ), afford useful systematic characters in the

Mallophaga.

new Species of Lice. 99

where the tendon of the large extensor muscle is inserted.

The inner third of the base of the mandible is a short

rectangular projection. There is a single sharp apex and a

series of oblique ridges on the opposable surface. A small

plate with a round even margin overlaps the outer edge

just behind the apex, giving the appearance of a casque or

hood over the outer margin.

Labium.—The anterior margin is straight, without lobes or

prominences. At each lateral angle, set in a dark brown

socket of thick chitin, is the so-called paraglossa—a stout

Trichodectes gastrodes, sp.n. Copulatory apparatus, ¢, x 45.

BP=Basal plate ; H=Endomere; P=Paramere ; T=Denticle on sac.

a, Denticle enlarged.

single-segmented lobe, tapering slightly at the distal end.

The tip of this appendage is obliquely truncate, the outer

margin being longer than the inner. On the apex pointing

inwards are four or five minute spines set on relatively large

round pedestals. On the ventral surface of the labium

between the paraglosse are eight spines arranged in a circle.

Immediately behind this circle is a transverse brown band,

which splits into two branches at each end, one running up

to the front margin and the other running backwards and

disappearing in the clear chitin behind the mouth. This is

probably a supporting sclerite for the labium.

100 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

Isopogometric Apparatus.— Anterior cornua of the sclerite

as long as the main body. The distal end of each cornu

rounded, narrower than at the base. The main body is

Jemon-shaped, the posterior narrow end drawn out into a

short truncate “tab.’”? The upper surface is concave ; on

each side a narrow chitinous band runs up on each side of

the pharynx. This band partly arises from the basal part

of the anterior cornu. The ‘‘glands” or basal pieces are

rounded oval, each with a thick stout tendon inserted into it

behind, some way in front of the posterior margin. Around

the bifurcating chitinous chords is a thin plate (? hypo-

pharynx. A similar piece is present and has been described

in Lipeurus ferox, P. Z. 8. 19138, p. 129).

Male Copulatory Apparatus (fig. 4, p. 99).—The basal plate

is of rather complex sculpture, sufficiently shown in the figure.

In the median area it is thin and transparent, the lateral

margins, however, being thickly chitinized. Parameres fused

at the tips. Each paramere is a short band, narrow at the

base, broader at the end, where it fuses with its fellow along

the whole line of its breadth and projects in front as a small,

somewhat depressed beak. Hndomeres are fused together at

the base and shaped like a pair of tweezers. The “ preputial

sac” is remarkable for the possession of a number of large

denticles, of which there are two longitudinal rows, four in

each, with a large number of smaller teeth in a group behind.

This description, it must be pointed out, is made of the

apparatus retracted.

By reference to the sketch of the genitalia of 7. mephitidis

in the paper by V. L. Kellogg and G. F. Ferris (“ Anoplura

and Mallophaga of N. American Mammals,” Stanford Uni-

versity Publications, 1915, pl. vin. fig. 4), it may be surmised

that the genitalia of that species closely resemble 7. gastrodes.

On this and other smaller characters 7. mephitidis, Osb., and

T. interrupto-fasciatus should, perhaps, be regarded as the

nearest allies of 7. gastrodes.

Measurements (millimetre-scale).

3 . 2.

ase oth, Greatest sala ek oth. Greatest Sane

Neat ee tarcttec + 71 85 “73 87

"Thoraxts) BV? 32 rill Ais ‘72

Abdomen...... 1:73 ‘90 1904 1:10

otal cage 2°76 2°80

new Species of Lice. 101

d. ¢!

AS,

—

Length. Width. Length. Width.

Antenne :

Segment] .. 30 16 “1 ‘09

ie ae hG ‘08 ale ‘06

SBT, 18 08 19 ‘07

Totals st 67 43

3 2.

— Sa —- r = Se ~~

Length of legs: Ist, Ind. 3rd. Ist. 2nd. 8rd.

Bemurh a8en9 . “21 0) MSsis.! 2278) 30-30

Tibia+tarsus.. ‘31(+claw) °388 ‘388 ‘3(+claw) ‘40 °38

Wlawi aon nat oe ie SOR ol Oras 5 us) | Sil,

ENO bale crore 52 ‘80 ‘86 °50 °83 «80

Family Docophoride.

PARAGONIOCOTES, gen. nov.

This is anew parrot genus known to me by several species,

only one of which has hitherto been described, viz., the species

from Calopsittacus nove-hollandie named in 1880 by the

indefatigable Piaget Goniocotes fasciatus (‘ Les Pédiculines,’

1850, p. 236, pl. xix. fig. 11). G. fasciatus is a simple

member of the genus in which the two large recurved frontal

processes one on each side of the head, so characteristic a

feature of the new species about to be described, are absent.

‘The genus may be shortly diagnosed as follows :—

Head broader than long. Front margin circular, temples

rounded, with an elongate bristle. Prothorax narrow, abdo-

men short and small. Small species infesting parrots.

The mouth-parts and male copulatory apparatus may

also provide some generic characters. Although the general

facies recalls the Goniodide, the genitalia in the male are

distinctly Nirmoid in character, so that in all probability it

is more correct to include this genus in the tamily Doco-

phoride, raised by Mjoberg in 1910 to include the genera

Docophorus, Nirmus, and Pseudonirmus.

Parayoniocotes gripocephalus, sp. n.

This species is described from spirit-material, probably of

some considerable age, in the collection of the British

Museum, and taken, according to the label inside the tube,

on Chrysotis augusta [now known as Amazona augusta,

G. h. Gray], the only other information available concerning

them being the locality indicated in the two words “ August

Amazon” (sic).

102 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

So far as I am aware, the only other member of the Mallo-

phaga known froma Chrysotisis Nirmus ligulatus, Neumann,

from C. brasiliensis (Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, 1890,

xxiv. p. 60, “Contribution a létude des oiseaux de la

famille des Psittacide ’’).

External Form. Male (fig.5).—Head: pale in colour; in

front of the antenna on each side is a large process, slightly

curved, running downwards and backwards beneath the base

of each antenna. Hach process has a brown-coloured tip.

The firm circular margin of tie temples, the occipital line;

and the two incrassations—one in front of each antenna—are

notable characteristics. On each of the third and fifth seg-

ments of the antenna there is a minute hair, probably of a

sensory nature, set in a large alveolus.

Prothorax much narrower than the head, short, parallel-

sided. Clavicles* apparently absent. Meso+metathorax

broadens out upon the abdomen, the sides being divergent.

Abdomen small, rather short ; broadest at the sixth

segment. Pale or whitish.

External Form. Female.—Head and thorax as in the ¢.

Abdomen more regularly ovate, especially noticeable at the

end of the abdomen, where the terminal segments maintain a

firm unbroken curve, unbroken as in the ¢ by the somewhat

sudden narrowing of the last segment. On each segment in

the pleural region are two tergites, one on each side, leaving

an uncovered median area, Tergites pale brown in colour.

Gonopods small, represented by two delicate lobes. A rather

long, almost parallel-sided genital plate, semitransparent or

whitish. , Posterior margin straight, transverse, and fringed

with hairs. On each side of the plate; at about the level of

the sixth segment, a small brown chitinous patch.

Chetotaxy. Male—Head: along the frontal margin

between the two incrassations four well-spaced hairs, the two

middle ones short. Behind these, and between them and the

mandibles on the dorsal surface two longer hairs. At about

~ the level of the postaxial margin of the antenna on the dorsal

surface, a short bristle, one on each side near the margin,

Around the temple margin four hairs, well-spaced, the first

three short, the fourth very long. Along the occipital line

several short hairs. On the ventral surface, four well-spaced

fairly long hairs on preantennal area behind the anterior

margin.

- Thorax: on the posterior lateral angle of the pronotum, a

* “Clavicle” is a term I borrowed in 1913 from vertebrate anatomy

to signify the two endoskeletal rods in many Mallophaga which run

from the “shoulder” of the pronotum down to the prosternum.

new Spectes of Lice. 103

stout bristle. Along the hind margin of meso+metanotum a

row of very elongate bristles, five or six on each side, leaving

the linein the median part bare. On the sterna there are two

bristles between each pair of coxee.

Abdomen: provided with many very elongate bristles. On

the dorsal surface, at the base of the abdomen there are four

Paragoniocotes gripocephalus, sp. n., 3.

well-spaced long hairs, the two outside ones situated further

forward than the middle ones. Behind these are six hairs, a

group of three in a row on each side of the middle line. An

elongate bristle near the lateral margin oneach side. On the

next segment there is a closely-set row of four hairs on each

side of the bare median area, with a very elongate pleural

bristle. Similarly on the next three segments, in which the

104 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

short rows are set one on each side of the basal plate. Behind

these are a couple of widely-spaced hairs on each side, and

behind these again the usual two short transverse rows, three

hairs on one side and four on the other. On the last tergum,

Fig. 6.

~ — =

mm enw rw e we

Paragoniocotes gripocephalus, sp.n. Copulatory apparatus,

(ventral view), x 268.

BP.=Basal plate; £. and £.=Endomeral parts (?) ; P.=Paramere;

Pen.= Penis, complex.

near the posterior margin, a semicircular row of six very

small hairs. Along margin of upper lip of the genital

opening six long bristles, one beside the other on each side.

Several long bristles along margin of lower lip.

new Species of Lice. 105

On the ventral surface of the last segment are scattered a

large number of very elongate bristles. Chzetotaxy else-

where difficult to analyse with certainty: apparently five

transverse rows of well-spaced thin hairs.

Chetotary. Female-—Abdomen: there are at least two

long hairs on the median dorsal area of each segment except

the last. On each of the lateral tergites 2 to 6 there is along

the posterior margin a single elongate bristle (present also in

the ¢). A pair of elongate straight bristles on the terminal

margin of the abdomen.

Ventrally, at the base of the abdomen four widely-spaced

hairs, the two middle ones very long. A row of seven or

eight well-spaced hairs on the next five segments. Posterior

segments covered by genital plate, which is bare except for

the hind marginal tringe and a few minute pale hairs along

the longitudinal furrows lying one on each side of the plate.

Five stout bristles on each gonopod. Between the gonopod

and the lateral margin three elongate bristles, two in front

and one behind.

Male Copulatory Apparatus (fig. 6)—The male copu-

latory apparatus presents several interesting features. In the

description which follows the attempt which has been made to

hhomologize the parts must be regarded as merely tentative.

‘The apparatus in this species 1s specialized, and rather difficult

to interpret without intermediate species — forthcoming,

perhaps, in other parrot parasites of the genus.

Basal plate delicate, thin, transparent, quadrilateral.

‘The rest of the genitalia are strongly chitinized and deep

brown in colour :—

Parameres.—I regard as parameres the two broad blades

which articulate with the middle part of the posterior margin

of the basal plate, and overlie, so as almost to completely

hide from view, the rest of the genitalia. Usually the para-

meres are attached laterally. Hach paramere is elegantly

curved on the outer margin and narrows to a slender tip,

where a directive hair is situate.

Mesosome.—On each side of the parameres and articulated

to the posterior lateral angles of the basal plate is a

smaller piece shaped somewhat like a rabbit’s ear. In

rather close connexion with this piece, but attached to the

basal plate ventrally so as to be quite hidden by the

parameres, is still another appendage, narrow, rod-like, half

as long as the paramere, and with a toothed lower edge.

‘These two shorter appendages on each side—one dorsal and

one ventral—may represent the endomeral parts of the meso-

dome. The Rev. J. Waterston has pointed out to me that

106 Mr. B. F. Cummings on

the endomeral portion cf the copulatory sac is sometimes

chitinized unevenly on each side into a more or less separate

dorsal and ventral band. In the present case, if we suppose

the intervening thin chitin of the sac to have disappeared, we

are left with the two separate endodermal appendages on

each side.

Penis.—Within the two inner rods liesacompound structure,

an oblong hone-shaped box, consisting of fused penis, hypo-

meres, and endomeres, with two longitudinal rows of curved

hooks on the lower surface, occupying the distal half of each

Jateral margin. The hooks are unequal in size. Near the

Paragoniocotes gripocephalus, sp.u. Mouth-parts, x about 260.

LM.=Left mandible; RM.=Right mandible; BP.=Basal process ;

M.=First maxilla; P.=Paraglossa; OS.=the so-called

cesophageal sclerite ; G.=‘‘ Gland,”

tip, springing out from each lateral margin, isa directive hair,

much longer than the longest hook, very straight, and of a

whitish colour.

Mouth-parts (fig. 7).—Mandibles of a pale whitish colour

proximally. A fairly strong ginglymus joint in front and a

rather large rounded condyle behind. To each point of arti-

culation a strong bar of chitin runs from the apical end.

On the left mandible there are three apices—two at the tip

side by side and a large, broad, flat one projecting below

these like a webbed toe. There is, in addition, the usual

large basal process. On the lower or inner surface of thie

mandible, at the base of the first apical angle, is a small

new Species of Lice. 107

V-shaped (V., fig: 7) groove running in transversely from the

cutting-edge. The right mandible has two apices. At the

base the lower of these two apical teeth is transversely ribbed,

this ribbed surface working against a surface similarly ribbed

on the lower side (and therefore not visible in the figure) of

the first apical tooth of the opposite mandible.

First Maxillee.—Soft lobes, longer than broad, with a

small piece of thicker chitin on the outer margin as a support,

Labium.—The so-called paragloss@, columnar, straight,

are rather long with soft, rounded, distal ends. On the

inner surface at the tip, four or five spines nearly as long as

the lobe itself and all pointing inwards. Between these two

appendages, the anterior margin of the labium runs out into

two small round prominences, each possessing a few small

spines.

Isopogometric Apparatus. — Cisophageal sclerite very

rounded, a little broader than long. No posterior cornua.

Anterior cornua thinly chitinized, short, rather broad, and

iivisible without dissection.

Measurements (millimetre-scale).

role :

eee nll can —_—-———,

Length. Breadth. Length. Breadth.

Si a ren are A 35 50 “4 ‘62

Pro ; on | 28 . “B32

Waao Giese irate ec 20 30 3 50)

Abdomen) (53534 scl <6 ‘67 55 88 80

GUA nt eee ss 1°2 1°58

Length of antenna: 3.

Sepmietittl se. . ‘082

Pies cee OG5%

+ Dee ae ‘041

4 027

Si aeee tee ae 032

Linognathoides citelli, sp. n.

In the ‘ Bulletin for Entomological Research’ (vol. v.

pt. 2, Sept. 1914, p. 160) I described a new species of

Anoplura from a Sciurid, Citellus leptodactylus, under the

name Linognathoides spermophili. Mr. Launcelot Harrison,

B.Se., has kindly pointed out that this name has already

been used by Grube under a figure of Linognathus levi-

usculus (Grube) in Middendorff’s ‘Sibirischer Reise gesamm.

Parasiten Zool.,’ vol. il. p. 498, t. ii. fig. 3 (1851). I there-

fore rename Linognathoides spermophili as Linognathoides

citelli.

108 Mr. F. W. Edwards on the

IV.—On the Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetobia,

Mg. (Diptera Nematocera). By F. W. Epwarps, B.A.,

F.E

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

For many years the small gnats of the genus Mycetobia

have been a great puzzle to all Dipterists who have attempted

to arrive at a natural classification of the order, owing to the

fact that the adults appear to diverge very slightly in structure

from typical members of the MyCETOPHILIDA, while, on the

other hand, the larvee differ little, if at all, from those of the

family RuYPHID® *, which has always “been regarded as

widely separated from the MYCETOPHILIDA.

Osten-Sacken, the foremost Dipterist of the last century,

thus states the problem (Berl. ent. Zeit. vol. xxxvil. p. 442) :

«_,. [have shown the perfect unity of type prevailing among

the larve of the different genera of this family. There is one

exception to this rule, however.... Itis the larva of Myce-

tobia pallipes, which is not peripneustic, like the larve of the

other MYCETOPHILID&, but amphipneustic ; it shows the most

remarkable resemblance to the larva of Rhyphus, and often

occurs together with it. ‘lhree trustworthy observers have

described the larve as amphipneustic: Lyonet, Dufour, and

Perris. The two latter have found the larva together with

that of Rhyphus, and were struck by their resemblance,

although fully aware of the differences..:. If there is a real

relationship between the larvae of Mycetobia and Rhyphus,

we have a right to expect a corresponding relationship

among the imagos. But, as this relationship does not exist,

this is a problem yet to solve.”

In spite of the high standing of the observers quoted by

Osten-Sacken, a recent writer (Knab, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,

March 1915, p. 95) has got over the difficulty by suggesting

“ that the supposed difference rests upon an error of observa-

tion.”’ ‘That this is not the case, however, has recently been

found by Mons. D. Keilin, whose studies (as yet unpublished)

have not only confirmed the observations of the early

authors f, but have shown that the resemblance between the

larvee of Mycetobia and Fthyphus is even greater than they

supposed.

* Throughout this paper the term Rhyphus has been used, though

strictly, according to the rules of priority, it should be replaced by

Anisopus.

+ The main facts were also confirmed by Johannsen in 1910 (‘ Maine

Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin 177’).

Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetobia, Wg. 109

At M. Keilin’s suggestion, I have devoted some study to

the adult structure of the MYcETOPHILID2 and RHYPHIDA,

in order to ascertain whether any characters can be found to

support conclusions based on the study of larvee and pupa.

Without claiming to have made at all an exhaustive in-

vestigation, I think I may safely state not only that such

characters do exist, but that they should be taken into account

in the classification of the Diptera as a whole.

In order to explain ‘clearly what these characters are, it

will be necessary to give a brief comparative account of the

structure of the mouth-parts and the venation in the two

families in question. In referring to the mouth-parts of the

Myceroputuip& [ am relying partly on my own observations,

but chiefly on the excellent work lately published by Dr. R.

Frey (Acta Soc. Fauna et Flora Fennica, xxxvii. no. 2, 1913).

MoutTH-PARTS.

Mandibles.—There seems to be no trace of these in either

of the two families.

Fig. 1.

Labrum, epipharynx, and hypopharynx of (a) Olbiogaster africanus, Edw.,

(6) Rhyphus fenestralis, Scop., and (c) Mycetobia pallipes, Mg.

Labrum.—In both the MycETOPHILIDZ and RuyYpHIDs#

the labrum is very much reduced, being, as a rule, almost

entirely membranous. ‘There is, nevertheless, a considerable

amount of variation. In the Rhyphid genus Olbiogaster a

distinct chitinized piece is present on the upper side, the lower

side (the so-called epipharynx) being chiefly membranous ;

in Rhyphus the upper side is membranous, the lower side

more or less chitinized and provided with a fringe of hairs

towards the tip; in Mycetobia the whole labrum is mem-

branous.

110 Mr. F. W. Edwards on the

Hypopharyne (fig. 1, p. 109).—Frey has found that in most

MYCcETOPHILIDA, as also in SCIARIDH and CECIDOMYIIDA,

the hypopharynx is but poorly developed, and is fused on to

the upper surface of the labium. The only exception he

noted was in the genus Bolitophila, in which the hypo-

pharynx is free at the tip; he had not, however, examined a

large number of forms, and Mycetobia was not among them—

it has the hypopharynx very well developed and entirely free

from the labium, being connected rather with the labrum.

Rhyphus and Olbiogaster likewise have a free hypopharynx,

though its form is very diverse in the three genera. In

Mycetobia it is trilobed at the tip, the middle lobe having a

finely toothed margin ; in Olbiogaster it is simple, and also

in Rhyphus, though i in the last-named genus it is straighter

and more pointed. It is connected with the “ pharyngeal

pump,” which seems to be rather better developed in Myce-

tobta than in other MYCETOPHILIDA, and is even more

conspicuous in the RHYPHIDA.

Mazille (fig. 2).—In both families the parts of the maxille

present are stipes, galea, and palpus. The stipites are appa-

rently absent in Ditomyia (fig. 4 a) and perhaps in Macro-

cera ; small in Platyura (fig. 4 6) ; well developed in the

other genera, attaining their greatest size in the more typical

MYCETOPHILID&, such as Phronia (see fig. 4d), Evechia,

and Mycetophila. In these last-mentioned forms the galea or

blade of the maxilla is very much reduced, but in the more

primitive MYCETOPHILID and in the RuYPHIDsz it is quite _

large.

The maxillary palpi of Rhyphus are four-jointed (without

reckoning the small basal palpiger, which may be a true

joint). The second joint is somewhat enlarged, and contains

a peculiar gland provided with a duct which opens by a pore

at the tip of the joint. Olbiogaster has similar palpi, but

the joints differ in their relative lengths, and the duct of the

gland in the second joint is shorter ; the palpiger has more

the appearance of a true joint. In Mycetobia the palpi are

only three-jointed, but, as the basal joint contains a gland

very similar to that of Rhyphus, it is probably safe to assume

that the palpi have become three-jointed by the fusion of the

first two. In both genera the penultimate joint is roundish,

the terminal one more elongate. Many MyYCETOPHILIDA

possess a structure in the second palpal joint which is,

perhaps, comparable with the gland above referred to; but

in no other case that I have observed is this gland provided

with a duct, nor does it (except in the case of Simulium,

Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetobia, Mg. 111

where it is well developed) appear to possess any opening to

the exterior.

Labium (fig. 2). —-The homologies of the different parts of

the labium are still very uncertain. The structures usually

Fig. 2.—Maxilla and labium of (a) Rhyphus fenestralis, Scop., (6) Olbio-

gaster africanus, Kdw., and (c) Mycetobia pallipes, Me.

Fig. 3.—Under surface of head of (a) Rhyphus punctatus, Fabr., (b) Ol-

biogaster africanus, Edw., (c) Mycetobia pallipes, Mg. Note

the large hairy gular plate. 3

known as labella in Diptera are regarded by Kellogg and

others as being paraglosse, by Frey as representing the

labial palpi. ‘he piece to which they are attached is

112 Mr. F. W. Edwards on the

described by Kellogg simply as the “ basal labial sclerite ” ;

Frey homologizes it with the mentum. I am by no means

certain that Frey’s view is correct, since it usually shows a

median groove or suture, indicating that it may have arisen

by the fusion of paired structures. For convenience, how-

ever, it may be well to follow Frey.

In MyYcETOPHILID the labium consists of the two large

labella, usually two-jointed, attached to the mentum, at the

base of which an ill-defined submentum is sometimes

discernible. Mycetobia differs from all the other MycEro-

PHILIDA * in possessing at the base of the labium a large

hairy gular plate (figs. 2 cand 3 ¢) covering the forked end

Under surface of head of (a) Ditomyia fasciata, Mg., (6) Platyura nemo-

ralis, Mg., (c) Empalia vitripennis, Mg., (d) Phronia forcipula,

Winn. Note absence of gular plate, except in ¢; also great

development of the maxillary stipites in c and d.

of the mentum}; to the anterior angles of this plate are

attached the bases of the maxillary stipites. The only other

Mycetophilid in which I have found any gular plate at all is

Empalia vitripennis ; in this case the plate is very small,

bears no hairs, and is quite remote from the labium (fig. 4c).

* T have examined from this point of view the following species :—

Diadocidia ferruginosa, Ditomyia fasciata, Symmerus annulatus, Bolito-

phila cinerea, Macrocera stigma, Platyura fasciata, P. nemoralis, Myco-

myia inscisurata, Sciophila hirta, Empalia vitripennis, Tetragoneura

sylvatica, Allactoneura cincta, Boletina sciarina, Docosia valida, Leto-

myia subfasciata, Phronia forcipula, Exechia fungorum, and Mycetophila

punctata.

+ It is possible that this “gular plate” is really the true mentum,

which in that case is absent in the other MycETOPHILIDA.

Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetobia, Mg. 113

Turning to the RuyYpHIDa#, we find that in Olbtogaster

(fig. 25) the labium differs from that of Mycetobia chiefly in

having the mentum completely fused on to the gular plate,

while the former, instead of the latter, provides the attach-

ment for the maxillary stipites. Rhyphus (fig. 2.a) presents

a very different structure: there is a well-marked median

organ situated between the labella, which is regarded by

Kelloge (‘ Psyche,’ vol. viii. p. 356) as representing the

fused gloss ; a small narrow plate is inserted between the

mentum and the gular plate, on each side of which last is

another plate, which may, perhaps, be regarded as the cardo

of the maxilla.

A gular plate entirely comparable with that of the

RawYPHIDS occurs in Ptychoptera and in Trichocera, though

it appears to be absent in Diva. A similar plate is to be

found in at least some of the BrAcHYCERA and in the

Muscip&, where it is fused with the head-skeleton ; it has

been figured for Musca by Wesché (J. R. Mier. Soc. 1909,

pl. iv.), who regards it as the mentum.

VENATION.

The Ruypaip# and Myceropuitip# agree in having a

costa which does not extend beyond the tip of the wing, but

Fig, 5.

Wing of (a) Mycetobia pallipes, Mg., (b) Olbiogaster sackeni, Edw.

differ widely in that the former have a three-branched media

and a discal cell, whereas the latter never have more than a

two-branched media and no discal cell.

At first sight it is not easy to connect these two types, but

if in the wing of Rhyphus we suppress the third branch of

the media, and with it the cross-vein forming the discal cell,

a condition very much resembling that of Mycetobia is arrived

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 8

114 Mr. F. W. Edwards on the

at, and the following points of resemblance between the two

genera become more apparent :—(1) the radial sector forks

basally to the R-M cross-vein, or, in other words, the small

cross-vein is situated on the third longitudinal vein, instead

of on the preefurca; (2) the lower branch of the cubitus is

distinctly sinuous, the cell Cu, having a convexity on the

lower side towards the base. The resemblance between the

venation of Mycetobia (fig. 5 a) and Olbiogaster (fig. 5 b) isin

some respects still more marked, and it is worthy of particular

notice that in Olbiogaster africanus, Edw., and still more

conspicuously in O. sackeni, Edw., the lowest of the three

veins arising from the discal cell (M3) is less strongly

chitinized than the other two, suggesting that the venation of

Mycetobia has arisen directly from that of Oldtogaster through

the obsolescence of M3.

Tn almost all other MYcETOPUILIDS the radial sector, when

it forks at all, does so nearer the wing-apex than the position

of the R-M cross-vein, which, besides, is usually sloping, and

not straight as it is in Mycetobia. The only exception to this

rule is the genus Pachyneura, in which the radial sector forks

exactly at the R-M cross-vein. In all other MycrETOPHILIDA,

with the exception of Leiomyia (Glaphyroptera) and its allies,

the cell Cu, is concave instead of convex on its lower margin.

Ditomyia and Symmerus, genera which, together with Myce-

tobia, have been made to form the subfamily MYcETOBIINa,

agree in both these respects with the other MycrTopHILipa,

and I therefore consider that they are not at all closely

related to Mycetobia. The genus Mesochria, recently described

from the Seychelles Islands, is, on the other hand, closely

related to Mycetobia. Its venation is very interesting, as the

media is evanescent; it evidently represents a further stage

of evolution from Mycetobia, in which the lowest branch of the

originally three-branched media has already disappeared.

A comparison with other Diptera as regards the position

of the radial fork reveals the fact that in the Tipulide,

Culicide, Psychodide, Orthorrhapha Brachycera, and

tyclorrhapha it always takes place anteriorly to the R-M

cross-vein, whereas in the Chironomid, Simulide, and

Bibionide the radial sector is usually simple, but when it

forks does so beyond the R-M cross-vein. An apparent

exception to this rule, however, is the Bibionid genus Hupei-

tenus. It is also noteworthy that in the families of the

first group the media is primitively three-branched, while in

those of the second it is never more than two-branched.

Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetobia, Mg. 115

OTHER CHARACTERS.

As regards the other characters—those of the thorax,

abdomen, and legs,—not much need be said. Rhyphus is

peculiar in having holoptic eyes in the male and greatly

enlarged empodia ; it does not, however, share either of these

characters with Oldbiogaster, which resembles the MyYceTo-

PHILID rather than Rhyphus in both these respects.

Of the male genitalia, which usually provide sound indica-

tions of relationship, I have made no comparative study ;

but it is noteworthy that A/ycetobia appears to be the only

MYCETOPHILID which possesses chitinous spermathecee in the

female. Of these, there are two in Mycetobia, two (or,

perhaps, three) in Oldiogaster, one in Rhyphus.

CONCLUSIONS.

1. Mycetobia agrees with the RuypHIDm and diverges

from the MYCETOPHILID in the possession of a large gular

plate, in the structure of the second palpal joint, in the

position of the forking of the radial vein, the course of the

cubital vein, and in the chitinous spermathece of the female.

Since the venation of MAycetobia has been shown to be

directly derivable from that of the Rhyphid genus Olbiogaster,

it is probable that any resemblances in this respect to the

MYCETOPHILID& are due to convergent evolution, and not to

relationship. The genus Aycetobia (and with it Mesochria,

though not Ditomyta or Symmerus) must therefore, on grounds

of adult as well as larval structure, be transferred from the

MYCETOPHILID to the RHYPHIDA.

2. It is at least possible that the characters of the gular

plate and of the position of the radial fork will be found on

full investigation to divide the Nematocera into two groups,

and there is evidence that these groups may coincide with

those founded on other characters, notably the tracheal system

of the larva; this evidence, therefore, tends to confirm Knab’s

recent division of the Nematocera (Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.

vol. vill. p. 93, March 1915) into OLIGONEURA, with peri-

pneustic larvee, and POLYNEURA, with amphipneustic larvee.

‘he genus Pachyneura seems to require special study, owing

to the intermediate character of its venation, and Hupeitenus

is also aberrant.

3. If, as seems probable from many considerations, the

higher Diptera have been derived from the POLYNEURA and

the OLIGONEURA represent an entirely distinct line of evolution,

1753

116 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

the primary division of the order should be neither into

ORTHORRHAPHA and CYCLORRHAPHA, nor into NEMATOCERA

and BRACHYCERA, but into PoLynnuRA and OLIGONEURA,

the former including, in addition to the Tipulid-Culicid

group of the NEMATOCERA, the whole of the CYCLORRHAPHA

and the ORTHORRHAPHA BRACHYCERA.

V.—Notes on Fossorial Hymenopteraa—XIX. On new

Species from Australia. By Rowianp KE. TURNER,

F.Z.8., F.E.S.

Family Mutillide.

Ephutomorpha submetallescens, sp. n.

@. Cerulescens; abdomine pedibusque cupreo-purpureis; an-

tennis nigris; mandibulis nigris, basi ferrugineis; segmentis

dorsalibus 1-5 macula apicali albo-hirta.

Long. 12 mm.

9. Head distinctly narrower than the thorax, closely and

rather coarsely punctured, not much narrowed behind the

eyes, rather strongly rounded posteriorly; eyes large, as

near to the posterior margin of the head as to the base of

the mandibles; antennal tubercles well developed, second

joint of the flagellum as long as the first and third combined.

Thorax very coarsely reticulate, nearly twice as long as the

greatest breadth, a little broader in the middle than on the

anterior margin, the apical third rather strongly narrowed.

Abdomen closely punctured, the punctures on the second

dorsal segment larger than on the others and more or less

confluent ; first segment oblique from near the apex to the

base, slightly constricted at the apex, with a spine on each

side at the base beneath and with a small patch of white

hairs at the apex; second dorsal segment very long, more

than half as long again as the greatest breadth, narrower at

the extremities. No pygidial area. The sides of the apical

seements clothed with long black hairs. Intermediate and

hind tibi# without spines on the outer margin. Calcaria

white, the outer apical angle of the tibiae produced into

two short spines much less than half the length of the

calearia.

Hab. Brisbane (Hacker) ; February.

This is very nearly related to E. metallica, Sm., but

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 117

differs in the absence of a longitudinal depression on the

basal half of the second dorsal segment, in the greater

breadth of the thorax, which is more than twice as long as

the greatest breadth in metallica, and in the greater length

of the second dorsal segment. ‘The colour of the thorax is

also different. The type of metallica is from Adelaide, but

the species ranges as far west as Perth.

E/phutomor pha dilecta, sp. n.

Q. Cerulea, abdomine viridi-zneo ; antennis mandibulisque nigris ;

pedibus fuscis, femoribus intermediis posticisque basi, tibiisque

posticis supra ferrugineis.

Long. 10 mm.

?. Head no broader than the thorax, closely and not very

finely punctured, not narrowed behind the eyes, the posterior

angles very feebly rounded ; eyes large, a little nearer to

the posterior margin of the head than to the base of the

mandibles ; antennal tubercles well developed ; second joint

of the flagellum as long as the first and third combined.

Thorax nearly twice as long as the breadth on the almost

straight anterior margin, strongly narrowed from behind the

middle ; coarsely reticulate. Abdomen closely and finely

punctured ; first segment oblique from near the apex to the

base, slightly constricted at the apex, with a spine on each

side at the base beneath ; second segment about half as long

again as the greatest breadth, not much broader in the

middle than at the apex, more strongly punctured than the

other segments, a small patch of white hairs at the apex of

segments 2-5. No pygidial area. The sides of the apical

segments clothed with long black hairs. Intermediate and

hind tibize with one well-developed spine near the middle of

the outer margin, the apex of the tibiz above produced into

two spines nearly as long as the calcaria, which are black.

Hab. Brisbane (Hacker) ; June.

In many points this is related to submetallescens, but

differs in the armature of the tibiee, in colour, and in the

shorter second abdominal segment. It is quite distinct from

amena, André, and other metallic species from North

Queensland.

Family Thynnide.

Zaspilothynnus excavatus, Turn.

Thynnus excavatus, Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. xxxiii. p. 216

(1908). dQ. :

Zaspilothynnus evcavatus, Turn, Wystman’s Gen, Insect, cy. p, 53

(1910).

118 =9Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

The typical form is from Kuranda, North Queensland.

A pair sent from the Queensland Museum differ in colour

from the typical form, the male having the four apical dorsal

segments of the abdomen wholly ferruginous red, whereas

the Kuranda specimens have the same segments brownish

yellow more or less marked with black, the fourth segment

being often wholly black. The female has the abdomen

more strongly marked with yellow than in the type, but

Kuranda specimens vary much in this respect and in one

specimen the yellow markings are almost as large as in the

Brisbane form. The only structural differences are the

slightly shorter hypopygium of the male, and the slightly

narrower head of the female in the Brisbane form. These

differences may prove to be of subspecific value.

Tmesothynnus ingrediens, sp. n.

3. Niger; clypeo linea marginali utrinque, mandibulis basi,

macula obliqua utrinque inter antennas, propoto linea transversa

utrinque antice, postscutelloque albido-flavis; alis hyalinis, venis

nigris.

©. Bruneo-ferruginea; segmento mediano nigro; segmentis

abdominalibus tertio, quarto quintoque plus minus infuscatis ;

segmento dorsali secundo transverse quadricarinato,

Long, ¢9mm., 9 6mm.

g. Head and thorax closely and rather finely punctured,

abdomen more sparsely punctured, median segment shining,

very minutely punctured. Clypeus truncate at the apex;

antennee about as long as the thorax and median segment

combined, of even thickness throughout, the prominence

between the antennez almost obsolete. Head very thin and

flat. Anterior margin of the pronotum straight and slightly

raised, median segment rounded. Abdominal segments

strongly constricted at the base, the seventh dorsal segment

very broadly rounded at the apex. Hypopygium with

parallel sides, broadly and shallowly emarginate at the apex,

with a long apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius

longer than the third, second recurrent nervure received at

about one-tenth from the base of the third cubital cell.

9. Head broader than long by abont one-third, the sides

slightly sinuate in the middle ; eyes small, oblique, narrowly

ovate, nearly touching the base of the mandibles; front

sparsely punctured, without a sulcus, vertex almost smooth ;

mandibles long and falcate, not toothed. Pronotum finely

punctured, much broader than long, distinctly narrowed

posteriorly, the anterior angles prominent ; scutellum broader

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 119

than long, broadly rounded at the apex ; median segment

rather closely punctured, the dorsal surface a little longer

than the scutellum and not divided from the oblique posterior

slope. Abdomen shining, microscopically punctured, with a

few larger punctures near the apex of the third, fourth, and

fifth segments ; first dorsal segment rather strongly depressed

on the apical margin; second with four strong transverse

carine, including the raised apical margin ; pygidium nar-

rowly elongate-ovate, pointed at the base, the sides forming

marginal carine. Fifth ventral segment closely and deeply

punctured at the apex.

Hab. Brisbane (Hacker) ; April and September.

This is near 7. tridipennis, Sm., but has the clypeus much

less strongly convex in the male. According to Smith the

female of iridipennis has only two transverse carine on the

second segment, and the male hypopygium is truncate, not

emarginate.

Unfortunately the types are lost, having been in the

Bakewell collection,

Epactiothynnus multicolor, sp. n.

3. Rufo-ferrugineus; antennis, fronte ante ocellos, pronoto in

medio, mesosterno segmentoque mediano nigris; mandibulis,

clypeo, orbitis internis, macula bilobata inter antennis, pronoto

margine anteriore et posteriore, tegulis, postscutello, sezgmento

mediano macula magna curvata apicali utrinque, segmentisque

dorsalibus quinque basalibus macula parva utrinque flavis ; alis

hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 8 mm.

gd. Clypeus scarcely convex, rather broadly truncate at

the apex. Antenne nearly as long as the head, thorax, and

median segment combined, slender, the apical joints a little

narrowed ; the interantennal prominence almost obsolete.

Head and thorax finely and closely punctured; the pro-

notum short, slightly emarginate anteriorly. Median seg-

ment shining and almost smooth ; abdomen slender, sparsely

and shallowly punctured, the segments constricted at the

base. Seventh dorsal segment more coarsely punctured ;

hypopygium with a long apical spine, narrowed from the

base, with a small spine on each side at the base. Second

abscissa of the radius a little shorter than the third, second

recurrent nervure received at about one-fifth from the base

of the third cubital cell.

Hab. Oxley, near Brisbane (Hacker); September.

‘This is the eastern representative of ewxcel/ens, Sm., but is

120 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

a more slender species, the first abdominal segment is much

narrower and proportionately longer, the scutellum is rather

less convex, the third abscissa of the radius is much longer,

and the second recurrent nervure is received further from

base of the third cubital cell.

Dimorphothynnus bicolor, Westw.

Enteles bicolor, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 148 (1844). Q.

Thynnus zingerlei, D. T., Cat. Hym. viii. p. 119 (1897). 2.

? Rhagigaster hemorrhoidalis, Guér. Mag. de Zool, xii. (1842). 3.

? Thynnus lechert, D.T., Cat. Hym. viil. p. 110 (1897). ¢.

Enteles hemorrhoidalis, Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxii. p. 242

(1907). Q.

T used the name hemorrhoidalis for this species in my

revision of the group, probably correctly. But since that

time I have received the male of Rhagigaster castaneus, Sm.,

which would fit Guérin’s very brief description equally well.

There can therefore be no certainty as to Guérin’s species

without seeing the type. J. jimbriatus, Sm., 3, is a dis-

tinctly larger species.

The pair of D. bicolor in the British Museum is from

Perth, W.A. ‘There is a series of D. fimbriatus from

Adelaide, 8.A., and Yallingup, W.A.

Dimorphothynnus fimbriatus, Sm.

Thynnus fimbriatus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 42 (1859). 9.

Rhagigaster apicalis, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 68 (1859). ¢.

Thynnus ottonis, D. T., Cat. Hym. viii. p. 112 (1897). ¢.

In my revision of the Thynnide (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

xxxiil. p. 242, 1907) I treated this species as a synonym

of D. hemorrhoidalis, Guér. Further material has come to

hand since and shows that I was mistaken. The female

fimbriatus differs from bicolor, Westw., in the shape of the

head, which is shorter and much more strongly rounded

posteriorly, the pronotum and scutellum are shorter; the

median segment is very short, only half as long as in

bicolor ; the carinze on the second dorsal segment are some-

what stronger; the pygidium is much narrower, being

very broadly oval in bicolor, elongate and narrowed to the

apex in fimbriatus, the striation of the pygidium is much

coarser, and there is a tuft of long pale hairs on each side,

springing from beneath the dorsal plate of the pygidium,

which is absent in b¢color. The male brcolor has the enclosed

triangular space on the clypeus narrower than in jimbriatus ;

the seventh dorsal segment more rounded at the apical angles,

Mr. B. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenopiera. 121

less distinctly truncate ; the second transverse cubital nervure

much less cblique, which makes the second abscissa of the

radius much longer than the third, not shorter as’ in fim-

briatus, and the second recurrent nervure is received close to

the base of the third cubital cell, distinctly closer than in

fimbriatus. The extent of difference in these details of

neuration varies individually to a certain degree. The type

of jimbriatus from Adelaide is identical with speeimens from

Yallingup, W.A.

A form from Brisbane (Hacker), taken in March, is pro-

_ bably a subspecies, the male differing in having the triangular

space on the clypeus narrower; the female in the form

of the sixth dorsal segment, which has the sides almost

parallel.

Dimorphothynnus trunciscutis, sp. n.

3. Niger, nitidus, albo-pilosus ; alis fusco-ceruleis.

Long. 16 mm.

3+ Clypeus finely punctured, thickly clothed with white

pubescence ; a narrow triangular area extending from the

base to the apex, pointed at the base, with distinct lateral

caring, the narrow space enclosed by the carina irregularly

rugose-striate. Antenne scarcely longer than the thorax, of

even thickness throughout ; the interantennal prominence

broad, very broadly rounded at the apex and irregularly

longitudinally striated, separated from the front by a trans-

verse carina which does not reach the eyes, from this carina

an arched carina extends over the anterior ocellus enclosing

an almost semicircular space. Vertex shining, -finely and

rather sparsely punctured. Pronotum scarcely half as long

as the mesonotum, finely transversely striate-rugulose, the

anterior margin raised and almost straight, the anterior

angles of the prothorax acutely produced beneath. Meso-

notum and scutellum shining, sparsely punctured, the dorsal

surface of the scutellum flat, transverse at the apex and

almost vertically truncate posteriorly ; mesopleure coarsely

punctured. Median segment shorter than the scutellum,

closely punctured at the sides, sparsely in the middle, almost

vertically truncate posteriorly, the dorsal surface separated

from the posterior slope by a strong carina. Abdomen

closely but not coarsely punctured, the segments slightly

constricted at the base ; first ventral segment with a strongly

raised longitudinal carina which is broken before the apex so

as to form an apical and a pre-apical tubercle. Seventh

dorsal segment very broadly truncate at the apex, the base

pid

122 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

coarsely punctured, the apex longitudinally rugulose. Spine

of the hypopygium long and recurved. ‘Third abscissa of

the radius distinctly longer than the second, second recurrent

nervure received just before one-quarter from the base of the

third cubital cell.

Hab. Brisbane (Hacker) ; September.

Very nearly allied to morio, Westw., but may be distin-

guished by the colour of the legs, which are ferruginous in

morio, by the great breadth of the scutellum at the apex, and

by the much coarser sculpture of the mesopleure. D. morio

is not uncommon round Sydney and has been taken by

Mr. Hacker on Stradbroke Island.

Etrone subpetiolata, sp. n.

3d. Niger; mandibulis, antennis, fronte, vertice, pronoto fascia

arcuata, mesonoto, scutello tegulisque pallide ferrugineis ;

clypeo, orbitis internis late, pronoto postscutelloque flavis ; alis

hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 8 mm.

3. Clypeus slightly convex, truncate at the apex, without

a flat triangular area; the whole head finely punctured.

Antenne rather slender, scarcely as long as the thorax and

median segment combined, the apical joints feebly arcuate

beneath. Ocelli in an equilateral triangle, the posterior pair

more than twice as far from the eyes as from each other.

Pronotum about half as long as the mesonotum ; scutellum

broadly rounded at the apex, the whole thorax finely punc-

tured. Median segment rounded, very minutely punctured,

almost smooth at the base, with short white pubescence on

the sides and apex. Abdomen fusiform; dorsal segments

2-4 slightly depressed at the base, first segment very narrow

at the base; the whole abdomen shining, minutely punctured,

more coarsely on the seventh segment. Hypopygium

broadly rounded and ciliated. Third abscissa of the radius

half as long again as the second, first recurrent nervure

received just beyond the middle of the second cubital cell,

second just beyond one-third from the base of the third

cubital cell.

Hab. Brisbane (Hacker) ; April.

Allied to Z. rufodorsata, Turn., from Herberton, but differs

in the colour of the head and antennae, in the slenderer

antenne, and in the slenderer first abdominal segment, also

in the shorter second abscissa of the radius.

Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 123

Family Psammocharide.

Batozonus tricolor, Sm.

Pompilus tricolor, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p, 242 (1868). ¢.

Pompilus trichrous, D, T., Cat. Hym. viii. p. 827 (1897). ¢.

Q@. Nigra; capite, antennis, segmentis abdominis quatuor analibus,

segmento dorsali secundo vel toto vel dimidio basali, femoribus

anticis, tibiis tarsisque aurantiacis; alis aurantiacis, apice

infumatis, venis testaceis.

Long. 20-24 mm.

2. Clypeus transverse at the apex, closely and minutely

punctured, with a few larger punctures intermingled, the

apex of the labrum exposed. Second joint of the flagellum

nearly half as long again as the third ; eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance equal to the length of the third joint

of the flagellum. Pronotum broadly arched posteriorly, not

angulate; scutellum strongly convex. Median segment

longer than the apical breadth, without sulcus or striae,

clothed with short fuscous hairs. Sixth dorsal segment

punctured, sparsely clothed with long black hairs. Basal

joint of fore tarsus with three spines ; ungues of the fore

tarsi bifid, of the intermediate and hind tarsi unidentate.

Second abscissa of the radius nearly half as long again as

the third, the first recurrent nervure received beyond three-

quarters from the base of the second cubital cell, second a

little beyond the middle of the third cubital cell. Cubitus

of the hind wing originating at a distance before the trans-

verse median nervure equal to about three-quarters of the

length of the third abscissa of the radius. The fuscous

apical margin of the wing does not extend to the third

transverse cubital nervure.

Hab, Adelaide, S.A. (Smith), §; Mackay, Q. (Turner), 2 ;

Townsville, Q. (Dodd), 3.

The sexes are exceedingly different, as is usual in this

genus, but the neuration is similar. This is the Australian

representative of the Indian B. unifasciatus, Sm., from which

it differs in the colour of the thorax and abdomen, and in the

slenderer median segment of both sexes, also in the longer

second joint of the flagellum in the male. The group, which

includes B. fulzginosus Klug, and B. madecassus, Sauss., is

distinguished from other species of the genus ‘by the great

distance between the cubitus and transverse median nervure

of the hind wing.

124 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Batozonus vespoides, Sm. ,

Pompilus vespoides, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p, 244 (1868). 9.

3. Niger; clypeo, orbitis internis late, pronoto, tegulis, scutello

macula quadrata, postscutello macula, segmento dorsali primo

macula parva utrinque, segmentis dorsalibus 2—7 fascia lata

transversa utrinque pallide flavis ; antennis basi et subtus pedi-

busque ferrugineis, tibiis tarsisque posticis nigris; alis hyalinis,

apice extremo pallide infumatis, venis nigris.

Long. 11-15 mm.

3. Clypeus transverse at the apex, the labrum exserted.

Antenne stout, the joints moderately arcuate beneath, but

less strongly so than in érécolor, second joint of the flagellum

distinctly shorter than the third. Pronotum strongly rounded

at the anterior angles, the posterior margin widely arched.

Median segment broader than long, clothed with thin white

pubescence. Seventh dorsal segment narrowly truncate at

the apex. Second abscissa of the radius twice as long

as the third, first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds

from the base of the second cubital cell, second close to the

middle of the third cubital cell. Cubitus of the hind wing

originating just before the transverse median nervure.

All the tarsal ungues bifid.

Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner); Brisbane, Q.

(Hacker) ; Victoria (french).

This is the Australian representative of the group of the

European B. quadripunctatus, Fabr., and is nearest to the

Asiatic B. orientalis, Cam., the female of which has been

described by Bingham under the name bzoculatus. In the

Oriental region a dark-winged form of the female. occurs,

named by Bingham bracatus, but I do not believe that any

corresponding aberration occurs in Australia. ‘he species

is common in Queensland, but I never guessed the connection

of the sexes during my residence there. B. tricolor seems

to be arare species. As far as I know these are the only

two Australian species of Batozonus.

Aporoideus ultimus, sp. n.

@. Nigra; clypeo linea transversa subapicali, fronteque macula

parva utrinque flavidulis; mandibulis basi, femoribus, tibiis,

tarsisque subtus ferrugineis; pronoto marginibus indistincte

albidis ; alis sordide hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 5 mm.

9. Clypeus shallowly emarginate at the apex, the labrum

not exposed; second joint of the flagellum half as long again

Mr. R. E, Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 125

as the third; eyes converging a little towards the vertex ;

head finely and closely punctured, front with a distinct

longitudinal sulcus. Pronotum short and broad; parapsidal

furrows very indistinct; scutellum longer than broad.

Median segment shorter than the pronotum, obliquely sloped

posteriorly, with an almost obsolete median sulcus. Thorax

and median segment subopaque ; abdomen shining, almost

smooth. Hind tibiz with three or four fairly long spines on

the outer margin; fore tarsi without a comb, with only a

few very minute spines beneath the first joint; tarsal ungues

with a small tooth near the middle. Second abscissa of the

radius about equal to the third; first recurrent nervure

received just beyond two-thirds from the base of the second

cubital cell, second at the middle of the third cubital cell.

Submedian cell a little longer than the median ; cubitus of

the hind wing originating distinctly beyond the transverse

median nervure.

&$. Without the whitish band on the clypeus, the spots on

the inner margin of the eyes very minute, the apical dorsal

segment and a spot at the base of the hind tibise white.

Pronotum entirely black.

Clypeus subtruncate at the apex; first recurrent nervure

received close to the middle of the second cubital cell ; fore

tarsi smooth. Antenne stout, the joints not arcuate beneath,

the second joint of the flagellum no longer than the third.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February, 1 9. Mt. Wellington,

2200 ft.; January, 1 ¢.

The @ is the type.

This is very nearly allied to the Huropean A. cinetellus,

Lind., from which it differs in the longer second joint of the

flagellum, the less distinct sulcus on the median segment,

the longer third abscissa of the radius, the absence of the

yellowish spots on the hind margin of the pronotum, and

the very slightly longer submedian cell of the fore wing. The

male cinctellus has the legs without ferruginous colour.

A colour-variety taken by me at Yallingup, S.W. Australia,

has the clypeus of the female black, the frontal spots almost

obsolete, and the pronotum entirely black. A male taken in

the same locality 1s black, with the middle of the hind femora

ferruginous and a white spot at the base of the hind tibie.

Aporus hill, sp. n.

2. Nigra; clypeo, fronte sub antennis, genis, postscutello, seg-

mento mediano fascia transversa basali et apicali, sezmento

126 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

dorsali primo macula magna basali, segmentis dorsalibus basali-

busque 1-5 fascia lata apicali, segmento dorsali sexto lateribus,

mesopleuris fascia, coxis, trochanteribus, femoribus subtus, tibiis

supra tarsisque supra dense albido-pilosis; orbitis internis

supra antennas late, capite margine posteriore, pronoto utrinque

nigro-maculato, mesonoto maculis duabus margine posteriore

scutelloque macula dense aureo-pilosis; alis fusco-hyalinis, apice

late infumatis.

Long. 11 mm.

9. Clypeus broad, truncate at the apex. Eyes almost

parallel on the inner margin, separated on the vertex by a

distance about equal to the length of the second joint of the

flagellum ; posterior ocelli as fir from leach other as from

the eyes, Front rather flat; second joint of the flagellum

as long as the first and third combined. Pronotum in the

middle a little shorter than the mesonotum ; the posterior

margin arched, not angulate. Median segment much broader

than long, the posterior slope oblique, a longitudinal sulcus

on the dorsal surface. [ore tarsi with a long comb, the

spines more or less spatulate, the basal joint with four spines.

Tarsal ungues with one tooth near the middle; hind tibiae

spinose. Second abscissa of the radius a little shorter than

the first ; second cubital cell receiving both recurrent

nervures, the first a little before the middle, the second

just before the apex. Cubitus of the hind wing interstitial

with the transverse median nervure.

Hab. Port Darwin, N.T. (Hill) ; May.

The markings consist of short hairs laid very flat and close,

much as in Pompilus”’ labilis, Sm., from which the

neuration differs conspicuously, through the absence of a

third cubital cell. The structure is very similar to that of

A. cingulatus, Fabr., also the shape of the second cubital

cell.

Family Crabronide.

Zoyphium flavofasciatum, sp. n.

3. Niger, opacus; mandibulis, labro, clypeo apice, flagello, pro-

noto, tegulis, scutello, postscutello, segmentis abdominalibus

primo, quinto, sexto septimoque, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque

bruneo-ferrugineis ; mesopleuris segmentoque mediano apice

obscure ferrugineis ; clypeo, apice excepto, scapo, pronoto fascia

utrinque, segmentoque dorsali primo fascia undulata utrinque

flavis; segmentis dorsalibus quinto sextoque fascia utrinque

obscure flavidula ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis, costa stigmateque

ferrugineis.

Long. 7°5 mm,

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 127

3. Mandibles deeply notched on the lower margin ;

clypeus flattened, truncate at the apex, the apical margin

narrowly depressed, more broadly in the middle than at the

sides, a small tooth on each side of the depressed apical

margin. ace clothed with golden pubescence; antenne

twelve-jointed, the joints gradually thickened towards the

apex, joints 8-11 broader than long, apical joint very large

and stout, blunt at the apex. Posterior ocelli twice as far

from each other as from the eyes. Median segment clothed

with fine pale golden pubescence on the sides and apex, the

dorsal surface with a rather broad longitudinal sulcus.

Abdomen fusiform, the second segment the broadest, apical

segment produced into a blunt point with a smal] spine on

each side. The whole insect very closely microscopically

punctured. Third abscissa of the radius distinctly shorter

than the second transverse cubital nervure, first recurrent

nervure received very distinctly before the apex of the first

cubital cell, second beyond the middle of the second cubital

cell.

Hab. Brisbane (Hacker) ; November.

Very distinct in colouring from any other species of the

genus; the club of the antennz is much stouter than in-

rufonigrum and erythrosoma, but apparently more conical

than in crassicorne, Ckll.

Pison (Parapison) exclusum, sp. n.

¢. Niger, opacus; antennis articulis quinque basalibus, tegulis

pedibusque ferrugineis ; segmentis dorsalibus, secundo excepto,

apice pallide bruneis et pallide aureo-sericeis ; alis sordide

hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 8 mm.

3+ Clypeus feebly bilobed at the apex, covered with pale

golden pubescence which extends on to the front. Antenne

short and stout, the second joint of the flagellum a little

longer than the third, joints 6-11 broader than long. The

whole insect closely microscopically punctured, a distinct

frontal longitudinal groove reaching the anterior ocellus;

posterior ocelli farther from each other than from the

anterior ocellus and a little farther from each other than

from the eyes. Median segment with a distinct longitudinal

groove, in which lies a low carina, a transverse groove at

the base of the segment, the remainder of the dorsal surface

very finely granulate. Abdomen subsessile, short and broad ;

seventh dorsal segment truncate at the apex. Second

abscissa of the radius a little more than half as long as

128 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

the first, second recurrent nervure received just beyond one-

fourth from the base of the second cubital cell, a little further

from the first transverse cubital nervure than is the first

recurrent nervure.

Hab, Brisbane (Hacker); November.

Apart from the neuration ‘this strongly resembles the male

of Pison vestitum, Sm., but the clypeus is quite different and

the abdomen more sessile, the antenne shorter with the

joints differently proportioned, the punctures less distinct, and

the distance between the eyes on the vertex greater.

Key to the Genera of Australian Pemphredonine.

1, Three cubital cells; antenna inserted on the

front far above the base of the clypeus ...... Neofoxia.

Two cubital cells; antennz inserted low down,

on the sides of or at the base of the clypeus .. 2.

4 Two' rectrrent! NGFVUTES|, fNo)sv ste chew alee siale ler shele Passalecus.

One recurrent MEL UTe W-. widower leis airs 3.

8. Abdomen petiolate; hind tibize with short spines

Qn Lhe Ouker MST cee marche mies Me RRS Paracrabro.

Abdomen not petiolate; hind tibiz without

Bpintes! i.e vit ote stteehee a 0ls ht a ere OhM ie talay Ney 4,

4, Ventral plate of the apical segment produced into

a stout spine-like process; abdomen ferruginous. Harpactophilus,

Ventral plate of the apical segment not pro-

TLC. Signe aie etnrs Oss eee ae ete eh Rian lee Bets 5.

5. Pronotum with a distinct transverse dorsal

SUTICD G vitig eRe ine cate tiie ok cae 6 bite Austrostigmus.

Pronotum oblique, without a distinct dorsal

SUELAC y. ervie as pe rhs Rio i ale biel Ser sieiet Gree & CA RIbpOl Spilomena,

“Key to the Australian Species of Neofoxia.

1, Thorax yellow, with a quadrate black spot

on the mesonotum; abdomen pale testa-

ceous brown; head BIE ee ts een N. interstitialis, Cam.

Black ; scutellum and postscutellum marked

with Polo EAE. UL Ae ae ite Ge see eee NV. scutellatus, Turn.

These species were described as Psenulus. Psen lutescens,

Turn., is a synonym of interstitialis, Cam., which was

described from a New Guinea specimen. Both the Austra-

lian species are from North Queensland.

Genus PASSALGCUS.

I do not think that Polemistus, Sauss., can be separated

from this genus. The only Australian species is P. exul,

Turn., which occurs on the whole eastern coast of Queensland.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 129

Genus PARACRABRO.

The only representative of this genus is P. froggattt, Turn.,

a Victorian species. The genus is nearly allied to the wide-

ranging genus Stigmus.

Key to the Species of Harpactophilus.

: v4

1, Pronotum with a distinct transverse dorsal

surface, the angles sharply produced ; front

PONOWs cate di sada re cn adnees ce ass H., tricolor, Turn.

Pronotum without a distinct dorsal surface ;

TCIM AOL (Sas rao ese ei a 2 Be «Sse ny ws 2.

2. The carina between the antenne produced

at the apex in the form of a ploughshare, .

overhanging the base of the clypeus;

recurrent nervure received distinctly be-

fore the first transverse cubital nervure .. ZH. arator, Turn.

The frontal carina low, not produced at the

apex; recurrent neryure interstitial, or

very nearly so, with the first transverse

cubital nervure ......... Seta a anes 3.

3. Eyes separated from the posterior margin of

the head by a space exceeding twice the

distance between the posterior ocelli .... 4.

Eyes separated from the posterior margin

of the head by a distance scarcely ex-

ceeding the distance between the posterior

OCONEE ath a Wen Aa Oran Peres 5.

4, Vertex rugose, mesonotum punctured ; wings

hyaline, second cubital cell pointed on the

TAGE MDS why asta s eso on ad Oe. HI, kohlit, Turn.

Vertex and mesonotum longitudinally

striated ; wings fusco-hyaline, second

cubital cell not pointed ................ HI, sulcatus, Turn.

5, Wings dark fusco-hyaline, second abscissa

of the radius half as long as the first .... H. bicolor, Sm.

Wings hyaline, first abscissa of the radius

about three times as long as the second .. H. steindachneri, Kohl.

The genus Harpactophilus is confined to the Australian

and Austro-Malay region, all the known species being from

the Queensland coast, except H. bicolor, the type of the

genus, which is from Mysol. WH. steitndachneri seems to be

the Australian representative of bicolor, probably a geo-

graphical race.

Key to the Australian Species of Spilomena.

1. Testaceous brown, the head black ........ 8. australis, Turn.

Black ; legs, antenne, mandibles, and tegulee

testaceous brown..........

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. g

130 = Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

2. Recurrent nervure interstitial with the first

transverse cubital nervure; wingsstrongly

iridescent ..... ee iste Seen . SS. tridescens, Turn.

Recurrent nervure ‘received before the first

transverse cubital nervure ; WE. only

Slightly srmidescent 6.5.0... 6. 0c dive ns 3.

8. Second abscissa of the radius ‘longer than

the first transverse cubital nervure ; head

PUREE 3's." i0's ss a a HER be Sis A,

Second abscissa of the radius ‘much shorter

than the first transverse cubital nervure ;

head longitudinally striated ............ S. longiceps, Turn.

4, Length 5mm. Distance between recurrent

nervure and first transverse cubital nervure

equal to half the length of the latter

METVULO 4. «bee A ee eh eae S. hobartia, Turn.

Length 2mm. Recurrent nervure received

very close to the apex of the first cubital

2) Arr pee FAINT. YY 35 cesses S&. elegantula, Turn,

Spilomena is very near Austrostigmus in some of the

species, especially in S. longiceps. The absence of the

groove in front of the mesopleure for the reception of the

anterior femora does not seem to be a very satisfactory

generic distinction in the group, the degree of development

showing much variation in the different species. The genus

has a wide range in Australia, being recorded from

N..Queensland, Tasmania, and 8.W. Australia.

Key to the Species of Austrostigmus.

1. Pronotum ferruginous red...... sessese. A. ruficollis, Turn.

IPronopumuplackceyes aa erste lebih Fist shee .

2. Mesonotum almost smooth .......... 3.

Mesonotum rugose or coarsely reticulate . 5.

3. Second cubital cell pointed on the radius. A. queenslandensis, Turn.

Second cubital cell not pointed on the

MAGIUS: oes ice hee mated OUR, Me 4,

4. Second abscissa of the radius as long ¢ as

the second transverse cubital neryure ;

BLICM A DISGOUS, HF sf stoice of cajote ones A, glabrellus, Turn.

Second abscissa of the radius " scarcely

more than half as long as the second

transverse cubital nervure; stigma San

PERERCOOUB) Cait ysis hie tele ttre ie ours .... A. approximatus, Turn.

5. Mesonotum coarsely reticulate ........ A, reticulatus, Turn.

Mesonotum rather finely rugose...... .. A, dubius, Turn.

The genus has a wide range, being recorded from North

Queensland and 8.W. Australia; I have also seen specimens

of A. reticulatus from Port Darwin, N.T. The species

utilise small deserted beetle-holes in dead trees for nesting-

purposes.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 131

Austrostigmus dubius, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis, tegulis pedibusque bruneo-

testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis testaceis; mesonoto rugoso.

Long. 4 mm.

2. Head longer than broad, with a carina from the

anterior ocellus to the base of the clypeus, the carine round

the eyes strongly developed, the front between the carinz

punctured-rugulose. Hyes divergent toward the clypeus;

posterior ocelli as near to the eyes as to each other.

Antennz inserted on each side of the clypeus, nearer to the

base than to the apex, farther from each other than from the’

eyes, as long as the head, the flagellum more than twice as

long as the scape. Pronotum transverse, pointed at the

angles; mesonotum rugulose ; scutellum smooth, opaque;

mesopleure opaque, with a few scattered punctures. En-

closed area of the median segment well defined, almost

triangular, the marginal carine not quite meeting at the

apex, with two longitudinal carine near the middle, the

space between the carine transversely striated ; the surface

of the posterior truncation indistinctly transversely striated,

with a fovea at the base. Abdomen smooth and shining, the

sixth segment without a pygidialarea. Second cubital cell

very small, the second abscissa of the radius less than half

as long as the first, second cubital cell less than half as long

on the radius as on the cubitus, the length on the cubitus

equal to about half the length of the first transverse cubital

nervure; the recurrent nervure received at a distance before

the apex of the first cubital cell slightly exceeding the length

of the cubital margin of the second cubital cell.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland (Turner); June.

This is very near A. queenslandensis, Turn., but differs in

the much coarser sculpture of the mesonotum, being inter-

mediate in this respect between gueenslandensis and reticulatus.

The second cubital cell in queenslandensis is triangular.

Ausirostiqgmus approximatus, sp. 0.

Q. Nigra; antennis, tegulis pedibusque bruneo-testaceis ; mandi-

bulis basi flavis, apice ferrugineis; alis pallide flayo-hyalinis,

venis pallide testaceis.

Long. 4 mm.

2. Head longer than the greatest breadth, finely shag-

reened, with a carina reaching from the anterior ocellus to

the base of the clypeus, and continued to the apex of the

clypeus in a gradually broadening form. Mandibles acutely

132 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

bidentate at the apex. Antenne inserted as far from each

other as from the eyes, shorter than the head, the flagellum

a little more than twice as long as thescape. Hyes elongate-

ovate, not quite reaching the base of the mandibles, distinctly

divergent towards the clypeus, the carina round the margin

of the eyes rather indistinct. Posterior ocelli farther from

the eyes than from each other, and about twice as far from

the posterior margin of the head as from the eyes. Pronotum

short, transverse; the anterior margin raised, the angles

sharply pointed ; the tubercles of the prothorax reaching the

teculea. Mesonotum opaque, closely and microscopically

‘punctured; scutellum subopaque, with a transverse groove

at the base. Dorsal surface of the median segment almost

entirely occupied by the enclosed area, which is strongly

reticulate, with two or three distinct longitudinal carine,

the segment abruptly truncate posteriorly, the surface of the

truncation opaque, with a longitudinal carina near the apex.

Abdomen subpetiolate, fusiform, smooth and shining; the

sixth dorsal segment finely punctured, without a pygidial

area. Second cubital cell twice as long on the cubitus as

on the radius ; first abscissa of the radius a little longer than

the second ; recurrent nervure received by the first cubital

cell at a distance before the apex equal to the length of the

second abscissa of the radius; stigma more than twice as

long as the greatest breadth.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland (Turner) ; May.

Differs from A. reticulatus, Turn., conspicuously in the

sculpture of the mesonotum, in the much longer head, the

shape of the second cubital cell, and in the finer sculpture

of the head and median segment. From queenslandensis,

Turn., it differs markedly in the sculpture of the head, the

greater length of the head behind the eyes, and in the much

larger second cubital cell. The legs in this genus are un-

armed as in Spilomena, from which it differs in the structure

of the pronotum.

Austrostigmus glabrellus, sp. n.

9. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis, tegulis pedibusque testaceis ;

alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 3 mm.

¢. Head a little longer than the greatest breadth, opaque

and almost smooth, the orbital carinee developed on the outer

margin of the eye only ; the frontal carina almost obsolete

and not reaching the anterior ocellus. Eyes diverging to-

wards the clypeus, almost touching the base of the mandibles.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 133

Antenne inserted on the sides of the clypeus, a little nearer

to the base than to the apex, shorter than the head, the

flagellum more than twice as long as the scape. Posterior

ocelli much nearer to each other than to the eyes. Pro-

notum very short, transverse, the angles acute ; mesonotum

opaque, the parapsidal furrows distinct, but very shallow ;

scutellum subopaque, with a transverse groove at the base;

pleuree almost smooth. Median segment rather coarsely

reticulate, the enclosed area well marked, with two rather

low longitudinal caring near the middle. Abdomen smooth

and shining. Second abscissa of the radius a little shorter

than the first, equal to the second transverse cubital nervure ;

second cubital cell less than half as long again on the cubitus

as on the radius; recurrent nervure received at a distance

before the apex of the first cubital cell equal to about half

the length of the first abscissa of the radius.

flab, Kalamunda, Darling Ranges, S.W. Australia

(Turner) ; March.

This species is nearest to A. approcimatus in the sculpture,

but is a smaller species, with the head less massive, the

nervures darker, and the second cubital cell much longer.

Austrostigmus rujicollis, sp. n.

@. Nigra; scapo tegulisque bruneo-testaceis; prothorace rufo-

ferrugineo ; femoribus apice, tibiis basi, tarsisque luteis; alis

hyalinis, venis pallidis, stigmate fusco.

Long. 3 mm.

?. Head scarcely longer than the greatest breadth ; the

front obliquely striated, with a carina from the base of the

clypeus not quite reaching the anterior ocellus. Hyes

strongly divergent towards the clypeus, not quite reaching

to the base of the mandibles, or to the posterior margin of

the head. Posterior ocelli as near to the eyes as to each

other; the carina round the eyes well marked. Antennze

inserted nearer to the eyes than to each other, a little longer

than the head, the scape about half as long as the flagellum.

Pronotum transverse, crenulate, the anterior angles pointed ;

mesonotum granulate. Median segment very long, much

longer than broad, reticulate, the enclosed area triangular,

with a median longitudinal carina. Abdomen subpetiolate,

elongate, smooth and shining, the sixth segment without a

pygidial area. Second cubital cell rather more than half as

long on the radius as on the cubitus; the first transverse

cubital nervure a little longer than the second abscissa of the

radius, about equal in length to the first abscissa of the

radius ; stigma about twice as long as the greatest breadth.

134 Mr. R. EH. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland ( Turner); June 26, 1913.

Easily distinguished from other species of the genus by

the colour of the pronotum and legs and by the sculpture of

the front. As in other species of the genus, there is a trans-

verse crenulate groove at the base of the scutellum.

Spilomena longiceps, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis pedibusque bruneo-testaceis ;

alis hyalinis, venis tegulisque testaceis.

Long. 4 mm.

?. Head very long, about one-third longer than the

greatest breadth; eyes slightly divergent towards the

clypeus, very long, elongate-ovate, not quite reaching to

the base of the mandibles; the whole head rather finely

longitudinally striate, with a low carina from the anterior

ocellus to the base of the clypeus and continued on the

clypeus to the apex. Antenne shorter than the head, the

scape about half as long as the flagellum. Posterior ocelli

nearly twice as far from the eyes as from each other, farther

from the posterior margin of the head than from the eyes.

Pronotum very small, sunk far below the mesonotum and

almost vertical, the dorsal surface not developed and without

sharp angles. The tubercles of the prothorax reach the

tegule. Mesonotum opaque, closely and minutely punctured,

nearly twice as broad as long; scutellum smooth, opaque,

with a depressed, crenulate, transverse line at the base.

Basal area of the median segment well defined, large, broadly

rounded at the apex, longitudinally striated, the striz

diverging towards the apex, with small transverse strie

giving a reticulate appearance ; outside the enclosed space

are rather indistinct oblique strize. Abdomen subpetiolate,

smooth and shining. Fore tarsi without a comb, tibie with-

out spines on the outer margin. Two cubital cells, the

second more than half as broad on the radius as on the

cubitus ; first abscissa of the radius nearly half as long again

as the second, the recurrent nervure received just before the

apex of the first cubital cell. Stigma more than twice as

long as the greatest breadth.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland (Turner) ; May.

This species is very near the genus Austrostigmus, differing

chiefly in the strongly depressed pronotum, which shows no

transverse dorsal surface, as in that genus. The characters

of the head are nearer to Austrostigmus than to Spilomena.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 135

Spilomena iridescens, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis tegulisque flavo-luteis; antennis pedi-

busque bruneo-férrugineis; alis hyalinis, valde iridescentibus,

venis fusco-ferrugineis, -

Long. 3 mm.

9. Head much broader than long, broadly rounded be-

hind the eyes; subopaque, microscopically punctured, the

frontal carina very short, only extending a short distance

from the base of the clypeus; antenne inserted very low

down, on each side of the clypeus near the apex, nearer to

the eyes than to each other, the flagellum about twice as long

as the scape. Posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from the

eyes as from each other; very little farther from the poste-

rior margin of the head than from each other. Pronotum

very small, depressed below the mesonotum, obliquely sloped,

ihe tubercles of the prothorax touching the tegule. Meso-

notum and scutellum subopaque, minutely punctured, a

transverse crenulate groove at the base of the scutellum.

Median segment about as long as the mesonotun, slightly

narrowed to the apex, the enclosed area well defined, with

two longitudinal carine near the middle, the space between

the carinw and the space between them and the marginal

caring transversely striated. Mesopleuree minutely punce-

tured, sides of the median segment rugose. Abdomen

shining, minutely punctured, sixth dorsal segment without

a pygidial area. First abscissa of the radius very short ;

second cubital cell much longer than broad, almost as long

on the radius as on the cubitus, the recurrent nervure inter-

stitial with the first transverse cubital nervure.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia (Turner) ; October.

This species has the inner margin of the eyes almost

parallel, only slightly divergent towards the clypeus. The

head is shorter and broader than in other Australian species

of the genus, and the position of the recurrent nervure is

different,

Spilomena elegantula, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis, tegulis pedibusque bruneo-

testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis pallide testaceis, stigmate infumato,.

Long. 2 mm.

?. Head distinctly longer than the greatest breadth,

smooth and subopaque. Hyes almost parallel on the inner

margin, touching the base of the mandibles; posterior ocelli

far apart, farther from each other than from the eyes, as far

136 Mr. O. Thomas on the

from the posterior margin of the head as from each other.

Antenne much shorter than the head, inserted low down

close to the apex of the clypeus. A short, almost obsolete,

longitudinal sulcus below the anterior ocellus. Pronotum

narrow, depressed, and obliquely sloped; mesonotum narrower

than the head, opaque ; scutellum subopaque, with a trans-

verse groove at the base. Median segment almost as broad

as long, reticulate ; the enclosed area not clearly defined, the

marginal carinze being very far apart and merging into the

margin of the segment before the apex, two short carinze from

the base not reaching the middle, about twice as far from the

marginal carinz as from each other. Abdomen smooth and

shining. Second abscissa of the radius more than twice as

long as the first, and about twice as long as the first trans-

verse cubital nervure, a little shorter than the cubital margin

of the second cubital cell; recurrent nervure received close

to the apex of the first cubital cell. Stigma less than twice

as long as broad.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland (Turner); May.

This is the smallest Australian fossorial wasp which I have

seen. I took it from the calyx of a blossom of Eugenia.

The second cubital cell is much longer than in other species

of the genus.

All the types of the species described in this paper are in

the British Museum. For the Brisbane species collected

by Mr. Hacker I am indebted to Dr. Hamlyn-Harris, of the

Queensland Museum,

VI.— The Porcupine of Tenasserim and Southern Siam.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE National Museum owes to Mr. C. Boden Kloss a first

typical set of the fine collection of mammals from 8.E. Siam,

of which he has been giving an account to the Zoological

Society. Among these there is a Porcupine, which for want

of material for comparison he has asked me to work out for

him, and I have at the same time examined the other speci-

mens that the Museum contains from the same region.

Porcupines from the Burma-Siam area have been some-

Porcupine of Tenasserum and Southern Siam. 137

times referred to Acanthion brachyurus *, Linn., and some-

times to A. bengalensis, Blyth, the latter being unfortunately

an animal of which no one seems to have modern specimens

available for comparison.

In his original account Blyth says of it ‘f general colour as

in A. hodgsoni; the quills generally having the basal half

white, the rest black, most of them with a white tip more or

less developed.” This description no one would apply to

the: more southern animals under notice, for in them the

black ring on the quills is in length only from one-third to

one-fifth of the white tip, whereas Blyth’s account obviously

suggests that the greater part of the terminal half of the

quill is black, and only just the tip white. This latter con-

dition is found in A. hodgsoni, and would fulfil his statement

as to the general colour. Possibly, indeed, bengalensts is not

distinct from hodgsoni, but this must be settled later.

A. bengalensis being thus eliminated, all the porcupines in

question—those of Burma, Siam, and the Malay Peninsula—

are practically identical externally, with a small brown and

white crest, greater than in hodgsoni, far smaller than in

leucurus, and have the main body-spines buffy white, with a

median blackish ring. ‘The nuchal crest is rather less deve-

loped in the Malay animal, but the difference is not great.

In the skulls, however, I find that two forms are readily

distinguishable—the one from the Malay Peninsula (true

brachyurus) and the other from Tenasserim and Siam.

These may be diagnosed as follows :—

Acanthion brachyurus, Linn.

Syn. A. grote’, Gray t.

Size smaller, condylo-incisive lengtli less than 130 mm. (see

table of measurements on p. 138). Nasals comparatively

small and frontals correspondingly large, the length of the

frontal suture over 55 per cent. of that of the nasals. Supra-

orbital edges tending to the development of a fairly definite

postorbital process. Size of teeth and other proportions as

indicated by the measurements.

A good figure of the skull of this porcupine has been given

by Bonhote f.

* There is a curiously widespread idea that every word ending in -on

is neuter; but the majority of Greek substantives ending in -wy are mas-

culine, and it is only the adjectival ending -ov which is necessarily neuter.

+ It is useless to try and allocate Gray’s names flemingi and dartletti,

based on specimens of doubtful locality and asserted to be menagerie

hybrids.

{ Fascic, Malay. i. pl. iii. (1903).

1388 On the Porcupine of Tenasserim and Southern Siam.

G86 67 OF 86 LE TZ 6éL GST

¢-66 6P GV 0& 9¢ TZ O&T 681

Os vg 8& OS GV 82 961 TI

Ié FG oP Fé OF vl OFT V2) A ee

G-96 SP er 98 Ig = IéL 86T

: 44 8g Gé g-G6 09 S6L OsT

L1G 8P 9g Gs 6s 69 861 Zé1

FG 8P L9 OF 96 09 66L lial

“MU poogens “UU “mur Tut “ULUL aur “UU

q = rg ry A ZA © q

Bee: tg eke es | = ee | 2 nee

By eal ee a es tS | eter

s SB =) = = ie o

4% a = B Se = a. =

S o F ep “i = : 4

4 9 S ‘ ©

e = 5 ar

om 5 5

5. z

g S

“SJUAWAINS DALY 702 UDA)

SAL SORA S AIALBE ARS, gan toa) gies. 6a erate aes yaa Ure eee

GN se RS MN hte ey

CC Ce er ete ‘adfzq, “UILIOSsvuaT,

“assoyy “W

oP eaten 8 Riacatees! a2) gS cg ttteea anne: ost age ORIG)

€) eeue- 8 Wace apps ave valeuers@a in vWial yike)eliana ‘A9[SOTTO AA. “AOL

Ce g 73 6s (74

ee ee i ere) re) ‘ensue g Avpeyy “SToqeyA

‘snnhyonug “FF

On the Grouping of some South-American Muride. 139

Hab. Malay Peninsula. Type-locality and also that of

A. grote’, Gray—Malacca. Good skulls examined from

Mabek, Jalor (Robinson and Annandale), Malacca (Cantor),

and Singapore (Ridley).

Acanthion klosst, sp. n.

Size larger, well-developed skulls attaining a condylo-

incisive length of 140 mm. Nasals large, their length more

than twice that of the comparatively short frontal suture.

Interorbital region broad, swollen, convex, with scarcely any

indication of a postorbital projection.

Skull-measurements in table on p. 138.

Hab. Southern Tenasserim and Southern Siam. Type

from Tenasserim Town, other specimens from Bankachon,

Tenasserim (Shortridge), 8. Siam, 12° N., 99° 50! E. CK. G.

Gairdner), and Klong-Yai, 8.E. Siam (C, Boden Kloss).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 12. 8. 223. Original

number 4905. Collected by G.C. Shortridge. Presented

to the National Collection by the Bombay Natural History

Society.

This species is distinguished from A. brachyurus by its

shorter frontals and longer nasals and the lesser development

of postorbital processes.

I have named the species in honour of Mr. Kloss, who

noticed and drew my attention to its difference from

A. brachyurus, and himself collected the specimen from

8.4, Siam.

Anderson’s Hystriz yunnanensis has markedly shorter

nasals than any of the porcupines here referred to.

The Chinese porcupine, Acanthion subcristatus, Swinh., has

a skull very like that of A. klossi, but its coloration appears

to be more as in A. bengalensis and hodgsont,

VII.—On the Grouping of the South-American Muride that

have been referred to Phyllotis, Euneomys, and Hligmo-

dontia. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE South-American Muride which have been referred at

various times by various authors to the genera mentioned in

the title, as also to Reithrodon and Hesperomys, have hitherto

formed a very confused group, and I have thought it useful

to go over the Museum series of them, which includes types

140 Mr. O. Thomas on the Grouping of

of most of the species, and to make an attempt to classify

them more satisfactorily.

Recently * Mr. Osgood has proposed the subgeneric name

Auliscomys for a group of species some of which had been

referred to Recthrodon and others to Phyllotis, and which I

had placed in Huneomys when last writing on the subject f.

This subgenus I am prepared to recognize, though I still

consider it more nearly allied to Huneomys than to Phyllotis,

to which Mr. Osgood assigns it.

The position of the whole group among S.-American

Muridz may be seen in Winge’s synopsis | of Lagoa Santa

Muridee, where they would all fall under what he calls

“ Hesperomys,” though he did not have occasion to deal with

the more hypsodont Huneomys series, none of which occur

at the locality he was writing about.

The group divides broadly into two—the slenderly built,

slender-footed, and more brachyodont Phyllotis and Eligmo-

dontia series, and the stoutly built, Microtine-looking, thick-

footed, and more hypsodont Luneomys set.

In working out these animals I have largely used the

external characters of build (ears, feet, and mamme), as the

characters of the skull and dentition do not suffice to indicate

all the natural groups.

EviegmoponTia, F. Cuv., 1837.

Size small, Form delicate. Tail medium, about as long

as or rather longer than the head and body, well-haired,

slightly pencilled terminally. Feet characteristic; palms

and soles hairy ; in the former the outer part is occupied by

two large hairy cushions, the anterior of which bears the

two outer digital pads and the posterior the outer carpal pad

as quite inconspicuous smooth places on the otherwise hairy

surface ; of the two cushions the posterior is by far the

largest and most conspicuous. Soles also with hairy cushions,

the posterior sole-pad obsolete. Mammz 2—2=8.

Skull small, delicate, unridged, without special charac-

teristics.

Type. £. typus, F. Cuv. (syn. Mus elegans, Waterh.).

* Publ. Field Mus. x. p. 190 (1915).

t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 254 (1901).

t Gnayere fra Lagoa Santa, p. 12 (1887). Winge’s synopsis is, as

usual, an admirable presentation of the natural relations of the genera,

but to bring its nomenclature up to date Holochilus must be read for

Sigmodon, Akodon for Habrothrix, and Oryzomys for Calomys.

some South-American Muridee. 141

The following are also referable to the genus :—

Eligmodontia hirtipes, Vhos. (described as Phyllotis

hirtipes).

morent, Thos. (Eligmodon morent).

morgan, All.

morgani pamparum, Thos.

Hesperomys, Waterh., 1839.

Syn. Calomys, Waterh., 1837, nee Callomys, d’Orb. & Geoff., 1830.

Size small or medium. Form delicate. ars short. Tail

short, rarely attaining the length of the head and body.

Feet normal, slender, the pads 5-6, not covered by hair ;

surface of palms and soles generally naked, but occasionally

hairy. Mamme variable, ranging from 2—2 =8 or 3—2=10

to a continuous series attaining a total of 14, different num-

bers often occurring in the same species.

Skull delicate, lightly built, the supraorbital edges square

in old specimens, divergent and slightly ridged in the larger

species ; zygomatic plate not cut back anteriorly.

Molars small, brachyodont.

Type. 1. bimaculatus (Mus bimaculatus, Waterh.).

Other species :—

Hesperomys callosus, Rengg. (Mus callosus).

a » bolivic, Thos.( Eligmodontia c. boliviv).

4 carilla, Thos. (Hligmodontia carilla).

AS ducilla, Thos. (2. ducilla).

< expulsus, Lund (Mus expulsus).

gracilipes, Waterh. (lus gracilipes).

BS laucha, Desm. (Mus laucha).

y », musculinus, Thos. (ELligmodontia 1.

musculina).

4 lepidus, Thos. (Hesperomys bimaculatus lepidus).

S sorella, Thos. (Hligmodontia sorella).

2 tener, Winge.

e venustus, ‘Thos. (Oryzomys (2) venustus).

GRAOMYS, gen. nov.

Size comparatively large.” General appearance graceful,

with long ears and long fine fur. ail longer than head and

body, thickly hairy, pencilled terminally, prominently bicolor.

Feet normal, with the usual pads small and well defined,

the space between them coarsely granulated. Mamme

2—2=8.

142 . Mr. O. Thomas on the Grouping of

Skull in general form like that of Phyllot’s, but the supra-

orbital edges ridged and divergent as in the larger species of

Hesperomys. Anterior edge of zygomatic plate undercut,

concave. Bulle generally large. ;

Type. Graomys griseo-flavus (Mus griseo-flavus, Waterh.).

Other members of the genus :—

Graomys chacoensis, All. (described as Phyllotis chacoensis).

cachinus, All. (Phyllotis cachinus).

domorum, Thos. (Lligmodontia domorum).

griseoflavus centralis, Thos. (H. g. centralis).

PHYLLOTIS, Waterh., 1837.

Size various. Form slender, graceful. Ears long. Tail

about as long as or (generally) longer than head and body,

thinly haired, not pencilled. Feet normal, slender, with the

usual pads small and well defined. Mamme 2—2=8.

Skull, compared with that of the Huneomys group, long

and narrow, the zygomata not widely expanded. Interorbital

region more or less parallel-sided, its edges, at least in the

larger forms, not broadly divergent posteriorly and not

ridged. Anterior edge of zygomatic plate straight or occa-

sionally slightly concave, but never distinctly undercut.

Bulle generally small, though larger than in Hesperomys.

Teeth brachyodont.

Type. Phyllotis darwini (Mus darwini, Waterh.).

About a score of other species appear rightly referable to

Phyllotis.

EunEomys, Coues, 1874.

Size various. Form comparatively stout, more or less

Microtine. ‘T'ail medium or short, well-haired, especially at

tip. Feet stout, dumpy, generally heavily fringed; pads

large, low, more or less filling up the surface of the palms

and soles. Mammz 2—2=8.

Skull comparatively short, stout, rounded, the zygomata

widely expanded.

Incisors grooved or smooth. Molars more hypsodont than

in Phyllotis and the other allied genera.

Type. Euneomys chinchilloides (Retthrodon chinchillordes,

Waterh.).

Three subgenera, as follows :—

EUNEOMYS, 8. 8.

Tail of medium length. Palms and soles completely

naked.

some South-American Muride. 143

Incisors strongly and clearly grooved. Premaxillo-

maxillary suture bowed forwards below.

‘l'ype as above.

Other species :—

Euneomys fossor, Thos. (Reithrodon fossor).

= mordax, Thos.

¥ petersoni, All.

Autiscomys, Osgood, 1915.

Tail medium or rather short. Palms and soles naked.

Incisors faintly or not grooved. Premaxillo-maxillary

suture mainly vertical.

Type. LE. (Auliscomys) pictus (Reithrodon pictus, Thos.).

Other species :—

Euneomys (Auliscomys) boliviensis, Waterh. (Phyllotis

boliviensis).

ia - flavidior, Thos.

(Phyllotis b. flavidior).

3 i, decoloratus, Osgood.

a ie micropus, Waterh. (Mus micro-

pus).

5 x sublimis, Thos. (Phyllotis sub-

limis).

‘ i xanthopygus, Waterh. (Jus

vanthopygus) .

GALENOMYS, subgen. nov.

Tail very short, barely 13 times the length of the hind

foot ; palms and soles partially hairy.

Zygomata especially widely expanded anteriorly. Naso-

frontal region flattened. Zygomatic plate slanting, not

projected forward above. |

Incisors narrow, much thrown forward, not grooved.

Type. Euneomys (Galenomys) garleppt ( Phyllotis garleppi,

Thos.).

The striking external appearance of “ Phyllotis ” garleppt,

recalling that of Onychomys, always appeared to indicate

more than merely specific distinction from other members of

the group; but upon only a single specimen with imperfect

skull I have not hitherto ventured to separate it. It is, no

doubt, most nearly related to H. (Auliscomys) boliviensis, but

may be distinguished by the characters above noted.

144 Mr. H. A. Baylis on

VIII.— On Crassicauda crassicauda (Crepl.) [Nematoda]

and its Hosts. By H. A. Bays, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

On July 18th, 1915, an example of the rare Cuvier’s whale

(Ziphius cavirostris) was found stranded on the coast of

Ireland near the entrance to Bannow Bay, Co. Wexford.

This whale has recently been reported upon by Dr. 8. F.

Harmer*. During its dissection by members of the staff of

the British Museum, a portion of a Nematode worm was

found in the neighbourhood of the kidneys, having evidently

been pulled out of the renal tubules. ‘his fragmentary

specimen was handed to me for examination, and proves to

be of interest on grounds which will be mentioned in this

paper.

Although the specimen is incomplete, and I have been

unable to decide to which sex it belongs, it seems almost

certainly to be an example of the curious PYlaria-like form

originally described by Creplin F in 1829, under the name of

Filaria crassicauda, and lately redescribed in part by Leiper

and Atkinson f, who have created for it the new genus

Crassicauda.

There seems to be some doubt as to the species of whale

from which Creplin’s original material was obtained. This

was a whale stranded on the island of Riigen, in the Baltic,

in 1825. According to the opinion of Rosenthal and Horns-

chuch §, who described the whale, it was of the same species

as the “ Balena minima sew rostrata’? of Fabricius ||. This,

according to True {, is in all probability the species now more

correctly known as Balenoptera acuto-rostrata, Lacép.

Miinter **, however, who examined the skeleton of the same

specimen, refers it to the blue whale, Balenoptera musculus, L.

[=B. sibbaldit, auctt., nec B. musculus, auctt.]. Dr. 8. F.

Harmer, who has kindly given me the benefit of his know-

* Abstr. of Proceedings Zool. Soc. 1915, no, 148, p. 42.

+ Verh. d. K. Leop.-Carol. Ak. d. Naturf. xiv. 2 Abth. 1829, p. 873.

‘Terra Nova’ Report, Zoology, vol. ii. no. 3, Parasitic Worms

(1915), p. 29.

§ ‘ Kpistola de Balenopteris quibusdam ventre sulcato distinctis &c.,’

Gryphiz, 1825.

| O. Fabricius, ‘ Fauna Groenlandica,’ 1780, p. 40. .

4 F. W. True, “On the Nomenclature of the Whalebone Whales of

the Tenth Edition of Linnzeus’ ‘Systema Nature.’” Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus. xxi. (1898) pp. 617-685.

** Mitth. naturwiss. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern u. Rigen, ix. Jahrg. 1877

(Berlin), p. 1.

Crassicauda crassicauda (Crepl.) and its Hosts. 145

ledge of the Cetacea, and has, at my request, examined the

description of Rosenthal and Hornschuch and that of

Miinter, informs me that, in his opinion, the facts point to

the conclusion that the whale in question was a common

rorqual (Balenoptera physalus, L.=B. musculus, auctt.) and

not a blue whale. The main reasons for this conclusion,

stated briefly, are :—(1) The general coloration of the body

—black above, white beneath; (2) the colour (white) of the

first ninety baleen-plates on the right side (this asymmetrical

condition is highly characteristic of the common rorqual) ;

(3) the comparatively small breadth of the baleen-plates ;

(4) the number of vertebrae (61) and of pairs of ribs (15) ;

(5) the number of finger-bones ; (6) the figures representing

the external appearance of the animal, reproduced by Miinter

from drawings made in 1825 (these, in Dr. Harmer’s opinion,

“indicate the common rorqual rather than the blue whale ”’) ;

(7) the month (April) in which the 1825 whale was stranded.

‘The blue whale seldom appears off the Norwegian coasts

before the end of May or beginning of June.

It is somewhat remarkable that Diesing * has recorded

the host of Creplin’s original material as “Balena borealis,”

while von Linstow ft has included the parasite (the reference

being to Creplin’s material) among those of Balwna mysti-

cetus, L. It may be supposed that both these records are

erroneous; they were doubtless due to the uncertainty

existing as to the determination of the 1825 whale.

In the case of the ‘Terra Nova’ material the host was

another baleen whale, Aegaptera nodosa, taken off New

Zealand. Mr. J. EK. Hamilton, who has been investigating

various questions connected with whales at the Belmullet

Whaling Station, states in his report for 1914} that he

found “Nematode worms of some size” in the urinary

vessels of twenty-one finners (B. physalus), in one blue

whale (B. musculus), and in the sejhval (B. borealis, Lesson).

These worms, Mr. Hamilton considers, are very closely allied

to, if not identical with, Crassicauda crassicauda, It is of

especial interest to note that they occurred most commonly in

B. physalus, a fact which lends great probability to the view

that the host of the types belonged to that species.

The parasite evidently has its normal habitat in the urino-

genital system of its host. In Creplin’s original case the

worms were discovered in the corpora cavernosa of the male

* ‘Systema Helminthum,’ 1851, p. 264.

+ ‘Compendium der Helminthologie,’ 1878, p. 61.

{ British Association Report, 1915, “ Report on Belmullet Whaling

Station.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 10

146 Mr. H. A. Baylis on

copulatory organ, while in the ‘Terra Nova’ case, and

probably in that now recorded, they were inhabiting the

renal tubules. In the ‘ Terra Nova’ whale some specimens

are also said to have occurred in the stomach (wall ?).

Mr. Hamilton has given * some interesting details as to the

disposition of the worms in the kidneys of B. physalus, which

I take the liberty of quoting :—‘* The worms are found partly

in the urinary tube system, partly in the interlobular tissue.

The point at which the worm passes into the urinary system

is usually, if not always, situated in the wall of acalyx. The

extralobular part of the parasite is embedded in a mass of

connective tissue, in which it has a very tortuous course. It

is probable that the presence of the nematode is responsible

for the growth of the tissue in the regions where it occurs,

since the connective tissue masses may be taken as indicative

of the presence of the parasites which they invariably

contain.”

Assuming that the worms observed in all cases were

C. crassicauda, we are now in a position to enumerate three

genera and five species of whales as tolerably well authenti-

cated hosts for this species, viz. :—

1. Balenoptera physalus, L. (= B. musculus, auctt.). (Com-

mon rorqual or finner.)

2. B. musculus, L. (Blue whale or Sibbald’s rorqual.)

3. B. borealis, Lesson. (Northern rorqual, Rudolphi’s

whale, or Sejlval.)

4. Megaptera nodosa, Bonn. (=. boops=M. longimana).

(Humpback.)

5. Ziphius cavirostris. (Cuvier’s whale.)

It is a point of some importance that the last-mentioned

species is a toothed whale, all the others being baleen whales,

It would be premature at present to speculate on the probable

intermediate host (if any) of the worm; but in considering

this question the fact that the parasite occurs in both groups

of whales would have considerable weight, since the nature of

their food differs widely.

I am unable to find any definite reference to the possible

occurrence of this worm in a toothed whale, previously to the

present case. J am, however, again indebted to Dr. Harmer

for bringing to my notice the following interesting passage

from the writings of P. J. Van Benedenf concerning the

parasites of Ziphius cavirostris :—

“On ne connait jusqu’a présent qu’un Cestode et un ver

* Loc. cit.

+ “Histoire Naturelle des Balénopteres,” Mémoires Courounés, Ac.

Roy. de Belgique, xli. (1888) p. 93.

bt.

Crassicauda crassicauda (Crepl.) and tts Hosts. 147

rond qui peut étre un Nématode ou un Hchinorhynque ; le

premier est un Phyllobothrium agame, que le professeur

Haeckel a trouvé dans l’épaisseur de la peau. Le second est

un ver trés long, logé dans estomac Vun Ziphius échoué sur

les cétes de Suéde en avril 1867, (Malm). Le professeur Sir

Turner suppose que c’est un Echinorhynque ; un nouvel

examen est Indispensable. Nous ne savons si cet animal a

été conservé,” It is, of course, impossible to be certain of

the point from this brief notice, but it is not unreasonable to

suspect that this latter worm was another example of Crassi-

cauda. Its occurrence in the stomach finds a parallel in the

case of the ‘Terra Nova’ material.

Van Beneden also states that Filaria crassicauda occurs

in “ Balenoptera rostrata.’ He does not mention his authority

for this statement, and it is not improbable that the reference

is again to the 1825 whale, which, as has been seen, has

appeared in the literature under a variety of names.

The present specimen from Ziphius (1915) consists of an

anterior end only, the tail, which might have served as a

guide to the sex of the individual, having unfortunately been

Jost. The fragment is twisted in a spiral fashion, and

measures, when stretched as far as the twisting will permit,

about 30cm. The anterior part of the body is thick, but

tapers off rather suddenly in the first quarter of an inch to

the very narrow oral extremity. I have been unable, on

clearing in creosote, to make out any genital organs.

The ‘ Terra Nova’ specimens did not include any heads,

the material consisting entirely of posterior portions. No

description of the anterior eud, therefore, was possible.

Creplin’s original material did include complete individuals,

and a figure of the oral extremity of one of them is given by

that author *, but the features of the head are very vaguely

indicated, and the figure does not appear to agree very closely

with the description given. Creplin’s description of thie

mouth is as follows :— Os terminale, subrotundum, aut

potius subtransversum, subellipticum, minimum, margini

insigni, tumido, nodulis experte, cinctum.”

Supposing that the determination of the present specimen

is correct, I am now able to give what is, I hope, a more

precise description of the head of this species, together with

afigure. According to my findings, the mouth is a narrow

slit-like aperture whose long axis runs not in a transverse

but in a dorso-ventral direction. Its margin is certainly

conspicuous, but hardly tumid. It is lined with a very thick

cuticle, which is an invagination of the external cuticle of

* Le, pl. lii, fig. 5.

148 On Orassicauda crassicauda (Crepl.) and its Hosts.

the body. The expression “ nodulis experte”? would appear

to mean that Creplin did not observe any circumoral papille.

I have, however, satisfied myself that these are present, and

have a definite arrangement. On either side of the mouth,

situated in the middle of its length and very close to its

margin, there is a small rounded papilla. Laterally to this

there are, towards each side of the extremity of the head,

three more papille, considerably larger than those first

mentioned. ‘There are thus four pairs of papilleinall. The

six outer papillz are mastoid in shape and but slightly raised

above the general surface of the cuticle. Those of the middle

pair project in a forward direction, while the other, four

0-1 mm.

Head-end of Crassicauda crassicauda (Crepl.).

papillee, representing, as it were, the corners of a square, are

more laterally directed.

It will be seen that the general appearance of the mouth

and papille is very Filaria-like. Except for a difference in

the number of the outer papilla, there is a close resemblance,

for example, to the arrangement seen in Filaria horrida*.

Although, as Leiper and Atkinson have pointed out T, there

is reasonable ground for separating this species from the

genus Filaria, sensu stricto, yet the characters of the mouth

and papille, as exhibited by the present example, seem to

indicate a very close relationship to that genus.

* See Schneider, ‘ Monographie der Nematoden,’ pl. y, fig. 17.

+ L. ec. pp. 29-80.

Royal 8yo, price 5s, net.

A Systematic Catalogue of

HISTERIDE.

By GEORGE LEWIS, F.L.S.

By the same Author.

Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera.

Price 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d,

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price 4d.; Post Free, 44d.

LIST OF BRITISH NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD,

F.L.S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C,

LARD AKD FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA,

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., &e.

With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera :

Limax, Parvatella, Macrochlamys, Pseudokaliella, Kaliella,

Durgella, Eulota, Helix, Alyczus.

TAYLOR and FRancis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price £7 net, Royal 4to, pp. xlvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates and map.

A HISTORY

OF THE

BIRDS OF CEYLON.

Col. Vincent Legge, R.A., F.Z.S., &c.

-- Taytor and Francrs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 97.—Eighth Series

I. Notes from the Gatty Marine Taliorlaly St. Andrews.—

No. XXXVITI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., r)., E.RS., &e.

Page

18635 35

P( Plates VelV) corse eno Hike ods sue tear oe

II. New Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. cae. J. Jone, anak

¥.LS., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tatzor, F.E.S. (Plates V.-VIIL.) .. 68

TII. New Species of Lice. By Bruce F. Cunsines, British

Museum (Natural History)............6.4+ oats osc ewe eee 90

IY. On the Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetobia, Mg.

(Diptera Nematocera). By F. W. Enwarps, B.A., F.E.S. ........ 108

VY. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—X1X. On new Species from

Australia. By Rownanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., FES. 20.00.0260 116

VI. The Porcupine of Tenasserim and Southern Siam. By

PLORURED THOMAS S065 ois). cae 4 Ciatsiae, beanie SAEs «EAU oe eam

VII. On the Grouping of the South-American Muride that have

been referred to hgamcceal hes 8 ys, and Eligmodontia. By 2

DiSRELD THOMA oo gains ert dar ee eam ares vie Rea elie. 139 —

VIII. On Crassicauda erassicauda (Crepl.) [Nematoda] and its

La igen) 5 Rie Wipe oF Roe ie ae See ar ipa ek ar eee ny Ser.

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, pee. since,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

“WITH EIGHT PLATES. _

EIGHTH SERIES. No. 98.

: %

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

‘ Sees MOF

ESS ue) y

BS SPE a

pre emt 7

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.RS., F.Z.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH ONE PLATE.

Tlustrative of Mr. H. B. Preston’s Paper on new F: reabwater Shells

beige Japan.

ar ONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

ea. by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

and | Hodges, Figgis, & Co., hese

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, diiburen: and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. "Qs. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d.

_ The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s.

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s, ©

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 145s.

saat i mua America. Lorp Branourne and C. Ouse. Vol. I.

Sls. 6d.

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I, Part I. 8s,,

Part IL. 9s,, Part III, 10s, Vol. IL, Part I. 9s., Part IL. 9s., Parts ILI. &

IV. 8s. each, Part V. 12s.

Cunningham’s Binary Canon, 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse's Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net—Examination ofan

Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-

script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health and Diploma in Tropical

Medicine and Hygiene. 6d.

' Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 14s.

Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.

20s. each.—Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. [., IL, and IV. 16s. each,

—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each, —

Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps AnD Bres. 20s. Vol. Il.: Ants anp

Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. [.-IV.

20s. each, Vol. V. 10s.—Butterflies. Vols. I. and Il. 20s. each.—

Coleoptera, Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera, CurysomKLIp™, Vol. 1,

20s.—Coleoptera. LAMELLICORNIA. Pt. 1. 10s.—Mollusea, 10s.—

Dermaptera. 10s. Freshwater Sponges, &c., 10s.—Coleoptera.

GeNnrRAL InrropuctTion, &c., 20s.—Diptera Nematocera. 20s.

Fauna of the Malay Peninsula: Reptilia and Batrachia. 15s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, 1s. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. Gd.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.

Vol. If., Part X. 21s., Part XI. 21s., Part XI. 25s.

Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Fourth Scientific Report, 7s. 6d.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s.6d, Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srans, ls.

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net.

Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuineus and BombBycrs, 1892. £1 1s.

net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.

Lewis's Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 53. net.—Catalogue of

Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, bd. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Perrin’s Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality. ‘Translated

by I. Soppy, F.R.S. 3s.

Baad s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons:

Calendar. 1s. net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animalsin Museum, Part 3. Aves. 14s. net.

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 8rded. 4s. net.

Physiological Series. Vols. I. and II. 2nded. 12s. net each.

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4,1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 78. 6d.

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue, 2s. 6d.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[FIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 98. FEBRUARY 1916.

1X.—Rhynchotal Notes.—LVII. By W. L. Distanr.

HoMoPreERa.

Fam. Membracide (continued from vol. xvi. p. 496).

BasiLIDEs, gen. nov.

Pronotum with the anterior area strongly gibbous, centrally

perpendicularly raised, the apex developed into a transverse

curved process on each side, the posterior process as in

Anchon, Buckt.

The type of this genus is the Centrotus bipennis, Walk.,

for which that writer has given an unusually complete

structural description, which may be used for the generic

characters.

Allied to Beninia, Dist., from which it differs by the

peculiar structure of the posterior pronotal process, which

also separates it from the Australian genus Eutryonia,

Goding. From the latter it is at once separated by the

different structure of both the anterior and posterior pro-

notal processes.

Basilides bipennis.

Centrotus bipennis, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 606 (1851),

Arhon fuscum, Buckt. Trans. Linn, Soc, Lond. (2) vol. ix. p. 384,

pl. xxi. fig. 2 @ (1906).

Hab. W. Africa; Old Calabar, Cameroons (Escalera,

Brit. Mus.).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 11

150 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Thiceps mounsey?, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum black; a frontal lateral pronotal

fascia on each side, two discal pronotal fascize, a central

fascia to face, the clypeus, and lateral sternal areas greyishly

pubescent ; legs testaccous ; abdomen beneath black, ex-

cluding apical area, greyishly pubescent ; tegmina_ stra-

mineous, apical area dark castancous, base, costal and sub-

costal areas, and apical margin black ; pronotum coarsely

punctate, the anterior produced processes almost horizontal,

very slightly recurved, their apices acute, disk centrally

carinate, posterior process tricarinate and passing the

posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, frontal area

strongly centrally carinate.

Long., incl. tegm., 12 mm. ; exp. ant. pronot. process.

5 mm.

Hab. Philippine Islands (.J. J. Mounsey).

Allied to J. erigens, Walk., but differing by the much

more slender and less curved anterior pronotal processes, &e.

Ibiceps erigens.

Centrotus erigens, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 614 (1851).

Sertorius erigens, Stal, Cifv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 727.

Hab. Philippines.

Genus LeprocENnTRUS.

Leptocentrus, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. pp. 87 & 90 (1866).

Rabduchus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrae. p. 251 (1903).

Boechar (part.), Jacobi, Sjistedt, Kilimandj. Exped, xii. p. 120 (1910).

Leptocentrus altifrons.

Centrotus altifrons, Walk. List. Hom. ii. p. 608 (1851).

Centrotus atratus, Wall. loc. cit. p. 624 (1851).

Rabduchus gnomon, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 251, pl. lvii. fig. 44

(1908).

Leptocentrus bos, Melich. Wien. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 295 (1905).

Leptocentrus altifrons, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soe, Lond. 1913, p. 516 (pub.

1914).

Hab. Lagos, Calabar, Sierra Leone, Cameroons. Nyasa-

land ; Melange (S. A. Neave). Uganda, N. Ruwenzori and

Kafu R., near Hoima, Kampala Rd., 3500 ft. (S. 4. Neave).

The unique type of C. atratus, Walk., is a mutilated one,

with the posterior pronotal process broken off.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Lthynchotal Notes. 152

Leptocentrus confusus, sp. n.

Leptocentrus leucaspis, Melich. (nec Walk.), Wien. ent, Zeit, xxiv.

p- 295 (1905),

Bocchar montanus, Jacobi (var), Sjéstedt, Kilimandj. Exped. xii., Hom,

p. 120, t. ii, fix. 2 (1910),

Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.). Brit. East

Africa; W. slopes of Kenya on Meru-Nyeri Rd., 6000-

8900 ft., and E. foot and slopes Aberdare Mts., 7000-8500 ft.

(S. A. Neave).

- Distinguished from ZL, altifrons by the shorter and more

robust lateral pronotal processes.

Leptocentrus ugandensis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs

black ; tegmina bronzy brown, the apical area transversely

and fasciately ochraceous, base, costal area, and apical

margin black ; pronotum thickly coarsely punctate, strongly,

centrally, percurrently carinate, the lateral processes mode-

rately convexly recurved, their apices subacute, posterior

process somewhat slender, strongly tricarinate, its apex

passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 83-9 mm. ; exp. pronot. lat. process.

43-5 mm,

Hab. Uganda ; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey and C. A. Wiggins) ;

Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley ; Budongo Forest, Unyoro ;

Mabira Forest, Southern Toro, Mbarara, S. of L. George

(S. A. Neave).

This very distinctly marked species is allied to that

described and figured by Buckton as [biceps rufipennis from

the Cameroons (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. (2) vol. ix.

p. 334, pl. xxii. fig. 8a, 1906). When this species is studied

by its short description and the qualifications perused on

the “ Explanation of the Plate,” it can with certainty be

ascribed to the genus Leptocentrus, and to be separated from

the species above described by the much more upwardly

raised lateral pronotal processes,

Leptocentrus peracatus, sp. n,

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ;

tegmina pale brownish ochraceous ;_ pronotum coarsely

punctate, the lateral processes long, their expanse equalling

the length of the body including tegmina, carinate and

roundly curved, the apices acute and recurved, the central

Tis

152 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

carination less prominent frontally than discally, the poste-

rior process very strongly tricarinate, curved backwardly,

the apical area impinging on tegmina at and beyond poste-

rior angle of inner tegminal margin, the apex acute ; tarsi

testaceous ; scutellum more or less greyishly pubescent.

Long., incl. tegm., 9mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 9 mm.

Hab, Somaliland (£. Lord Phillips, Brit. Mus.).

Xiphopeus erectus, sp. n.

Pale fuscous brown, more or less greyishly tomentose ;

lateral margins of the pronotum distinctly greyish ; femora

black, their apices and the whole of the tibiz and tarsi pale

ochraceous ; tegmina dull greyish, the venation and the

apical area (more or less) pale fuscous brown ; pronotum

with the lateral processes obliquely erect, inwardly coarsely

serrate for about half their length, their apices broadened,

flattened and bispinous, in other respects resembling O. phan-

tasma, Spin., from West Africa, and O. horridulus, Walk.,

from Southern Africa. From the first this species is sepa-

rated by the less broadened and differently angulated apices

of the pronotal processes, and from the second by the same

character and the more obliquely erect direction of the

processes.

Long., incl. tegm., 65 mm.; exp. pronotal process. 5 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Kafu R., near Hoima, Kampala Road,

3000-5000 ft., and N. of L. Isolt, 3700 ft. (S. 4A. Neave).

In the genus Kleidos= Xiphopeus, Buckton (Trans. Linn.

Soe. Lond. (2) vol. ix. p. 333, 1906) has described a species

from Zanzibar under the name of K/leidos palmatus. 1 have

not seen the type, and the short description is insufficient.

Exieivs, gen. nov.

Elongate, moderately compressed ; pronotum with the

lateral processes long, broad, laminate, erect, the posterior

margins bicarinate, more flattened anteriorly, and broadly

rounded at apices, the posterior apex shortly spinous, poste-

rior process strongly tricarinate, slightly recurved on apical

area, moderately broad at base, gradually narrowing to apex,

which is subacute, and slightly passing the posterior angle

of inner tegminal margin ; tegmina elongate, with five apical

cells, their margins straight.

The erect, broadly laminate, pronotal lateral processes, and

the gradually narrowing posterior process, are the salient

characters of this genus, the first feature separating it from

Centrotypus, Stal.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Lthynchotal Notes. 153

Eligius merinjakensis.

Head and pronotum black; body beneath and legs

piceous ; tegmina bronzy brown, the costal area black ;

pronotium coarsely punctate, centrally longitudinally carinate,

the posterior process very strongly tricarinate, and between

the carinations very coarsely punctate ; ; tegmina twice longer

than broad,

Long., incl. tegm., 7 mm.

Hab. Borneo ; Mt. Merinjak (J. C. Moulton).

Genus EuUFRENCHIA.

Lufrenchia, Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 24 (1903).

Sertorius, Stal (part.), (Ev. Vet.-Ak, l’drh, 1869, p. 387.

Type, /. falcata, Walk.

Stal (supra) referred to his genus Sertorius (indicated

without type in his ‘Hem. Africana’), and including his

S. curvicornis = Centrotus falcatus, Walk. This alone would

have disqualified Kufrenchia, of which falcatus is the type.

However, previously, in 1866, “ Berl. ent. Zeitschr. x.

p 387,” Stal had given Centrotus australis, Fairm., as the

type of his genus Sertorius, which disposes of his subsequent

determination (1869), and the genus Hufrenchia becomes a

necessity.

Eufrenchia falcata.

Centrotus faleatus, Walk, List Hom. ii. p. 622 (1851).

Centrotus bicurris, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 164 (1858).

Sertorius curvicornis, Stal, CEfv. Vet. -Ak, Forh, 1869, p. 287.

Lufrenchia falcata, Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 25

(1908).

Hab. Australia; Tasmania.

Walker ascribed the habitat of his C. bicurris (supra) as

‘¢ New Hebrides?” The specimens on which he founded his

species were really received from Australia.

Eufrenchia strigata,

Centrotus strigatus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 184

(1868). P

Hab. New Guinea.

Otinotus nigrorufus, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; lateral apices of

the scutellum ochraceous ; lateral margins of face and lateral

154 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

areas of sternum ochraceously tomentose; body beneath and

femora blackish, tibize and tarsi castaneous ; tegmina shining

pale castaneous, extreme base black, immediately followed

by an obscure transverse ochraceous fascia; pr onotum very

coarsely punctate, the lateral processes horizontally and a

little upwardly produced, centrally carinate, their apices

obtuse and very slightly recurved, posterior process somewhat

slender, tricarinate, very slightly elevated above the scu-

tellum, after which it impinges more or less on the tegmina,

its apex subacute and passing the posterior angle of the

inner tegminal margin ; tegmina punctate on the black base.

Long. 8-9 mm. ; breadth lat. pronot. process. 5-55 mm.

Hab. Uganda, near Masindi, 3500 ft.; Eastern Mbale

Distr., S. of Mt. Elgon, 3700-3900 ft.; Mpanga Forest,

Toro, ‘400- 800 ft. ; Mabini Forest, Chagwe, 3500-8800 ft. ;

Kafu R., near Hoima, Kampala Rd. , 3500 ft., between Jinja

and Busia, E. Busoga (S. A. Neave). “Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey).

Brit. E. Africa, slopes of Mt. Elgon, 5100-5800 ft. (S. A.

Neave).

Olinotus recurvus, sp. 0.

Closely allied to the preceding species in colour and

markings, but with the pronotal lateral processes broader,

more distinctly recurved, and less obliquely elevated; the

posterior pronotal process considerably more elevated above

the tegmina, which are also paler and more ochraceous in

hue.

Long. 10 mm. ; breadth lat. pronot. process. 6 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey); shores of

L. Isolt or Wamala, 3800 ft. (S. 4. Neave).

Otinotus curvidens, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species, O. recurvus, but with the

lateral pronotal processes much more slender, though some-

what similarly recurved, but when viewed from the front

appearing much shorter and less obliquely raised ; scutellum

with a white spot at each basal angle and the apex ochra-

ceous (these markings, however, are inconstant) ; apical

area of posterior pronotal process ‘impinging on tegmina.

Long. 8-9 mm.; breadth lat. pronot. process. 44-5 mm.

Hab. Cameroons (Escalera). Uganda; Entebbe (Dr.

C. A. Wiggins) ; between S.E. shore of L. Kioga and Ka-

kindu, 3500 ft. (S. A. Neave).

Centrotus marshalli, sp. 1

Ochraceous ; tegmina with two dark suffusions, one at

Mr. W. L. Distant’s hynchotal Notes. 155

base black, the other (nearly occupying apical area) bronzy

brown; face (excluding lateral margins) black ; pronotum

thickly, rather finely punctate, with the anterior lateral

processes broad, somewhat discally flattened, moderately

narrowed towards apices, which are somewhat recurved and

obliquely truncate, these processes are subhorizontal and

very slightly elevated, the disk is distinctly centrally carinate

above, but faintly and obsoletely so in front, posterior pro-

cess moderately undulate, distinctly separate from scutellum,

impinging on tegmina beyond scutellum, its apex about

reaching the posterior angle of inner tegminal margin,

gradually diminishing in breadth from base to apex, which

is subacute, centrally rather strongly carmate; tegmina

strongly wrinkled, the basal black area finely punctate.

Long. 6}-7 mm.; breadth lat. pronot. process. 43-5 mm.

Hab. Mashonaland ; Salisbury, 5000 ft.; Umful River

(G. A. K. Marshall).

Centrotus laxatus, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species C. marshalli, but ditfering

in the following characters :—the lateral pronotal processes

are broader, longer, and less apically recurved, the apices

~blackly margined, more truncately oblique, and distinctly

finely bicarinate on the apical areas ; tlie posterior prouotal

process is more robust, its apex more downwardly recurved

and passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal

margin; the coloration is generally similar, but on the

tegmina the bronzy-brown apical area is much less _pro-

nounced and more distinct at its inner margin.

Long. 84 mm. ; breadth lat. pronot. process. 6 mm.

Hab. Natal; Durban (J. P. Cregoe).

Centrotus cornutus.

Cicada cornuta, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 705. 6 (1767).

Centrotus cornutus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 245, pl. lvi. figs. 7 a, 6

(1903).

Campylocentrus rugosus, Buckt. loc. cit. p. 248, pl. lvi. fig. 8 a (1903).

Although Buckton’s figures are somewhat diverse, I have

before me the type of his C. rugosus and his identical speci-

men of typical cornutus.

Platybelus sinuosus, sp. un.

Piceous brown, somewhat thickly ochraceously pilose ;

legs brownish ochraceous, femora piceous brown; face longly

156 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

and strongly ochraceously pilose, lateral areas of sternum

dull ochraceously tomentose; abdomen beneath blackish ;

tegmina brownish ochraceous much suffused with piceous

brown, especially at base and on costal and subcostal areas ;

pronotum with the frontal area obliquely convex, the lateral

processes somewhat short, moderately recurved, and apically

bent downwardly, broad at base, subacute at apices, the

posterior process very strongly sinuous, strongly elevated

above scutellum, and roundly depressed and touching

tegmina near its base, afterwards broadly concave before

posterior angle of inner tegminal margin, and again de-

pressed and becoming subacute at apex, which nearly reaches

tegminal apex.

Long. 8 mm.; breadth lat. pronot. process. 45 mm.

Hab. Nyasaland.

A distinctive character of this species is found in the

peculiar structure of the pronotal lateral processes.

BarsuMAS, gen. nov.

Pronotum with the disk a little rounded in front between

the lateral processes, which are short, broad, a little upwardly

raised, their apices suddenly narrowed, acute, and a little

recurved, the posterior process very strongly sinuous, at base

strongly convexly raised above the scutellum, at the extre-

mity of which it touches the tegmina, then again convexly

raised and broadened but still adjacent to the tegmina, its

apex suddenly attenuate and acute and passing the posterior

angle of the inner tegminal margin, the whole of its surface

shortly spinous above ; tegmina closely wrinkled, with the

venation very prominent.

This genus is allied to Platybelus, Stal.

Barsumas primus, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, body beneath, and legs testaceous or

castaneous; tegmina subhyaline, wrinkled, the prominent

veins pale ochraceous, the base, some irregular scattered

markings, and extreme apical margin castaneous ; prouotum

with the disk strongly centrally carinate, paler in hue at and

near the lateral processes, which have their margins serrate,

the acute narrowed apices darker in hue, the posterior

sinuated process with its upper surface strongly serrate,

its apical area finely tuberculate, its extreme apex flavous,

lateral margins behind the bases of the lateral processes

greyish white; face strongly pilose.

Long. 5 mm.; breadth lat. pronot. process. 3 mm.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Riynchotal Notes. here

Hab. Mashonaland ; -Salisbury, 5000 ft. (G. A. A.

Marshall).

StBRINCATOR, gen. nov.

Pronotum with the disk broad, moderately convex, very

prominently, centrally, longitudinally carinate, lateral pro-

cesses absent, but the lateral margins broadly, obtusely

subangulate, the posterior process short, laminately, con-

vexly dilated, its apex shortly subacute, about reaching the

posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; face broader

than long, rugose, eyes prominent ; tegmina a little more

than twice as jong as broad, the veins prominent, four apical

cells ; legs robust, but tibiae not dilated.

Subrincator tonkinensis, sp. n.

Body and legs black; central carination, lateral margins,

and a curved fascia on each lateral area to pronotal disk,

central carination, a transverse fascia near middle, and the

apical area of posterior pronotal process, apices of femora,

and bases and apices of tibiz sanguineous ; tegmina sub-

hyaline, the veins black, basal area black spotted with san-

guineous, two black spots on apical margin and some black

‘macular suffusions on central area; pronotum coarsely

punctate, the lateral margins somewhat ampliate and re-

flexed ; face moderately shortly pilose ; other structural

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long. 9-10 mm. ; breadth lat. pronot. angl. 4 mm.

Hab. Upper Tonkin, Lao Kay, near Chapa (R. Vitalis de

Salvaza, Brit. Mus.),

Genus Hamma.

Hamma, Buckt. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. (2) vol. ix. p. 330,

pl. xxi. fig. 3 (1906).

Type, H. nodosum, Buckt.

Hamma pattersoni, sp, 0.

Body and legs piceous, apices of tibiz and the tarsi pale

ochraceous ; tegmina hyaline, wrinkled, reflecting the dark

abdomen beneath, extreme base piceous, immediately fol-

lowed by an obscure transverse pale ochraceous fascia, a

costal ochraceous spot beyond middle, and some small discal

indeterminate ochraceous suffusions ; pronotum with the

whole of the frontal margin and the central carination to both

the frontal angles and posterior process coarsely serrate, the

158 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

whole pronotal surface finely tuberculate, the face darker and

more black in hue; the sinuosity of the posterior pronotal

process with its pale apex and the upturned apex of the

scutellum is perfectly shown in the figure.

Long. 4 mm.

- Hab. Gold Coast ; Aburi (W. H. Patterson).

Hamma pattersoni, sp. n.

Genus TricENTRUS.

Tricentrus, Stal, em. Afr. iv. p. 89 (1866).

Otaris, Buckt. Monogr. Membrae. p. 249 (1903).

Taloipa, Buckt. Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. ix. p. 884 (1905),

Tricentrus auritus.

Otaris auritus, Buckt. Monogr, Membrae. p. 249, pl. lix. fig. 1 a (1908).

Hab. Sumatra.

Tricentrus orcus.

Centrotus orcus, Buckt. Monogr, Membrac. p. 247, pl. Ix. figs. 7 a, b

(1903),

Hab. Philippine Islands.

Genus Boccuar.

Bocchar (part.), Jacobi, Sjstedt, Kilimandj. Exped. p. 120 (1910).

Bocchar montanus.

Bocchar montanus, Jacobi (part.), Sjostedt, Kilimandj. Exped. xii.

p- 120, t. ii. figs. 2a, 26 (1910).

Hab. Uganda; Ruanda, Mutanda, Kigesi (Dr. C. H.

Marshall). Brit. E. Africa; Nairobi (S. A. Neave).

Genus Daunus.

Daunas, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p.87 (1866) ; Berl. ent. Zeitschr. x. p. 386

(1866) ; Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.8,W. axviil. p. 30 (1903).

Type, D. tasmanie, Fairm.

On new Freshwater Shells from Japan, 159

Daunus tasmania.

Centrotus tas mania, Fairm, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) iv. p. 512, pl. ili.

fi. 15 (1846).

Daunas tasmanie, Goding (part.), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii.

p. dl (1903).

Centruchoides tasmanie, Buckt. Monogr. Membrae. p. 227, pl. 1. fig. 6

(1903).

Hab. Tasmania, Australia.

Daunus vitta.

Centrotus vitta, Walk. List Hom. ii. p, 626 (1851).

Oayrhachis contorta, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 66 (1858).

Centrotus truncaticornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 81.

Daunus tasmanie, Goding (part.), Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. xxviii.

p- 31 (1903).

Daunus vitta, Goding, loc. cit. p. 32 (1908).

Hab, Tasmania, Australia.

Daunus contractus.

Centrotus contractus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p, 622 (1851).

Daunus tasmaniea, Goding (part.), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii.

p- 31 (1908).

Hab. Australia.

X.—Descriptions of new Freshwater Shells from Japan.

By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S8.

[Plate IX.}

Tue shells described in the present paper were collected

recently by Dr. N. Annandale during his dredging-operations

in Lake Biwa. Though the collection includes only some

seven species, a curiously varied Molluscan fauna is revealed,

including as it does the Palearctic Pisidium casertanum, a

species which ranges over Northern Europe and Siberia, and

‘the genus Choanomphalus, which has hitherto been supposed

to be confined to North-eastern Siberia, together with a small

shell which the author has been unable to generically separate

from Lithotis, which has, up to the present time, only been

recorded from Central India.

It is greatly to be hoped that further investigations may

be carried out in the lake, when, doubtless, further interesting

material will be brought to light. EBL

160 Mr. H. B. Preston on new

It may also be of interest here to state that specimens of a

species undoubtedly belonging to the Indian genus Campto-

ceras were forwarded to the author with the present collection ;

this interesting form was collected in the Kogamura-Osaka

district of Japan, and a specimen had already reached the

writer with a request for confirmation of its generic position

from Mr. Bryant Walker, of Detroit, Mich., who, he under-

stands, intends to describe it at an early date.

Class GASTROPODA.

Order PULMONATA.

Suborder GEOPHILA.

Family Succneide.

Lithotis japonica, sp. n.

(Pl. IX. figs. 6, 6a.)

Shell imperforate, small, ovate, reddish brown; whorls 24,

the first small, the last very large, transversely striate and

slightly angled above, laterally compressed ; columella margin

obliquely descending, flattened, broad; labrum continuous,

acute; aperture large, slightly dilated.

Alt. 1°5, diam. maj. 4, diam. min. 8 mm,

Aperture: alt. 2°5, diam, 2 mm.

Hab. Like Biwa, Japan; on the lower surface of stones

at the edge of the lake (Dr. NV. Annandale).

The shell in general form recalls, in miniature, the genus

Septaria.

Suborder HYGROPHILA.

Family Limnzide.

Choanomphalus japonicus, sp. 0.

(Pl. IX. figs. 2, 2a, 25, 2c.)

Shell rather small, subovate, with swollen spire, thin, pale

yellowish brown; whorls 3, rapidly increasing, the last

descending in front, tricarinate, the middle carina being

situated at the periphery, the upper and lower about equi-

distant from it ; between the carinee appear somewhat distant,

microscopic, spiral striae, while the whole shell is trans-

versely obliquely striate; suture impressed ; umbilicus

moderately wide and deep, occupying about one-fifth of the

total diameter of the shell ; columella margin very obliquely

descending, extending above into a fine, polished, restricted,

Freshwater Shells from Japan. Y6u

parietal callus; labrum acute, projecting in front, rapidly

receding below, sharply angled at each carinal point of

termination ; aperture irregularly quadrate.

Alt. 1:25, diam. maj. 3°25, diam. min. 2°75 mm.

Aperture: alt. 1, diam. *75 mm.

Hab. Lake Biwa, Japan; on the lower surface of stones

near the edge of the lake (Dr. N. Annandale).

Choanomphalus japonicus perstriatulus, subsp. 0.

(PIPEX fies. db, Lia, 16,1.)

Shell differing from the typical form in its less swollen spire,

strong interearinal, spiral striation, and less angular labrum,

the only marked angle being at its base.

Alt. 1°5, diam. maj. 3°5, diam. min, 2°75 mm.

Aperture : alt. 1°25, diam. 1 mm.

Hab. Lake Biwa, Japan; on the lower surface of stones

near the edge of the lake, in company with the typical form

(Dr. N. Annandale).

Planorbis ( Gyraulus) biwaénsis, sp. n.

(Pi. EX. fies, 3,3 ay-20:,3.¢;)

Shell subovate, somewhat planulate above, with sunken

first wliorl, gently rounded at the periphery, pale yellowish

brown, thin ; whorls 3, rapidly increasing, rather distantly

and coarsely spirally, and closely, finely, and indistinctly

transversely striate, the last whorl large and rather rapidly

descending in front ; suture well impressed; base of shell

angled in the median region; umbilicus wide open, occu-

pying about one-fourth of the total diameter of the shell ;

columella margin very obliquely descending, slightly curved,

diffused above into a restricted parietal callus; labrum

receding below, acute ; aperture ovate.

Alt. 1°5, diam. maj. 4°75, diam. min. 3°75 mm.

Aperture: alt. 1°75, diam. 1°75 mm.

flab. Lake Biwa, Japan ; on the lower surface of stones

near the edge of the lake (Dr. N. Annandale).

Order PROSOBRANCHIA.

Suborder PECTINIBRANCHIATA.

Family Valvatide.

Valvata biwaénsis, sp. n.

(Pl. TX. figs. 4, 4 a.)

Shell turbinaie, somewhat flattened above, pale yellowish ;

162 On new Freshwater Shells from Japan.

whorls 3, the first flattened, microscopically spirally striate,

the last two carinate above and subplanulate above the

carination, rather finely and closely obliquely costulate, the

last rounded at the periphery ; suture impressed ; umbilicus

deep, occupying in breadth about one-seventh of the total

diameter of the shell; base of shell convex; columella

margin descending in a vertical curve, extending above into

a restricted, but rather thick, parietal callus, which joins it

with the upper margin of the labrum, and gives to this last a

continuous appearance; labrum acute ; aperture subcircular ;

operculum whitish, thin, multispiral, with central nucleus.

Alt. 3°75, diam. maj. 5, diam. min. 3°5 mm.

Aperture: alt. 2°25, diam. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Lake Biwa, Japan ; on a muddy bottom at depths

greater than 40 metres (Dr. NV. Annandale).

Valvata annandalei, sp. n. :

(Pl, TX ties, 55°0'a; 50 8)

Shell allied to V. dbiwaénsis, but rather larger, with ex-

serted first whorl, coarser and more distant transverse costule,

proportionately narrower umbilicus, which, in the present

species, occupies about one-eighth of the total diameter of the

shell, and in possessing a basal carina situated near the

circum-umbilical region ; moreover, the aperture is more oval

and proportionately much larger than in V. biwaénsis.

Alt. 5, diam. maj. 5°25, diam. min. 4 mm,

Aperture: alt. 3, diam. 2 mm.

ITab. Lake Biwa, Japan; on a muddy bottom at depths

ereater than 40 metres (Dr. NV. Annandale).

Class PELECYPODA.

Order TETRABRANCHIA.

Suborder CONCHACEA.

Family Cyrenide.

Pisidium casertanum (Poli), forma lacustris.

Hab. Abundant on a muddy bottom in Lake Biwa at

depths greater than 40 metres, and not found in shallower

water.

The author must here tender his thanks to Mr. B. B. Wood-

ward, the well-known expert in the Palearctic Pisedia, for

his kind assistance in the above determination, and who

remarks that the specimens submitted to him are “ rather

more oval than usual.”

On some little-known British Spiders. 163

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Figs. 1, 1a, 1b, Choanomphalus japonicus perstriatulus, subsp. n., X 8.

fig. 1¢. Sculpture of same, x 16,

‘gs. 2, 2 a, 2b. Choanomphalus japonicus, sp. n., X 6.

Fig. 2c. Sculpture of same, X 9.

Figs. 3, 3.a, 36. Planorbis (Gyraulus) biwaénsis, sp. n., X 4.

Fig. 3.e. Sculpture of same, xX 8.

fg. 4. Valvata biwaénsis, sp. n., X 4.

Fug. 4 a. Sculpture of same, xX 8.

Figs. 5,5 a. Valvata annandalei, sp. u., X 4.

Fg. 5b. Sculpture of same, xX 8.

Figs. 6, 6a. Lithotis japonica, sp. u., X 6,

XI.—On the Nomenclature and Identity of some little-known

British Spiders. By A. RANDELL JAcKSoN, M.D., D.Sc.

DurineG the last two years the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge

has kindly allowed me to examine the actual types of a

number of little-known British spiders. For the most part

these were described many years ago, when microscopes

were new or little-known instruments. Many of these

spiders had never been recorded since; but there was no

doubt that several of them had been redescribed under other

names when the use of microscopes became more general.

I here publish the result of these investigations as far as I

have gone. I had hoped to have examined all the species on

the British list which were unknown to me, but cireumstances

will not now permit this. I hope, however, to finish this

investigation at some future date.

For half a century Mr. Pickard-Cambridge has laboured

in the field of arachnology, and his collection contains nearly

all the species hitherto recorded as British. Hence the great

kindness he has shown me in allowing me to examine these

types has put me in possession of many facts otherwise

inaccessible. I here thank him for this and for all the

innumerable other kindnesses he has done me.

In my previous papers on the genera M/icroneta and Por-

rhomma I accounted for many of these halt-forgotten species.

I here continue the work, and have now, save for about a

dozen species, finished the great family Argiopide, which

contains considerably more than half of the British spider-

fauna.

I may say that I have not gone into any ancient questions

of nomenclature, but have started from the basis of

Mr. Pickard-Cambridge’s ‘ List of British and Irish Spiders,’

published in 1900.

164 Dr. A. R. Jackson on some

Bolyphantes subnigripes, Camb.

Linyphia subnigripes, Camb., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv.

1879, p. 204 (no figure); Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq.

Field Club, vol. vii. 1886, p. 73, pl. iv. figs. 2a, 26, 2¢; Camb.,

List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900,

T have examined this example, which is still unique and

rather the worse for wear.

In size, general facies, and ocular relations it is indistin-

guishable from the female of B. luteolus, Bl. The vulva

almost exactly resembles that of that species ; if any diffe-

rences are present, they are so slight as to render necessary

a series of examples in order to guard against variation

within the species. Asa matter of fact, the vulva of this

specimen does seem rather broader than that of B. luteolus.

The pigmentation of the legs is, however, very striking,

and has faded very little, although the example was taken in

1878.

First leg: tibia and metatarsus very black, contrasting

strongly with the other articles, which are very pale brown.

Second leg: distal two-thirds of tibia and proximal half

of metatarsus very black ; the rest of the leg pale brown.

Third leg : distal two-fifths of metatarsus very black; the

rest of the leg pale brown.

Fourth leg: patella and tibia deep black, proximal half of

metatarsus brown ; the rest of the limb pale brown.

Abdomen at present quite devoid of markings.

In no case are two legs of the same pair present.

‘This leg-pigmentation is very extraordinary, and the colour

remains, after thirty-seven years’ immersion in spirit, deep

inky black.

With the vulva not quite typical and this curious pigmenta-

tion present I should certainly hesitate to remove this species

from the British list. It is, however, very closely related to

B. luteolus.

The specimen was found near Belfast by Mr. F. Workman,

Linyphia impigra, Camb.

Linyphia impigra, Camb., Trans. Linn, Soc, Lond., vol. xxvii., 1870,

p. 422, pl. lv., no. 18.

Leptyphantes culta, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq Field Club,

vol. xiv., 1893, p. 152, pl., figs. 8, 8a, 8b.

Leptyphantes cultus, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900,

he examination of the type of L. culta showed clearly

that it was a female of LZ. impigra.

little-known British Spiders. 165

Leptyphantes ericeus, Bl.

Leptyphantes beatula, Camb., Proe. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxxii., 1911, pp. 52, 53, pl., figs. 8-11.

There is no doubt that L. beatula, of which I have examined

the single male that forms the type, is identical with LZ. eri-

ceus, Bl.

Mr. Pickard-Cambridge’s figure of the palpus is taken

from below as well as from the outer side, The specimen is

not well pigmented,

Leptyphantes insignis, Camb.

Leptyphantes insignis, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxxiv., 1913, pp. 181-152, pl. A, figs. 4-6.

I have had the pleasure of examining the sole existing

specimen of this distinct species, which is an adult male,

Mr. Cambridge’s figure of the palpus shows the tibia and

‘patella in outer profile, but the tarsus and palpal organs from

the outside and below, The tarsus is considerably rotated

upon the tibia in the specimen.

It is an extraordinary thing that this distinct and striking

species should be found at Bloxworth after so many years of

close work there.

Since writing the above, I have received both sexes of this

species from Mr. H. Britten, who found them in a mole’s

nest in the neighbourhood of Oxford. The female is a very

distinct animal, with the epigyne situated at the end of a

long process directed almost vertically downwards.

I hope to publish figures of this and of the male in course

of time.

Peeciloneta globosa, Wid.

Bathyphantes variegatus, Bl., Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders,

1900.

Linyphia finitima, Camb., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxvii, 1870,

pp. 426-427.

Linyphia contrita, Camb., Trans. Linn. Soc, Lond., vol. xxviii., 1873,

p. 587, pl. xlvi., fig. 7.

Tmeticus finitimus, Camb., List of British & Trish Spiders, 1900,

Tmeticus contritus, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900.

I have followed Professor Kulezynski in sinking Black-

wall’s Bathyphantes variegatus under Peciloneta globosa.

I examined the two males which are the types of ZL. con-

trita and L. finitima respectively. ‘The former was taken on

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 12

166 Dr. A. R. Jackson on some

the Cheviot Hills and the latter near London, both many

years ago.

Both specimens are very much bleached, but the palpal

structure can be made out, and there is no doubt that both

are examples of P. globosa, Wid. Both appear to have been

rather abnormally pigmented when alive.

Centromerus subacuta, Camb.

Opistoxys subacuta, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900 ; id.,

Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field Club, vol. xii., 1891, p. 92,

L., fig. 8.

Leptyphantes patens, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxviii., 1907, pp. 189-140, pl. A, figs. 20-25 (male, not

female).

Opistoxys subacuta, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxxv., 1914, p. 128, pl. A, figs. 19-20.

IT have examined the types of O. subacuta, Camb., and

L. patens, Camb., male, and find that they are identical.

Mr. Cambridge has confirmed this, and his remarks will be

found in the last reference given above.

The drawings on plate A, figs. 19 & 20, are quite rough

ones by myself. The type of O. subacuta is now unfortu-

nately destroyed, and the male described as L. patens is at

present the only example extant. The female of L. patens

turned out to be Leptyphantes pallidus, Camb. (see Proc.

Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field Club, 1910, vol. xxxi.,

p- 51).

This species is a typical Centromerus, and there seems to

be no reason for considering Opistowys as a British genus.

The following is the chetotaxy of the species :—

Falces.—Anterior border bears three large teeth. Posterior

border bears four or five very small teeth very closely

grouped.

Legs.—Femur i.: a spine on dorsum about the middle ; a

spine on anterior border near the apex.

Femur ii.: a spine on dorsum near middle.

Femur iii. & iv.: unarmed.

Patellze ; one spine above on each.

Tibiz : two spines above on each. The first tibia bears, in

addition, an extra spine on the anterior border nearer the apex

than the middle.

Metatarsi: unarmed in the type of O. subacuta. In that

of L. patens the first two each bore a very fine erect spine

near the middle.

These may have been broken off in the other example, but

J saw this specimen first and did not look for their bases.

little-known British Spiders. 167

Palpi very characteristic and quite similar in the two

specimens,

Centromerus sylvaticus, Bl.

Tmeticus sylvaticus, Bl., Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1909.

Tmeticus serratus, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxviii., 1907, pp. 143--144, pl. B, figs. 45-48 (female only).

Centromerus prudens, Camb.

P >

Tmeticus prudens, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900,

Tmeticus serratus, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxviii., 1907, pp. 143-144, pl. B, figs. 45-48 (male only).

I have examined the British examples of the supposed

C. serratus, Camb. The male is C. prudens and the female

C. sylvaticus. They differ markedly from the true C. serratus,

of which I possess French examples, and which, among other

things, is a very much smaller spider.

Centromerus similis, Kulcz.

Tmeticus simiiis, Kulez., Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxvi., 1905, pp. 62-63, pl. A, figs. 12-13,

I have examined this small female, which is unknown to

me, though certainly a Centromerus. It is not, I believe,

C. similis, Kulez., and more closely resembles C. ineilium,

L. Koch ; but, since it has not been compared with that

species, I do not advise altering the name under whicli it

stands on the British list at present.

Micryphantes rurestris, C. L. Koch.

Microneta rurestris, C. L. Koch, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders,

1900.

Eupolis exeavata, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field Club,

vol. xxi., 1900, pp. 26-27, pl., figs. 7 a, b, c, d.

I examined the type-female of H. evcavata. In my opinion

this is certainly a decolourizel female of MW. rurestris, C. L. K.

The depression at the occiput is, I believe, due to trauma.

Mieryphantes beatus, Camb.

Microneta beata, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field Club,

vol. xxvil., 1906, pp. 90-91, pl. A, figs. 27-31.

Bathyphantes explicata, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxxiil., 1912, p. 75, pl. A, figs. 14 & 15.

The type of B. explicata exactly resembles M. beatus in

12*

168 Dr. A. R. Jackson on some

every respect, including the unusual structure and shape of

the lamella characteristica. I have no hesitation in sinking

the former name amongst the synonyms of M. beatus. I

have, of course, examined the types.

Phaulothriz hardi’, Bi.

Tmeticus hardit, Bl., Camb., List of British & Ivish Spiders, 1900.

Tmeticus carpenteri, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Vield

Club, vol. xv., 1894, pp. 108 & 109 (female only).

The female of Tmeticus carpenter?, Camb., is a rather large

example of P. hardit. The specimen is cwiously piebald—

due, I think, to the uneven solution of the abdominal pigment

in spirit. No mention is made of this in the description, and

it has probably taken place during the long period in which

the specimen has been in this fluid ; otherwise the ‘specimen

is typical enough.

Macrargus carpenterit, Camb.

Tmeticus carpenterti, Camb, loc. cit. (male only).

The male of this species is a very puzzling animal. I

believe it to be an abnormal specimen of the common J, rufus,

Wid., but cannot deny that there are differences difficult to

account for by any theory of maldevelopment. If these prove

constant, the species might be considered good, though nearly

related to M. rufus. No further examples have yet occurred.

There are a number of little differences, and sooner or later

I hope to publish figures illustrating them.

Small or stunted-looking examples of J/. rufus should be

carefully preserved for reference by collectors. ‘The best

differences are in the palpal organs, These are the same on

both sides in the type, but a series of the species should be

obtained before more can be said. Meanwhile, the name is

best left on the British list. It can only, however, be con-

sidered as a doubtful species.

Lophomma stativum, Sim.

Lophomma stativum, Sim., Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist, & Antiq.

Field Club, vol. xxvi., 1905, pp. 64 & 65,

Neriene lucida, Camb., Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond., vol. xxviii., 1871, p. 452,

pl. xxxv., no. 27 (male only).

Cornicularia lucida, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900.

I examined a pair of accredited C. lucida, Camb., kindly

sent me by Mr, Cambridge which I believe to be the types,

but about which there seems to be some ambiguity. The

little-known British Spiders, 169

male is, I think, without doubt Z, stativum, Sim., the very

characteristic palpi corresponding exactly with the description

and figures of those of that species. he female is quite

another species— Diplocephalus cristatus, Bl., in fact. Some

day I hope to take the matter up more thoroughly; mean-

while, I have little doubt that my present statement is correct.

Minyriolus pusillus, Wid.

Minyriolus pusillus, Wid., Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900,

Sintula pygymea, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field Club,

vol, xivy., 1893, p. 155, pl., tigs. 3a, b, & e.

The type of 8. pygmea has lost all its pigment, but is, I

think, clearly a female of JZ pusillus, Wid,

L'meticus graminicolus, Bl.

Gongylidium graminicolum, BL, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders,

1900,

Tmeticus adeptus, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. I fist. & Antiq. Field Club F

vol. xxvii, 1906, pp. 85-86, pl, A, figs, 8-11,

The types of 2. adeptus consist of two females. These

are undoubtedly young examples of 7. graminicolus, Bl. The

chitin covering the vulva is very trausparent, and the sexual

apertures are visible through it. This does not seem to be

the case with all young LT. graminicolus ; but in a series of

these juveniles several individuals showing exactly this

condition can generally be found,

Prichoncus saxicolus, Camb.

Ligellinus saxicolus, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900,

Sintula nigrotibialis, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxi., 1900, pp. 29-80, pL, tigs. 6, 6a, 6b,

The type of S. nigrotibialis, which is a female, turned out

on examination to be 7’. saxicolus Camb,

Wideria melanocephala, Camb.

Wideria melanocephala, Cam b., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900;

Walckenaera atrotibialis, Camb., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser, 5, vol. i,

1878, pp. 116-117, pl. xi., figs. 3, a, 3, Cnt.

Prosopotheca atrotibiais, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900,

IT examined the type of P, atrotibialis, which is a female.

All the tibie are said in the description to be deeply pig-

mented, but nearly all trace of this pigment has uow gone.

The whole spider is much bleached,

In W. melanocephala, asa rule, ouly the first four tibize are

170 On some little-known British Sprders.

pigmented, but occasionally, as ina specimen of my own from

the New Forest, all eight may be very dark. The epigyne

and general structure ot £. atrotibialis are quite typical of

W. melanocephala.

Wideria cucullata, C. L. Koch.

Wideria cucullata, C. L. K., Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders,

1900.

Wideria incerta, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field Club,

vol. xxiil., 1902, pp. 35- 36, pl., ligs. 9, @, 0; "c,d,

The type of W. incerta is an immature male of W. cucullata.

The tibial apophysis is not really continued transversely

across the dorsum of the tarsus, although some long hairs in

this position give something of this appearance with poor

illumination. This apophysis is quite developed and typical

of W. cucullata. The palpal organs are, however, enveloped

in membrane. The caput, too, is quite ‘undeveloped, and, as

certainly as one can be certain of immature spiders, this is an

example of W. cucullata.

Wideria fugax, Camb.

Wideria fugax, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900.

Wideria warburtonii, Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field

Club, vol. xxiii., 1902, pp. 34-35, pl., figs. 8, a, 6, ¢, d.

I can detect no difference between the type of W. war-

burtontd and typical males of W. fugax.

Prosopotheca incisa, Camb.

Prosopotheca incisa, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900.

This is a fine distinct species which I had not seen before.

The epigyne is curiously like that of Cornicularia cuspidata,

Bl., but im otlier respects the spider is very different.

Walckenaera capito, Westr.

Walckenaera capito, Westr., Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders,

1900.

Walckenaera capito, Westr., Camb., Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq.

Field Club, vol. xxvi., 1905, p. 58, pl. B, fig. 24.

Cornicularia pudens, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900.

Neriene pudens, Camb., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxviii., 1873,

p: 544, pl. xlvi., fig. 16.

There is no doubt at all that the type of C. pudens, which

is a female, is identical with what is supposed to be the

female of W. capito. This female has, however, never been

On the Thorax in Anoplura and in Nesiotinus. 171

found accompanying an adult male, and there is some doubt

whether it really is the female of W. capito. However,

until more evidence is forthcoming, it is best considered as

such.

Cornicularia karpinskit, Camb.

Cornicularia pavitans, Camb., List of British & Irish Spiders, 1900. _

Neriene pavitans, Camb., Trans. Linn. Soc, Lond., vol, xxviii., 1873,

p. 5438, pl. xlvi., fig. 18.

Cornicularia pavitans, of which the type is a female, is a

very striking species, and is identical with C. karpinskit,

which has priority. Mr. Cambridge will shortly publish a

note on this subject, which I will not anticipate. I obtained

a pair of C. karpinskit on Helvellyn on August 28th, 1900.

They were taken together under one stone, and the association

of the male with the female is thus established.

XII.— Note on the Thorax in Anoplura and in the Genus

Nesiotinus of the Mallophaga. By Bruce F. CUMMINGS

(British Museum of Natural History).

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THORAX IN ANOPLURA.

The three segments of the thorax are fused together *. On

the dorsal surface in most species may be seen certain trans-

verse bars or rafters of thick chitin, which serve to support

the thoracic nota, to provide on the extreme lateral margin a

point for the attachment of the coxe on each side, and may

roughly represent the original delimiting lines between pro-,

meso-, and metanotum. No epimeral or episternal pieces

can be traced at the sides. The fused thoracic notum fits

down as a kind of “lid” upon the sternal surface, which

shows no sign of segmentation at all, and in many species

carries a single sternal plate of various sizes and shapes.

‘These notal rafters—or, if we use the cautious phraseology

of the systematist, “ bands ”’—are important elements in the

exoskeleton, and are frequently made use of by descriptive

writers, and certainly afford useful, if superficial, characters.

The Anopluran thorax to the comparative anatomist is of

* My friend Mr. Harrison points out that the prothorax is distinet in

Hematomyzus, which I haye not seen.

172 Mr. B. F. Cummings on the Thorax in

some interest, inasmuch as it affords us with an example—I

imagine, rare in the Insecta—of the attachment of the coxe to

tie margin of the dorsal or notal surface. The coxe, roughly

cup-shaped, are applied by their concave surfaces to the

ventro-lateral region of the thorax on each side. The lower

(or inner) half of the edge of each cup is attached to the

sternal surface, while the upper (or outer) half reaches to the

depressed margin of the notum, which on each side has a

clearly marked rim, and is usually strengthened by a dark

longitudinal bar connecting up each transverse rafter. Just

where the upper half of each coxal cup es‘ablishes a point of

contact with the notal rim the chitin of the latter becomes

thickened, and often runs out into a dark depressed pro-

montory or jetty—one for each coxa. A rafter runs in from

each jetty.

It is unnecessary to summarize here the form and course

of these exoskeletal rafters ; suffice it to say that, with the

exception of the meso-metanotal one in many Hematopini

for example, they rarely run right across the upper surface,

but disappear before halfway into the thinner chitin of the

middle area,

I believe I have discovered in Hematopinus asini a pair of

clavicles within the prothorax, very much as they occur in

some Mallophaga; while in many, if not all, Heematopini

there is present in the middle of the metanotal region a

structure of some interest, not hitherto described. It shows

on the surface asa small circular depression, but in specimens

passed through caustic potash the depression is seen to be the

mouth of a small chitinous funnel, which does not descend

into the thorax perpendicularly, but is directed backwards as

well as downwards, so as to lie beneath, and in many cases

to project behind, the posterior margin of the metanotum.

The funnel is graduated, and ends blindly in a point, like a

dunce’s cap, It should be regarded presumably as a thoracic

apodeme for the attachment of muscles, and a more careful

examination of it by the method of sections might produce

results of interest, In one form or another all the members

of the genus amatopinus, I believe, possess this funnel, and

it occurs also in Antarctophthirus ogmorhini, Hnd., and in a

less funnel-shaped condition in A. tricheci (Boh.), aud

Pediculus capitis, De Geer,

THorAX IN Nzesrorrvus (MALLOPHAGA).

The much more complicated thorax of the Mallophaga

presents a very interesting study in comparative anatomy ;

Anoplura and in the Genus Nesiotinus. 173

but as a memoir which, I believe, will include this subject in

its scope is in course of preparation by my friend Mr. Launcelot

Harrison, B.Sc., of the University of Sydney, I intend to do

no more here than to correct an error extant concerning the

thorax of the remarkable species Nes/otinus demersus, Kellogg.

For our knowledge of this parasite we are indebted to

Prof. Vernon Lyman Kellogg, of the Leland Stanford

Junior University, California, who, so long ago as in 1903,

published a short description in the ‘ Biological Bulletin

of the Marine Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass.’ (vol. v.

p. 89, 1903), of a single female specimen received from

Dr. Giinther Hnderlein, and taken on a Kerguelen penguin,

Aptenodytes longirostris.

No other specimen, according to my knowledge, has since

been recorded, and therefore the capture of another female in

November 1913 on a king penguin (Aptenodytes sp. ? pen-

nant) in the Bay of Isles, 8. Georgia, by Mr. P. Stammwitz

(who accompanied the late Major Gerald Barrett-Hamilton on

his whaling expedition) is worthy of being placed on record.

Kellogg remarks that one of the distinguishing features

of the genus and species is “the complete distinctness of the

pro-, meso-, and metathorax in a degree unequalled elsewhere

among the known Mallophaga, unless it be in 7rinoton.”

Further on he remarks that the meta-segment is “nearly as

wide as the first (widest) abdominal segment,” and so resembles

an abdominal segment.

No particular reasons are adduced in favour of this singular

interpretation, and all Mallophagan morphology is against it.

A comparative study of the thorax of Mallophaga makes

it certain that the thorax of Nestotinus consists of pro- and

metathorax, the mesothorax being quite absent, and that

Kellogg has mistaken the first segment of the abdomen for

the metathorax. ‘The thorax of Nesiotinus is short, and

consequently on the sternal surface but little space is left for

the articulation of the legs, which are relatively large

appendages. There is therefore a good reason why the

acetabular bars should be prolonged backwards, so that the

hind legs are suspended from the base of the abdomen.

A similar state of affairs occurs in Menopon antennatum,

Kell. & Paine, where the short thorax has involved a

lengthening of the acetabular bars of both the second and

third pairs of legs, so that the second pair appears to come

from under the metathorax and the third pair from as low

down as the second abdominal segment.

Kellogg’s interpretation allows only seven segments in the

ab lomen and only five pairs of spiracles. In all Mallophaga

174 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Two new

except Gliricola and possibly Trimenopon there are six pairs

of abdominal spiracles, and they open upon either the third

to the eighth or upon the second to the seventh seements—

never upon the first segment *.

Finally, neither the chaetotaxy nor the coloration lend any

support to Kellogg’s interpretation.

XIIL.—Two new Genera of African Muscoidea. By CHARLES

H. T. Townsenp, Bureau of Entomology, Washington,

D.C.

CONGOCHRYSOSOMA, gen. nor.

Genotype, Congochrysosoma snyderi, sp. n.

Differs from Chrysomasicera as follows :—Female only :

Eyes bare. Vertex about three-fourths width of one eye.

Ocellar bristles very small, but distinct, short. Outer verticals

scarcely developed. Second antennal joint elongate, the

third only one and one-half times second. Arista shorter.

Face rather flattened, epistoma quite prominent, vibrissze well

above oral margin. Varafacials bristly in middle. Four

lateral pairs of scutellar macrochete ; a short median pair

on first abdominal segment, no discals on intermediate

segments. Hind tibie short-ciliate, with a longer bristle

below middle.

Congochrysosoma snyderi, sp. n.

Leneth of body 11°5 mm., of wing 9°5 mm.

One female, Luebo, Congo (1). W. Snyder).

Face dull silvery, the parafacials with a faint greenish

lustre. Cheeks silvery, with a bronze lustre. Parafrontals

greenish bronze. Frontalia and anteniz blackish, the

second antennal joint brown. Palpi fulvous, infuscate at

base. Mesoscutum and arcuate area on base of scutellum

greenish bronze ; five vittee showing, widening and narrowing

with the incidence of light, the middle one disappearing in

front of suture in some lights. Pleure, humeri, and outer

aspect of front femora rather silvery. Abdomen and very

broad margin of scutellum bright frosted green, the first

segment and rather irregular hind borders of others black.

* See Launcelot Harrison, ‘ Parasitology,’ vol. vill. no. 1, June 25th,

1915, p. 101.

Genera of African Muscoidea. 175

Venter pale brownish. Legs blackish brown. Wings

faintly infuscated, tegule nearly white.

Holotype, no. 19976 U.S. N. M.

Named in honour of Mr. D. W. Snyder,

OcyPTEROMIMA, gen. nov.

Genotype, Ocypteromima polita, sp. n.

Related to the Aphria-Eriothrix series of groups, from the

genera of which it may be distinguished by the following

characters :—Female only : Front anteriorly about width of

eye, gently narrowing to vertex; face widening therefrom at

sameangle. Parafacials rather narrow, not as wide as third

antennal joint. Frontalia occupying nearly one-third of

frontal width posteriorly. No ocellars. Inner verticals

strong, reclinate, not decussate; no outer verticals. Two

proclinate and two reclinate fronto-orbitals. Only one frontal

below base of antennae. Second antennal joint only slightly

elongate; third narrow, of even width, about three times as

long as second, Arista slender, finely pubescent, a little

thickened on basal half, rather tapered, basal joints very

short. Epistoma produced, but vibrissz very close to oral

margin. Cheeks narrow, the eyes descending as low as

vibrissee. Eyes practically bare, only very faintly and

sparsely short-hairy. Proboscis rather short, but corneous,

part below geniculation hardly as long as lower border of

head ; palpi slender, short, subtiliform. T'wo sterno-pleurals

and three postsuturals. Scutellum without apical or discal

bristles, but with one long postero-lateral and one very short

antero-lateral. No discals on abdomen, first two segments

with median marginal pair, last two with marginal row.

Abdomen subcylindrical, but swollen in middle, thence

tapering both ways. Legs slender, not -very elongate,

Apical cell open, constricted apically, ending a little before

wing-tip. Cubitus abruptly rounded ; hind cross-vein nearer

same, straight. Third vein bristly nearly to small cross-

vein. No costal spine.

Ocypteromima polita, sp. n.

Length of body 8°5 mm., of wing 6°5 mm.

One female, Lorenzo Marques, March 1, 1910 (C. W.

Howard).

Black, silvery-white pollinose. Antenne blackish, fron-

talia dark brown. Palpi appearing black, but in reality deep

rufous, with many short black bristly hairs. Head all

176 | Mr. R. I. Pocock on a

silvery white, except that parafrontals show through blackish

on vertical halt. Thorax showing two very wide heavy

black vitte. Scutellum with faint sheen of silvery. Abdo-

men with bases of segments 2 to 4 silvery white, more broadly

so on sides and venter, the rest shining black, but with faint

sheen of silvery continuation in places as seen in very

oblique lights. Legs black, tibiae more or less reddish ; bases

of legs and pleure silvery. Wings lightly smoky yellowish,

teguize pearly white.

Holotype, no. 19977 U.S. N. M.

XIV.—A new Genus of African Mongooses, with a Note

on Galeriscus. By R. I. Pocuck, F.R.S.

Cywicris sELoust was described by Mr. de Winton * on the

evidence of a skull picked up by Mr. Selous near Bulawayo ;

und since the cranial and dental characters agreed tolerably

closely with those of C. penicillata, the type of the genus

Cynictis, no alternative generic reference was open to the

describer.

Subsequently Mr. P. C. Reid sent to the British Museum

a complete specimen caught on the Linyanti River, and

Mr. de Winton published au illustrated description fT of its

colour, pointing out that the blackness of the legs and the

absence of the rufous tint on the body confirm the skull-

characters in differentiating C. selowst trom C. penicillata.

In 1906 Mr. C. H. B. Grant secured the species at Wood-

bush, in the north-eastern Transvaal, as recorded by Messrs.

Thomas and Schwannf, and in 1909 Mr. E. C. Chubb§

gave a list of several examples taken at Bulawayo and

Inyamandhloven, in Matabeleland.

J am not aware of any later records or published particulars

relating to the species.

The marked likeness in colour between Cynictis selousi,

Ichneumia allicauda, and some species of Bdeogale—e. g.,

B. nigripes—induced me to examine the British Museum’s

specimens, consisting of the skins procured by Reid and

Grant; and since Cynictis, Ichneumia, and Bdeogale can

easily be distinguished by the number of the digits, the feet

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 469 (1896). See also W. L.

Sclater, ‘Fauna of South Africa, Mammals,’ vol. i. p. 75 (1901).

+ Proc. Zool. Svc. 1V01, vol. i. pt. 1. pp. 2-38, pl. i.

t Ibid. 1906, p. 588. § Lb:d. 1909, p. 118.

new Genus of African Mongooses. Ite

naturally claimed attention first. The result was the disco-

very of the complete absence of all external trace of the first

digit of the fore-foot—a feature bringing C. selous? into line

with Bdeogale and severing it from Cynictis. It does not

appear whether this character was detected by the authors

above quoted and dismissed as a taxidermic accident or

neglected as unimportant systematically, or not. Possibly

the presence of the corresponding digit in Cynictis penicillata

was for the moment forgotten *.

However that may be, the character is, in my opinion,

quite sufficient for generic recognition. I propose, therefore,

to place C. selousi in a new genus, which may be named and

diagnosed as follows :—

PARACYNICTIS, gen. nov,

Related to Cynict’s, but differing in the suppression of

digit 1 of the fore-foot, the digital formula being 4—4 as in

Bd ogale.

‘Type, Cynictis selousi, de Wint.

Two genera of African mongooses have the same digital

formula as Paracynictis—namely, Suricata and Bdeogale ;

but with neither of the last two can the first be associated.

Suricata occupies an isolated position in the group, and need

not be further considered in this connection ; but, as already

stated, Paracynictis selousi bears such a close superficial

resemblance to some species of Bdeogale, like B. nigripes,

that the main reasons for its exclusion from that genus may

be biiefly given. Apart from the differences mentioned by

de Winton in his original diagnosis, the skull of Paracynictis

selousi is very like that of Cynictis penicil/ata, and shows no

special resemblance to the massive skull of Bdeogale. The

bulla is larger and more inflated than in Cynictis, and the

partition divides it into two subequal chambers, whereas in

Cynict?s the posterior chamber is smaller than the anterior.

Iu Bdeogale, on the contrary, the anterior chamber is smaller

than the posterior, in B. puisa about half its size. Numeri-

cally the teeth of Paracynictis are as in Bdeogale, but,

whereas in the former the injutting portions of pm*, m!, and

m” of the uppcr jaw are transversely elongated and narrow,

in Bdeoga/e they are very noticeably thicker and more

rounded. Similar but l:ss well-marked differences occur in

tle molars of the lower jaw.

* The coloured figure of C. selous¢ published by de Winton shows the

feature in question quite plainly.

178 On a new Genus of African Mongooses.

So far as external characters can be interpreted on dried

skins, the feet of Paracynictis resemble those of Bdeogale noi

only in the number of the digits, but also in the extension of

the hair over the metatarsus nearly or quite down to the

plantar pad. But in Paracynictis the carpal pad is compara-

tively small, and, although the feet have been slit down the

middle line beneath, it appears to me that the area between

this pad and the plantar pad was wholly or mostly overgrown

with hair. There may, however, have been a narrow strip of

naked skin extending between the two pads. In Bdeogale,

on the contrary, the carpal pad is large and joined to the

plantar pad by a wide and distally widening naked area.

Finally, in Paracynictis it seems certain that the digits are

longish, slender, and very imperfectly webbed, as in Cynictis,

but in Bdeogale the thick short digits are webbed to approxi-

mately the same extent as in Mungos—that is to say, up to

the base of the digital pads on the admedian side of each.

Although on paper it may appear that Paracynictis occupies

an intermediate place genetically between Cynictis and

Bdeogale, I do not think that is the true opinion to hold.

Paracynictis seems to me, on the available evidence, to be

nothing but an aberrant form of Cynictis, specialized by the

loss of the first digit of the fore-foot. Hence it may be

inferred that the occurrence of a similar defect in Bdeogale is

an adaptive resemblance ; and, without due consideration of

other facts connected with the feet, one would be inclined to

associate this defect with the adoption of a digitigrade gait.

In the case of Bdeogale, which has short, compact, somewhat

“canine” feet, this may be so—at least in part,—but the

long-clawed feet of Paracynictis are fossorial rather than

cursorial ; and I suspect the suppression of the digit in ques-

tion is connected with burrowing. Support for this suspicion

is supplied by the independent incidence of a precisely similar

character in Suricata, the fore-feet of which are essentially

fossorial. A short weak pollex must be a hindrance rather

than a help in digging amongst roots and stones; and the

atrophy of the hallux may likewise be explained by the part

the hind-feet play in raking backwards the loosened material

of the burrow. So far as I am aware, there are no records of

the habits of Bdeogale helping a decision as to whether the

loss of the pollex and hallux is connected with digging or

running.

The close resemblance in coloration above alluded to

between Paracynictis, Ichneumia, and some species of Bdeo-

gale is curious, since it does not appear to be attributable to

mutual affinity. Special attention may be drawn to the

Generic Names of certain Old-World Monkeys. 179

prevalent whiteness of the tail, the effect of which must be to

render the animal comparatively visible, especiaily at night.

In view of the existence in all mongooses of an anal sack

and foul-smelling secretion of the anal glands, coupled with

the known power in the case of Mungos urva* of ejecting

this secretion to a distance, as in the skunk, I suggest that

the whiteness of the tail may be a warning attribute ; and

since Ichneumia geographically overlaps Bdeogale to the

north and Paracynictis to the south, the likeness between

the three may, perhaps, be Miillerian.

Note on Galeriscus.

In 1894 M-. F. J. Jackson sent to the British Museum

the skin, without the skull, of a Carnivore from Mianzini, in

in Masailand. This was described by Mr. Thomast as a

new genus and species, Galeriscus jacksoni, which was

assigned to the Mustelide, and compared more particularly

with the South-American genus (ralictis, now known as

Grison. Mr. Thomas subsequently came to the conclusion

that the specimen must be referred to Bdeogale—a view

fully confirmed by the structure of the ear, which is like that

of Mungos rather than of Grison. Since I am not aware

that this correction has ever been published, I take this

occasion to point out that Galeriscus falls as a synonym

of Bdeogale.

XV.—On the Generic Names of certain Old-World Monkeys.

By Oxprietp Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue generic names used for some of the Old-World monkeys

have of late years been in a state of continual incertitude,

so that for the langurs Presbytis, Pygathrix, and Semno-

pithecus have been used by different authors for different

reasons, for the macaques Simia, Pithecus, and Macacus,

and for the guenons Cercopithecus and Lasiopyga—not to

mention the use of such little-known names as Pan and

Pongo for the chimpanzees and orangs.

The question of Pithecus has recently been again brought

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii. p, 756 (1911).

+ Ibid, (6) xiii. p. 522 (1894).

180 Mr. O. Thomas on the

up by Dr. Lyon *, who, for reasons in which I concur, con-

siders valid my selection in 1894 of “‘ Simia veter”’ as the

type of that name, and who then quotes my assertion that,

S. veter being indeterminable, the name Pithecus should

drop—a conclusion which Dr. Lyon accepts. He would,

therefore, abolish the name Pithecus, and (failing Sima,

which he does not mention) use the name Macaca for the

macaques. .

But, in doing this, we are always confronted with the risk

that, after zoologists have got accustomed to the resulting

names, attempts will later on be made to identify Simia veter,

and thus embroil the whole question afresh.

It appears to me, therefore, to be better to make this

attempt now, while usage is still in an unsettled condition,

and so, whatever conclusion may be come to, to introduce

a nomenclature which may have some chance of finality—a

desideratum which can never be attained while Pithecus, the

earliest of the names in question, is still ‘‘in the air,”

That Simia veter as a known definite species is indeter-

minable may be true, but, nevertheless, the consequence does

not follow that Pithecus as a generic name is untenable;

tor if the species between which its identity lies are con-

generic, its validity is unaffected. A determinable genotype

is not a sine qué non for the validity of a generic name, as is

evident from the number of recognized genera which have

been founded merely by diagnosis, without mention of

genotypes.

Under Simia veter Linneeus + gives only two references—

to Brisson and Ray,—that of the former being, again, simply

a reproduction from the latter, whose account ¢ is therefore

the essential basis of the name.

Ray’s monkey, the “ Simia alba seu incanis pilis, barba

nigrA promissa, ex Zeylona: ELAwANDUM Zeylanensibus,”

is clearly the whitish monkey described by Kelaart § as

“«* Presbytes albinus,’ which Blanford considers to have been

either an albinistic form of Semnopithecus cephalopterus or

ursinus—these two species being certainly congeneric—cr a

special white species nearly allied to them. It is to be noted

that Ray’s native name of ‘‘ Elawandum” and Jocality of

Ceylon agree very well with Blanford’s Semnopithecus

cephalopterus—“ Kalli Wanderu (and Elli Wanderu ?),” with

locality Ceylon. Kelaart also gives ‘“‘ Ellee Wanderoo” as

* P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxviii. p. 179 (1915).

t+ Syst. Nat. (12) i. p. 36 (1766).

ft Quadr. p. 158 (1793).

§ Prodr. Faun. Zeyl. p. 7 (1852).

Generic Names of certain Old-World Monkeys, 181

the Singhalese name of the brown langur which he calls

Presbytes thersites. All these species are langurs, nearly

allied to each other, and no macaque comes into the question.

Since, then, the genus of langurs has of late years had

several changes of name, it appears to me no great harm if a

fresh and far earlier name be attached to it, thus removing

(so far as this point is concerned) all question as to the

extent and validity of Pygathriz, and, in fact, at the cost of

one more change after many, by putting its date much

further back, rendering the name of the genus far more

stable than has hitherto seemed likely ever to be the case.

The result of this would be that the langurs should be

called Pithecus and the macaques Macaca—that is to say, if

Simia is removed by Fiat from competition with the latter.

If, therefore, as almost everyone on this side of the Atlantic

hopes will be the case, the Anthropoid names included in the

Fiat list published in 1914* are accepted as there advocated,

the generic names of the Anthropoids and chief Old-World

monkeys will be as follows :—

Chimpanzees.,.... Anthropopithecus, Blainv., 1838 (by Fiat).

Synn. Pan, Oken, 1816, e¢ al,

Lora: ie, AAP ae Gorilla, I. Geoff., 1852.

COMES ne cae «es» Simia (by Fiat).

Synn. Pongo, Lac., et al.

TAORUTS isu. os Pithecus, Geoff. & Cuv., 1795.

Synn. Presbytis, Eschsch., 1821; Semno-

pithecus, Desm., 1822 ; Pygathria of

Elliot’s Primates.

Macaques .....+.06 Maeaca, Lac., 1799.

Synu. S¢mia, Linn., 1758; Macacus, Desm. ;

Pithecus of Elliot.

GUNeHONB 37.0. 0 «sure Cercopithecus, Briinn, (removed from Tamarins by

Fiat f).

Lasiopyga of Elliot.

We thus obtain a set of names which are comparatively

familiar, and represent to most people the genera to which

they are here applied. The names produced by rigid

technicality, without Fiat—as, for example, those used in

Elliot’s ‘ Primates,’—do not possess any meaning at all to the

minds of the majority of naturalists.

The attachment, apparently technically valid, of the one

unfamiliar name in the list— Pithecus—to a genus for which

no name is now really familiar, appears to me to help greatly

to render stable the results at which [ arrive.

* Zool. Anz. xliv. p. 284 (1914),

y+ And in no case properly referable there, as Gronovius was not a

binomial writer.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 13

182 ’ Mr, O. Thomas on

XVI.—Notes on Argentine, Patagonian, and Cape Horn

Muride. By O.prieLtp THomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tur Mice or tHE Hesprromys LAvcHA GROUP.

Or the small grey field-mice of the Hesperomys laucha group

there is happily no doubt about the identification of the

original species, Azara’s ‘‘ Laucha,” as Mr. Perrens sent

from Goya, Corrientes, specimens exactly agreeing with

Azara’s description.

But I am now convinced that the larger form occurring

in the same region—the largest of the genus as now re-

stricted—cannot be identified with Rengger’s Mus callosus,

as I had hitherto supposed, and ueeds a fresh determination.

Rengger’s animal has too long a tail and too long ears, and,

owing to the extreme insufficiency of the description, it

should probably he put aside as unidentifiable. Perhaps

it was a common rat—to which Rengger compared it—or

possibly a Reithrodon, a genus in which the pads of the feet

are more conspicuous than in Hesperumys. In any case,

however, the doubt is so great that a guesswork identification

is of no use to anyone.

The Goya Hesperomys seems to represent a Parana race of

the Cordova H. venustus, and may be described as follows :—

Hesperomys venustus callidus, subsp. n.

Fur not so long as in true venustus, hairs of back about

9 mm. in length. General colour above greyish, very much

the colour of Mus musculus, darker “ mouse grey” ante-

riorly, more drabby posteriorly, but not so drab as in true

venustus. Flanks with a slight wash of buffy, decidedly less

marked than in venustus. Under surface pale grey, the

hairs slaty basally, white or greyish white terminally. Lars

large, appearing larger than in true venustus, rounded, brown

anteriorly, greyish posteriorly, the usual postauricular white

patch not very conspicuous. Hands and feet white. Tail

shorter than head and body, thinly haired, pale brownish

above, greyish white on sides and below. Mamme usually

3—2= 10.

Skull stoutly built, with broadly divergent supraorbital

edges, which form well-marked ledges over the orbits, but

not upwardly projecting beads ; the ledges in continuation

with distinct ridges running across the parietals,

Argentine, Patagonian, and Cape Horn Muride. 183

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 77; hind foot 21; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 29°2; condylo-incisive length 27;

zygomatic breadth 16 ; nasals 11°6 ; interorbital breadth 4°5 ;

breadth of brain-case 13; palatilar length 12°8; palatal

foramina 6°5 ; upper molar series 475,

Hab. Goya, Corrientes. 600’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 98.12. 3.12. Original

number 106. Collected 10th August, 1896, by R. Perrens.

Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Fifteen specimens examined.

This mouse may be distinguished from the true H. venustus

of Cordova by its darker, less drabby colour, shorter fur, and

apparently rather longer ears.

“Common. Killedin maize-field.” ‘ Trapped in quinta.””

—R. P.

The Jujuy species, H. musculinus, is smaller, paler, with

shorter hair, and has six or seven pairs of mamme.

Of the smaller members of the group, the true H. laucha,

Desm., is an animal with head and body about 70 mm., tail

about 50, and hind foot 14-15 mm., as represented by the

Goya specimens. And inthesouth of the Argentine Water-

house’s H. gracilipes is very closely allied to it; but I have

not material for a proper comparison.

Between the two, however, in the Buenos Ayres and La

Plata region, there occurs a mouse which I collected in some

numbers in 1896 and supposed to be the same as the laucha,

the natives even calling it by that very name.

But comparison shows that it has a conspicuously longer

tail, which nearly or quite equals the head and body in length,

It may be called

Hesperomys murillus, sp. n.

General appearance very much as in Mus musculus. Size

about as in H. laucha, though old individuals may attain a

larger size.

Colour mouse-grey above, slightly more drabby poste-

niorly, an inconspicuous buffy wash along the sides; under

surface greyish white, the bases of the hairs slaty. Ears of

medium size, greyish brown, a well-marked postauricular

white patch present. Hands and feet white above; palms

and soles naked. ‘Tail about as long as the head and body,

sometimes actually longer, but more commonly a few milli-

metres shorter ; grey-brown above, slightly darkening

terminally, whitish below.

134

184 ; Mr. O. Thomas on

Skull without marked supraorbital ridges or ledges.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 72 mm. ; tail 72; hind foot 16:5 ; ear 13°5.

Skull: greatest length 21 ; condylo-incisive length 19°2;

zygomatic breadth 11°3 ; interorbital breadth 3:3 ; palatilar

length 8°8; palatal foramina 4°3; upper molar series 3°4.

An older specimen measures :—Head and body 91 mm. ;

tail85; hindfoot 18; ear 15. Skull: greatest length 23°6 ;

condylo-incisive length 22-4.

Hab. Province of Buenos Ayres; type from La Plata City,

other specimens from Las Talas, Ensenada, and Bahia Blanca.

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 6. 4.6.26. Original

number 148. Collected 8th June, 1896, and presented by

Oldfield Thomas. Fifteen specimens.

This mouse is readily distinguishable from H. laucha by

its conspicuously longer tail, but is otherwise closely like

that species. It is the only member of the restricted genus

Hesperomys in which the tail is proportionally so long.

Like the true laucha, this animal is not much of a burrower,

but lives about in the grass, and examples may be easily

obtained by kicking up loose heaps of hay, thistle-stalks, or

other rubbish, under which the mice take refuge. One

specimen I have marked as found under a heap of thistle-

stalks, in a round nest, the size of a tennis-ball, made of

thistle-down. Another was dug up, semi-torpid, in very cold

weather, from about 6 inches below the surface of the ground.

There is also a Western form of the same species, which

may be named

Hesperomys murillus cordovensis, subsp. n.

General characters as in true murillus of La Plata, but the

colour paler and less saturate, the back nearly matching

“ drab’ of Ridgway ; sides rather more buffy. Under sur-

face more heavily washed with buffy whitish, the slaty bases

of the hairs less evident, Colour of crown especially lighter

and more drabby than in true murillus.

Skull apparently with a more inflated brain-case than in

murillus, but the number of fully adult specimens is not

sufficient to prove how far this is constant,

Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 85 mm.; tail 74; hind foot 16; ear 14.

Another specimen measures:—Head and body 80 mm. ;

tail 84; hind foot 17; ear 15, -

Skull: greatest length 23°2 ; condylo-incisive length 21:5;

breadth of brain-case 10 8; upper molar series 3°3.

Argentine, Patagonian, and Cape Horn Muride. 185

Hab. Near Villa Dolores, Cordova. Type from Yacanto,

900 m. ; other specimens from El Carrizal, 1000 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 16.1.6. 24. Original

number 2537. Collected 17th Nov., 1915, by Robin Kemp.

Presented hy Oldfield Thomas. Eight specimens.

Tue Care Horn Howzowrs.

Euneomys ultimus, sp. n.

Allied to E. chinchilloides, but larger.

General appearance about as in E. chinchilloides. Fur

long and soft, hairs of back about 12-13 mm. in length.

Colour apparently of the same dull greyish fawn as in chin-

chilloides, but all the available specimens are or have been in

spirit, by which the colour may have been affected. Under

surface drab, the bases of the hairs slaty. Ears of medium

length, greyish brown. Hands and feet thick and clumsy,

with large palm and sole-pads which nearly touch one

another ; edges of feet heavily fringed and the back of the

soles hairy except along the centre; upper side of both hands

and feet white. Claws of normal size, not enlarged as in

E. fossor. ‘ail short, thick and fleshy, closely haired,

markedly bicolor, brown above and white below.

Skull and teeth quite like those of FE. chinchilloides, but

larger and heavier in all dimensions. On the other hand,

they are both smaller and lighter than in EF. mordaz and

fossor. Upper incisors clearly and distinctly grooved.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

mel.) :—

Head and body 129 mm.; tail 90; hind foot 30; ear 19.

Skull: upper molar series 6.

Dimensions of adult skull in the Paris Museum :—

Greatest length 33 mm. ; condylo-incisive length 30°5 ;

zygomatic breadth 20°3; nasals 14x4°6; interorbital

breadth 3°8; breadth of brain-case 14; zygomatic plate 3:2;

diastema 9; palatilar length 15; palatine foramina 8°5 ;

upper molar series 5°6 ; breadth of m! 1:7,

Hab. Cape Horn Islands. Type from St. Martin’s Cove,

Hermite Island. Other specimens from Orange Bay, Hardy

Peninsula, Hoste Island.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 43.11.16. 26. Collected

in 1842 by Sir James Ross’s Antarctic Expedition.

This far southern species may be readily distinguished

from the Magellan LE. chinchilloides by its greater size and

heavier teeth.

186 Mr. O. Thomas on

It was first obtained by the Antarctic Expedition of

1841-2 under Sir James Ross, and, later on, by the French

Cape Horn Mission, im whose Zoology (Muridz written by

myself) it is referred to as “ Rezthrodon chinchilloides.” I

owe to the kindness of Prof. Trouessart the loan again of the

adult specimen I determined in 1890, and the transference

by exchange of an immature example from the same

locality.

The original specimen was, unfortunately, put in some

peculiar preserving fluid, which has caused the skull, after

extraction, to shrmk in drying. Hts size, however, before

drying was quite the same as in the French specimen, and its

teeth are still unaffected.

Tue Oryzomuys OF THE ExTREME SoutH oF SoutH AMERICA.

When in 1881 I described ‘ Hesperomys (Calomys)

coppingeri”? no assertion as to the position of the type-

localities Cockle Cove and Tom Bay was made, but the

statement on the labels that these places were in the Straits

of Magellan was generally accepted, and influenced later

determinations. Now, however, on finding that all other

Oryzomys from the Straits region are referable to O. magel-

lanicus, Benn,, including those from Orange Bay, Cape Horn,

I have thought it probable that some mistake has been made.

On examining Dr, R. W, Coppinger’s book, the ‘Cruise of

the ‘ Alert,” 1883, it at once appears that Cockle Cove and

Tom Bay are not in what is commonly called the Straits of

Magellan at all, but are in Trinidad Channel, at the north

end of Madre de Dios Island, West Patagonia, in 50° S, lat,

Since O, coppingeri is so closely allied to O. magellanicus

as practically to differ from it in nothing but its greater size,

this location is far more natural than in the Straits, near the

centre of the range of O. magellanicus.

The specimens obtained by the French Transit of Venus

Expedition of 1882-3, named by me Hesperomys coppingeri,

prove on re-examination to be typical O. magellanicus,

which is evidently common throughout this region.

But a series from further north, in middle Patagonia,

equally referable specifically to O. magellanicus, prove to have

such uniformly longer tails as to deserve subspecific distinc-

tion, as follows :—

Oryzomys magellanicus mizurus, subsp. n.

Size and other characters quite as in true magellanicus,

but the tail averaging about 130 mm. in length, in adults, as

compared with about 110-115 in the more southern form.

Argentine, Putagonian, and Cape Horn Maride. 187

Colour above olivaceous lined with black, the rump with a

dull suffusion of fulvous ; under surface dull greyish buffy.

In true magellanicus the colour is more rufous; but as both

of the only two available skins have formerly been in spirit,

I believe that they are discoloured, and that no real difference

exists,

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 100 mm.:; tail 131; hind foot 29; ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 27°5; condylo-incisive length 24:5 ;

interorbital breadth 3°3 ; upper molar series 3°8.

Hab. Southern Patagonia. Type from Koslowsky Valley,

46° S., 71° W., Central Patagonia.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 4.4.17. Collected

17th October, 1903, by J. Koslowsky. Presented by the

Buenos Ayres Museum. Other specimens received in 1903

direct from Mr. Koslowski.

Specimens from the Rio Chica, Upper Santa Cruz,

measured by Dr. Allen, would appear to be intermediates

between the two forms ; but I am inclined to think that, if -

only the fully adult specimens were included, the tail-length

would be as in the Koslowsky form, which is but little

further north in the same faunal area.

On the other hand, aged specimens of true magellanicus,

from Orange Bay in the far south, have the tail at most

115 mm. in length,

Tue Care Horn Axopon.

As I have thus revised the determination of the Orange

Bay Huneomys and Oryzomys, I have thought it worth while

to re-examine the Akodon from the same locality, recorded as

*“* Hesperomys (Habrothriz) olivaceus” in my paper of 1890 *.

As might be expected, this proves to be different from the

Akodon olivaceus of Chili, and is clearly referable to

A, xanthorhinus, Waterh., of which it is, in fact, a topotype,

Orange Bay being in the Hardy Peninsula, where Darwin

caught the original example. A confusion in the labelling

of Darwin’s specimens, recently corrected by Dr. Allen, and

a consequent misapprehension as to the size of adult xantho-

rhinus, was a contributory cause of the wrong determination.

* Thomas, in Milne-Edwards, Miss. Scient. Cap Horn, vi., Zool.,

Mamm. p. 28 (1890). The Muride part of this work was written by me,

and merely translated in Paris. Its misdeterminations, some of which I

have now rectified, are therefore not to be credited to my respected and

friendly ally, Prof. Alphonse Milne-Edwards.

188 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

XVII.—On the African Shrews belonging to the Genus

Crocidura.x—VII. By Guy Dotumay.

[Concluded from vol. xvi. p. 514.]

Group 19 (dicolor),

Size very small. Colour above greyish, greyish brown, or cinnamon ;

below silvery grey or whitish. Skulls rather flattened. Fur very

short. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size.

(104) Crocidura bicolor, Boc.

Crocidura bicolor, Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. p. 29 (1889).

A small, short-haired, greyish-brown species, with silvery-

grey underparts and a rather flat skull.

General dimensions a trifle less than in allex. Fur, as in

all the members of this group, very short; hairs of back

only about 2-3 mm. in length.

Colour above greyish brown (between “ hair-brown” and

‘“‘fuscous ” speckled with pale greyish buff), greyer than in

allex or alpina. Flanks a trifle paler, the colour passing

fairly abruptly into the silvery greyish white of the ventral

surface, the underparts being lighter than in any of the

preceding small species. Backs of hands and feet white.

Tail finely haired, distinctly bicoloured, dark brown above,

white below ; bristle-hairs numerous, greyish in colour.

Skull small, equal in size to that of 5. cuninghamei ; brain-

case flatter than in alpina. Teeth small, especially the

second and third upper unicuspids, which are about equal in

size, the third slightly overlapping the second.

Dimensions of the type (as given by Bocage) :—

Head and body 53 mm. ; tail 42 ; hind foot 10 (s. u.).

In the Museum Collection there is a series of specimens

of bicolor from Caeconda; the following are the flesh-

dimensions of two of these individuals :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Ear.

mm. mm. mm. mm.

d.Caconda.. 55 38 10 7

9. ms s5 + 860 42 10 7

Skull-dimensions of two Caconda specimens :—

Condylo-incisive length 17°5,17°2; greatest breadth7°8, 7:8;

least interorbital breadth 3°7, 3°6; length of palate 6:9, 6:7 ;

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 189

postpalatal length 8°2, 7-8 ; greatest maxillary breadth 5:4,

5°3; median depth of brain-case 4°2, 3°7; length of upper

tooth-row 7°3, 7°5.

Hab. Gambos, Mossamedes, Angola.

Type in the Lisbon Museum.

The short fur, greyer colour, lighter underparts, and flatter

skull distinguish this Angolan shrew from the East-African

allez and alpina.

(105) Crocidura bicolor woosnami, subsp. n.

A cinnamon-coloured race of bicolor.

General proportions as in the Angolan form. Fur

equally short.

Colour of dorsal surface cinnamon-brown speckled with

grey; flanks cinnamon-brown, the transition to the light

colour of the ventral surface quite sharp. Underparts slate-

grey washed with white. Backs of hands and feet white.

Tail dull brown above, white below ; bristle-hairs white and

rather inconspicuous.

Skull of the same semi-flattened type as that of dicolor,

but rather smaller. Teeth all a little smaller, but similar

in shape ; second and third upper unicuspids about equal in

size, cingula small.

Dimensions of the type (preserved in spirit) :—

Head and body 53 mm.; tail 40; hind foot 10;

ear 6°5.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 17; greatest breadth 7°8 ;

least interorbital breadth 3°4; length of palate 7; post-

palatal length 7°8 ; greatest maxillary breadth 5°3; median

depth of brain-case 3°8 ; length of upper tooth-row 7°3.

Hab. Lake Ngami.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10.6.3.80. Collected

by R. B. Woosnam, Esq.

The rather lighter underparts, more sharply marked off

from the cinnamon-brown flanks, and smaller skull distin-

guish this Ngami race from true bicolor.

(106) Crocidura bicolor hendersoni, subsp. n.

Closely allied to bicolor, but rather larger in size and

much richer in colour.

Hind foot a little larger, measuring 11 mm. in length.

Fur equally short. Colour of upper parts brownish buff

(‘‘sepia”’ mixed with ‘ fuscous,” sprinkled with “neutral

190 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

grey’), very different from the slaty colour of the Angolan

species. Patches of the old worn coat, which are still

retained in this Nyasa specimen, are very much more orange

in colour, about as in “ tawny olive.” Underparts greyish

white, as in bicolor, not as white as in woosnami. Backs of

hands and feet rather darker, especially on their outer sides.

Tail about equal in length and similar in colouring.

Skuil badly broken, only the muzzle remaining intact.

Upper unicuspids rather larger than in bicolor, the third

rather longer than the second.

Dimensions of the type (taken from dry skin) :—

Head and body (stretched) 67 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 11.

Skull: length from front of upper incisors to back of

large premolar 5 mm.

Hab. Nyasaland. Altitude 4040 feet.

Type. Adult. B.M. no. 0. 7.31.1. Original number 4.

Collected on May 18th, 1900, by J. Henderson, Esq., and

presented by him to the National Collection.

(107) Crocidura bicolor cuninghamei, Thos.

Crocidura euninghamei, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xiv.

p- 240 (1904).

A slate-brown coloured race of bicclor, with duller under-

parts and a rather flatter skull.

Size asin Jicolor. Fur quite short, hairs on back 2-3 mm.

in length.

Colour dark slaty grey washed over with brown, the

general effect as in “sepia”’ speckled with “ neutral grey,”

considerably less brown than in allew or alpina. Belly

dull grey, not sharply marked off from the browner upper

parts. Backs of hands and feet whitish. ‘Tail finely haired,

brown above, dull white below ; bristle-hairs numerous, but

very inconspicuous.

Skull small, brain-case rather flatter than bicolor and con-

siderably more so than in adlex or alpina, and more parallel-

sided. Teeth much as in dicolor, the third upper unicuspid

overlapping the second to a rather greater extent.

Dimensions of the type and two other specimens :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Ear.

mm. mm, mm, mm.

EPUGEYEN don Bose shag ss loys 60 40 11 7

Sc IGE NES auras Meta 59 3 10 oy)

Gti Kampala 2205S. o6 43 105 7)

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 192

Skull of type: condylo-incisive length 17°6 mm. ; greatest

breadth 7:8; least interorbital breadth 3°9; length of

palate 7°4; postpalatal length 7:9; greatest maxillary

breadth 5:4; median depth of brain-case 4 ; length of upper

tooth-row 7°7.

Hab. ‘ Small uninhabited island one mile north of Sajitu

Island, Victoria Nyanza.”

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 2. 7. 5. 6.

In addition to the type there are two further specimens

of cuninghamei in the collection, one from Kama Island,

Victoria Nyanza, and the other from Kampala.

(108) Crocidura bicolor elgonius, Osg.

Crocidura bicolor elgonius, Osgood, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. v.

p. 369 (1910).

Rather smaller than cuninyhamei, greyer in colour and

with smaller skull.

Size rather less than in either bicolor or cuninghamei,

hind foot only 9mm. in length. Fur as short as in the

allied forms. Colour of dorsal surface mich greyer, general

effect between “ fuscous”’ and ‘‘ Chetura drab,” considerably

less brown than cuninghamet. Colour on sides gradually

paling and passing imperceptibly into the lighter grey of

the belly. Lateral gland very small, marked by short white

hairs. Backs of hands and feet darker, dirty brownish

grey. ‘Tail finely haired, dark sooty brown above, slightly

paler below; bristle-hairs more conspicuous, grey throughout,

not darker at their bases as in the Victoria Nyanza form.

Skull smaller, equally flat, brain-case rather narrower.

Teeth as in cuninghamei, second and third upper unicuspids

slightly smaller.

Dimensions of type and topotype (¢) (measured in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 52, 55 mm. ; tail 38, 44; hind foot 9, 9;

ear 8, 6.

Skull of type: condylo-incisive length 16°7; greatest

breadth 7:3; least interorbital breadth 3°2; length of

palate 6°8 ; postpalatal length 8; greatest maxillary breadth

4°8; depth of brain-case 4 ; length of upper tooth-row 7°2.

Hab. Kirui, Mt. Elgon. Altitude 6000 feet.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 4. 1. 47.

The much more sooty coloration and smaller skull distin-

guish this Elgon race from the Lake form.

192 Mr..G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Group 20 (cinderella),

Size fairly small. Colour above cinnamon, below whitish. Skulls

rather flat. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size.

(109) Crocidura cinderella, Thos.

Crocidura cinderella, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. viii.

p. 119 (1911).

Size of body about as in floweri described below, but tail

shorter and hind foot smaller. Fur rather short, but not as

short as in the bicolor group, hairs of back 3-4 mm. in

length.

Colour above pale cinnamon-grey, near ‘“ wood-brown ”

mixed with “drab” and speckled with “neutral grey,” the

cinnamon tint passing rather abruptly into the light greyish

white of the ventral surface; hairs of belly slate-grey, with

whitish tips. Backs of hands and feet white. Tail of

medium length, rather thick at base, thinly clad with short

hairs, drab-grey above, paler below ; bristle-hairs numerous,

evenly distributed+throughout nearly the whole length of

the tail.

Skull rather larger than in floweri and more heavily built,

brain-case narrow and fairly flat. Teeth about as in the

Egyptian species, the two small upper unicuspids equal in

size.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 62 mm. ; tail 48; hind foot 11.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 19°7; greatest breadth

8°2; least interorbital breadth 3°8; length of palate 8;

postpalatal length 8°8; greatest maxillary breadth 5°9;

median depth of brain-case 4°3; length of upper tooth-

row 8'3.

Hab, Gemenjulla, French Gambia.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11. 6.10. 13.

The shorter and less hairy tail and smaller feet distinguish

this species from the Egyptian floweri, to which it would

appear to be most nearly allied.

(110) Crocidura floweri, sp. n.

Larger than in the bicolor or nana groups, tail considerably

longer, skull as flat as in bicolor.

Size greater than in Jicolor or nana, the hind foot mea-

suring from 12-13 mm. in length. Fur long, hairs of back

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 19a

from 4-5 mm. in length, considerably longer than in

bicolor.

Colour (from spirit-specimens) of dorsal surface light

cinnamon-brown, changing abruptly on the flanks into the

white of the ventral surface ; hairs of belly with pale slate-

grey bases and whitish tips. Backs of hands and feet dirty

white. Tail very long, thinly clad with short hairs, cinnamon-

colour above, white below, distinctly bicoloured ; bristle-hairs

not numerous, entirely confined to the basal half, greyish

white in colour, and rather inconspicuous.

Skull much larger than in the other small Egyptian

species, religiosa, but somewhat of the same flattened type,

not so markedly however, the roof of the brain-case slightly

convex, about as in dicolor. In size the skull is larger than

in any of the members of the bicolor or nana groups, nearly

equalling in length that of cinderella from the French

Gambia. Teeth much larger than in religiosa, more as in

the Gambia species; second and third upper unicuspids

almost equal in size, third slightly overlapping second.

Dimensions of the type (in spirit) :—

Head and body 57 mm. ; tail 58 ; hind foot 13; ear 8.

Skulls of type and three topotypes :—

3 (type). 3. 3. 9.

nim. mm. mm. mm

Condylo-incisive length ...... 19°2 18°5 18 18

Greatest breadth ............ 8-4 8 78 78

Least interorbital breadth .... 4 38 37 38

Length of palate .........60. 75 74 73 7:3

Postpalatal length............ 89 8:4 83 83

Greatest maxillary breadth.... 56 53 52 5:4

Median depth of brain-case.... 4:3 4:2 4:2 4]

Length of upper tooth-row.... 81 8 78 76

Hab. Giza, Egypt.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10.6.18.3. Collected by

Captain S. 8S. Flower, and presented to the National Collec-

tion by the Egyptian Government Zoological Service.

This species would appear to be most nearly allied to

cinderella, from which it is distinguished by its longer and

more bicoloured tail, larger hind feet, and rather shorter

skull with larger brain-case; further, in cinderella the

bristle-hairs are distributed over nearly the entire length of

the tail, while in floweri they are strictly confined to the

basal half. All the members of the bicolor and nana groups

are considerably smaller in size and have shorter fur.

194 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Group 21 (nana).

Size small or very small. Colour above greyish or cinnamon, below

greyish or white. Fur very short. Skulls exceptionally flat.

Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size. \

(111) Crocidura nana, Dobs.

Crocidura nana, Dobson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. v. p. 225

(1890).

A very small slaty-brown coloured species, with a very

flat skull.

Size considerably less than in the bicolor group. Fur

fairly short, hairs of back measuring 3-4 mm. in length.

Colour of dorsal surface slaty brown (“neutral grey”

washed with “ Prout’s brown”), flanks equally dark, the

brownish-grey tint passing fairly abruptly into the greyish

white of the ventral surface ; belly rather whiter than in the

following race. Backs of hands and feet white. Tail finely

haired, dull brown above, white below; bristle-hairs nume-

rous, whitish in colour.

Skull very small and with the brain-case markedly flat-

tened, much more so than in any of the bicolor group ;

maxillary region rather narrow. ‘Teeth very small, third

upper unicuspid a little broader than second.

Dimensions of the type (from dried skin) :—

Head and body 40 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 8:5.

Skull of specimen from Eyk, Somaliland (the type-skull

is too badly broken to be of any use for measuring pur-

poses) :—

Condylo-incisive length 16; greatest breadth 7; least

interorbital breadth 3°2; length of palate 6°7; postpalatal

length 7°4; greatest maxillary breadth 4°6; median depth

of brain-case 3°2; length of upper tooth-row 6°8.

Hab. Dollo, Somaliland.

Type. Adult. B.M. no. 90.3. 6. 1.

In the Collection there are two further specimens of this

minute Somali shrew, both exactly lke the type in general -

colour and dimensions.

The small size, greyish-brown upper parts, whitish belly,

and very small flat skull readily distinguish nana from all

the preceding species.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 195

(112) Crocidura nanilla, Thos.

Crocidura nanilla, Thomas, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. iv. p. 99

(1909).

Smaller and greyer than nana.

Fur shorter, hairs of back only 2-3 mm. inlength. Colour

of dorsal surface slate-grey (rather paler than ‘“‘Chetura

drab”’) ; transition from slate-coloured flanks to whitish

underparts well defined ; belly rather greyer than in nana.

Backs of hands and feet white. ‘Tail finely haired, slaty

brown above, white below; bristle-hairs numerous, grey in

colour.

Skull smaller and with shorter brain-case than in nana,

equally flat. Teeth rather smaller, second and third upper

unicuspids about equal in size.

Dimensions of the type (taken from spirit-specimen) :—

Head and body 41 mm. ; tail 31 ; hind foot 8°2 ; ear 6:3.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 15°1; greatest breadth,6'8 ;

least interorbital breadth 3; length of palate 61; post-

palatal length 7; greatest maxillary breadth 46 ; median

depth of brain-case 3°2 ; length of upper tooth-row 6°5.

Hab. Uganda (probably Entebbe).

Type. Adult female (skinned from spirit). B.M. no.

9.7.14. 1.

This Uganda pygmy shrew is distinguished from the

Somali nana by its smaller skull and more slaty colouring.

(113) Crocidura pasha, sp. un.

A very small cinnamon-coloured species, with a smaller

skull than either nana or nanilla,

Size of head and body measured as rather larger than in

nana; hind foot 9 mm. in length. Fur quite short, hairs of

back only about 2°5 mm. in length.

Colour of upper parts pale cinnamon mottled with grey,

the resulting effect between “ wood-brown” and “drab,”

much browner and less slate-coloured than in nana or

nanilla, more as in the larger whitakert from Marocco.

Flanks as brightly coloured as back, sharply contrasting

with the pure white belly ; hairs of belly almost uniformly

white, only the extreme bases being greyish, the general.

effect much whiter than in nana or nanilla. Backs of hands

and feet whitish buff. Tail finely haired, cinnamon-brown

196 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

above, whitish below; bristle-hairs long and numerous,

white in colour.

Skull smaller than in nanilla, of the same exceptionally

flattened type, sides of brain-case rather less parallel, more

convex. Teeth smaller, second upper unicuspid a trifle

smaller in horizontal section than the third, which slightly

overlaps it.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 50 mm. ; tail 38; hind foot 9; ear 8.

Skull of type and of a female specimen from Khartoum :—

Condylo-incisive length 14-4, 14°2 ; greatest breadth 6°6, 6°6 ;

least interorbital breadth 3:1, 3; length of palate 5:7, 5:5 ;

postpalatal length 6°7,6°8; greatest maxillary breadth 4°3, 4;

median depth of brain-case 2:9, 2°9; length of upper tooth-

row 5°9, 5°9.

Hab. Atbara River, Sudan.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 8.9. 22.1. Collected on

July 10th, 1908, by W. G. Percival, Esq., and presented by

him to the British Museum.

In the Collection there are two specimens, preserved in

spirit, from Khartoum which undoubtedly represent this

species ; the skull-dimensions of one of these individuals

are given above.

The pale cinnamon-coloured dorsal surface, sharply con-

trasting with the almost pure white of the underparts, and

smaller skull and teeth distinguish this handsome little

shrew from nana, nanilla, and religiosa.

(114) Crocidura glebula, sp. n.

Closely allied to pasha, but rather darker in colour.

Size about as in pasha ; fur equally short.

Colour of dorsal surface considerably darker and duller,

between “hair-brown” and ‘“‘snuff-brown,” speckled with

“neutral grey”; flanks a little greyer, the brownish tint

passing fairly abruptly into the greyish white of the ventral

surface, but not nearly so sharply contrasted as in pasha.

Underparts greyish white, basal halves of hairs slate-grey,

apical portions whitish, the general effect much duller and

greyer than in the Sudan species. Backs of hands and feet

white. Tail finely haired, light drab-brown above, white

below ; bristle-hairs slender and inconspicuous, but fairly

numerous.

Skull missing.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 197

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 56 mm.; tail 32; hind foot 9; ear 8.

Hab. Gungeru, Northern Nigeria.

Type. Female. B.M.no.4.7.9.14. Original number 16.

Collected and presented to the British Museum by Capt. H.

Cock, R.A.

In spite of the absence of the skull, there can be little

doubt regarding the affinities of this shrew. The darker

and duller-coloured upper parts and distinctly greyer belly

distinguish it at once from pasha. The only other West-

African species at all similar in general colour is cinderella,

from the French Gambia, which may be easily distinguished

by its larger size, longer tail, and much longer fur.

(115) Crocidura religiosa, Is. Geoff.

Sorex religiosus, Is. Geoffroy, Mém. Mus, xv. p. 128 (1827).

In size about as in nana, but greyer in colour.

Fur shorter than in nana, about like that of nanilla.

Colour of upper parts dull drab-grey faintly washed with

brownish, the general effect much as ia “ hair-brown,”

considerably greyer than in nana, but not so slaty as in

nanilla, Flanks rather paler, the tint gradually fading and

passing imperceptibly into the light grey of the underparts ;

hairs of belly with grey bases and greyish-white tips, on

chin and throat rather lighter. Backs of hands and feet

white. Tail drab-colour above, whitish below; bristle-hairs

numerous, greyish in colour.

Skull about equal in length to that of nana, quite as flat,

the brain-case a trifle broader. Teeth similar.

Dimensions (taken from spirit-specimens) :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.

mm. mm, mm,

GZAs > a davon vaie iene. 45 36 9

ay ofexcher shel eins: sar ele’ » 49 40 9°5

DeAEGN Saree wietd eines. fderaia 52 37 9:2

Ia rata gn 47 34 85

rit JomOo loin OD GIL 50 34 9

47 34 8:7

Skulls of two adults: condylo-incisive length 15°8, 15:8;

greatest breadth 7, 7; least interorbital breadth 3°2, 3:1;

length of palate 6°2, 6°2; postpalatal length 7:4, 7:4;

greatest maxillary breadth 4°9, 4°7 ; median depth of brain-

case 3, 3; length of upper tooth-row 6:8, 6°8.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 14

198 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Hab. Egypt.

This Egyptian shrew is distinguished from nana by its

shorter fur, rather duller and greyer dorsal surface, and

much greyer underparts. The Sudan species, pasha, is

separated from religiosa by its much smaller skull, brighter

colouring, and white ventral surface. The smaller size and

more slaty colour at once distinguish nanilla from this species.

(116) Crocidura lusitania, sp. n.

Allied to nana, larger in size and with larger skull and

teeth.

Body and hind foot larger than in nana; tail rather

longer. Fur very short, hairs of back about 2°5 mm. in

length.

Colour (taken from spirit-specimens) of dorsal surface

rather darker than in glebula, dull greyish cinnamon-brown,

changing fairly abruptly on the flanks into the greyish

white of the underparts. Chin and throat, backs of hands

and feet, and lateral gland white. Tail long ; light brown

above, whitish below; bristle-hairs numerous and long,

distributed over nearly the whole length of the tail, white in

colour.

Skull of the same flattened shape as in nana, brain-case

broader, muzzle less slender. Teeth larger and heavier ;

third upper unicuspid rather broader than second, but not

markedly so.

Dimensions of the type and topotype (spirit-speci-

mens) :—

Head and body 53, 53 mm.; tail 43, 42; hind foot 10°6,

10°5; ear 8, 7.

Skulls: condylo-incisive length 16°9,17; greatest breadth

7°5, 74; least interorbital breadth 3°6, 3:2; length of

palate 7, 7; postpalatal length 7°8, 8; greatest maxillary

breadth 5-2, 5; median depth of brain-case 3°7, 3°6; length

of upper tooth-row 7°2, 7:4.

Hab. Trarza Country, Mauritania.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 13. 3.7.2. Collected by

M. Audan.

The larger size distinguishes this species from all the

other members of the nana group.

The Nigerian glebula would appear to be its nearest -

relation ; it is probably also related to the Gambian

cinderella, which species possesses a larger and less. flattened

skull and more incrassated tail.

belonging to the Genus Orocidura. —_.. 199

Grounp 22 (dolichura).

Size medium or very small. Colour above dark brownish red, greyish,

or blackish. Caudal bristle-hairs almost entirely absent.

(117) Crocidura dolichura, Pet.

Crocidura dolichura, Peters, MB, Akad. Berlin, p. 475 (1876).

A fairly small species with very long tail, caudal bristle-

hairs almost entirely absent.

Size of body small ; tail exceptionally long, about 80 mm.

in length.

Colour slate-grey above, gradually fading on the flanks to

the greyish tint of the belly, which is only a shade lighter

than on the back. Backs of hands and feet dirty white or

brownish ; claws of fore and hind feet about equal. Tail

very long, cylindrical, and appearing almost naked, but

covered with very short brown hairs, rather darker above

than below; caudal bristles almost absent, a few situated at

the extreme root of the tail.

Dimensions of the type (as given by Peters) :—

Head and body 63 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 14 (c. u.) ;

ear 9.

Skull: length of upper tooth-row 7:9.

Hab. Bonjongo, Cameroons.

In the Museum Collection there are two spirit-specimens

from the Cameroons which may be referred to this species ;

the following are the flesh-dimensions of these specimens :—

Head and body 59, 60 mm. ; tail 84,78; hind foot 13, 13°2

(s. u.); ear 8, 8.

The skull of one specimen having been taken out, it is

possible to give the following dimensions :—

Condylo-incisive length 20; greatest breadth 8°6; least

interorbital breadth 4°2 ; length of palate 7:8 ; postpalatal

length 9°2; greatest width across maxillary region 5:7 ;

median depth of brain-case 51; length of upper tooth-

row 8°6.

The skull is smaller thanithat of the following species ;

brain-case narrow and high, muzzle not tapering so suddenly.

Teeth small, second and third upper unicuspids about equal

in size and roughly circular in section, much broader than

those of maurisca; cingula exceptionally prominent. —

Externally this shrew may be at once recognised by its

extremely long and apparently hairless tail. The great

length of the tail readily separates it from the other members

of this group.

14*

200 Mr. G. Doilman on the African Shrews

(118) Crocidura maurisca, Thos.

Crocidura maurisca, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xiv.

p- 239 (1904).

A medium-sized species, chocolate-brown in colour,

possessing the cylindrical hairless tail so characteristic of

this group; skull small and tapering, unicuspids very

narrow.

General body-proportions much as in dolichura, tail

‘markedly shorter.

Colour above dull chocolate-brown, flanks slightly lighter,

the brown tint gradually passing into the brownish of the

ventral surface, which is slightly paler than the upper parts.

Backs of hands and feet same colour as back ; the fore and

hind claws subequal. ‘Tail slender and cylindrical, long

hairs present only at the extreme base ; brownish above and

below.

Skull small and narrow in front, tapering anteriorly more

markedly than in any other member of this group ; brain-

case fairly broad and high, maxillary region narrow, muzzle

slender and tapering to a sharp point. Teeth small, upper

incisors very narrow, small unicuspids longer than broad,

oval in section, third slightly longer than second; cingula

prominent.

Dimensions of the type (taken from spirit-specimen before

skinning) :—

Head and body 75 mm.; tail 60; hind foot 144;

ear 10.

Skull : condylo-incisive length 20:7 ; greatest breadth 9°2 ;

least interorbital breadth 4°3 ; length of palate 8:3; post-

palatal length 9°2; greatest width across maxillary region

6:2; median depth of brain-case 5°4; length of upper tooth-

row 9:1.

Hab. Eutebbe, Uganda.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1.8.9. 99.

This species is known only from the type-specimen, and, as

this was for a short period preserved in spirit, it is impossible

to accept the general coloration of this individual as strictly

normal. There can be no doubt, however, that it is a very

dark-coloured species, both above and below.

The narrow tapering muzzle of the skull and small very

narrow unicuspids serve to separate maurisca from all the

other members of this naked-tail group.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 201

(119) Crocidura niobe, Thos.

Crocrdur'a niobe, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xviii. p. 188

(1906).

Slightly smaller than maurisca; agrees in the almost entire

absence of long bristles on the tail, but considerably greyer

in colour, and possesses a shorter stouter skull with broader

unicuspids.

Size of body and hind feet rather less than in the Entebbe

species.

General colour dark slaty grey (varies from “ blackish

brown (2)” to “blackish brown (2) ”’ mixed with “ clove-

brown ”’), indistinctly mottled with silvery grey. Under-

parts slate-grey, rather lighter than in maurisca, only the

extreme tips of the hairs tinted with light brown. Backs of

hands and feet slate-brown, fore claws rather smaller than

hind, ‘Tail long, slender, and cylindrical, long hairs present

only on the basal portion ; uniformly blackish brown above

and below.

Skull less delicately built than that of maurisca, stouter

and slightly flatter; muzzle blunter and less tapering,

maxillary region rather broader. Teeth rather smaller,

unicuspids broader, nearly circular in section, second rather

smaller than and overlapped by third ; cingula well developed.

The broad almost circular second and third unicuspids are

very different from the narrow oval-shaped teeth of maurisca.

Cheek-teeth square-shaped.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 61 mm. ; tail 63; hind foot 13; ear 10.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 20 ; greatest breadth 9:1 ;

least interorbital breadth 4°5 ; length of palate 7:8; post-

palatal length 9 ; greatest maxillary breadth 6°3 ; depth of

brain-case 5:4; length of upper tooth-row 8:2.

Hab. Ruwenzori Kast. Altitude 6000 feet.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6.7. 1. 32.

There are three specimens of this shrew in the collection,

all from Ruwenzori, collected at altitudes between 6000 and

7000 feet.

The much broader and less tapering skull and broader

unicuspids distinguish this species from maurisca.

(120) Crocidura bottegi, Thos.

Crocidura bottegi, Thomas, Ann, Mus. St. Nat. Genova, (2) vol. xviii.

(xxxvili.) p. 677 (1898).

Much smaller than niode, but possessing the same domed-

shaped skull and bristleless tail.

202 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

In general dimensions more as in the nana group, body

very small. Fur long, hairs on back from 5 to 6 mm. in

length.

Colour (from spirit-specimen) dark brown above and

below, the belly scarcely paler. Hands and feet equally

dark. Tail long and slender, finely haired, dark brown

above, a shade paler below; bristle-hairs almost entirely

absent, a few very short ones near the base.

Skull in general build like that of niobe, but very much

smaller; brain-case very high and rounded, the junction of

the lambdoidal and sagittal sutures situated fairly far for-

ward, as in niobe and the flatter skull of fumosa. Interorbital

region very broad behind, narrowing in front rather abruptly.

Maxillary region narrow. Teeth small, anterior upper

incisors directed forwards in such a manner that they do

not project downwards below the level of the second incisors ;

second and third upper unicuspids small, third a little

broader than second. Cheek-teeth of the same square shape

as in niobe, the last upper molar exhibiting the same

characteristic form, the main grinding-area square-shaped,

abruptly narrowing externally into a small lateral point.

In length this skull is more as is found in the nana group,

but its build is so different from the exceedingly flat skulls

of nana and its allies that it is impossible to consider it in

any way closely related.

Dimensions of co-type (in spirit) :—

Head and body 44 mm.; tail 41; hind foot 10°7;

ear 7‘3.

Skull : condylo-incisive length 15°3; greatest breadth 7°3 ;

least interorbital breadth 3-4; greatest posterior inter-

orbital breadth 4°2 ; length of palate6; postpalatal length 7 ;

greatest maxillary breadth 4°3; depth of brain-case 44;

length of upper tooth-row 6°3.

Hab. Between Badditu and Dimé, near Lake Margharita,

N.E. of Lake Rudolf.

The co-type in the British Museum (B.M. no. 98. 2.5. 6)

is an adult male.

The minute size of this species immediately distinguishes

it from all the other members of this group. The only

points which it has in common with nana and its allies are

the small size of the body and skull; the high brain-case,

square-shaped cheek-teeth, great posterior breadth of the

interorbital region, and almost entire absence of caudal

bristles show beyond doubt that it is most nearly related to

niobe.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 203

(121) Crocidura monax, Thos,

Crocidura monax, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. vi. p. 310

(1910).

Larger than maurisca with very much heavier and stouter

skull.

Size medium, hind foot between 15°5 and 17 mm. in

length.

General colour dark slaty, like that of niobe, but rather

darker and without the mottled appearance (between

“fuscous”? and ‘‘fuscous black’). Flanks rather paler

than back, the colour gradually passing into that of the

ventral surface, which is a shade greyer and paler than the

upper parts. Backs of hands and feet brownish, fore and

hind claws about equal in size. ‘Tail slender and cylindrical,

long caudal bristles almost entirely absent, a few only at the

base ; colour blackish brown above and below.

Skull considerably larger than that of maurisca, brain-case

rather flat; maxillary region narrow, muzzle blunt. Teeth

large, unicuspids with well-formed cingula, broad and

roughly circular in section, very different from the narrow

oval-shaped teeth of maurisca ; third unicuspid slightly

larger than and overlapping second.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 88 mm.; tail 66; hind foot 16:2;

ear 10.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 24:1; greatest breadth

10°7 ; least interorbital breadth 5°3; length of palate 9°7 ;

postpalatal length 10°8; greatest maxillary width 7°5 ;

median depth of brain-case 61; length of upper tooth-

row ll.

Hab. Rombo, Kilimanjaro. Altitude 5000 feet.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 10. 7.2. 58.

In addition to the type there are in the Museum Collection

seven further specimens from Rombo, all remarkably

uniform in general colour. The following are the collector’s

measurements of six of these specimens :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.

mm. mm. mm.

Go - HOMRO fo... ae. 87 62 16°2

d. yeiagy 25 5 Be 88 61 15°5

Ss Pay pace 91 65 7

oO. Rea Pee ce 81 62 16

oe es eee 88 62 16:5

Leg | lakers et 83 64 15°5

In general colour this species is slightly darker than

204 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

niobe ; it may be distinguished at once by its larger size and

very much larger and stouter skull.

(122) Crocidura hitoralis, Hell.

Crocidura littoralis, Heller, Smith. Misc. Coll. vol. lv. no. 15, p. 5

(1910).

Allied to monaz, darker and browner in colour,

Size of body and hind foot rather larger than in the

Kilimanjaro species.

Colour of dorsal surface rich sepia, considerably browner

than the dark slaty pelage of monax; underparts vandyke-

brown, the chin and throat suffused with grey. Hair every-

where plumbeous at base. Backs of hands and feet rather

lighter than back. ‘Tail as in monaw.

Skull about equal to that of monaz, rather narrower and

with a slightly shorter tooth-row.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh, excepting

the hind foot) :—

Head and body 96 mm.; tail 67 ; hind foot 17.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 24; greatest breadth 10;

length of upper tooth-row 10.

Hab. Butiaba, east shore of Albert Nyanza, Uganda.

Type. Adult male. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 164642.

This species is evidently very closely allied to monaz, from

which it may be distinguished by its browner and darker

colour.

(123) Crocidura ultima, sp. n.

Allied to monaz, distinguished by its paler and browner

colour and the large size of third upper unicuspid, as com-

pared with the second. ;

Size of body much as in monaz,

General colour reddish brown mottled with grey, effect

very much as in “clove-brown” sprinkled with greyish

buff, very different from the dark blackish-brown coloration

of monax. Underparts rather greyer than upper, not dis-

tinctly differentiated from the brownish tint of the flanks.

Backs of bands and feet pale brownish buff ; claws of hind

feet slightly larger than those of fore feet. Tail fairly long,

covered with very short brownish hairs, the general effect as

in monax ; colour reddish brown above and below, paler than

in the other members of this group ; caudal bristles almost

entirely absent, a few near the base on the ventral surface.

Skull slightly smaller than that of monaz, of a very similar

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 205

build, broad with blunt muzzle. Teeth slightly smaller ;

second unicuspid conspicuously smaller than and overlapped

by third, circular in section with well-developed cingula.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the fiesh) :—

Head and body 90 mm. ; tail 62 ; hind foot 16; ear 13.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 22°9; greatest breadth

10:2; least interorbital breadth 5°3 ; length of palate 9:3;

postpalatal length 10; greatest maxillary breadth 68;

length of upper tooth-row 10°2.

Hab. Jombeni Range, Nyeri District, British East Africa.

Altitude 5000 feet.

Type. Adult. B.M. no. 12. 7.1.60. Original number

868. Collected and presented by A. Blayney Percival, Esq.

This Jombeni form may be distinguished at once from

monax by the great difference in size between the second

and third upper unicuspids, the third being very much

larger and considerably overlapping the second, while in

monax the third unicuspid is only slightly larger than the

second,

(124) Crocidura neavet, Wrought.

Crocidura neavei, Wroughton, Manchester Memoirs, vol. li. no. 5, p. 7

(1907).

In size rather larger than maurisca, but much blacker in

colour and possessing a flatter skull with rather broader

teeth.

Size of body and hind foot a little larger than in

maurisca.

General colour very dark seal-brown (dark ‘“fuscous

black” finely speckled with “ cinnamon-brown”), fading

gradually on the flanks into the brownish grey of the ventral

surface. Backs of hands and feet brownish; fore claws

rather smaller than hind. Tail long and clothed with short

blackish hairs above and below, general appearance as naked

as in the foregoing species ; long caudal bristles only present

on the basal portion.

Skull about equal in size to that of maurisca, with flatter

brain-case ; maxillary region more expanded, muzzle not

tapering so markedly. ‘'Tooth-row equal in size to that of

maurisca, second and third upper unicuspids rather broader,

but not so broad as in dolichura; cingula well developed.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 78 mm.; tail 60; hind foot 16; ear 9.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 20°7; greatest breadth

8°8; least interorbital breadth 4°7 ; length of palate 8:2 ;

206 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

postpalatal length 9°5; greatest maxillary breadth 6:4;

median depth of brain-case 4°9; length of upper tooth-

row 9'1.

Hab. Kafue River, Northern Rhodesia. Altitude 4000

feet.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7.1.11. 12.

Since this species was described Mr. Neave has collected

a second specimen of this interesting shrew on the Kalung-

wisi River, east of Lake Mweru. It agrees very closely with

_ the type in the general colour and the caudal characters

described above.

The very dark blackish colour readily separates this form

from all the more northern species ; it would seem to be

more nearly allied to the following species than to any of

the other members of this group.

(125) Crocidura sylvia, Thos. & Schw.

Crocidura sylvia, Thomas & Schwann, P. Z. 8. xxxix. p. 587 (1906).

A very dark-coloured species with rather more long hairs

on the basal portion of the tail than in the other members

of this group.

Size of body and hind foot as in maurisca ; tail usually

rather shorter.

General colour dark seal-brown (‘‘fuscous black”? and

“black” sprinkled with golden buff), as dark as in neavei ;

underparts slightly paler. Backs of hands and feet brownish ;

claws of fore and hind feet about equal in size. Tail

shorter than in neavei or maurisca and more hairy, the entire

tail covered with fairly conspicuous black hairs, not, 2s in

the other members of this group, appearing almost naked;

caudal bristles very slender, but fairly numerous on the

basal portion of the tail, more conspicuous than in any of

the allied species. As regards the length of the tail it will

be seen from the figures given below that, while the usual

length is between 53 and 60 mm., there is one rather larger

specimen from Inhambane in which the tail is fully 67 mm.

in length; it is interesting to note that in this individual

the tail is less hairy than in the Zoutpansberg series and the

caudal] bristles less numerous—the general effect much more

that of neavet.

Skull rather longer than that of maurisca, with broader

muzzle, the nasal region about as in neavei; brain-case

proportionally narrower and rather high, the general shape

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 207

of the skull rather like a larger edition of dolichura,

Maxillary breadth as great as in neavei. Teeth larger and

broader than in maurisca, unicuspids roughly circular in

shape, slightly broader than those of neavei; cingula fairly

prominent.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 81 mm. ; tail 53 ; hind foot 15; ear 8°5.

The following are the skin-dimensions of the other

specimens of sylvia in the collection :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Ear.

mm. mm. mm. min,

2. Zoutpansberg.... 84 50 14:5 8

Q. ” odds 0 (88 51 14:7 8

d. 4 a eared ene 49 14 8

é. i erent, ee 54 14°7 8

ofr ” das soy 282 50 15 9

é. » ie | ee 60 17 §

3. . Pua gS 54 15 8

©. Zululand). .4. 6.45 91 58 14 6

3. Inhambane...... 90 67 16 9

Skull-dimensions of the type and two other specimens

from the type-locality :—

3 (type). dé: d

mm. mm mm

Condylo-incisive length.....,.... 21°5 22 213

iteapest breadth Ja. wre ov ce' s d1 9-2 9°2

Least interorbital breadth........ 4:3 4:5 4:6

Length of palate ........... 0044 8:6 9 8:7

Postpalatal length .............. 9°9 99 95

Greatest maxillary breadth .,.... 67 67 6:3

Length of upper tooth-row ...... 9-1 9-4 9-2

Hab. Woodbush, Zoutpansberg District, N.E. Transvaal.

Altitude 4500 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6. 4. 3.10.

This species may be distinguished from the other members

of this group by its more hairy and rather shorter tail ;

its very dark colour separates it from all the equatorial

forms, neavei from the Kafue River being the only species

as dark as sylvia.

The foliowing forms I have been unable to determine :—

(a) Crocidura ferruginea, Heug.

Crocidura ferruginea, Heuglin, Nov. Act. Ac. Cees. Leop.-Carol.

part i. p. 36 (1865),

Length of head and body 5” 3'"; tail 24”.

208 On the African Shrews belonging to Crocidura.

Hab. “ Lande der Ridj-Neger,” Bahr-el-Ghazal.

The description is extremely vague, the author not being

quite certain as to whether there are three or more upper

unicuspids. If the specimen was really a Crocidura it is

possible that ferruginea is a member of the nyanse or doriana

groups.

(b) Crocidura fusco-murina, Heug.

Sorex fusco-murinus, Heuglin, Nov. Act. Ac. Cees. Leop.-Carol. part i.

p. 36 (1865).

Smaller than sericea, but not as small as in the nana

group; length of head and body 2” 2'’’; tail 1" 93'".

“Supra nitide fusco-murinus, subtus pallidior, magis

cinerascens; mento labiisque obsolete albis; auriculis

majusculis, latis, rotundatis ...”

Hab. Meshra el Req, Bahr-el-Ghazal.

This species is probably allied to dutleri, from which it is

easily distinguished by its general dimensions. -

(ce) Crocidura viarius, Is, Geoff.

Sorex viarius, Is. Geoffroy, Voy. Bél., Zool. p. 127 (1834).

A small species; the only Senegalese shrew of similar

size in the Museum Collection is a Pachyura.

‘**Pelage d’un roux grisdtre en dessus, d’un cendré clair

en dessous. Oreilles grandes, non cachées dans les poils.

Queue un peu comprimée dans sa premiere portion, arrondie

vers son extrémité, garnie de longues soies clair-semées,

dirigées en arriére. Longueur du corps et de la téte, un

peu plus de 3 pouces; longueur de la queue, 2 pouces.”

Hab. Senegal.

(d) Crocidura infumata, Wag.

Sorex infumatus, Wagner, Schreb. Siug. Suppl. ii. p. 76 (1841).

From the dimensions and colour it seems most probable

that infumata is related to the hirta group, possibly to

flavidula or pondoensis.

Length of head and body 3” 1'” ; tail 1'’ 93'”,

Hab. Cape.

(e) Crocidura fulvaster, Sund.

Sorex fulvaster, Sundevall, Vet. Akad. Handl. Stock. pp. 172 & 178

(1842).

This form is described as “ palide griseo-fulvescens, subtus

cinereo-albus, dentibus intermediis supra 3 ; secundo tertio-

que equalibus.”

Bibliographical Notice. 209

Dimensions of the type (as given by Sundevall) :—

Head and body 90 mm.; tail 44; hind foot (c. u.) 13.

Hab. Bahr el Abiad.

It seems probable that fulvaster is only a colour-phase of

Sundevall’s sericea ; if this should be the case, the name

fulvaster must stand owing to page priority, sericea and

strauchii then being placed as synonyms of fulvaster.

(f) Crocidura macrodon, Dobs.

Crocidura macrodon, Dobson, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. v. p. 226

(1890).

A medium-sized species.

Colour not described.

Skull with long anterior incisors, third upper unicuspid

broader than second.

Dimensions of the type (as given by Dobson) :—

Head and body 68 mm. ; tail 46; hind foot 14; ear 8:5.

Skull: “distance of the tip of first incisor from apex of

principal cusp of the last premolar 54.”

Hab. “ Sudan? ”

Type (in spirit). No. 1968. Zoological Museum, Petro-

rad.

; It is probable that this shrew is allied to the fumosa group,

but from the description alone it is impossible to arrive at

any true idea of the affinities of the species.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca, Atlas of Plates. By H.

Surer. Published by the Authority of the Government of New

Zealand. 72 Plates, with Explanations,

W58EN reviewing the text of this work in our number for July 1914

we expressed the hope that the plates, when they arrived, would

prove superior to the text in “get up.”

This we are now glad to be able to state is the case. Not that

the whole of the seventy-two plates composing this Atlas are of

equal merit—some are decidedly poor. and the figures based on

photographs leave much to be desired. On the other hand, the

reproductions of the author’s own careful drawings of the Endo-

donts are excellent. In all cases, however—and this is the

important point,—the species delineated are clearly recognizable,

which, alas! is often not the case in some quite beautifully executed

plates where artistic licence has been taken with the subjects.

210 Geological Society.

With this Atlas before us we are more than ever sure, as we

said, that the work will be of immense value, not only to students

of the New Zealand Mollusca, but to all malacologists. Would that

other governing bodies, including some not far removed from home,

could be induced to undertake similar works of scientific utility !

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 17th, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Mr. JoHN PARKINSON gave an account (illustrated by specimens

and lantern-slides) of some observations on the Structure of

the Northern Frontier District and Jubaland Provinces

of the East Africa Protectorate, made by him while

conducting a water-supply survey for the Government of the

Protectorate. A floor of gneisses and schists, among which the

Turoka Series of metamorphosed sediments was found at several

places, is overlain on the western side by lavas, including those

arising from the voleanoes Kulal, Assi (‘ Hsie’ of the maps), Hurri,

Marsabit, ete., and by probably older lava-fields which together

extend as far as long. 39° E. On the south, it was found that

the lavas north of “Kenya reached the Guaso Nyiro, leaving

‘inselberge’ of the crystalline rocks in their midst, but that a

high gneiss country extended north-westwards from lat. 1° N.

and long. 38° E. to within a short distance of Lake Rudolf.

Eastwards the Coastal Belt of sediments proved to be of Upper

Oxfordian age and to extend to long. 405° E. (west of Eil Wak),

and these were lost southwards under the great alluvial plain of.

Jubaland.

At intervals throughout the alluvial plain and lying in hollows

in the Jurassic rocks, disconnected exposures were found of soft

calcareous sandstones or limestones (Wajhir, Eil Wak), the age of

which cannot now be definitely fixed.

Evidences of the desiccation of the country were, it was thought,

shown (1) by the Laks or water-channels characteristic of Juba-

land, which contained surface-water only during the rainy season

and then extremely rarely, if ever, throughout their length;

(2) by the presence of freshwater molluscs in the scarcely con-

solidated beds of such Laks and at other places where now no

surface-water is present (Buna and near the Abyssinian frontier) ;

and (3) by the presence of wells along fault-lines and in other

places where, but for the previous presence of springs, it appears

improbable that the natives would have begun sinking.

The region between Lake Rudolf and Marsabit was pointed out

Geological Society. 211

as one of exceptional interest, which the speaker had so far not

been able to investigate.

The depression between the Mathews and associated ranges and

the Abyssinian frontier on which the Marsabit and Hurri volcanoes

were situated, and the origin of the Kuroli Desert (Elgess), were

the outstanding features of the district that required further

elucidation.

Mr. G. C. Crick stated that the Cephalopoda submitted to him

by the Lecturer consisted chiefly of crushed ammonites from dark-

grey shales at Kukatta on the Juba River (lat. 2° 8’ N.), there

being also a belemnite preserved in a yellowish-brown rock-fragment

from Serenli on the same river and somewhat north of Kukatta.

He regarded all the ammonites as referable to Perisphinctes and

its section Virgatosphinctes, and to species which had previously

been described from the neighbourhood of Mombasa. From this

assemblage of forms he concluded that the shales at Kukatta were

of Upper Oxfordian (Sequanian) age. He stated that the belemnite

from Serenli indicated the presence there of a slender sulcate form,

similar to those previously recorded from British Somaliland on the

north and from the neighbourhogd of Mombasa on the south; but,

although of Jurassic age, it was too imperfectly shown in the

rock-fragment for accurate determination.

Mr. R. Butten Newron said that he had examined a small

series of non-marine Kainozoie molluscan remains belonging to

recent species, and associated with hard and soft limestones,

calcareous sandstones, and conglomerates, which had been collected

by the Lecturer, and had determined them as follows :—

AMPULLARIA OVATA (?) Olivier. Locality.—Lak Buna.

Distribution.—Recent: Victoria Nyanza, Tanganyika, Nile;

Post-Pliocene: Egypt; Miocene: Victoria Nyanza.

MeELANIA TUBERCULATA (Miiller) (= curvicosta Deshayes).

Localities.—Archer’s Post; Lak Buna; Chikali Khofu.

Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, Nyasa, Tanganyika,

India, ete.; Post-Pliocene: Egypt and Sahara; Pliocene:

Lake Assal, French Somaliland (formerly regarded as Abyssinia) ;

Miocene: Rudolf (Omo River), Greece, North Italy, etc.

CLEOPATRA BULIMOIDES (Olivier). Localities.—Lak Buna;

Chikali Khofu. ¢

Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, French Somaliland,

Zanzibar; Post-Pliocene: Egypt; Pliocene: French Somali-

land; Miocene: Victoria Nyanza.

Byruinta and PLranorsis spp. Locality.—Waihir.

212 Geological Society.

LIMIcOLARIA RECTISTRIGATA E. A.Smith. Locality.—Archer’s

Post.

Distribution.—Recent: Rudolf and Tanganyika regions.

RHACHIS RHODOTHNIA Martens. Locality.—Chukali Ghofu.

Distribution.—Recent: Victoria Nyanza and Mount Kenya

plateau.

LEPTOSPATHA SPATHULIFORMIS (Bourguignat). Localities.—

Turbi and Lak Buna.

Distribution.—Recent: Rudolf and Zanzibar.

CorRBICULA FLUMINALIS (Miiller) (= saharica Fischer).

Localities.—Turbi; Lak Buna and Chukali Ghofu.

Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, Marguerite, and

Abyssinia; Post-Pliocene: Egypt and Sahara; Pliocene:

French Somaliland ; Miocene: Rudolf (Omo-River beds).

CoRBICULA RADIATA (=pusilla?) Philippi. Locality.—

Chukali Ghofu.

Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, Victoria Nyanza,

Albert Edward, Nyasa, Tanganyika; Post-Pliocene: Egypt;

Pliocene: French Somaliland; Miocene: Rudolf (Omo-River

beds).

No vertebrates occurred with these shells, hence their age would

probably be younger than the Omo-River deposits north of Lake

Rudolf, that have yielded a somewhat similar mollusean fauna,

but with the addition of Dinotheriwm and other vertebrate remains.

The presence of that genus, as pointed out by Dr. Haug (‘ Traité

de Géologie’ 1908-11, vol. ii, p. 1727), was indicative of the

Pontian or Upper Miocene Period. There are, however, some

lacustrine beds near Lake Assal, in French Somaliland (formerly

regarded as Abyssinia), which contain shells also bearing a resem-

blance to those collected by Mr. Parkinson in British East Africa,

especially Melania tuberculata, Cleopatra bulimoides, Corbicula

fluminalis, and C. radiata, which are common to both sets of

deposits. These Lake Assal beds, which are also without vertebrate

remains, have been identified by Aubry (Bull. Soc. Géol. France,

ser. 8, vol. xiv, 1885, pp. 206-209), and Pantanelli (Atti Soc.

Toscana Sci. Nat. Proe.-verb. vol. v, 1887, pp. 204-206, and zbid.

vol. vi, 1888, p. 169) as of Pliocene age. If, from these facts, such

widely distant beds can be recognized as contemporaneous, then

the suggestion may be made that the northern half of British East

Africa was probably an extensive freshwater region during Pliocene

times, limited on the north by Lake Assal, on the east by Suddidima,

on the south by Archer’s Post and the Mount Kenya plateau, and

on the west by Lakes Rudolf, Stefanie, and Marguerite.

Assistance in the determination of these shells had been kindly

rendered by Mr. E. A. Smith, 1.8.0.

Royal 8yo, price 5s, net.

ve Systematic Site we of

HISTERIDE.

By GEORGE LEWIS, F.L.S.

By the same Author.

Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera.

Price 2s, 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

Taytor and Franors, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price 4d.; Post Free, 43d.

LIST OF BRITISH NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD,

F.L. S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C,

LARD AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA CF INDIA,

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F-.RS., &e.

_ With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera :

Limax, Parvatella, Macrochlamys, Pseudokaliella, Kaliella,

Durgella, Eulota, Helix, Alyczus.

Taytor and Frawnors, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price £7 net, Royal 4to, pp. xlvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates and map.

: A HISTORY

. OF THE

BIRDS OF CEYLON,

be Vincent t Legge, R. ‘A: F.Z. os &c.

-‘Tarzon and Faaxcs, Red tiga Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 98,—Eighth Series.

IX, Rhynchotal Notes—LVIII. By W. L. Distant........-. nag

X. Descriptions of new Freshwater Shells from Japan. By H.B.

Preston, F.ZS.° {Plate TX.) 65.0) atts ce see ye pele oe vee ws cS ie ole ae

XI. On the Nomenclature and Identity of some little-known

British Spiders. By A. Ranpert Jackson, M.D., D.Sc. ........%. 163

XII. Note on the Thorax in Anoplura and in the Genus Nesiotinus

of the Mallophaga. By Bruce F. Cumaines (British Museum of

Natural History) 35% 250 Ces en ncn oe wnitaceg sos pin eee omnes ao Wek

XIII. Two new Genera of African Muscoidea. By CHartes H. Tee

TowNsenp, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C. .......-.+... 174

XIV. A new Genus of African neat with a Note on :

Galériseus.: By Rs 1. Potoox, BARB, ci)22 va weeties ye ewt ie oe “176:

XY. On the Generic Names of certain Old-World Monkeys. By |

OP DeTEED UHOMAS 50's sine aint Pos Bh ee Wied «ee aw a Palace fe ree vires 179 ©

XVI. Notes on Argentine, Patagonian, and Cape Horn Muride. Si ee

Hy Ociraery THowan 255465. 5 eae Oise a re ee

XVII. On the African Shrews belonging to fs Genus Cr ocidura,

—VII. By Guy Dormman............ Sass sche aes pa Fchee he BOO

; BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca. Atlas of Plates. By H.

Sutin 465s 4 re eee We ee rai se eee Ee ee 209

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Geological Society. ios seco.) ese 8s jee pees arte shee 210°

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Oitice, a

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,

EIGHTH SERIES. No. 99.

Ory wwe

AND

- MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

& «is

‘a

ZA Se —

eae ee

CONDUCTED BY

- WIELTAM CARRUTHERS, Pa.D., PRS. F.LS.F.GS.,.

ARTHUR EH, SHIPLEY, M.A., SoD, PRS, FS,

AND

_ WILLIAM chs alia ee FLA.

Pa BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘“* ANNALS” COMBINED WITH ,

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE oF NATURAL HISTORY.’

WITH TWO PLATES.

-Ilustrative of Mr. R. I. Pocock’s Paper on the Skulls of the

i Gag and Viverride.

LOND ON:

TAYLOR. AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold igs Aen Marshall, Hamilin, Kent. & Co., Ld. ; ; Bailliére, Paris:

: pad: Hodges, Bigg is, & Gay Dublin. hs

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND: FRANCIS,

The London, Bamburc. “and Dublin Philosophical ‘Magazine, is

Monthly. 9s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Monthly: 2s. 6d.

_ The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ote

. Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. ;

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 80s,, Vol. IL. 15s.

as bo tein America. Lorp Brazourne and C. Cuvps. Vol,

s, 6d.

-Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8s.,

Part II. 93., Part LI, 10s. Vol. IL, Part I. 9s., Part I. 9s., Parts IIT. &

IV. 8s, each, Part V, 12s.

Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 1ds.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net.—Examination ofan

Old eimre eed sometimes called The Nosthatecr and Manu-

-seript. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of ‘Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d. -

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health and Diploma in Tropical

Medicine and Hygiene. 6d,

_Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s.

Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.

20s. each.—Birds, Vol. I. 20s. Vols. IJ., II., and IV. 15s, each.

—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each,—

Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bens. 20s. Vol. IL: Ants anD

Cuckoo-Wasprs. 20s,—- Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. I.-IV.

20s. each, Vol. V. 10s.—Butterflies. Vols. I. and Il, 20s. each.—

Coleoptera. Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera, Curysomniip™, Vol. I.

“0s.—Coleoptera. LAMELLIcoRNIA. Pt. 1. 103.—Mollusca, 10s.—

Dermaptera. 10s. Freshwater Sponges, c., 10s.—Coleoptera.

GenEraL Intropucrion, &e,, 20s.—Diptera Nematocera. 20s.

Fauna of the Malay Peninsula : Reptilia and Batrachia. 15s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d.

Glaisher's Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.

Vol. IL.; Part X.2ls., Part XI, 21s., Part XIL. 25s.

Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Fourth Scientific Report, 7s. 6d.

Kelvin's (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s,6d, Forms for ditto. Sun, ls, Srans, ls.

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net.

Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuinaus and BomBycus. 1892. £1 Ile.

net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 10s. 6d, net.

Lewis's Systematic Catalogue of Histeridez. ds. net—Catalogue of

Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. Gd.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, bid. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Perrin's Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality. Translated

by F. Soppy, F.R.S. 3s,

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 2ls.

Royal College of Surgeons :

Calendar. ls. net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 1¥s. net.

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 4s. net.

Dermatological Collection. s8rded. 4s. net,

Physiological Series. Vols. I. and II. 2nded. 12s, net each. _

Appendices 5, 6, 7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. Gd.

Univ. Coll, Medical and Biological Catalogue. Hee Ng 0s Teg ee NR

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E. ©

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 99. MARCH 1916.

XVIII.—Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—V II.

By Ricuarp 8. BaGnatt, F.L.S.

Suborder TEREBRANTIA.

Family Thripide.

Heliothrips frontalis, sp. n.

H. hemorrhoidalis group.

9 .—Length about 1:15 mm.

Head, prothorax, pterothorax, and apex of abdomen golden-

brown, shaded to brown laterally ; frons brown ; legs yellow,

femora slightly deeper in coloration than the tibiee, especially

the intermediate pair. Body, excepting apex, chestnut-

brown, with a sublateral pair of black rings or ** eye-spots ”’

on tergites 3 to 7. Antenne broken in the unique specimen

except the first two joints, which are light yellow. Fore-wing

clouded with yellowish-brown at base and with the veins in

the third sixth (or more) and the fifth sixth dark brown ;

veins otherwise except at extreme apex (distal sixth), where

they are colourless, yellowish to light yellowish-brown.

Head subquadrate, strongly reticulated, about 0°83 as long

as broad across eyes; cheeks very slightly arched behind

eyes, and then as faintly sinuate or convergent posteriorly.

Eyes small, only occupying about one-third the length of

the head, and the space between them at least 2°5 times the

width of one of them. Antenne .... Vertex produced

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 15

214 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

into an exceptionally prominent hump, with anterior ocellus

facing forwards at summit and the posterior pair evidently

flanking the sides.

Prothorax only about 0°7 the length of the head, transverse,

with angles rounded ; widest near posterior angles, where it

is twice as wide as long ; surface with network reticulation

as in head, except a belt across disc. Pterothorax widest at

junction of meso- and metathorax. Legs much as in allies,

hind-tibie long, slender basally. Wings reaching to sixth

abdominal segment, fore-wings slightly upturned distally,

with veins (including marginal) strong ; upper vein fused

with costa; lower vein joining the hind-margin at or just

before the distal sixth. Costal fringe of about fifteen curved

setee; lower cilia also sparse, fumate, rather long, slender,

and wavy.

Abdomen comparatively heavy, elongate-ovate, and about

1°4 times as broad as the pterothorax at broadest. ‘Tenth

abdominal segment long, more than twice as long as_ broad

near base, divided above. Apical sete vestigial, a pair on 9,

at hind angles, only about 0°3 the length of segment 10.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

HTab. AUSTRALIA, Healesville, Victoria; on Senecio du-

yardeus, 1 9 only (R. Kelly).

Genus AUSTRALOTHRIPS, nov.

Strong network reticulation. Antenne 8-segmented, style

normal, not setiform ; joint 2 quadrate, cup-shaped, hollow

at apex for reception of 3. Head transverse, hind-angles

prominent ; eyes prominent; maxillary and labial palpi

3- (?) and 2-jointed respectively.

Prothorax without any prominent sete, transverse, with

lateral, explanate, wing-like margins. Wings straight, not

reticulated ; fore-wing with strong ring-vein, upper vein

merged in costa, and lower vein appearing as a median vein ;

no cilia or sete on costa, no setze on veins, and lower margin

with cilia fine. Hind-wing with strong median vein; a

series of slender setze or cilia on upper margin and a long

slightly wavy fringe on lower margin.

Tenth abdominal segment short, broad, cylindrical.

Pterothorax and abdomen much as in Rhipiphorothrips.

Type. Australothrips bicolor, mihi.

Differs from Dinurothrips, the only other genus with

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 215

explanate lateral margins of the prothorax, in the simple

antennal style and the structure of fore-wings, which are

without sete and cilia on the costa.

Australothrips bicolor, sp. n.

? .—Length about 1:1 mm.

Orange-yellow ; head, prothorax, mesothorax, scutular

area, and sides of metathorax dark chestnut-brown ; fore and

intermediate femora dark brown ; hind-femora and fore and

intermediate tibize lightly tinged with brown. Antenne with

joint 6 apically and style brown; first joint lightly tinged

with brown. Scale of fore-wing, smal] patch adjoining, and

mid-vein and cilia of hind-wing brown.

Head about 1°8 times as broad as long, cheeks slightly

converging, and hind angles prominent ; network reticulation

of surface strong, especially below an arcuate raised line

behind eyes. Hyes prominent, space between them about

twice the width of an eye. Vertex sinuate on each side of

raised part, having the antenna, which are twice as long as

the head, seated in the sinuations. First antennal joint

short; second quadrate, with distal cup-shaped hollow for

reception of 3; 3 long, claviform, constricted at apex ; 4 and

5 cylindrical, with minute stem, and 4 also narrowly con-

stricted at apex ; 6 broadest basally ; 7 and 8 together styli-

form, and the relative lengths and breadths as follows :—

16; 84: 48: 28: 24:299:8:138

PLO REO AN ie a ya lv" a a a

Prothorax as long as or only slightly longer than the head,

and (excluding the lateral explanate margins) as broad as

the head. Legs comparatively short and stout.

Posterior margins of abdominal tergites with more or less

regularly placed, minute, blunt projections ; set on segment 9

short and those on 10 very short, colourless.

$.—Smaller, more slender. Lemon-yellow where orange-

yellow in ?. Tergite 8 set with four long and rather stout

Spines set on an arcuate series of tubercles.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. AustrauiA, Healesville, Victoria; on Eucalyptus

viminalis (IX. Kelly),

15*

216 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Teniothrips major, sp. n.

? .—Length about 2°0 mm.

Colour dark chestnut-brown ; fore-tibiz, hind-tibie basally,

all tarsi, and third antennal joint not quite so dark. Fore-

wings brown, slightly lighter distally.

General form as in 7. inconsequens (Uz.).

Head almost as long as broad; eyes bulging, coarsely

facetted, pilose ; cheeks swelling out from behind eyes as in

T. primule aud inconsequens. A series of dorsal and lateral

setze on a line behind eyes. Ocelli large ; a pair of very long

and strong inter-ocellar bristles situated between the posterior

ocelli; a shorter pair on vertex close to inner margins of

eyes and beyond the anterior ocellus, which is directed

forwards. Dorsal surface transversely striate in basal half

or thereabouts. Antenne long and slender, about 2°3 times

the length of head ; joints 3 and 4 fusiform; relative lengths

of joints:—16 : 22 : 40 (with stem) : 36: 25:32:4:5;

forked trichomes on 3 and 4 long aud slender.

Prothorax transverse, not quite as long as the head;

broadest at posterior angles ; bristles at posterior angles long

and slender; a line demarcating posterior margin ; a pair of

longish mid-dorso-lateral setze, and several short setae, curved

and chiefly lateral. Pterothorax large. Wings long, strong,

pointed at apex, reaching to ninth abdominal segment ; sete

slender. Fore-wings with three or four setz on distal half

of upper vein, namely, one just within the distal half and

1+041 or 14+1+41 in the distal fifth or thereabouts.

Abdomen elongate, pointed at apex from base of segment 8 ;

apical bristles long, especially those on 9, which is also

furnished with a pair of shorter dorsal bristles.

This is a true Teniothrips, coming nearest inconsequens

(pyri), from which it differs chiefly in the much larger size

and darker coloration, the chetotaxy, and in the slender

antennee.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. Inpta, Kulhara, Garhwal, 11,700 feet altitude; in

flowers of rhododendron, 5. vi. 10, together with Physothrips

longiceps, sp. n. (A. D. Imms).

Teeniothrips inconsequens, Uzel.

1895. Physopus inconsequens, Uzel (and others).

1904. Euthrips pyri, Daniels (and others).

For some time I have considered that the well-known

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 217

pear-thrips, P. pyri, was synonymous with the earlier-

described P. inconseguens of Uzel, a conclusion that Mr. C. B.

Williams had also come to. On going into the question

together recently, comparing material from North America,

Central Europe, and England, we confirmed this opinion.

It is interesting to note that in the Czech account of the

habitat of P. tnconsequens in Uzel’s monograph the food-

plant Prunus cerasus is mentioned.

For a pest of such importance the trivial name ¢nconsequens

is unfortunate.

Odontothrips fusctatipennis, sp. n.

? .—Length 1*3 mm.

Dark brown, pterothorax rather lighter; fore-tibiz light

yellow, shaded to grey-brown basally; apices of inter-

mediate and hind tibize and all tarsi light yellow ; antennal

joints 3 and 4 yellow.

Fore-wing with basal third clear, then a band or patch of

brown, and the distal two-fifths with but the slightest tinge

of grey; cilia grey-brown. Posterior ocelli on a line drawn

behind eyes and contiguous to their inner angles. Fore-

tibial teeth small, sharp, the larger sharply bent ; fore-tarsus

apparently without tooth.

This species differs from both phaleratus (Hal.) and inter-

medius (Uz.) in the coloration of the wings.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. S. AUSTRALIA, Outer Harbour, Adelaide ; collected

by Prof. Poulton in the flowers of Mesonbryanthemum,

Aug. 28th, 1914.

Genus PHYSOTHRIPS.

a. Sjostedti-usitatus group.

Physothrips usitatus, Bagn., var. cinctipennis, nov.

Fore-wings with the middle third and extreme tip greyish-

brown. Relative lengths of antennal joints as follows :—

B21 325.2 2a la pae ats Ss:

Distinguished from the type-form (only known from

India) by the distinct clear band near distal end of fore-wing,

This band is weakly suggested in the Indian specimens,

218 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. N. QueENSLAND, Brandon; on small flowers (pea),

16. x. 14 (R. Kelly).

Physothrips brunneicornis, sp. n.

? .—Length 1:4 to 1°5 mm.

Colour brown, the antennw, head, prothorax, intermediate

and hind femora and tibia, and apical abdominal segments

inclined to be darker. Antenne unicolorous, fore-tibic

yellow, shaded with greyish brown along margins ; all tarsi

yellow. Fore-wings faintly clouded with light grey-brown

near base; basal third or thereabouts clear, thence smoky-

brown to tip excepting for an ill-defined clear patch at about

the commencement of the distal fifth ; setae and cilia dark.

Head about 0:7 as long as broad and not quite as long as

the prothorax; a defined area of the dorsal surface behind

transversely striated. Eyes coarsely facetted, minutely

pilose; cheeks not arched, tending to widen posteriorly ;

ocelli large, posterior pair above a line drawn across hind

margins of eyes; interocellar bristles long and strong, placed

between the anterior ocellus and the posterior pair. Antenne

seated below vertex, about 2°5 times as long as the head;

relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—22: 22:14:

20:5:6. Joints 5 and 6 somewhat broadly united and

distinctly more slender than the preceding ; forked trichomes

on 3 and 4 long and stout. :

Prothorax much as in P, usitatus.

Fore-wing and arrangement of sete as in P, usztatus.

Abdomen about 1°15 times as broad as the pterothorax,

segments 9 and 10 obconical ; apical bristles long and stout ;

9 with a rather short dorsal pair widely separated.

This species very closely approaches P. usitatus, Bagn.,

but is at once separated from it (as well as from sjostedti,

Trybom, and variabilis, Bagn.) by the unicolorous antenne.

The antennal joints 3 and 4 would appear to be stouter and 6

shorter than in uwsttatus, whilst the fore-femora are concolorous

with the prothorax.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. JAPAN, Kobe, April 1914 (J. HE. A. Lewis). Reg.

no. 144,

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 219

Physothrips seticollis (Bagnall).

Teniothrips seticollis, Bagnall, 1915, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, xv.

p. 591.

This species cannot be referred to the genus Teniothrips

as exemplified by inconsequens, primule, and major, sp. 0.

b. Funtumie group.

Physothrips kellyanus, sp. n.

? .—Length 1°6 to 1°8 mm.

Very like P. funtumie, Bagn.

Dark chestnut-brown, antenne with the distal constricted

parts of joints 3 and 4 colourless; fore-tibiz and all tarsi

yellow. Fore-wings yellowish-brown, basally lighter ; hind-

wines also fumate, with cilia and median vein dark.

Head a little broader than long, eyes setose ; interocellar

sete long. Relative lengths of antennal joints 3 to 8 as

follows :—27 : 27:17: 26:4:6.

Prothorax as long as or very slightly longer than head ;

set at hind angles long, but not stout, and one rather long

pair in the postero-marginal series. Setee on fore-wing long,

upper vein with two in distal half near extreme end and

3+3 near base.

Apical abdominal bristles long.

& —Length about 1:2 mm., slender.

Each of the sternites 3 to 7 with numerous minute,

roundish, irregular, pale depressions, those at angles, espe-

cially the anterior, shghtly larger. ‘lergite 9 with a series

of short spines in a line near posterior margin.

Colour of antenne as in 9; joint 6 abnormally long;

relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—26: 25:13:

36:3: 4:5.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hah. N. QUEENSLAND, Brandon, g and ? on a compo-

site flower (? Helianthus sp.), 16. x. 14; Brisbane, numerous

2? 2 andl ¢ on Acokeanthera spectabilis (a South-Atrican

plant), in the Botanic Gardens, 23. x. 14.

VicroriA, Ballarat, 1 ¢ on Hypocheris radicata, 18.i.15.

One of the many interesting species discovered by

Mr. Reg. Kelly, after whom I find pleasure in naming it.

220 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

The ¢ is easily separated from g Ph. funtumie by the

nature of the depressions in sternites 3 to 7, the line of spines

in ninth tergite, the unicolorous antenne, and the excep-

tionally Jong sixth joint.

c. Pallipennis group.

Physothrips brevicornis, sp. n.

2? .—Length 1:2 to 13 mm.

Colour dark brown, fore-tibiee, apices of fore-femora and

of hind and intermediate tibiz and all tarsi yellowish ; fore-

wings wholly greyish yellow-brown, hind-wings greyish at

base. Antenne with first joint and style grey to grey-brown,

second dark brown, 3 to 5 yellowish, the latter very lightly

tinted with grey ; 6 yellow, with distal half grey-brown.

Head transverse, about 0°65 as long as broad, cheeks appa-

rently converging posteriorly ; eyes large, not bulging,

coarsely facetted and very minutely setose; interocellar

bristles moderately long. Antenne short and rather stout,

a little more than twice as long as the head; relative lengths

and breadths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—

O22 29: 26 sol Oe lad

18:18:14:15:6: 4’

3 to 4 broadly claviform.

Prothorax transverse, about 1:25 times longer than the

head ; bristles at posterior angles rather short, the inner one

of each pair longer than the outer, and about 0°4 as long as

the prothorax. Upper vein of fore-wing with 3 or 4 sete

(140 (or 1)+1+4+1) in the distal half; in one specimen 4

are placed in the distal third; lower vein with 11 to 15 sete.

Abdomen only slightly broader than the pterothorax,

elongate-ovate.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxtord.

Hab, AustTratta, Ballarat, Victoria; 3 9 2 on Hypo-

cheris radicata, 28. i. 15 (R. Kelly).

Physothrips longiceps, sp. n.

9 —Length 1°5 mm.

Colour chestnut-brown; fore tibiz yellowish distally,

margins dark; tarsi yellowish. Antenne brown, joint 2

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 221

distally and 3 rather lighter, the latter inclined to yellowish

basally. Fore-wings and cilia yellowish-brown.

Head long, about 0°85 as long as broad and as long as the

prothorax ; widened just behind eyes, cheeks subparallel ;

surface transversely striate, and vertex similarly striate.

Eyes occupying about 0°5 the length of the head, coarsely

facetted ; postocular bristles absent ; interocellar sete situated

just behind anterior ocellus, minute. Antennz twice as long

as the head; joints 3 and 4 fusiform, 5 and 6 broadly united,

and 4 and 5 shortly constricted near base; style short;

relative lengths of joints as follows :—11 : 17 : 26 (in-

cluding stem) : 22:18: 23:3:3. Forked trichomes on

3 and 4 moderately long.

Prothorax about 0:7 as long as broad; bristles at hind

angles about 0°4 the length of prothorax.

Pterothorax large. Legs somewhat stout. Wings reaching

to ninth abdominal segment, pointed ; sete moderately long,

slender. Fore-wing with three sete in distal half, viz., one

just beyond the second third, and two in distal fifth; lower

vein with 14-17 sete.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, pointed at apex. Bristles on

segments 9 and 10 long, slender ; 9 with a pair of widely

separated dorsal bristles.

¢ .—Smaller and more slender.

Tergite 9 with a series of four closely set long sete dis-

posed practically in a straight line. Sternites 3-7 each with

a small depression, gradually diminishing in size; 3 and 4

the largest, elliptical, 5-7 rounded, and 7 the smallest,

minute.

Separated from pallipennis, Uz., by the long head, the

coloration of antennz and wings, the small depressions in

sternites, and the length and disposition of setze on the ninth

tergite in the @.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. Invta, Kulhara, Garhwal, 11,700 feet altitude ; in

flowers of rhododendron, 5. vi. 10 (A. D. Imms).

Physothrips calcaratus, sp. n.

@ .—Size and form much as in P. vulgatissimus (palli-

pennis). Colour evidently dark brown, with the fore-tibiz

and ends of the intermediate atid hind-tibie lighter, and all

222 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

tarsi yellowish. Antenne brown, end of joint 2 and whole

of 3 yellowish.

Head transverse, rather long; eyes coarsely facetted,

sparsely and minutely setose ; ocelli large, interocellar bristles

long, placed between the posterior ocelli. Antenne about

2:3 times as long as the head; joints 1 and 2 broader than

any of the succeeding ; relative lengths of joints as follows :—

10 : 12 : 19 (including stem, which is rather long) : 16 : 12:

17: 2°5:3. 8 (excluding stem) and 4 subequal, fusiform ;

5 narrower than 4 or 6, apex truncate.

Prothorax about 1:4 times as broad as long, and scarcely

noticeably longer than head ; bristles at hind angles very

long, about 0°7 the length of the prothorax, slender. Legs

somewhat stout; fore tarsus with a sharp stout tooth near

apev. Wings longish, pointed apically ; fore-wings uniform

grey-brown ; sete long and slender, 3 to 5 in distal half of

upper vein, namely, 1 just beyond middle of wing and 2 to 4

(1+1,1+1+41, 2+1, or 242) in the distal fifth. Costa

with about 25 and lower vein 17 longish sete.

Abdomen elongate-ovate ; apical bristles fairly long, a

dorsal pair on 9; tergite 8 with a moderately long close

fringe.

At once recognized by the fore-tarsal claw (analogous with

Thrips calcaratus, Uz.) and the sete of the upper vein of the

fore-wing.

Hab. Bouemta ; in coll. Uzel mixed with Odontothrips

phaleratus.

Pseudothrips parvus, sp. 0.

? .—Length about 1°0 mm.

General colour yellow-brown to brown, abdominal seg-

ments 9 and 10 darker. Antenne with first joint greyish,

second and fifth to eighth grey-brown, 3, 4, and extreme base

of 5 yellow, 4 tinged lightly with grey. Fore-wings wholly

light yellowish-brown. Legs yellowish, more or less shaded

with grey to brown, especially the femora and outer margins.

Head transverse, about 1°3 times as broad as long, and

nearly as long as the prothorax; eyes coarsely facetted.

Sixth antennal joint not divided. One prominent prothoracic

bristle at each posterior angle and a shorter one just above.

Both veins of fore-wing regularly set with setz, 11 or 12 in

each.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, sharply narrowed at apex ; pos-

terior margin of eighth tergite sparsely fringed. Apical

On the Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 223

bristles of both ninth and tenth segments long; a dorsal

series of minor sete on 9 and a dorsal pair on 10; the latter

segment divided above.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. N. QUEENSLAND, Brandon; on a composite flower

(? Helianthus sp.), 16. x. 14 (R. Kelly).

Near P. glaucus, Bagn. (a South-African species), from

which it may be separated, apart from coloration, by the

fewer setz on veins of fore-wings and the chetotaxy of the

apical abdominal segments.

XIX.—The Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard.

By H. A. Bay iis, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Up to the present time only a single species of this remark-

able genus appears to have been recognized, viz. the interesting

form Tanqua tiara (v. Linst.). This isa nematode of medium

size, somewhat resembling an Ascaris in general build, and

inhabiting the stomach and intestines of reptiles of more or

less aquatic habits. It was first recorded, under the name

of Ascaris tiara, by von Linstow (1879), from ‘‘ Varanus

ornatus’’ (? V. albigularis*) in Natal. The other hosts and

localities from which it has been recorded in published papers

are :—Varanus salvator, Sumatra (Parona, 1898) ; V. gouldii,

Australia or New Guinea—precise locality unknown (Parona,

1898) ; V. bengalensis, Ceylon (von Linstow, 1904) ; and

V. niloticus, White Nile (Leiper, 1908). Leiper also men-

tions the occurrence of a very similar form in Hydrosaurus

bivittatus from the Federated Malay States.

I have now to add that I have examined specimens, which

I believe to belong to this species, (1) froma lizard (probably -

Varanus niloticus, though I have no information regarding

its determination), from Accra, Gold Coast Colony ; (2) from

Tropidonotus guincunciatus (T. asperrimus, Blgy.t), from

Ceylon; and (3) from Varanus exanthematicus, Northern

* Dr. G. A. Boulenger informs me that V. albigularis is the form most

nearly related to V. ornatus, occurring in Natal.

+ Dr. Boulenger regards the Ceylon form of 7. quincunciatus as a

distinct species.

224 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the

Nigeria. The last-mentioned specimens were kindly given

to me, for the purpose of comparison, by Dr. J. H. Ash-

worth, of Edinburgh, who informed me that they had been

determined as 7’. tara by Dr. R. 'T. Leiper *.

It would appear, from this list of hosts, that 7. téara is

not confined to the monitors (Varanus), but may also infect

snakes of semi-aquatic habits. ‘That the genus, at all events,

certainly does so is shown by some specimens which recently

came to light inthe British Museum collection. Having occa-

sion to examine the types of Baird’s species Ascaris obconica,

from the Brazilian fresh-water snake Helicops [ Uranops| angu-

latus, I was struck by the fact that some of the specimens so

labelled were distinctly smaller than others, and of a different

shape, especially in the region of the tail. A closer examina-

tion soon showed that these smaller specimens undoubtedly

represented a species of Tanqua. They have a very close

resemblance in all respects to the type-species, but differ

sufficiently from it, especially when the geographical distribu-

tion is taken into account, to be regarded as representing a

distinct species.

The genus TYangua, as has been pointed out by Leiper

(1908), possesses certain features which indicate a close

relationship with Gnathostoma, Owen. He places it pro-

visionally in the family Gnathostomide, and there seems to

be no objection at present to this classification.

1. Tangua tiara t (v. Linst.).

Ascaris tiara, von Linstow, 1879, p. 820; Parona, 1898, p. 114.

Ctenocephalus tiara, von Linstow, 1904, p. 102; PI. ii. figs. 23-27.

Tanqua tiara, R. Blanchard, 1904, p. 478; Leiper, 1908, p. 189.

Von Linstow has given (1904) a fairly complete and

accurate account of this species; his figures, however, are

somewhat too diagrammatic, and calculated to be misleading.

There are one or two points in which, after examining a

number of specimens, I must differ from him. He states

(1904, p. 102) that the dorsal lip has three rounded _projec-

tions, while the ventral lip has four similar processes, inter-

digitating. In a cleared specimen, viewed in horizontal

optical section, it might quite easily be imagined that this

was a correct interpretation of the structure. By rolling the

specimen over, however, under a cover-glass, in such a way

that first one lip and then the other can be focussed separately,

* Since writing this paper, 1 have received several further examples of

T. tiara from a species of Varanus in Zanzibar.

+ For generic and specific diagnoses see below (p. 230).

Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 225

it becomes apparent that each lip has in reality only three

“teeth” on its anterior border. ‘The anterior lobe of each

lip (fig. 1, Z.), which carries the teeth, is twisted slightly to

one side, in such a way that its teeth can interlock with those

of the other lip. The teeth of each lip are, in fact, asym-

metrically disposed with regard to the longitudinal axis of

the animal. The “teeth ” are, in reality, folds of thickened

cuticle, and are shown in optical section in fig. 1.

Von Linstow is, I think, in error in stating that the two

Fig. 1.

Tanqua tiara. Head of an example from Varanus exanthematicus.

C.G., cervical gland; Z., lip.

cervical glands on either side unite anteriorly to form a

common duct; the duct of each gland appears to open sepa-

rately upon the anterior surface of one of the four striated

swellings at the base of the lips.

Another point in which von Linstow’s account seems

inaccurate is the number of papillze on the tail of the male.

He mentions and figures (1904) two preanal, one large

paranal, and three postanal pairs of papilla. In the speci-

mens which I have examined there are two additional pairs

226 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the

of smaller papille—one (fig. 2, Z) just in front of, and

slightly ventral to, the large paranal pair, and another

(fig. 2, 4) ina similar position on the body, between the

paranals and the most anterior of the large postanals. There

are thus, in all, eight pairs of papillee, four pairs being post-

anal, one paranal, and three preanal. The first postanal

papilla (nearest to the tip of the tail) are very small, laterally

Fig. 2.

Tanqua tiara. Ventral view of posterior end of a male from

Tropidonotus asperrimus.

1-4, postanal papillz ; 5, paranal ; J-ZZJ, preanal papille.

placed, and simple in structure. The second and third post-

anal, the paranal, and the second and third preanal papille

on each side are very laterally placed, and are of a peculiar

and characteristic shape. They are elongate, finger-like

ean having a large swelling at about the middle of their

ength, beyond which they again suddenly become narrow

and tapering, before coming to the surface of the cuticle.

Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 227

The spicules of the male are characterized by a peculiar

rasp-like covering of minute points or spinelets throughout

their length—a fact which the previous observers have

omitted to mention.

In other respects the specimens which I assign to this

species agree well with von Linstow’s account (1904). A

table, showing in parallel series the measurements of certain

parts of the body in the various sets of specimens studied

and, for comparison, the measurements given by von Linstow,

will be found on p. 231.

Fig. 3.

Tanqua diadema. Head of an example from Helicops angulatus.

The right half is shown partly in optical section.

C.G., cervical gland ; Cw., fold of cuticle; Z., lip; R.MW., retractor

muscles of head.

2. Tanqua diadema, sp. n.

The following is an account of the second form, which, as

mentioned above, was discovered among the type-specimens

of Ascaris obconica, Baird, from the intestines of the South-

American fresh-water snake Helicops angulatus.

The male measures about 20 mm. in length and 0°6 mm.

in thickness. The female is larger, 28-30 mm. long and

228 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the

0-8-1 mm. thick. The head (fig. 3) is similar in shape to

that of TJ. tiara, but appears to be retractile within a pro-

tective sheath of loose cuticle, and to be provided with special

retractor muscles for that purpose. ‘The swollen basal

portions of the head are transversely striated, as in the type-

species, and the two lips (Z.) are closely similar to those of

7. tiara, each being provided with three blunt teeth, and

twisted sideways in such a way that the teeth of the opposite

lips interlock. The head measures in length (from base of

Tanqua diadema. Veutral view of posterior end of a male from

Helicops angulatus.

Papillee numbered as in fig. 2.

striated portion to end of middle tooth) 0°22 mm.; the

maximum width of the basal portion is 0°25 mm., and that of

the lips 0°18 mm.

Four elongate cervical glands (fig. 8, C.G.) are present,

opening on to the basal portion of the head, as in 7. tiara.

The length of the esophagus is only 2°2 mm. (male)—2°4 mm.

(female). It thus varies between about ;); and 4 of the total

length. This is an important point of difference from the

Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 229

type-species, in which the cesophagus is about twice as long,

being sometimes as much as ¢ (or even more, according to

von Linstow), and never less than 4, of the total length.

The tail of the male (fig. 4) is 0°6 mm. long, or about 4); of

the total length. ‘There is a considerable lateral expansion

of the cuticle, forming a bursal ala on either side, so that the

outline of the tail is somewhat like an arrow-head with

rounded barbs. ‘The two spicules measure 1'4 mm. in length

(or 1-1 mm. in a straight line from base to tip). ‘They are

covered with minute spinelets, as in the preceding species.

The papille are arranged precisely as in J’. tiara, and are

present to the same number (eight pairs). The only im-

portant difference observed is that the second postanal pair

(7. e., the second from the extremity of the tail) lack the large

swelling, or exhibit it in a much less conspicuous degree.

In the female the tail measures 0°65 mm. in length, or

about 44, of the total length. It tapers rapidly from the

anus, and ends ina sharp point. The vulva is situated con-

siderably further forward than in the type-species, and is

within the middle third of the body ; in a mature example it

opens at 11°5 mm. from the posterior end, thus dividing the

body in the proportion of 33:23. The vagina is short.

One branch of the uterus, with its ovary, lies anteriorly to it,

the other posteriorly. The eggs are similar to those of

T. tara in shape, measuring 60 w in length and 42°5 w in

breadth.

3. Tanqua anomala (v. Linst.).

Heterakis anomala, von Linstow, 1904, p. 97; Pl. i. figs. 10, 11,

Under this name, in the same paper with 7’. [Cteno-

cephalus| tiara, von Linstow has described a form from the

stomach of T'ropidonotus piscator in Ceylon, which appears

almost certainly to belong to the genus under consideration,

and not to Heterakis. There are certain apparent dis-

crepancies, which might, perhaps, be removed or explained

by a re-examination of the material. Thus the lips are

described as being three, instead of two, in number, and there

is said to be a peculiar preanal sucker-like organ in the male,

“beset with eight roundish projections, of which the cuticle

shows pore canals.” But in all other respects the species

seems to agree very well with the two forms already con-

sidered in this paper. The figures given by von Linstow at

once suggest Tangua, on account of (1) the general shape of

the head, and the presence of striated cuticular swellings at

its base; (2) the characteristic shape of some of the caudal

papillee of the male; and (8) the eqnal length and spiny or

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 16

230 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the

granulated appearance of the spicules. These points are all

borne out by the description ; from its larger size, however,

and certain differences in the arrangement of the papille, and

in the proportions of various parts of the body, it is evident

that the species is distinct from both 7. tiara and T. diadema.

From the features of the type-species, 7. t¢ara, and that

now described as 7. diadema, it is possible to extract some

characters which may be regarded as being of generic value,

and a revised definition of the genus may be given, somewhat

as follows :—

Tanqua, R. Blanchard, 1904.

[= Ctenocephalus, v. Linst., 1904. ]

Gnathostomide: of medium size, moderately stout in

proportion to the length of the body. Head provided with

two lips, dorsal and ventral, each bearing on its inner side

three rounded tooth-like projections. At the base of the

head there are four rounded submedian cuticular swellings,

marked with distinct transverse striations. Anteriorly the

lips are twisted slightly out of the middle line, towards oppo-

site sides, in such a way that the teeth of one lip can be

interlocked with those of the other lip. Cuticle thick, with

irregular transverse wrinkles and exceedingly fine transverse

striations. The cuticle of the anterior end may be loose and

form a protective sheath, within which the head can be

retracted. Qsophagus rather long, simple in structure,

increasing gradually in diameter from before backwards,

No esophageal bulb, cesophageal or intestinal diverticula.

Four elongate cervical glands present, opening to the exterior

on the basal portion of the head. ‘Tail of male provided

with more or less pronounced lateral alz near the tip, giving

it a lancet-shaped outline, and having eight pairs of elongate

papillee of different sizes, some of which have a characteristic

swelling near the middle. Copulatory spicules curved,

cylindrical, and armed throughout with minute spines. Pos-

terior end of the body, in the male, provided with a series of

oblique muscle-bands on either side of the ventral surface,

extending for some distance in front of the anus. Tail of

female short, tapering and pointed. Vulva in the posterior

half of the body. Vagina rather short, with a coat of circular

muscles; giving off two wide uterine branches, one of which,

with its ovary, lies anteriorly, the other posteriorly, to the

vagina. Eggs oval, with thin shells, ornamented with fine

granulations.

Type-species, 7. tiara (v. Linst.), 1879.

231

Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard.

—_——

‘8.0.69 POMIOJ-AT[NF OU PoutezUOd

So[VMlay oY] puR ‘oarnqeut ATTN Jou aaa sordwmexe osayy,

960-0 X 240.0

L'6

‘“ogvasid snzouoprdo. J

‘DIDULOUD * 7,

66° SE

dad duc “da

SéF0:0 X 090-0 SF0-0 X Z90 0

98-F-99-8

L1-0

68-0-6-0

&-0-GG-0

G9:0

"SNUdt

-wadsn snzouopido.t J

= Sa a ea ee ee

‘pny vabun 7,

(os 'G1S0-0 X £90-0! GFO-0 X 290-0

G:1é Gi ts DES OG

te ee ar

T T I

9-0 29 ore

; a (s "i

¥-0 GeO ep

g ¢ ef

ALY a ilar

o-8-F G-¥ nl

€6:0-S1-0 9¢-0-16-0 ms

1¥-0-G6-0 G.0-¥-0 ed

86-0-8L-0 | €8-0-26-0 "Ag

1-6-0 G60 & 1-6-1

9-0-G¢-0 1-0 1-89-0

9G LG 86-GG

0G 06 O3-8T

= 3 oF ae

, S ia 2 > o

3 oe eS 4

= = 43 |

= a 55)

= ° os

? a¥ 2s

i STE

Ce cy

S}USMeANSvaMI—Sany |

; jo mory

-1odoad ur Lpoq septatp i

‘pus ysod moray ooueystp—vaqn A

eorreeces® (ovanmmondde)

WQSuey [eV}O,Jouoyowyy =“ “

Roatan omen q38uet— & é“

seseeseees (oqeguitxoidde)

q1.Su9] [B30 JouoKNoeay “

a aroueskyie WipeMerremyee yy Sue,T— P THe,

en One oe eo RTE SY

[v40} Jo wororay ps

seeeess* uqsuey—snseydosn)

Sis isola beuede mevreicears yypras ‘sdrry

se ree ness gaag “Gy prM 13

alidiaverietalerete eh keners 43.99] —peoyy

ee ee ey re “

P ‘ssousory,y,

CC ee iY R5 “

CeCe ek Se ti West iD P “q}0U0T

(‘sotjOUNT] [IM Ur sjuatuatmsvout [[V)

"(ysury ‘a) vpeuour +7, pun Semoprip yz, ‘eavy unburg, we spuamadnsvapy fo ajqny, aaununduo)

232 Miss Jane Stephens on

The two species which can at present be assigned definitely

to this genus may be distinguished thus :—

1. Head not retractile within a cuticular sheath.

(Esophagus long (one-seventh to one-fourth

of the total length). Vulva situated within

the last quarter of the total length. Parasitic

in Varanus and other semi-aquatic reptiles in

Africa, the East Indies, and Australasia .... 7. tiara (v. Linst.).

2, Head retractile within a loose cuticular sheath.

(Esophagus comparatively short (about one-

eleventh of the total length). Vulva in the

middle third of the body. Parasitic in semi-

aquatic reptiles in South America .......... T. diadema.

A table of measurements is given on p. 231, including, for

the sake of completeness, these two species and the more

doubtful Z.anomala. ‘The measurements given by von Lin-

stow (1904) for 7’. téara are placed beside my own for com-

parison. A certain amount of variation was found to exist,

and for this reason measurements derived from the three

sets of specimens studied are given side by side.

REFERENCES.

BuiancHarp, R. 1904. “ Tanqua, n. g., remplacant Ctenocephalus

von Linstow.” Arch. Parasitol. vii. p. 478.

Lereer, R. T, 1908. ‘ Helminthes contained in Dr. C. M. Wenyon’s

Collection from the Sudan.” Rep. Wellcome Res. Lab, Khartoum,

iii. p. 187 (published 1909).

Linstow, 0. von. 1879. “ Helminthologische Untersuchungen.”

Wiirttemb. Naturw. Jahresh. xxxv. p. 313.

—. 1904. “Nematoda in the Collection of the Colombo Museum.”

Spolia Zeylanica, i. p. 91.

Parona, C. 1898. “ Elminti raccolti dal Dott. Elio Modigliani alle

isole Mentawei, Engano e Sumatra.” Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xix.

p- 102.

XX.—Preliminary Notice of some Irish Sponges.— The

Monaxonellida (Suborder Siqgmatomonaxonellida) obtained

by the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Agriculture

and Technical Instruction, Ireland. By JANE STEPHENS,

B.A., B.Sc., Irish National Museum.

Tue following list of sponges belonging to the suborder

Sigmatomonaxonellida, Dendy, contains ninety-five species.

Fifty-one of the species are now recorded for the first time

within the Irish area, and of these thirty-one have not been

taken previously off any part of the British Isles.

Thirteen species are described as new.

some Irish Sponges. 233

Nearly all the sponges in this collection which are new to

the British Isles were dredged in deep water off the west and

south-west coasts of Ireland.

A report on the collection is in preparation for publication

in the “Scientific Investigations’ of the Irish Fisheries

Branch.

List OF SPECIES.

Grade MONAXONELLIDA.

Suborder SIGMATOMONAXONELLIDA.

Family Haploscleride.

Subfamily Geri x.

Gellius flagellifer, R. § D., | Oceanapia robusta (Bewerbank).

Subfamily Revmerrmz.

Reniera cinerea (Grant).

peachi (Bowerbank),

simulans (Johnston).

fistulosa, (Bowerbank).

indistincta (Bowerbank).

Metschnikowia

(Carter).

Halichondria panicea (Pallas).

fibrosa (fristedt).

Phleodictyonelongatum (Topsent).

spinispiculum

Subfamily Crarmrmxz.

Pachychalina limbata (Montagu).

| Chalina oculata (Pallas).

Subfamily Deswacerriz.

Biemna inornata (Bowerbank).

Tylodesma annexa (Schmidt),

—— informis, sp. n.

Hamacantha

bank).

falcula (Bowerbank).

johnsoni (Bower-

Family Desmacidonide.

Subfamily Mrcarmz,

Esperiopsis facorum (Johnston),

villosa (Carter).

incognita, sp. n.

macrosigma, sp. n.

Mycale egagropila (Johnston),

macilenta (Bowerbank).

placoides (Carter), Lundbeck.

rotalis (Bowerbank).

—— fascifibula (Topsent).

littoralis (Topsent).

Rhaphidotheca marshall-halli, |

Kent.

Asbestopluma pennatula(Schmidt).

Cladorhiza abyssicola, Sars,

Myxilla rosacea (Lieberkiihn),

incrustans (Johnston).

fimbriata (Bowerbank),.

Lissodendoryx diversichela, Lund-

beck,

Iophon nigricans (Buwerbank).

Iotrochota acanthostylifera, sp. n.

| Forcepia forcipis (Bowerhank).

Histoderma physa (Schmidt).

Histodermella ingolfi, Landbeck.

Grayella pyrula (Carter).

234

Miss Jane Stephens on

Subfamily Ecrronrm».

Hymedesmia zetlandica, Bower-

bank.

—— truncata, Lundbeck.

koehleri (Zopsent).

curvichela, Lawndbeck.

——- paupertas (Bowerbank).

pansa, Bowerbank.

— occulta, Bowerbank.

—— baculifera (Topsent).

—— mutabilis ( Topsent).

erux (Schmidt).

digitata, Lundbeck.

mucronata (Topsent).

tenuisigma, Lundbeck.

—— dujardini (Bowerbank).

helgee, sp. n.

—— spinosa, sp. n.

hibernica, sp. n.

Ectyodoryx atlanticus, sp. n.

Anchinoé fictitius (Bowerbank).

Stylostichon plumosum (Mon-

tagu).

dendyi, Topsent.

Pocillon hyndmani (Dowerbank).

Eurypon clavatum (Bowerbank).

— hispidulum (Topsent).

—— affine (Topsent).

acanthotoxa, sp. n.

—— ditoxa, sp. n.

tenuissimum, sp. n.

microchela, sp. n.

lacazei ( Topsent).

viride ( T'opsent).

Microciona armata, Bowerbank.

Clathria dichotoma (Zsper).

(?) anchorata (Carter).

Echinoclathria foliata (Bower-

bank).

Ophlitaspongia seriata (Grant).

Plocamia microcionides (Carter).

Suberotelites demonstrans, Topsent.

Raspailia pumila (Lowerbank).

howsei (Bowerbank).

Cyamon spinispinosum ( 7opsent).

Rhabderemia guernei, Topsent.

Spanioplon armaturum (Dower-

bank).

Leptosastra constellata, Topsent.

Family Axinellidz.

Axinella pyramidata, sp. n.

Phakellia ventilabrum (Johnston).

robusta, Bowerbank.

rugosa (Lowerbank).

Bubaris vermiculata (Bowerbank).

Tragosia infundibulitormis (John-

ston).

Tragosia arctica ( Vosmaer).

Higginsia thielei, Topsent.

Hymeniacidon caruncula, Bower-

bank.

Halicnemia verticillata (Bower-

bank).

PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEw SPECIES.

Tylodesma informis, sp. u.

The sponge is growing in a thick encrustation on coral.

The main skeleton is an irregular reticulation of tylostyli.

In places the spicules are collected into bundles or short

fibres. The dermal skeleton consists of broad strands of

tylostyli closely packed together and lying tangentially to

the surface.

Spicules.—(1) Tylostyli. The shaft is slightly curved and

fusiform ; the head is well-defined, oval or rounded. The

size varies from about 0°37 mm. by 0:008 mm. to 1:3 mm.

by 0°027 mm. (2) Sigmata. These are contort and their

longer axis is 0'035-0°045 mm. in length.

some Irish Sponges. 235

The species was dredged at three stations off the south-

west coast of Ireland, at depths varying from 250 to

560 fathoms.

Esperiopsis incognita, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on

coral, :

The skeleton consists of short fibres made up of multi-

serially arranged styli, which run obliquely through the

sponge from base tosurface. In addition to these fibres there

are thick, well-defined, branching fibres running more or less

parallel to the surface of the sponge.

ypicules.—(1) Styli, straight and slender, 0°-4-0°45 mm.

in length by 0:006-0:008 mm. (2) Isochele palmate of

two forms—(a) straight isochelee with rather long, narrow

ale leaving only a short part of the shaft free. Length

0:035-0'07 mm.; (5) very small, slender isochele, with

slightly curved shaft, 0°013 mm. in length. (3) Sigmata of

two forms—(a) sigmata lying in one plane and varying a

good deal in size. The longer axis is from 0°1-0°32 mm. in

length. The maximum thickness of the spicule is about

0-013 mm.; (0) slender, contort sigmata with a longer axis

of 0:04-0'075 mm.

This sponge is identical with the specimen referred to by

Carter as “an unknown sponge,” and partly described and

figured by him under that name (Journ. Roy. Micr. Soe. ii.

1879).

The sponge was dredged off the west coast of Ireland in

388 fathoms.

Esperiopsis macrostgma, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on

coral,

The skeleton consists of bundles of spicules, or of short

fibres containing multiserially arranged spicules. In places

longer, rather ill-defined fibres run more or less parallel to

the surface. There are also single spicules or groups of two

or three spicules scattered through the sponge.

Spicules.—(1) Styli slender, straight, tapering to a rather

short point. Length 0°37-0'42 mm. by 0:006-0:008 mm.

(2) Isochelze palmate of three forms—(a) the largest are

0:11-0°125 mm. in length, the shaft is straight and is about

0:006 mm. in thickness. The tooth measures 0':024 mm.

across; (b) isochele with rather long narrow ale leaving

only a short part of the shaft free. Length 006 mm. ;

236 Miss Jane Stephens on

in length. (3) Sigmata of two forms—(a) sigmata lying in

one plane and of very different sizes. The longer axis varies

from about 0°1-0'4 mm. in length. The maximum thickness

of the spicule is 0°02 mm.; (4) slender, contort sigmata with

a longer axis of 0°04-0°075 mm.

Specimens of this species were obtained at two stations off

the south-west coast of Ireland at depths varying from 250 to

728 fathoms.

Lotrochota acanthostylifera, sp. n.

The sponge is coating a piece of coral; it is a good deal

injured.

As far as can be seen, the main skeleton is an irregular

reticulation of acanthostyli. Here and there ill-defined fibres

are formed. The dermal skeleton consists of flat bundles of

spicules, or, in places, of longer fibres.

Spicules—(1) Acanthostyli, which are straight or slightly

curved. The head isa little swollen and is thickly set with

strong blunt spines. A few small spines are scattered along

the shaft. Length 0°32-0:°35 mm. by 0:008 mm. (2) The

dermal spicules are tylota. The shaft is straight and the

ends are unequal, one end being more rounded than the

other. Length 0:3-0°33 mm. by 0°005 mm. (3) Isan-

chore, 0°045-0°5 mm. in length, with about 8-10 teeth at

either end. (4) Birotulee, 0-015 mm. in length.

The species was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland

at a depth of 627-728 fathoms.

Hymedesmia helge, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a thin encrustation on coral and

on a piece of Aitepora.

The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli, set vertically

with their heads on the substratum. The dermal skeleton is

made up of thick bundles of spicules, which are arranged

more or less vertically in the sponge. Beneath the surface

they spread out, and are continued as strong fibres running

parallel to the surface of the sponge. The dermal membrane

is crowded with isochele arcuate.

Spicules.—(1) ‘The longer acanthostyli have a slightly

curved shaft and a head which is, at the most, very slightly

marked. The lower part of the shaft is thickly covered with

rather small spines; the remainder of the shaft is set with

very small spines, so smal] that the shaft looks merely

roughened. Length 0:25-0°35 mm. by 001 mm. The

some Irish Sponges. 237

small acanthostyli have a slightly curved shaft, which is

covered with small recurved spines along its whole length.

These spicules are about 0°125-0:15 mm. in length by 0°005-

0:008 mm. (2) The dermal spicules are strongyla, which

are straight and polytylote. They measure 0°35-0°5 mm. in

length by 0°006-0:008 mm. (3) The isochele arcuate have

a strongly curved shaft which is very broad in front view.

They are 0°035-0:04 mm. in length.

This species was dredged off the west and south-west

coasts of Ireland at depths of 388 and 468 fathoms.

Hymedesmia spinosa, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on coral.

The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which are

placed very close together and are set vertically with their

heads on the substratum. The dermal spicules are in

bundles which lie more or less horizontally to the surface.

Spicules.—(1) The acanthostyli measure from 0°09 to

0:22 mm. in length, with a maximum diameter of 0:013 mm.

above the head. They cannot be separated into two groups.

The shaft is straight or very slightly curved. The head is

fairly well marked and is thickly covered with long, stout,

blunt spines ; the remainder of the shaft is set with recurved

spines. The longer spicules are more sparingly spined along

the shaft than are the shorter ones, and the spines are smaller.

(2) The dermal spicules are straight, slightly fusiform

tornota, measuring 0°18-0°26 mm. by 0°005 mm. (3) The

isochelee arcuate are very numerous. They have a thick,

usually very strongly curved shaft, with short teeth. They

measure 0:03-0°038 mm, in length. The species is nearly

allied to Hymedesmia procumbens, Lundbeck.

. The sponge was dredged at two stations off the south-west

coast of Ireland at depths varying from 500 to 728 fathoms.

Hymedesmia hibernica, sp. n.

The sponge forms a thin encrustation on two specimens of

Caryophyllia clavus.

The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which stand

vertically with their heads on the substratum. The slender

dermal spicules are united into bundles which are placed

more or less vertically in the sponge; they bend round

beneath the dermis and are continued as fibres running

parallel to the surface.

Spicules.—(1) The acanthostyli fall into two groups ; the

longer measure from 0°25 to 0°325 mm, in length by 0°008 mm.

238 Miss Jane Stephens on

They have a slightly curved shaft and a head which is

thickly covered with short blunt spines. A few small re-

curved spines are scattered along the shaft, sometimes to

nearly half its length. The shorter acanthostyli are 0-11-

0-13 mm. in length by 0°006 mm. The shaft is straight, and

the head is, at the most, very slightly marked, and is covered

with rather long blunt spines. The shaft is spined throughout

its length. (2) The dermal spicules are slender strongyla

measuring 0°22-0:25 mm. in length by 0:0025 mm.

Microscleres are absent from the sponge.

The species was dredged in 37 fathoms off Reenacry Head,

Co. Kerry.

Ectyodoryx atlanticus, sp. n.

The sponge is coating a piece of coral.

The main skeleton consists of a network of large acantho-

styli, lying usually three or four together, sparingly echinated

by small acanthostyli. A small quantity of spongin is

present. The dermal spicules form thick fibres, but the

exact arrangement cannot be made out owing to the injured

surface of the only specimen available.

Spicules.—(1) The large acanthostyli have a slightly

curved shaft. The head is swollen and is covered with short

blunt spines. A few spines are sometimes scattered along

the shaft for a short distance. On the other hand, some of

the spicules are almost quitesmooth. ‘These spicules measure

about 0°66-0°95 mm. in length by 0°015-0:02 mm. in dia-

meter above the head. (2) The echinating acanthostyli are

small and few in number. The shaft is straight; the head

is a little swollen and is covered with rather long spines.

The shaft is thickly set with small recurved spines.- The

length is O:1-0°'14 mm. by 0:01 mm. above the head.

(2) The dermal spicules are strongyla with rather unequal

ends, one end being slightly thicker than the other. The

shaft is often a little crooked. Length O-4-0°5 mm. by

0:006 mm. (3) Isochele arcuate. The shaft is rather

strongly curved. Length 0°045-0:06 mm.

The species was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland

in 468 fathoms.

Eurypon acanthotoxa, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a small, thin encrustation on

coral.

The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which stand ~

vertically with their heads on the substratum. The dermal

some Irish Sponges. 239

spicules are in bundles which apparently lie more or less

obliquely to the surface, the ends of the spicules projecting

beyond the dermis.

Spicules—(1) Acanthostyli. These vary in size from

about 0°16-0°9 mm. in length by 0°008-0°025 mm. The

longer of these spicules have a slightly curved shaft. “The

head is thickly covered with short, stout, blunt spines, the

remaining part of the spicule being smooth. The shorter

acanthostyli have a curved shaft. The head is covered with

short, stout, blunt spines. Similar spines extend a little way

along the shaft. The rest of the shaft is set with recurved

spines. ‘These two extremes in the acanthostyli are linked

together by other acanthostyli of varying lengths and of

varying degrees of spination, so that it is not possible to

divide the spicules into two groups. (2) The dermal spicules

are long straight styli, minutely spined on the head. Length

0°5-0°75 mm. by 0°008 mm. (3) Isochele palmate, 0-019

mm. in length. (4) Toxa. These have a well-rounded

bend in the middle of the shaft and very slightly recurved

ends, which are spined. The size varies from very minute

to about 0°35 mm. in Jength, with a maximum thickness of

0°003 mm.

The sponge was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland

in 250-542 fathoms.

Eurypon ditowa, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation ona

piece of Ltetepora.

The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli, which are

placed vertically with their heads on the substratum. The

dermal spicules are in bundles set more or less obliquely to

the surface.

Spicules.—(1) Acanthostyli. The largest of these spicules

are slightly curved. The shaft is smooth except at the base,

which is thickly covered with short blunt spines. Length

about 0°3-0°6 mm., with a maximum diameter of 0:02 mm.

The small acanthostyli are straight or slightly curved ; the

head is covered with rather strong blunt spines and the shaft

is thickly set along its whole length with small recurved

spines. Length 0:125-0:2 mm., with a maximum diameter

of 0'}Ol mm. (2) The dermal ‘spicules are styli which are

often a little crooked. The head is very minutely spined.

Length 0°4-0°5 mm, Ny 0005 mm. (3) Isochele palmate,

0-015 mm. in length. (4) Toxa of two kinds—(a) with a

wide even curve and short arms ending in sharp, slightly

240 Miss Jane Stephens on

recurved points. Length 0:08-0:13 mm., with a maximum

thickness of about 0°:0025 mm. ; (0) with very long and very

slender straight arms, and with rather an abrupt curve in

the middle of the spicule. The maximum length is about

0°S mm.

The sponge was dredged off the west coast of Ireland in

388 fathoms.

Eurypon tenuissimum, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a small, very thin encrustation on

coral.

The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which are set

vertically with their heads on the substratum. The dermal

skeleton consists of styli, apparently arranged in bundles,

set vertically to, and projecting above, the surface, but their

exact arrangement could not be made out owing to the scanty

material available for examination.

Spicules.—(1) Acanthostyli, The largest of these spicules

are from 1 to 1°5 mm. in length, with a maximum diameter

of 0°021 mm. The slightly curved shaft tapers to a rather

short point at the apex. The base is covered, sometimes

very sparingly, with rather short blunt spines. Smaller

acanthostyli, spined to some distance along the shaft, are

intermediate both in size and in amount of spination between

the foregoing and the smallest acanthostyli, which are about

0:12-0°14 mm. in length. These latter are thickly spined

along their whole length. The head is covered with short

blunt spines, the shaft with recurved spines. (2) The

dermal styli are minutely spined on the head; they are

0:45-0'7 mm. by 0:006 mm. (3) Isochele palmate, 0°021

mm. in length. (4) Toxa, very slender, with long straight

arms. Maximum length about 0°55 mm.

The sponge was dredged off the west coast of Ireland in

388 fathoms.

Eurypon microchela, sp. n.

The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on

coral.

The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli, which are

placed very close together and are set vertically with their

heads on the substratum. The long acanthostyli project far

above the surface of the sponge. The dermal spicules are

in small bundles and project more or less obliquely above the

surface.

some Irish Sponges. 241

Spicules.—(1) Acanthostyli. The long acanthostyli are

very slightly curved and taper to a rather long point. The

head is well marked and is rounded ; it is thickly covered

with short, stout, blunt spines. A few small spines are

scattered along the shaft. These spicules measure about

- 0°5-0°8 mm. in length by 0°013 mm. above the head. The

short acanthostyli are straight and taper to a long fine point.

The head is fairly well marked and is covered with rather

strong blunt spines. The shaft is thickly set with small

recurved spines. The length varies from 0°12-0-17 mm. by

0008 mm. (2) The dermal spiculesare slender subtylostyli,

very minutely spined on the head. The shaft is often rather

curved. The length is about 0°3-0°-4 mm. by 0:003 mm.

(3) Isochelee palmate, very minute, measuring only 0-008

mm, in length.

The species was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland

in 250-542 fathoms.

Axinella pyramidata, sp. n.

The sponge, which is cut off from its support, is 15 mm. in

height and 17 mm. in diameter at its summit. In shape it is

somewhat like a three-sided pyramid standing on its apex,

except that the sides are deeply cut vertically into a series

of flattened lobes. ‘The upper surface is flat, but here and

there it rises into small knob-like elevations.

The skeleton consists of closely-set plumose columns of

spicules which run upwards through the sponge, and then

bend out towards the surface, where they end in brushes of

styli which project for part of their length beyond the dermis.

A considerable amount of spongin is present, cementing the

spicules together.

Spicules.—(1) Styli varying from about 0:23 mm. to 1 mm.

in length by 0:01-0°016 mm. In the shorter styli the

shaft is rather sharply bent at a little distance above the

head. The longer styli are usually slightly curved. There

is sometimes a slight swelling on the shaft a little distance

above the head. (2) Oxea about 0°3-0°6 mm. in length by

0°01-0°013 mm. They are sharply and irregularly bent, and

taper at either end to a rather short point. Many of the

oxea have a slight swelling about the middle of the spicule.

The only specimen in the collection was dredged off the

Kerry coast in 37 fathoms.

242 On some Irish Sponges.

Notes on some of the Species.

Hamacantha johnsoni (Bowerbank) and H. falcula

(Bowerbank).

A great deal of confusion exists with regard to these two

species. An examination of the type-slides showed that

Hamacantha johnsoni possesses the following kinds_ of

spicules—oxea, diancistra of two forms, and sigmata,—while

Hamacantha falcula possesses styli, diancistra of three forms,

and toxa. ‘he former species, in fact, has in receut years

been called Hamacantha schmidti (Carter) and the latter has

usually been referred to as Hamacantha johnsoni (Bower-

bank).

Rhaphidotheca marshall-halh, Kent.

Two specimens of Rhaphidotheca are in the collection—one

with exotyles of the shape characteristic of A. marshall-

halli, Kent, and the other with exotyles shaped like those of

R. affinis, Carter. From an examination of the two speci-

mens it has been decided to regard the latter name as a

synonym of R. marshall-halli. The union of these two

species has been suggested from time to time by various

authors.

(?) Clathria anchorata (Carter).

This sponge, which is doubtfully referred to the genus

Clathria, was described by Carter under the name Dictyo-

cylindrus anchorata.

Anchinoé fictitius (Bowerbank).

The sponge called by Bowerbank Microciona fictitia was

found to have the same arrangement of the skeleton and the

same kinds of spicules as [Hymeniacidon perarmatus, Bower-

bank, which is the type-species of Gray’s genus Anchinoé.

This genus may be detined as follows :—Kctyonine with a

skeleton composed of branching fibres which consist of

multiserially arranged) smooth diactinals echinated by

acauthostyli. No special dermal skeleton. Microscleres

isochele arcuate solely, or perliaps with other forms.

Plumohalichondria, Carter, must be regarded as a synonym

of Anchinoé, Gray.

On a new Snake from Northern China. 243

XXI.— Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber

from Northern China. By G. A. BOULENGER, I’. R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Two years ago I described in these ‘ Annals’ (xiii. 1914,

p. 576) a new and very distinct species of Coluber discovered

by Mr. A. L. Hall at Chihfeng, N.E. Chihli Province, which

I named C. halli. Mr. Hall has since been so kind as to

send a second series of snakes from the same locality, and

this includes, in addition to five further specimens of C. halli,

a single specimen of another species which I regard as new

aud of which I here offer a description.

The additional specimens of C. halli show the following

variation in the number of scales and shields :—

Gal Sai tne 23 scales. 172 ventrals. 69 subcaudals.

Dhrsth 4! one) (i020. Ie RI [Se

ygtewos aes 28: *,, 179 * 64 a

ts gh) pe ee antennas Py ee Gites

eT SatTS |e « Beas va! 69 e

The formula for the seven known specimens is therefore—

Sc. 238-25. V.171-181. A. 2. C. 58-69.

Coluber anomalus.

Snout rounded, scarcely prominent ; canthus rostralis very

obtuse, loreal region slightly concave ; eye rather small, one-

third length of snout. Rostral much broader than deep, just

visible from above ; internasals as long as broad, as long as

the prefrontals ; frontal as long as broad, two-thirds its

distance from the end of the snout, three-fifths the length of

the parietals ; loreal longer than deep; pizocular single,

no subocular below it ; two postoculars ; temporals 2+3 or 4;

seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; four

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which

are a little longer than the posterior. Scales in 22 rows,

dorsals feebly but very distinctly keeled, laterals smooth.

Ventrals not angulate laterally, 212; anal divided; sub-

caudals mostly single, 65. Dark brown above; a large

blotch on the neck and a streak behind the eye black ; hinder

part of body and tail with rather irregular black cross-bars ;

lower parts white, with greyish spots anteriorly ; subcaudals

edged with brown.

244 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Total length 1770 mm. ; tail 250.

A single male specimen.

This snake can only be compared with C. schrenckii,

Strauch, from Corea and Eastern Siberia, but it differsin the

number of upper labial shields, the mostly single subcaudals,

and in other points of minor importance.

XXI1.— Descriptions of Three new Cyprinid Fishes from

East Africa. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Labeo gracilis.

Body strongly compressed, its depth 4} to 42 times in

total length. Head 43 times in total length; snout rounded,

as long as postocular part of head; eye perfectly lateral,

34 times in length of head; interorbital width 4 length of

head ; width of mouth, with lips, 34 times in length of head ;

lips rather feebly developed, without transverse plicee, with a

fringe of conical papille ; edge of rostral flap entire ; a small

barbel. Dorsal JIT 10-11, equally distant from nostril and

from caudal, upper edge concave, longest ray as long as head.

Anal III 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral slightly shorter

than head, not reaching ventral, which is inserted below

middle of dorsal. Caudal deeply notched, crescentic.

Caudal peduncle once and a half as long as deep. Scales

40-42 =e 4 between lateral line and ventral, 16 round caudal

peduncle. Dark brown above, whitish beneath.

Total length 120 mm.

Three specimens from the Juba River near Gobwen,

collected by Mr. A. Blayney Percival. Types in the British

Museum and in the Nairobi Museum.

Allied to LZ. mesops, Gthr., but body more elongate, eye

larger, and mouth smaller.

Barbus procatopus.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 to 4 times in

total length. Snout rounded, 3 to 34 times in length of

head ; eye 32 to 34 times in length of head, interorbital width

32 times; mouth inferior, its width 4 times in length of head ;

lips moderately developed, lower uninterrupted ; two barbels

on each side, posterior a little longer than anterior and as

Cypyrinid Fishes from East Africa. 245

long as eye or a little shorter. Dorsal III 8, equally distant

from gill-opening and from caudal, border slightly concave ;

last simple ray very strong, bony, not serrated, as long as

head or a little shorter. Anal III 5, reaching caudal or not

quite so far. Pectoral 2? to # length of head, not reaching

ventral, the base of which is entirely in front of the vertical

of the dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep.

Scales longitudinally striated, 31-34 ie 23 between lateral

line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown above,

silvery white beneath, scales darker at the base.

Total length 115 mm.

Three specimens from the Amala River, entering the east

side of Lake Baringo ; collected by Mr. A. Blayney Percival.

Types in British Museum and in Nairobi Museum.

Distinguished from B. gregorii, Gthr., which occurs also in

the Baringo watershed, by the shorter barbels and the more

posterior position of the dorsal fin, which originates behind

the vertical of the base of the ventral.

Barbus loveridgit.

Depth of boly 33 to 4 times in total length, length of

head 4 times. Snout rounded, as long as or slightly shorter

than eye, which is 3; to 3} times in length of head ; inter-

orbital width 2} to 3 times in length of head; mouth small,

subinferior; lips feeble, two barbels on each side, anterior

very short, sometimes rudimentary, posterior 2 to 3 diameter

of eye. Dorsal III 7, equally distant from occiput and from

eaudal, border straight ; last simple ray strong, bony, very

strongly serrated, the stiff part 2 to # length of head.

Anal III 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral as long as head,

reaching or nearly reaching ventral ; base of latter entirely

in front of vertical of dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice as long

as deep. Scales radiately striated, 26-30 i, 24 between

lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brownish

above, silvery white beneath, some of the scales black at the

base ; a narrow black lateral streak.

Total length 70 mm.

Several specimens from the Amala River, entering the

east side of Lake Baringo ; collected by Mr. A. Blayney

Percival. ‘Types in British Museum and in Nairobi Museum.

This species, named after Mr. A. Loveridge, Curator of

the Nairobi Museum, is most nearly related to B. lumiensis,

Blgr., also found in the Amala River, differing chiefly in the

larger eye and the shorter barbels.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 17

246 Mr. R. Ei. Turner on Two new Species of

XXITL—=Two new Speeres of the Hymenopterous Genus

Megalyra, Westw, By Row Lanp H. Turner, F.Z.S., FES.

Family Megalyride.

Megalyra testaceipes, sp. n.

9. Nigra; pedibus testaceis, palpis pallide testaceis; antennis

terebraque brunneo-testaceis ; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, area

cubitali leviter infumata.

Long. 3 mm.; terebra, long. 9 mmm.

3. Femine similis, alis omnino hyalinis,

Long. 2°5 mm.

9. Antennz 14-jointed, second joint of the flagellum

twice as long as the first, the third joint a little shorter than

the second and scarcely longer than the fourth. A strong

transverse carina reaching to the eyes just above the base of

the antennee. Head and thorax coarsely and evenly punc-

tured-reticulate. Anterior ocellus separated from the eyes by

a distance slightly greater than that separating the posterior

ocelli from each other ; the posterior ocelli farther from each

other than from the eyes. Clypeus rugulose, rounded at

the apex. Anterior angles of the mesonotum produced into

blunt tubercles; scutellum large, as long as the mesonotum ;

pleuree more finely punctured than the mesonotum ; median

segment coarsely reticulate on the dorsal surface, finely

rugulose on the sides, shorter than the scutellum. Abdomen

shining, almost smooth, the punctures microscopic. The

whole insect without any patches of pubescence. Legs,

especially the tibize, with sparse whitish hairs; wholly testa-

ceous, except the coxee, which are fusco-ferruginous,

The male is similar to the female in all points of sculpture,

but the faint fuscous cloud on the cubital area of the fore

wing is absent in the male.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland, June 29-July 16, 1913,

Two females and one male. Taken on dead Hucalyplus-

wood, in which small beetle-holes were numerous,

Hasily distinguished from other species of the genus by

the straight transverse carina above the antenne,-by the

much shorter third joint of the flagellum, and by the very

small size, Hven M, minuta, Frogg., is considerably larger,

the Hymenopterous Genus Megalyra, Westw. 247

Megalyra lilliputiana, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; tibiis anticis apice tarsisque testaceis; terebra an-

tennisque dimidio basali fusco-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, irides-

centibus, areis cubitali discoidalique infuscatis.

Long. 2-4 mm. ; terebre, long. 7-14 mm.

@?. Third joint of the flagellum a little longer than the

second and equal in length to the fourth. Eyes converging

towards the clypeus, very narrowly separated from the poste-

rior margin. of the head; anterior ocellus separated from the

eyes by a distance distinctly greater than that separating the

posterior ocelli from each other, the posterior pair a little

farther from each other than from theeyes. Head and thorax

coarsely punctured-reticulate ; pleuree rugose, less coarsely

sculptured than the mesonotum. Anterior angles of the

mesonotum produced into short acute tubercles ; scutellum

large, nearly as long as the mesonotum and distinctly longer

than the median segment, the latter rugose-reticulate. First

abdominal segment smooth and shining; the remaining

segments very finely and closely punctured, subopaque.

Legs and pleure very sparsely clothed with whitish hairs,

the whole insect without any patches of white pubescence.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland, June 9-24, 1913. Four

females. On dead Hucalyptus-wood.

The third joint of the flagellum, though somewhat longer

than in testacetpes, is much less elongate than in fusciipennis.

In both this species and in testacetpes the eyes are more

elongate and reach much nearer to the posterior margin of

the head, and also converge more towards the clypeus than

in the larger species of genus which I have seen (fasci/-

pennis, shuckardi, melanoptera, mutilis); the terebra is

three-and-a-half times as long as the insect, not four times

as long, as in minuta, which also differs in the colour of

the legs. e

In Megalyra mutilis, Westw., the second joint of the

flagellum is nearly twice as long as the third, which is only

twice as long as the first. The only specimen I have seen is

a male.

Both testaceipes and lilliputiana were taken by me ona

recent expedition to Australia. The types are in the British

Museum.

248 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

XXIV.—WNotes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XX. On some

Larrinee in the British Museum. By ROWLAND E. TuRNER,

F.Z.8., F.E.S.

Key to the Australian S,ecies of Liris.

[2k J

Wings yellow, with a pale fuscous margin ;

legs ferruginous; the whole dorsal sur- _[subsp. magnifica, Kohl.

face clothed with golden pubescence .. L. hemorrhoidalis, Fabr.,

Wings pale fuscous; legs black; without

golden pubescence ........++. ern: L. melania, Turn.

Liris melania, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, subopaca; segmento mediano opaco, delicatissime trans-

verse striato; area pygidiali setosa, aureo-pilosa; alis fusco-

hyalinis, venis fuscis.

Long. 17 mm.

@. Clypeus finely and closely punctured, with a deep

depression in the middle of the apical margin. Second joint

of the flagellum equal to the third, twice as long as the first.

Eyes touching the posterior margin of the head, separated on

the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the length of the

second joint of the flagellum. Cheeks and the base of the

mandibles clothed with fine silver pubescence. Pronotum

not reaching the level of the mesonotum, higher in the

middle than at the sides, Thorax subopaque, minutely punc-

tured ; median segment about equal in length to the meso-

votum, very finely and closely transversely striated, with a

longitudinal sulcus from the base to the apex, the sides of

the dorsal surface and of the posterior truncation more coarsely

striated. Abdomen subopaque, microscopically punctured ;

obscure apical bands of fine whitish pubescence, broadly

interrupted in the middle on the three basal dorsal segments.

Pygidial area subtriangu'ar, narrowly rounded at the apex,

shaped as in J. gibbosa, Kohl, clothed with fine golden

pubescence, and with numerous black sete. Second ventral

segment swollen near the base as in Notogonia, with a carina

from the base to the middle. Second abscissa of the radius

as long as the third, the two recurrent nervures received very

close to each other.

Hab. Cairns district, Q. (collected by F. P. Dodd and

presented by Dr. Perkins).

This was recorded by me as L, ducalis, Sm. (Trans, Ent.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 249

Soc. London, p. 425, 1910), to which it is nearly allied ; but

in that species the eyes are very distinctly separated from

the hind margin of the head, as in all the other species of the

group known to me, the median segment is longer and has

the median sulcus much more obscure, and the pubescence

on the head is golden.

Liris cowant, Kirby.

Larrada cowani, W. F. Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 200 (1883).

Liris pedestris, Saussure, Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, xx. p. 517

(1892). 9.

Key to the Australian Species of Larva.

2g.

1, Fore tibize with a row of spines on the outer

TOE PSUED. = sei tanto ee as vaca ae To Oe Ee L. melanocnemis, Turn.

Fore tibiz without spines on the outer

THAT OOR oe ttele coh ie Sala dew inf On 2.

Di ALG RS SORT TBOTIS A GG erp cis con RE wes ears L, femorata, Sauss.

Legs black, shading into fusco-ferruginous

on the tibi and tarsi in some specimens, JL, scelesta, Turn.

dod.

1, Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

at least equal to the length of the three

basal joints of the flagellum .......... L. melanocnemis, Turn.

Kyes separated on the vertex by a distance

equal to the length of the two basal

points of the flapelltm 05.0... kee. so 2

a DORE TeRPUGUTIOUR (Actin vslcee hae ees se voess L. femorata, Sauss.

Legs black, the apical half of the tarsi fusco-

DOECBIUMOUR ras eet gah abid vd sivie' a «fs ape sje > L. scelesta, Turn.

Larra melanocnemis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, opaca, abdomine nitido, segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 fascia

interrupta, albo-pilosa ; tegulis pallide testaceis; alis fusco-

hyalinis, venis fuscis.

Long. 15-17 mm.

¢. Clypeus opaque, very finely and tlosely punctured,

the extreme apex smooth and shining, the apical margin

transverse. Head subopaque, finely and closely punctured,

the front above the base of the antenna shining and very

sparsely punctured. Second joint of the flagellum twice as

long as the first and half as long again as the third, the

antennee quite as stout in proportion as in L. anathema.

Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the

250 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

combined length of the second and third joints of the

flagellum. Pronotum sunk a little below the mesonotum, no

higher in the middle than at the sides, the dorsal surface

almost linear, very sharply sloped anteriorly. Thorax very

closely punctured, the pleuree covered with short silver-white

pubeseence. Median segment longer than the mesonotum,

granulate, without any distinct median sulcus or carina, the

apical slope finely and closely punctured. Abdomen smooth

and shining, the first to fifth dorsal segments with a broadly

interrupted apical band of white pubescence; pygidial area

elongate, pointed at the apex, finely and very sparsely punc-

tured. Anterior tibiee with a row of spines on the outer

margin. Third abscissa of the radius equal to the second,

the recurrent nervures separated from each other on the

cubitus by a distance equal to nearly two-thirds of the

distance between the first recurrent nervure and the first

transverse cubital nervure.

Hab. Mickay, Q, November to May (ew coll. G. Turner) ;

Adelaide River, N.T. (J. J. Walker) ; Adelaide, S.A.

This is the Aastralian representative of L. mansueta, Sm.,

a New Guinea species.

In a former paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 473, 1908)

I identified this species erroneously as Larrada nigripes,

Sauss., and treated Larra psilocera, Kohl, as a synonym.

Schulz (Zool. Ann. p. 191, 1911), having consulted Saussure’s

collection, applies the name nigripes to quite a difterent

insect, which now bears the type-label. Saussure’s descrip-

tion, however, seems to have been taken from a headless

female, whereas the specimen mentioned by Schulz is a male

and not headless. But Saussure’s description is insufficient

for any certainty. With regard to L. psilocera, Kohl, the

description of the antenna: does not agree either in colour or

form with the present species, the clypeus also is more

polished. The locality given is Australia, but I suspect that

the specimen may have come from one of the Austro-

Malayan or Melanesian islands.

Larra femorata, Sauss.

Tachytes femoratus, Sauss. Mém, soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.

p. 20 (1854).

Larrada femorata, Sauss, Mélang. Hymen. i. p, 69 (1854),

’ Larra femorata, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiy. p. 248

(1884).

Hab. Sydney (Froggatt) ; Mackay, Q., November to April

(ea coll. G. Turner); Kuranda, Q., January to June

(Turner).

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. ~° 251

Larra scelesta, Turn.

Larra scelesta, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 474 (1908). Q.

I doubt if this is more than a variety of L. femorata. I

can find no good structural distinction, and the colour of the

legs seems to vary, intermediate forms occurring.

Larra erythropyga, sp. n.

©. Nigra; segmentis abdominalibus lateribus albo-pilosis; seg-

mento sexto, plerumque etiam in parte quinto, rufis; tegulis

testaceis; alis fuscis.

Long. 17-20 mm.

9. Clypens opaqne, finely and closely punctured, the

apical margin transverse; front above the base of the an-

tennee shining’ and concave, the marginal grooves very

distinct, the upper part of the front and the vertex opaque,

finely and closely punctured. Second joint of the flagellum

twice as long as the first and about half as long again as the

third; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly

exceeding the combined length of the two basal joints of the

flagellum. Thorax finely and closely punctured, opaque, the

mesopleurze shining and less closely punctured. Median

segment longer than the mesonotum, granulate, with a low

median carina not reaching the apex, the posterior slope

finely rugulose and divided by a longitudinal sulcus, Abdo-

men shining, almost smooth; pygidial area triangular,

almost smooth, the sides nearly half as long again as the

basal breadth. Fore tibize with a row of spines on the outer

margin. Third abscissa of the radius a little longer than the

second, which is equal to the first; the second recurrent

nervure received close to the middle of the cubital margin of

the second cubital cell, very narrowly separated from the

first recurrent nervure.

Hab. Nyasaland, 8.W. of Lake Chilwa; January 1914

(S. A. Neave).

Superficially this species strongly resembles the North-

American L. anilis, Fabr., but has the pronotum raised

much higher than in that insect.

Notogonia australis, Sauss.

Tachytes australis, Sauss. Mém. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.

p. 19 (1864).

Larrada australis, Sauss. Mélang. Hymen. i. p. 69 (1854).

Larra australis, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 474 (1908).

This species should be placed in Notogonia, having the

252 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

second ventral segment formed as in that genus; the pro-

notum sunk below the mesonotum, distinctly higher in the

middle than on the sides; and asmall tooth on the inner side

of the mandibles at about one-third from the base. On the

other hand, it approaches Larra in the short tarsal ungues

and in the very sparse pubescence of the pygidial area.

Hab. Adelaide, 8S.A.; Kaglehawk Neck, 8.E. ‘Tasmania.

Tachytes australis, Sauss., Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii. p. 68

(1867), is quite a different insect, but has been confused in

Dalla Torre’s catalogue. It is probably a Tachysphex.

Notogonia pilosifrons, sp. n.

9. Nigra, fronte aureo-pilosa, segmentis dorsalibus 1-3 fascia

apicali obscura albida ; alis fuscis. >

Long. 17 mm. =

2. Clypeus subopaque, very minutely and closely pune-

tured, with a transverse row of large punctures near the apex,

the apical margin straight. Second joint of the flagellum

equal to the third, twice as long as the first. Eyes separated

on the vertex by a distance equal to nearly two-thirds of the

length of the second joimt of the flagellum. Front clothed

with bright golden pubescence, Pronotum sunk much

below the mesonotum, much higher in the middle than at the

sides; mesonotum strongly depressed in the middle of the

anterior margin, subopaque. Median segment opaque, longer

than broad, obscurely transversely striated, the striae more

distinct on the apical angles and on the posterior truncation ;

a very obscure median carina from the base not reaching the

apex. Abdomen subopaque; the pygidial area triangular,

the sides a little longer than the base, covered densely with

coarse black setee. First ventral segment finely obliquely

striated at the apex; second ventral segment swollen towards

the base, as is usual in the genus, and with a carina from the

base not reaching the middle, Basal joint of the fore tarsus

with four spines on the outer margin, Second abscissa of

the radius a little shorter than the third, in some specimens

equal to the third; the two recurrent nervures very near

together on the cubitus. ;

Hab, Mianje, Nyasaland, from 2300 ft.; May to January

(S. A. Newve).

The wings are paler than in NV. gowdeyi, Turn., and have

no blue effulgence. It is also distinguished from that species

by the golden pubescence on the front, the sculpture of the

median segment, the lesser distance between the eyes on the

vertex, and other . etails.

Mr. R. EF. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 2

Key to the African Species of Motes.

aa.

1, Wings hyaline, clouded with fuscous...... 2.

Wings golden yellow, with a broad fuscous

PCE ha Abe Wie steep, ciel shah, disks 3% a 3.

2. Abdomen wholly red... 0.02) eteetay = 06's! M. cyphononyx, Kohl.

Two or three apical segments of the abdomen

ONE aa ates on Wages tibiae, Seog ae P44 M. odontophora, Kohl.

3. Abdominal segments with a broad reddish-

brown apical band above and beneath .. M. deceptor, Turn,

Abdominal segments without a reddish

Splice WRN he Patty catenvigs! dw x's tes 4 22 M., liroides, Turn.

Motes cyphononyx, Koll,

The type is from West Africa. Specimens in the British

Museum are from Mwera, Uganda, August (CU. G. Gowdey) ;

Chagwe, Mabira Forest, Uganda, 3500 feet, July (S. A.

Neave) ; Mlanje, Nyasaland, January (S.A. Neave); Upper

Luangwa River, N.E. Rhodesia, August (S. A. Neuve).

Motes deceptor, sp. n.

@. Nigra; capite, pronoto, mesonoto, scutello, segmento mediano

supra, abdomine supra tiblisque anticis intermediisque subtus

dense aureo-pilosis ; scapo subtus, tegulis, segmentis dorsalibus et

ventralibus 2-5 fascia lata apicali, segmento dorsali sexto,

femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisgue brunneo-ferrugineis ; alis auran-

tiacis, fascia lata apicali fusca.

Long. 20 mm.

9. The whole dorsal surface of the insect covered with

dese golden pubescence, concealing the sculpture. Mandibles

incised on the outer margin ; clypeus narrowly and shallowly

emarginate on the middle of the apical margin ; second joint

of the flagellum equal to the third, rather more than twice

as long as the first. Eyes separated on the vertex by a

distance equal to the length of the second joint of the

flagellum. Pronotum sunk below the level ot the meso-

notum, higher in the middle than at the sides; pleura

smooth, opaque. Sides of the median segment smooth,

opaque, with a few striz near the apex; dorsal surface and

posterior slope strongly transversely striated at the sides, the

strie very short. Hirst ventral segment with irregular

oblique striz on the apical third, second ventral segment

shaped as in Notogeniu. Pygidial area in the form of a

triangle rather broadly truncated at the apex, clotled with

short sete, a row of very stout setee forming a comb at the

254 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera:

apex. The basal joint of the fore tarsi has four long spines

on tne outer margin ; the tooth near the middle of the tarsal

ungues is small. ‘I'he dark apical border of the fore wing

reaches the first transverse cubital nervure. First abscissa

of the radius as long as the second and third combined, the

two recurrent nervures very near to each other on the cubitus.

Hab. Offi, N. Nigeria (Hiscock).

This species is very near dirovdes, Turn., and may prove

to be a western subspecies of that insect. It differs in the

broader pygidial area, in the shape of the anterior margin of

the clypeus, in the reddish-brown margins of the abdominal

segments, and in the darker and somewhat broader marginal

band of the fore wing.

The superficial, resemblance to Liris hemorrhoidalis is

very striking.

Key to the Australian Species of Tachysphex.

Pe.

1. Two basal segments of abdomen red .... 7. truncatifrons, Turn.

Abdomen wholly black............ eet

2. Tibize, tarsi, and apex at least of the

femora ferruginous or testacecus brown. 3.

Tibiz and femora wholly black, tarsi

usually black, sometimes testaceous

-brown towards the apex ............ 4,

3. Legs ferruginous, hind and intermediate

femora wholly ferruginous .......... T. adelaide, Turn.

Legs testaceous brown, hind and interme-

diate femora black except at the apex . 7. tmbellis, Turn.

4, Wings fuscous or dark fusco-hyaline .... 5.

RS WRIA aint ttt itch ers aero ela oh Ls

5. Pygidial area distinctly though not very

closely punctured; comb of the fore

tarsi black dnd long 5 2.08) aides vane T. stimulator, Turn.

Pygidial area smooth and shining; comb

of the fore tarsi shorter and fusco-

PERTUPINOUR fee cGe ee asa ae soos ea Res 6.

6. Wings dark fuscous; mesonotum, scu-

tellum,and abdomen highly polished.. 7. persistans, Turn.

Wings dark fusco-hyaline; mesonotum,

scutellum, and abdomen subopaque .. 7. Aypoleius, Sm.

7. Dorsal surface of median segment rugose-

reticulate or longitudinally striated .. 8.

Dorsal surface of median segment smooth

or minutely punctured .............. 9.

Median segment longitudinally striated;

third abscissa of the radius longer than

the second oi.0 15). sys Wo wae eee eee ee T. walkert, Turn.

Median segment rugose-reticulate ; second

abscissa of the radius at least twice as

long as the taied -125)5 siyinicpee ids blak wie. LT. rugtilorsatus, Turn.

10,

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 255

. Thorax and median segment eovered with

long pubescence ; abdominal fascize

tinged with pale gold ..............

Thorax and median segment not strongly

pubescent; abdominal fasciz white or

GRSBQN Tacs 5:2: dein ha pat een seek als eer

The whole insect, especially the abdomen,

much flattened, dorsal surface of abdo-

Wen Hat 935. wee gen a SEE eee

Normal, not flattemed .......... see ee

Mesonetum and scutellum shining, highly

olathe ciasas bgthh edt ties ate asf che

Mesonotum and scutellum opaque or sub-

SOMEMAG @ retinal Mh WA Lead wos depos

Second joint of the flagellum longer than

SME MME fot Pees ood Saket t's fa

Second joint of the flagellum equal to or

shorter than the third ..............

Second joint of the flagellum equal to the

third, pygidium compressed laterally,

the pygidial area long and narrow....

Second joint of the flagellum shorter than

the third, pygidium not compressed,

the pygidial area fairly broad ........

Median segment a little longer than the

TELE SOM OUI areal sere orecet ciot aie ’eot sells cheba s

Median segment distinctly shorter than

DUS MUPSOROUBIA |. yi db xl Paivie nig cas ele ore

Mesonotum distinctly and very closely

punctured; apical joints of the an-

tenne black; second abscissa of the

radius fully as long as the first or third.

Mesonotum only microscopically pune-

tured; apical joints of the antennze

fusco-ferruginous ; second abscissa of

the radius shorter than the first or

ERMAN citi km tant sea eelaraas uae ee oe

Apical tarsal joint light ferruginous ; pos-

terior slope of the median segment

finely punctured....... cela c ais BR

Apical tarsal joint black; posterior slope

of the median segment transversely

SUELAROU IGT AG le ata tate wie’ Rtaie aie ptanht oe

T pilosulus, Turn,

10.

T. depressiventris, Turn.

12.

14.

T. pacificus, Turn,

13.

T. pugnator, Turn,

T. discrepans, Turn,

15,

16,

T. mackayensis, Turn.

Ff. tenuis, Turn.

T. fortior, Turn.

T. subopacus, Turn.

[(=T. debilis, Turn., nec Perez).

Tachytes australis, Sauss., 1867 (nec Saussure, 1854), is

almost certainly a Tachysphex, but 1 am unable to identify

In dealing with Australian Tachysphea in a former paper

(Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 491, 1908), I mentioned a doubtful

record of the New Zealand species T. negerrimus, Sm., trom

Victoria ; this is certainly a case of mistaken locality. I

have seen no specimens of TY. truncatifrons in recent collec-

tious, and it is possible that the locality on the type at

Oxford is erroneous,

it.

256 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Tachysphex depressiventris, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis apice ferrugineis; tarsis anticis spinis

albidis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris ; mesonoto scutelloque nitidis ;

abdomine depresso, nitido.

Long. 9-10 mm.

9. Clypeus shining and sparsely punctured, convex, the

apical margin strongly depressed, transverse. Front finely

and closely punctured, an oblique undulating carina on each

side from above the base of the antenne not quite reaching

the eyes. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, a

little more than twice as long as the first. The front is not

strongly convex, and the convex area 0. which the posterior

ocelli are placed is less developed than is usual in the genus.

Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal to

twice the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Pro-

notum depressed much below the mesonotum, the middle a

little higher than the sides; mesonotum and scutellum

shining, microscopically punctured; pleura opaque, minutely

punctured. Median segment broader than long, a little

narrowed to the apex, opaque, shagreened, with a distinct

impressed line from the base to the apex, tie surface of the

apical truncation very finely transversely striated. Abdomen

strongly depressed, the dorsal surface flat, shining, with a

broadly interrupted apical band of white pubescence on

segments 1-3; pygidial area lanceolate, very narrow, shining,

with a few small punctures. Second abscissa of the radius

distinctly longer than the third; the first recurrent nervure

nearer to the first transverse cubital nervure than to the

second recurrent nervure. Comb of the fore tarsus well

developed, the spines whitish, tinged with ferruginous.

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, January; Mundaring

Weir, S.W. Australia, March 18, 1914 (Zurner).

This species may be distinguished by the strongly flattened

abdomen.

Tachysphex persistans, sp. n.

9. Nigra, nitida, segmento mediano opaco; segmentis dorsalibus

1-3 macula transversa laterali albo-pilosa ; alis fuscis.

Long. 18 mm.

@. Clypeus shining, sparsely punctured, transverse at the

apex ; labrum bilobed. Front finely and closely punctured,

not convex, depressed and convex round the base of the

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 257

antenne. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, at

least three times, as long as the first. Eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance slightly greater than the length of the

second joint of the flagellum. Pronotum depressed below

the mesonotum, a little higher in the middle than at the sides,

very sharply sloped. Mesonotum and scutellum shining and

smooth ; pleure opaque, almost smooth. Median segment

smooth, opaque, without a median line, as long as broad, thie

posterior slope transversely striated. Abdomen smooth and

shining ; pygidial area very long and narrow, with a few

minute punctures, the sixth segment as long as the fourth

and fifth combined. Fore tarsi stout, the comb short as

compared with most species of the genus. ‘The three

abscisse of the radius about equal in length ; first recurrent

nervure distinctly nearer to the second than to the first

transverse cubital nervure. The tegule are brown at the

apex.

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, December (Turner).

This may be distinguished from other Australian species

by the larger size and highly polished appearance. The eyes

are closer to each other on the vertex than in hypoleius, Sm.

Tachysphex stimulator, sp. n.

Q@. Nigra; segmentis dorsalibus 1—4 fascia apicali argenteo-pilosa ;

segmeuto mediano transverse ruguloso-striato ; alis fuscis.

do. Femine similis.

Long., 9 17 mm., ¢ 15 mm,

?. Clypeus shining, irregularly and rather coarsely punc-

tured, convex at the base, the apical half depressed and

flattened ; apical margin transverse, with two indistinct teeth

on each side close to the angles. Front subopaque, minutely

punctured, with an indistinct longitudinal sulcus reaching

the anterior ocellus. Eyes separated on the vertex by a

distance slightly exceeding the combined length of the two

basal joints of the flagellum ; the second joint of the flagellum

equal to the third and nearly three times as long as thie first.

Pronotum oblique, depressed below the mesonotum, some-

what higher in the middle than at the sides. Pleura and

mesonotum subopaque, microscopically punctured ; median

segment opaque, as long as the mesonotum, transversely

rugulose-striate, with a shallow longitudinal sulcus from base

to apex, the face of the posterior truncation more strongly

transversely striated, with a deep sulcus from the base not

reaching the apex. Abdomen subopaque above, smooth and

258 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

shining beneath, the four basal dorsal segments with an

apical band of silver pubescence. Pygidial area shining,

strongly and rather closely punctured, without pubescence,

elongate, pointed at the apex. Comb of the fore tarsi long

and well developed; tarsal ungues long as in the genus

Notogonia. Third abscissa of the radius distinctly longer

than the second, the distance between the two recurrent

nervures on the cubitus scarcely more than half as great as

that between the first recurrent and the first transverse

cubital nervures.

The male has the seventh dorsal segment closely but not

coarsely punctured, the punctures more or less confluent

longitudinally, and the median segment is granulate on the

dorsal surface.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia, December (Turner).

May be distinguished from hypoleius, Sm., by the sculpture

of the median segment and pygidial area, the longer tarsal

ungues, and the lesser distance between the recurrent

nervures. But there seems to be considerable variation in

the development of the sculpture of the median segment,

which in some specimens is almost as smooth as in hyp vleius.

Genus PaRALEeLuopsis, Maidl.

Paralellopsis, Maidl, Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, ix. p. 147 ( 1914).

To this genus must be assigned Gastrosericus neavet, Turn,

(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1912 [1913]), which, however, is

quite distinct from the typical species P. africana. The

generic distinctions given seem to me rather slight in view of

the aberrant structure of some species of Gastrosericus.

Gastrosericus swaled, sp. n.

©. Nigra, pallide aureo-pilosa; tegulis macula basali, femoribus

apice tiblisque extus flavis; tegulis apice testaceis; tarsis fuscis ;

mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; pro-

sterno utringue acute cornuto.

Long. 7 mm.

2. Eyes moderately convergent towards the vertex,

separated on the vertex by a distance equal to about twice

the length of the scape; front very broad, clypeus and lower

part of the face covered with short silver pubescence. Hyes

separated from the posterior margin of the head by a distance

On a new Species and Subspecies of Ennea. 259

equal to about half the length of the scape. Prosternum

produced on each side into a stout, acute, curved horn, plainly

visible from above. Median segment shorter than the meso-

notum, strongly narrowed to the apex. The whole insect

opaque, with pale golden pubescence thinly distributed,

becoming denser on the pronotum, median segment, and

behind the eyes, and forming apical bands on the dorsal

segments of the abdomen. Pygidial area triangular, punc-

tured and bare. Second abscissa of the radius very short ;

the two recurrent nervures meeting before joining the cubitus.

Hab, Lonely Mine, Rhodesia (H. Swale); January.

Kasily distinguished by the extraordinary horns of the

prosternum ; otherwise it superficially resembles the West-

African G. attenuatus, Turn., but has the median segment

shorter and the eyes much farther apart on the vertex, in the

latter feature resembling G. /amellatus, Turn., and forming

a link between the usual strongly convergent eyes of Gastro-

sericus and the parallel eyes of Paralellopsis.

XXV.—Deseriptions of a new Species and Subspecies of

Ennea from Northern Nigeria, and a Correction in the

Original Description of Ki. reesi, Preston. By H. B.

Preston, F.Z.5.

THE species and subspecies described below were received

through the kindness of Colonel A. G. Peile, and were

obtained by Mr. H. Cadman, of the Colonial Civil Service,

at Idah village, at an altitude of 1300 feet, 25 miles north of

Abuja, Zaria Province, Northern Provinces, Nigeria. The

author has much pleasure in dedicating the new species, a

most interesting form, to the collector.

Jt may, perhaps, not be out of place to here make a small

correction in a former paper by the author, also dealing with

Enneidz from Nigeria*. In this paper the words placed in

square brackets in the quotation below should be added to the

last lines of the diagnosis of Hnnea reesi, thus :—‘‘ Aperture

obliquely subtriangular, armed with a projecting, parietal,

lamella-like tooth, two denticles on the inner margin of the

[labrum and two on the inner margin of the] columella lip,

tue lower in each case being the stronger.”

* Proc. Malae, Soc. xi. 1914, pp. 184-136,

260 On a new Species and Subspecies of Linnea.

Ennea (Gulella) cadmani, sp. n.

Shell cylindrical, yellowish white, polished, shining;

whorls 6, the first three regularly increasing, «the last three

increasing in length but not in breadth ; suture rather slightly

impressed, narrowly margined below, the margin minutely

crenulated ; perforation narrow, deep ; labrum thick, white,

reflexed, the margins joined by an opaque, white, parietal

callus; aperture irregularly subquadrate, armed with a coarse,

erect, vertical, parietal lamella which is slightly twisted

Ennea (Gulella) cadmant, X 4.

below, a protuberance on the upper portion of the outer

lip which-partly fills the space between it and the parietal

lamella, while below this occurs a coarse downwardly curved

lamella; at the base of the aperture and very interiorly

situate is an oblique nodular denticle, while in addition,

projecting from the broad columella margin, occurs a hori-

zontal Jamella-like tooth.

Alt. 5°75, diam. maj. 2 mm.

Aperture: alt. 1°25, diam. 1 mm.

Hab. Idah, at an altitude of about 1300 feet, Zaria Pro-

vince, Northern Nigeria (H. Cadman).

Ennea (Paucidentata) monodon zariaénsis, subsp. n.

Shell differing from the typical form from Gaboon* in its

larger size, much more cylindrical shape, and more oblique

columella lip.

Alt. 10, diam. maj. 4 mm.

Aperture: alt. 2°75, diam. 1°5 diam.

Hab. Idah, at an altitude of about 1800 feet, Zaria Pro-

vince, Northern Nigeria (7, Cadman).

* J. de Conchyliol. 1873, p. 330.

On the Skulls of the Felidx and Viverride. 261

XXVI.—On the Course of the Internal Carotid Artery and

the Foramina connected therewith in the Skulls of the

Felide and Viverride. By RK. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Super-

iutendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens,

[Plates X. & XI.]

Tue skulls upon which the observations made in this paper

are based belong mainly to the Zoological Society’s collec-

tion; but I am indebted to Mr. H. C. ‘Beck, F.Z.3., for the

kind loan of the skull of the rare Madagascan genus Crypto-

procta, aud to Mr. K. Gerrard for that of a species of

Galidictis. The facts recorded have been checked as far as

possible upon the skulls in the Br.:tish Museum placed at

my disposal by Mr. Oldfield Thomas ; but in these examples

I was unable to lift the bullae or cut away the parts con-

cerued for the purpose of laying bare the foramina.

For classifying the Aluroid Carnivora both Flower and

Mivart made use of the foramina in the base of the skull

connected with the course of the internal carotid artery.

The former * wrote :—‘‘ In the Felide the carotid canal is

very miuute. In the Viverridz it is distinct as a groove on

the side of the bulla.’ According to Mivartf, “in the

Felidz there is no carotid foramen anywhere visible on the

surface of the basis cranii, and no carotid foramen perforates

or notches the sphenoid, whereas in the Viverride there is a

carotid foramen, or two carotid foramina, visible on each

side of the basis cranii, and there may be a conspicuous

carotid foramen (deeply notching the sphenoid) in the basis

cranii for the entrance of the carotid into the cranial cavity.”

No excuse need be sought for restating the facts, since

neither of the quoted authors, who have inspired subsequent

writers on the subject, seems to have investigated them very

carefully, judging from certain inaccuracies and defects

contained in their statements.

The Viverridz, as understood by Flower and Mivart, are

a heterogeneous group including all the M#luroids which

are not obviously cats or hyenas. They may be considered

first.

It may be recalled that in Canis the canal for the internal

carotid begins by an orifice on the inner side and in front of

the space that leads to the foramen lacerum posticum—the

* ‘Mammalia,’ pp. 502 & 526 (1891).

Tt P. ZS. 1882, pp. 144-145, 197-198.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 18

262 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

posterior orifice between the periotic and the basioccipital.

Posteriorly the canal lies between the tympanic bulla and

the periotic. Auteriorly it is a tube in the tympanic itself,

and its anterior orifice opens at the autero-internal angle of

the bulla on the admedian side of the adjacent orifice of the

eustachian tube, and just above the foramen lacerum medium,

the anterior space between the periotic and the basisphenoid,

through which the artery, after leaving the canal, enters the

cranium.

Except that the posterior orifice of the canal is always

situated further forwards and that the anterior orifice, even

when the canal is complete, opens into a space beneath the

bulla common to it and the eustachian tube, the arrangement

found in the Viverridz does not differ much from that of

the Canidz. But within the Viverride there are some

interesting variations in detail worth putting on record.

The facts observed in most of the dominant types may be

described before a general summary is attempted.

In an example of the African civet (Civettictis civetta)

the posterior orifice of the carotid canal is situated about

halfway along the inner wall of the bulla further in advance

of the foramen lacerum posticum than in the Felidze and

Canide. Throaghout its length it is an open channel, and

not a closed tube. It passes nearly vertically between the

tympanic and the adjacent edge of the basioccipital. It

then turns, and ceases at the edge of the inturned tympanic.

Thence the artery runs forwards beneath the anterior part

of the tympanic, and enters the foramen lacerum medium,

which forms a small semicircular notch in the basisphenoid

and is just visible at the autero-internal angle of the bulla

when the skull is viewed from below, although it is partially

overlapped by a small bridge of bone jutting inwards from

the bulla to the antero-lateral angle of the basioccipital.

Behind this bridge the periotic appears for a small space on

the surface of the skull between the bulla and the basi-

occipital.

In examples of the Oriental civets (Viverra zibetha, V.

tangalunga, and Viverricula malaccensis) the arrangement is

similar in all essential respects, except that the periotic does

not reach the surface of the basis cranii, the foramen lacerum

posticum is usually narrow, and the foramen lacerum medium

much deeper and more apparent on the base of the skuill*.

* In properly cleaned skulls a bristle can be passed through the carotid

canal from back to front when the canal is tolerably straight; but where

it makes a sharp bend, as in the African ciyet examined, this cannot be

doue.

Skulls of the Felide and Viverridz. 263

In examples of Genetta pardina and felina, on the con-

trary, the posterior orifice of the canal lies much further in

advance of the foramen lacerum posticum—that is to say,

about one-fourth of the distance from the anterior end of

the posterior chamber of the bulla. It is formed by two

juxtaposed grooves, one on the bulla, the other on the peri-

otic, a narrow strip of which reaches the surface at this point

between the basioccipital and the bulla; but the deeper,

anterior half of the groove is a complete bony tube formed

by the bulla alone. The anterior end of this tube opens

just above the foramen lacerum medium, which deeply notches

the sphenoid and is almost concealed from view superficially.

In an adult skull of Paguma larvata the canal begins as a

groove on the anterior half of the inner side of the bulla,

and becomes a definite tube quite at the anterior end of the

posterior chamber of the bulla up against the basioccipital ;

and as in Genetta felina the concealed anterior part of the

canal is ashort but completely bony tube formed by the bulla

alone. The foramen lacerum medium, notching the basi-

sphenoid, is just visible at the ante:o-interual angle of the

bulla. The two bones forming the bulla are not fused

together.

In an adult skull of Paradoxurus niger the canal resembles

that of Paguma larvata, except that the coucealed anterior

portion is not a compiete bony tube in the tympanic. Here

also the two bones of the bulla are not co-ossified,

In an example of Arctictis binturony the posterior orifice

of the canal is about halfway along the wall of the bulla, and

therefore much closer to the foramen lacerum posticum than

to the foramen lacerum medium. he caual is a deep groove

on the tympanic. It descends nearly vertically at first,

where it passes alongside the basioccipital. ‘The artery

thereafter turns forwards and completes its course on the

underside of the tympanic. In the specimen examined the

canal is nowhere a complete tube, although just above the

point where it ceases the bones of the tympanic almost meet

and close it in. Since this specimen is immatare, as shown

by the persistence of the occipito-sphenoidal fissure, although

the permanent dentition is just in place, it is possible that

in the adult the tube is closed at the place above indicated.

The foramen lacerum medium deeply notches the sphenoid,

the anterior part of the notch being almost cut off from the

posterior by bony growths.

In a skull of Hose’s palm-civet (Diplogale hosei) the

carotid canal is set close to the foramen lacerum medium, and

is a very short and simple passage lying Berk adjacent

264 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

portions of the tympanic, periotic, and basioccipital; and

the foramen lacerum medium is a rather short constricted

notch in the basisphenoid, and is visible to a great extent

upon the surface of the skull. It may be added that the

two bones composing the tympanic bulla are completely

separated in the adult skull, as they are in the examples of

Paguma larvata and Paradoxurus niger examined.

In a subadult skull of Arctogalidia with the tooth-change

just completed, but with the basisphenoidal suture still

visible, the posterior orifice of the carotid canal lies approxi-

mately midway between the foramen lacerum posticum and

the foramen lacerum medium. It leads into a groove in the

tympanic, which is bordered on the admedian side by the

basioccipital ; but anteriorly it is continued by a complete

bony tube formed by the tympanic, as in Genetfa felina and

Paguma larvata. But, unlike the other species hitherto

discussed, the orifice by which the carotid artery enters

the skull is entirely cut off from the periotic, and pierces the

sphenoid as a round hole, which is exposed on the base of

the skull just in front of the antero-internal angle of the

tympanic bulla. The two bones of the bulla are completely

fused together, as iu Arctictis, Genetta, Viverra, Viver-

ricula, aud Civettictis.

In Cynogale the course of the carotid canal is peculiar.

It runs from a notch-like orifice in the wall of the bulla

obliquely across the posterior chamber as a very distinct

crest to the septum and periotic, and itself forms a low

partition to that chamber. The foramen lacerum medium

simply notches the basisphenoid,

ln Cryptoprocta ferox the features presented by the carotid

canal combine those of Genetta and Arctogalidia. The canal

slants as a groove on the tympanic near the middle of the

inner wall of the bulla ; but where it dips beneath the surface

it is converted into a complete cylindrical tube formed by

the tympanic alone, and is thus cut off from the basioccipital

and the periotic. It terminates in front beside the eustachian

aperture. The artery enters the brain by a hole, not a

notch, in the basisphenoid, and this hole, as in Arctogalidia,

is visible on the base of the skull in front of the antero-

internal angle of the bulla, and is completely severed from

all connection with the periotic.

Approximately the same condition appears to obtain in

Eupleres and Fossa—at all events, so far as the distinctness of

the carotid foramen in the sphenoid is concerned.

In the skulls of mongooses (Mungos) the posterior orifice

of the canal is a small round hole, not a long groove, perfo-

Skulls of the Felide and Viverride. 265

rating the wall of the bulla above the basioccipital bone.

The canal itself throughout its length is a narrow cylindrical

bony tube formed by the tympanic, so that the artery is

nowhere in contact with the basioccipital or the periotic.

The artery issues from this tube alongside the eustachian

aperture, and enters the skull by a conspicuous foramen on

the base of the skull, piercing the basisphenoid in advance of

the antero-internal angle of the bulla, as in Cryptoprocta.

Within the limits of the genus Munyos the position of the

posterior orifice of the canal varies. In a skull of Mungos

ichneumon it lies about midway between the foramen lacerum

posticum and the anterior termination of the canal; but in

a skull of Mungos smithii the posterior orifice is only a short

distance in front of the foramen lacerum posticum, so that

the canal in this example is relatively much longer than

in the other.

Judging from a superficial examination of the skulls of

mongooses of other genera, the structure of the carotid canal

is the same as that described above. The position of the

posterior orifice, which always apparently pierces the bulla

just behind the inner portion of the partition of the bulla,

varies in accordance with the length of the two chambers.

In Cynictis, for example, where the posterior chamber is

very short and the anterior very long, the orifice in question

is only a little way in front of the foramen lacerum posticum

and the canal is long, whereas in [chneumia albicauda, where

the anterior chamber is small and the posterior large, the

posterior orifice of the canal is set far forwards, and the canal

itself is short.

In Galidictis and related genera the structure of the

carotid canal appears to be the same as in the mongooses.

The condition of the canal in the mongooses and Galidic-

tine. may be derived from that seen in Cryptoprocta by the

growth and subsequent union of the upper and lower

margins of the carotid groove on the bulla, to form a cylin-

drical tube continuous with the osseous tube, which forms

the anterior portion of the canal in that animal.

In the African palm-civet (Nandinia binotata) the bulla,

as is well known, has the wall of the posterior chamber

permanently cartilaginous. In a fresh example of this

species [ found the carotid artery entering the cartilaginous

bulla a little way in front of the foramen lacerum posticum,

and running over a groove on the periotic close to the basi-

occipital and entering the small foramen lacerum medium,

which lies deep down aud is entirely concealed by the bony

tympanic bone, when the latter is left in place. This

266 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

foramen, moreover, is cut off from the periotic by bone, a

short straight suture alone indicating its original continuity

with the space between the periotie and the basisphenoid.

In her paper upon Nandinia Miss Albertina Carlsson

marks the carotid groove as running between the antero-

internal portion of the tympanic bone and the basioccipital.

This must, I think, be a mistaken inference. At all events,

the artery did not take that course in the fresh example of

Nandinia that I examined (see Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xii.

pp. 509-528, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1, 1900).

It may be added that there is no partition, either carti-

laginous, membranous, or osseous, in the bulla of Nandinia.

When the tympanic membrane is cut away, a probe can

be passed in the uncleaned skull through the external auditory

meatus to the posterior wall of the cartilaginous portion of

the bulla.

In the Felidz, in conformity with the homogeneity of the

family, the carotid canal is much less variable than in the

Viverride *. The canal is almost always apparent as a short

shallow groove notching the tympanic bulla close to the

basioccipital, and not infrequently set so far back that it

lies within the depression which leads to the foramen lacerum

. posticum. Occasionally, however, the notch or groove lies

just in front of that depression, as in a skull of Felis jagua-

rondi I possess ; but it is never set nearly so far forward as

the middle of the inner surface of the bulla. Only quite

exceptionally, and as an individual peculiarity, is the notch

converted into a bony tube, with a rounded orifice, by the

extension and fusion of its edges, so that the basioccipital

forms no part of the carotid canal. This is the case on one

side, but not on the other, in a skull of Felis uncia, in which

the posterior orifice of the canal is, as in Mungos, a round

hole in the bulla. In this skull, as in that of F. jayuarondi,

the canal is placed in front of the foramen lacerum posticum.

In all cases the canal descends + to the edge of the con-

cealed inturned portion of the tympanic above the periotic,

where it ceases. From that point the artery apparently

runs along the periotic close to the basioccipital and the

adjacent portion of the tympanic, and in some ¢ases this

portion of the tympanic is longitudinally grooved ¢; but I

* In this paper the significance applied to the term Viverride by

Mivart and Flower is, without prejudice, adopted.

+ From the point of view of the spectator, when the skull is examined

with its base uppermost.

¢ I have not, however, traced the course of the artery within the

bulla of any of the Felidz.

Skulls of the Felide and Viverride. 267

do not know whether or not this groove marks the course of

the artery, although the similarity of this groove to that

of the Viverride suggests that it does so. The canal fre-

quently shows on the inside of the bulla as an upstanding

ridge resembling, but relatively smaller than, that of

Cynogale.

The artery enters the skull by a small narrow foramen,

notching the basisphenoid where it touches the periotic.

This orifice, visible in all the skulls of Felide examined, is

the foramen lacerum medium, and it corresponds exactly with

that of Viverra and Genetia; but to discover it the bulla

has to be removed, because it lies deep beneath the anterior

end of the bulla, which at that point is immovably fused to

the basisphenoid, and the only orifice at the antero-internal

angle of the bulla is the internal orifice of the eustachian

tube.

In this connection it may he recalled that Mivart (‘The

Cat, p. 208, 1881) said that the minute internal carotid

artery enters the foramen lacerum posticum, and passes along

a slender canal between the basioccipital, basisphenoid, and

the periotic, and enters the cranial cavity at the inner side

of the anterior end of the periotic. This appears to be per-

fectly correct, but it is difficult to reconcile with his subse-

quent statement (P. Z. S. 1882, p. 145) that it is distinctive

of the Felidz as compared with the Viverridze to have no

carotid foramen perforating or notching the sphenoid.

Nevertheless, as has been shown above, the basisphenoid is

penetrated by a notch by which the carotid enters the skull

close to the periotic in the Felidz and all the typical

Viverridz. In fact, there does not appear to be any material

difference between Felis and Nandinia with respect to the

course of this artery and the foramina connected therewith.

Conclusion.

The above-mentioned facts have been described in some

detail to show, first, the variation in the structure of the

carotid canal and in the situation of the foramina connected

with the artery in the genera referred by Mivart, Flower,

and others to the Viverride, and, second, the impossibility

of logically drawing a line, based upon the characters under

notice, between the Viverridze, as understood by those

authors, and the Felide. The facts may be briefly sum-

marized as follows :—

(1) In the Viverride the posterior orifice of the canal

may be far forwards and only a short distance behind the

foramen lacerum medium (Paguma, Diplogale), or near the

268 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

middle of the inner wall of the bulla (most of the genera), or

set far back only a little way in advance of the foramen

lacerum posticum (Cynictis). In some Felide (e. g., a skull

of F. jaguarondi) it is only a little closer to the foramen

lacerum posticum than in Cynictis. In others it lies back so

as to open within that fossa.

(2) In the Viverride the canal itself may be a long com-

pletely bony tube traversing the wall of the bulla (Mungos and

allied genera), or it may be a complete bony tube only at its

anterior end and an open channel in the bulla posteriorly

(Genetta, Paguma), or it may be an incomplete tube or

an open channel throughout its length in the bulla (Civetéictis,

Viverricula, Viverra), or it may form a very distinct ridge

running obliquely across the cavity of the bulla (Cynogale).

In the Felidz it is, as a rule, an open channel, only excep-

tionally being a closed bony tube in its posterior half.

(3) In the Viverridz the orifice by which the artery enters *

the base of the skull after leaving the tympanic canal may

be entirely cut off from the rest of the furamen lacerum

medium and fully exposed on the basisphenoid (Mungos,

Cryptoprocta, Fossa, Galidictis, Arctogalidia), or it may be

continuous with the foramen lacerum medium behind and form

a deeper or shallower notch in the basisphenoid, the anterior

end of this notch being sometimes plainly visible in front

of the bulla (Arctictis, Diplogale, Paradoxurus), sometimes

overlapped by it and only visible by looking beneath the

bulla (Genetta, Viverricula, Nandinia). In the Felide the

orifice always notches the basisphenoid, as in the genera just

mentioned, but it is never visible from the surface, because

the overlying portion of the bulla forms here a bony contact

or fusion with the basisphenoid.

The combination of these characters—namely, the fusion

of the bulla to the basisphenoid and the consequent complete

concealment of the foramen lacerum medium by which the

internal carotid euters the skull after leaving the bulla—is

apparently the only positive feature that can be substan-

tiated between the Viverride and the Felide so far as the

structures under notice are concerned.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE X,

Fig. 1. Base of cranium of Viverricula malaccensis, with bulla of left side

removed and bristles passed through the eustachian tube and the

carotid canal of the right side. ov., foramen ovale; gl., glenoid

foramen; fm., foramen lacerum medium running from the

periotic and deeply notching the basisphenoid; s¢., stylomastoid

foramen with the fenestra rotunda on its inner side and the

fenestra ovalis just in front ; per., periotic pierced by these two

Skulls of the Felide and Viverride. 269

fenestrz and on the inner side abutting against the basioccipital ;

Jp., foramen lacerum posticum with the condyloid foramen just

behind it; poce., paroccipital ; t4., tympanic bulla, the position

of the partition shown by a dotted line,

Fig. 2. Base of cranium of Cryptoprocta ferox with the two bulle in

place. Lettering and arrows as in fig. 1; fm., the foramen

lacerum medium piercing the sphenoid as a round hole entirely

separated from the periotic.

Fg. 8. Base of cranium of Mungos ichneumon with the antero-internal

portion of the bulla of the left side cut away to show the bony

carotid canal (ce.) running alongside the basioccipital and

terminating in front a little behind the part of the foramen

lacerum medium (fm.) which is separated from the periotic

(per.), the rest of it being represented by the smaller, more

external orifice behind; co., the posterior orifice of the carotid

canal. Other lettering and arrows as in figs. 1 and 2.

Fig. 4. Base of cranium of Nandinia binotata with the cartilaginous

portion of the bulle missing from both sides and the osseous

anterior portion, marked ¢b. on the left side, removed from the

right, The stylomastoid foramen (st.) is remote from the

margin of the prominent mastoid (m.) and the fenestra rotunda

on the periotic (per.) is on its inner side; the foramen lacerum

medium ( fm.) is a small orifice in the basisphenoid lying deeply

beneath the tympanic (¢d.) and touching the periotic by a very

narrow cleft. Other lettering as in preceding figures.

Puate XI,

Fig. 1. Left auditory bulla of Civettictis civetta, and seen obliquely from

the underside to show the course of the carotid canal (car.),

represented by a dotted groove. The canal comes to an end at

the edge of the inturned portion of the tympanic bulla ; ea., ex-

ternal auditory meatus formed by tympanic ring.

Fig. 2. Left auditory bulla of Arctictis binturong from the same aspect. —

The carotid groove is almost converted into a bony tube in-

feriorly; ew., eustachian tube. The large groove behind the

carotid groove leads to the foramen lacerum posticum.

Fig. 3. Anterior portion of the left bulla of Paguma larvata, to show the

carotid groove passing anteriorly into a bony tube, the arrow

indicating a bristle traversing the canal.

Fig. 4. The same in Genetta felina.

iy. 5. Right bulla of Felis wncia from the same aspect as represented in

the foregoing figures. The arrow indicates a bristle passed

through the carotid canal (car.), part of which is a complete

bony tube. In all Velide the canal apparently takes the same

course, which is practically the same as that of Civettict’s and

Arctictis, but the canal is almost always an open groove, and

not a bony tube.

Fig. 6. Right bulla of Viverricula malaccensis, with arrow indicating the

course of the carotid artery anteriorly beneath the triangular

flange of bone, which is not united beneath the artery to the

adjacent bone of the tympanic ring to form a tube such as is

seen in Genetta.

Fig. 7. Lett half of base of skull of Diplogale hosei, showing the very

short carotid canal beginning at car.; fm. and fp., foramen

lacerum medium and posticum; st., stylomastoid foramen ;

th., tympanic bulla, with the line showing the separation

between the two portions.

270 On a new Binturong from Siam.

XXVII.—A new Binturong from Siam.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

AMONG a collection of mammals from South-western Siam

presented last year to the National Museum by Mr. K. G.

Gairdner there occurs a fine binturong’s skull, so conspicu-

ously larger than any other known that it evidently represents

a distinct species. I have, however, not been able to describe

it before, owing to a doubt as to what sexual variation there

might be in the genus and the fact that all our adult skulls

appeared to be those of females. Now, however, thanks to

the kindness of Mr. H. C. Robinson, I have before me a fine

male skull from Bukit Gautang, Perak, and am thus able to

make a proper comparison with the Siamese animal. This

latter may be called

Arctictis gairdneri, sp. ne

Size conspicuously greater than in the other species.

Skull broader, more vaulted. Nasals very broad, parallel-

sided to the point where they join the frontals laterally,

instead of evenly narrowing from front to back. Frontal

region broad, much swollen upwards and laterally, then

abruptly narrowed at the fronto-parietal suture. Sagittal

and lambdoid crests greatly developed. Posterior palate

broad, much produced backwards. Bulle narrow, far over-

lapped by the heavy paroccipital processes. ‘Teeth much

worn down in the type, their proportions apparently about as

in the Perak skull.

Dimensions of the type (those of the Perak male in

brackets) :—

Greatest length 153 mm. (136); condylo-basal length

152 (136); zygomatic breadth 98 (84:5); nasals, mesial

length 28 (21), breadth at middle 19 (12) ; interorbital

breadth 41 (33) ; tip to tip of postorbital processes 59 (47:5) ;

breadth immediately behind the latter 51°5 (40) ; breadth at

fronto-parietal suture 41 (39) ; greatest posterior breadth on

ridges 73°5 (59); height of crown from posterior palate

54:5 (47); palatal length 84°5 (73) ; breadth of posterior

palate 24°5 (19°7).

Hab. Sai Yoke, S.W. Siam, near Tenasserim boundary.

A new Genus for Sciurus poensis and tts Allies. 271

Type. Adult skull (no doubt male) without skin. B.M.

no. 15.12. 1.26. Original number 207. Collected and

presented by Mr. K. G. Gairdner.

This binturong differs so immensely in size from the

ordinary Arctict’s that no detailed comparison is needed in

describing it as new. It affords a curious parallel to the

giant Arctonyx of the same region—A. dictator—discovered

by Mr. Robinson, which was also obtained by Mr. Gairdner

at Sai Yoke.

I have much pleasure in connecting this fine species with

the name of its discoverer, who has been making great efforts

to improve our knowledge of the Siamese mammal fauna.

It is to be hoped that he may presently be able to obtain a

complete specimen of Arctictis gairdnert.

XXVIII.—A new Genus for Sciurus poensis and its Allies.

By Ouprie.p Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

WHEN writing a revision of the genera of African squirrels

in 1909*, I included, with much hesitation. three African

species in the genus Sciuwrus, otherwise Holarctic only.

Since then, however, the important characters which may

be drawn from the structure of the penis-bone, or baculum fF,

have been discovered, and it is now evident that these three

species should not be included in Sciurus (which has a

peculiar and characteristic hand-like baculum), but need

distinction as a new genus.

For Sciurus poenses, one of the three species referred to,

has a minute, perfectly simple baculum about 2 mm. in

length, conspicuously different from that of Sciurus, but

similar to that found in several other African squirrels,

among whom no complicated bacula like those of Sciurus

occur, still less any compound ones such as have been

described in Callosciurus and Tomeutes.

For the new genus I would suggest the name tho-

sciurus, with genotype 4. poensis (Sciurus poensis, A. Smith),

and would include in it also &. lucifer and ruwenzorii.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii. p. 467 (1909).

Tt See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 383 (1915),

272 Mr. O. Thomas on

LKthosciurus would appear to be most nearly allied to

Heliosciurus, but may be distinguished by its possession of

two upper premolars. As already explained in my previous

paper, its basin-shaped lower molars separate it from Para-

aerus and Funisciurus, and its more normal skull from the

peculiar genus Myrsilus.

XXIX.—Notes on Bats of the Genus Histiotus.

By Oxuprisetp Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THe members of the genus Histiotus are all extremely

closely allied to each other, their respective sizes, skulls,

and teeth being almost identical, and the only distinguishing

characters lying in the colour and the size and shape of the

ears. Even these latter are both somewhat variable and

very difficult to use for discrimination owing to the effect on

them of shrinkage, whether in spirit or dry.

In 1875 * Peters wrote an account of the genus which was

wonderfully good, considering the comparatively few speci-

mens he had available. He gave excellent figures of the

ears of certain of the forms, these figures being referred

to below. In the case of the extreme southern species,

however, H. magellanicus, the ears are drawn much

too small, owing to their having been drawn from dried

specimens.

As Peters pointed out, the Brazilian species, H. velatus,

Geoff., is readily distinguishable from all the others by

its more triangular ear, which has a prominent rounded

lobe in front projecting forwards, as shown in his plate,

figure 1, and is connected with its fellow of the opposite

side by a transverse band about 3 mm. in height.

In colour H. velatus is very dark brown, with com-

paratively dark ears and membranes. Its skull is a little

narrower than in other species, with narrower interorbital

regions and palate, but the difference is really very slight,

considering the essential difference in the shape of the

ears.

* MB. Ak. Berl. 1875, p. 785, plate.

Bats of the Genus Histiotus. 273

The type-locality of H. velatus is Curityba, Parana, and

we have three examples from Palmeira (Coll. Grillo), close

by in the same province. Other specimens before me come

from Lagoa Santa (Reinhardt) and San Lorenzo, Rio

Grande do Sul (Lhering).

But in the highlands of Matto Grosso M. Alphonse

Robert collected a specimen, which, though with typically

H. velatus ears, appears to be subspecifically distinguishable,

as follows :—

Histiotus velatus miotis, subsp. nu.

Ears shaped as in true velatus, but considerably smaller,

measuring (when thoroughly re-damped) only 25 x 17 mm.,

as compared with 30x23 in typical velatus. Fur blackish

brown at base, broadly washed terminally with lighter

brown (between cinnamon-brown and Prout’s brown).

Skull smaller than in true velatus.

Dimensions of type :—

Forearm 46 mm.

Head and body 55 ; tail 50; ear 25x17.

Skull: greatest length 17:2; basi-sinual length 13:2 ;

zygomatic breadth 10°5 ; interorbital breadth 5°6; maxillary

tooth-row 6.

Hab. Chapada, Matto Grosso. Alt. 800 m.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 3.7. 7.17. Original

number 1186. Collected 29th October, 1902, by A. Robert

and presented by Mrs. Percy Sladen.

The other members of the genus all have broadly rounded

ears as in Peters’s plate, figs. 2 to 5.

H. magellanicus, Phil., the most southern species, is re-

presented in the Museum by examples from Tierra del

Fuego (Crawshay), ast Hope Inlet (Wolffsehn), and

Temuco, S. Chili (Bullock). That from the first-named

locality, certainly Philippi’s species, has ears 25 x 16°5 mm.,

thus showing that the small size of the ears in Peters’s

figs. 4a and 5 is due to the specimens having been dried.

The body-colour of H. magellanicus is a uniform dark

brown (mummy-brown). Ears not connected across the

crown.

Next northwards follows H. macrotus, Poepp., described

from Antuco, in the Andes of Southern Chili. This bat was

said by its describer to have ears three times the length of its

head, which would make them something like 60 mm. long—

274 Mr. O. Thomas on

no doubt an exaggeration. Peters identifies a specimen

from Chili with ears 37 x 24 mm. with H. macrotus, while

we have none that I can assign to it, unless a very large skull,

without skin, sent by Mr. Wolffsohn from near Santiago,

may be referable to it. .

Then follows the commonest and most widely-spread

species of all, H. montanus, Phil. & Landb. (syn. H. segethii,

Peters)—described from Chili (Cordillera of Santiago),

whence Mr. Wolffsohn has sent specimens,—which ranges

northwards through Peru to Ecuador and eastwards over

the Andes to Cordova (Kemp), Neuquen (Buenos Ayres

Museum), Buenos Ayres itself, and Uruguay (Aplin). The

ears are of medium size, about 26-28 mm. long by 17-19 in

breadth in spirit-specimens. The cross-band on the crown

not developed in the middle line*. The colour is a light

greyish brown (wood-brown), very different from the dark

of H. magellanicus.

North of this again there occurs, at Bogota, the following

species :—

Histiotus colombie, sp. nu.

Most closely allied to H. montanus. Ears about as in

that species. General body-colour dark brown, almost as

dark as in the far southern species H. magedlanicus, the hairs

blackish brown basally, washed terminally with pale cinna-

mon-brown. Hairs of under surface brown basally, dull

buffy (near “ pinkish-buff”?) terminally. Kars of rather a

narrow-oval shape, those of the type, when thoroughly

relaxed, 30x 19°5 mm. No median connecting-band per-

ceptible. Ears and membranes dark brown.

Skull rather stoutly built, with broad interorbital region.

Upper premolar with an unusual development of the antero-

external angle, this forming a marked projection outside the

hinder basal point of the canine; many of the other forms

of Histiotus have this angle slightly projected forwards, but

none so much as in the present one.

* Tam aware of Lataste’s observation that on the fresh specimen the

connecting cress-band can be simulated by holding up the specimen by

the ears, a fold of skin then becoming visible across the crown (Act. Soe.

Sci. Chili, i. p. 89, 1892). But he only had before him examples of

AT, montanus, and had probably never seen the species in which a com-

plete connecting-band is present. Had he done so, he would not have

thrown doubt on what is certainly a genuine diflerential character

between the various species, as may be readily seen by examining good

series of spirit-specimens.

Bats of the Genus Histiotus. 275

Dimensions of type (measured on skin) :—

Forearm 49 mm.

Ear 30x 19°5. Tragus on inner edge 12. Third finger,

metacarpus 44, first plalanx 16, second phalanx 15 ; lower

leg and hind foot (c. u.) 31.

Skull: interorbital breadth 6°6 ; intertemporal breadth 4°6;

maxillary tooth-row 6°6.

Hab. Choachi, near Bogota.

Type. Adult female skin and skull. B.M.no.99.11.4. 1.

Collected 20th August, 1895, by G. D. Child. Presented

by Oldfield Thomas.

This bat is closely allied to H. montanus, of the mountain

regions further south, but differs by its darker colour and

the great development of the anterior angle of the upper

premolar. Should this latter characteristic prove inconstant,

it may later be advisable to consider colombie as a dark

subspecies of montanus.

In the lowlands east of the Andes, besides H. montanus to

the south, we have in Bolivia the following :-—

Mistiotus lephotis, sp. n.

Ears very large, as compared with those of H. montanus,

about 32 or 33 mm. in length by 23 to 24 in breadth;

transverse connecting-band well developed in middle, where

it is about 3 mm. in height. General body-colour, of a

specimen skinned out of spirit, rather dark brown (mummy-

brown), the extreme tips only of the hairs washed incon-

spicuously with lighter brown. Hairs of under surface

brown basally, dull whitish terminally. On the other hand,

while the colour of the fur is dark, much darker than in

HH, montanus, the ears and wing-membranes are comparatively

light, pale and more or less translucent grey.

Dimensions of type (measured on spirit-speeimen) :—

Forearm 46 mm, (other specimens up to 51).

Head and body 54; tail 50; ear 33x24; tragus 11;

third finger, metacarpus 42, first phalanx 14, second phalanx

14°5 ; lower leg and hind foot 29.

Skull: greatest length 18:2 ; condylo-basal length 16°8 ;

zygomatic breadth 10°8; interorbital breadth 5:4; maxillary

tooth-row 5°8.

Hab. Southern Bolivia. Type from Caiza.

Type. Male in spirit. B.M. no. 97. 2.25.1. Collected

by Dr. Borelli and presented by the Turin Museum. Four

specimens.

276 On Bats of the Genus Histiotus.

This species differs decidedly from H. montanus by its

much larger ears and their definite connection by a trans-

verse band. In describing it as new the only question is

with regard to the South Chilian H. macrotus, Popp., which

we do not possess. But the ears of the Bolivian bat, although

large, are so very far less than three times the length of

the head, and the respective habitats have such different

faunas, that [ do not think it possible the two should be

the same.

How far it extends southwards I do not know, but of

some specimens from Tucuman some appear referable to

this species and others to H. montanus, as though that were

the meeting-place of the two forms.

Finally, we have the somewhat surprising presence, right

in the heart of the range of the triangular-eared velatus

group, of the following member of the oval-eared group :—

Histiotus alienus, sp. n.

Ears like those of H. lephotis, but shorter (29 x 20 mm.),

joined together on the forehead by a connecting-band about

2 mm. high. General colour dark throughout, the body

dark brown, the membranes and ears dark grey. Under

surface apparently little lighter than upper.

Dimensions of type (measured on spirit-specimen) :—

Forearm 45 mm.

Head and body 54; tail 45; ear 29x20; tragus 10°5 ;

third finger, metacarpus 40, first phalanx 13°5, second

phalanx 14; lower leg and hind foot 27.

Skull: greatest length 18°3; condylo-basal length 17 ;

zygomatic breadth 11°4; interorbital breadth 6°5; maxillary

tooth-row 6:4. .

Hab. Joimville, Santa Catherina.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 9.11.19.1. Collected by

W. Ehrhardt.

The presence of this bat im the region otherwise ex-

clusively occupied by H. velatus is very peculiar, but there

can be no doubt of the correctness of the locality, as the

specimen came direct from a resident there, who could not

well have obtained it from anywhere else.

H. alienus is dark-coloured, like the other Brazilian

species, and its ears are larger than those of H. montanus,

smaller than those of H. lephotis, the latter being probably

its nearest ally.

. Boyns 8vo, price a het.

A ‘Systematic Catalogue of

HISTERIDE.

By GEORGE LEWIS, F.L.S.

LON

t ‘

By the same Author.

Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera, |

Price 2s. 6d. ; on one side, 3s. 6d.

“Taytor and Franois, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.0.

PRESSE PE ET LE I RE EE LI TS TD

Price 4d.; Post Free, 4:d.

List OF BRITISH HON- MARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B: B. WOODWARD,

F.L.S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C,

LAND AKD FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA,

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F-.R.S., &e.

W ith 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera :

Limax, Parparctinc Macrochlamys, Pseudokaliella, Kaliella,

Durgella, Eulota, Helix, Alyczus.

TaYLor, and Franots, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price £7 net, Royal Ato, pp. xlvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates and map.

7 A ee ag hale |

BIRDS OF CEYLON. S

Col Vincent Legge RA, F. Z. S. &e. “2

-‘Tayton and Puaxas, Red Lion Core Fleet Street, E, O.

CONTENTS OF — R eos Series. |

XVIII. Brief Danie of act Toysmnoper —vu. | ae

. Page a on

Ricuarp 8, Baewart, PLS, ......- tetteakens oo Ree,

XIX. The Nematode Genus Tangue, R. Blanchard, Wy i. AG ie

BAvis, Dib. a sts eR ws tenes es Fa RRO OAS beatae ees 998

XX. Preliminary Notice of some Irish ee. th

nellida (Suborder Sigmatomonaxonellida) obtained by the Fisheries Ae

Branch of the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction, ‘e

Ireland. By Janz Srupuens, B.A., B.Sc., Irish National Museum . poo sci a

XXI. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber from CONE

Northern China. By G. A. Bovrenczr, MI Re heres ov pees ark Ce 3 BABE

XXII. Descriptions of Three new Cyprinid Fishes from Bast, nee .

Africa. By G. A. Bouzencer, FR. S. eo rae e “O44 <

XXIII. Two new Species of the Hymenopterous Genus Megalyra, as = Ves

‘Westw. By Rowranp E. Turnur, F.Z.S., F.E.S. ........ es pihal geo

_ XXIV. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XX. On some Titrvees .

in the British Museum. By Row.anp E. Toxner, F.Z.S., F.E.S, .. 248

XXY. Descriptions of a new Species and Subspecies of Ennea

from Northern Nigeria, and a Correction in the Original Description

of E. reesi, Preston. By H. B. Pruston, F.Z.8. .......0cc0c cee 259

XXVI. On the Course of the Internal Carotid Artery and the

Foramina connected therewith in the Skulls of the Félide and ie

Viverride. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Zoolo-

gical Society’ a Gardens. (Plates X. & XL)... oe ee es 261

XXVIL. A new Binturong from Siam. By Oxprimip a ede

XXVIII. A new Genus for Sciurus sie Lia its Allies. By ; ke é

ene Rag ok

HOLDRIGLD: THOMAS. eo oe ee Coe ee Ee iaste eon sa

XXIX. Notes on Bats of the Genus Histiotus. By Omit a

inte Bib.

SPHOMAS: 7 ¢.ci'hik'e 6 Goal eie § APR oe Warton AR en ears Meee aes

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this’ Work : may | be Si.

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Ais

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London, 2 Pee aes

EIGHTH SERIES. No. 100.

THE ANNALS”

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTOR Y,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

“WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D.; F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

: ARTHUR R. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

AND

- WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ‘ANNALS’ ” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’s ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HIBTORY.”

LONDON:

PAYLOR AND FRANOIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold “ are Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., La. ; Bailliére, Paris :

and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin,

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. —

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly, 2s, 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 28. 6d.

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. Is,

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 65. _

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 30s., Vol. IT. 15s.

gern oy iainer America, Lorp Branourne and C. Cuves, Vol. I.

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8:.,

Part II. 9s., Part UI, 10s. Vol. IL, Part I. 9s., Part LI. Qs., Parts III. &

IV. 8s. each, Part V, 12s,

Cunningham’s Binary Canon, 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net -Examination of an

Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-

script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by ‘Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Pubiia Health and Diploma in Tropical

Medicine and Hygiene. 6d.

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics, lds,

Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols,

20s. each.—Birds. Vol. [. 20s, Vols. IL, ILL, and IV. 15s. each,

—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each,—

Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bees, 20s. Vol. IL: ANTs anpD

CucKxoo-Wasps. 20s,—- Arachnida. 10s,—Rhynchota. Vols. I-IV.

20s. each, Vol. V. 10s.—Butterflies. Vols. I. and Il. 20s. each.—

Coleoptera, Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera, CurysomeLips, Vol. L

20s.—Coleoptera. LaMeEtuicornia. Pt. 1. 10s,—Mollusca, 103.—_

Dermaptera. 10s. Freshwater Sponges, &c., 10s.—Coleoptera.

GENERAL InrropuctTIoNn, &c., 20s.—Diptera Nematocera. 20s.

Fauna of the Malay Peninsula: Reptilia and Batrachia. 15s,

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls, Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s, 6d,

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. +ach.

Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.

Vol. If, Part X. 21s., Part XI. 21s., Part XIf. 25s.

Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Fourth Scientific Report, 7s. 6d.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s.6d, Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srans, ls.

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net,

Lepidoptera Heterocera.—SpuHinaus and BomByces. 1892. £1 Is.

net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.

Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeridz. 5s. net—Catalogue of

Japanese Coleoptera. 2s, 6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. td. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Perrin’s Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality. ‘'ranslated

by I. Soppy, F.R.S, 3s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons:

Calendar. 1s, net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. l1vs. net.

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 4s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s, net, car

Physiological Series. Vols, I. and II. 2nded. 12s. net each.

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2 2s, 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s, 6d.

Univ. Coll, Medical and Biological Catalogue, 2s.6d.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, EC.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 100. APRIL 1916.

XXX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—UXXI.

By T. D. A. Cockers tt, University of Colorado.

Megachile tasmanica, sp. n.

¢.—Length about 7°6 mm.

Black with white hair, long on face, cheeks, and under

side of thorax ; on front the very long hairs are stained

with brownish, and the scanty hair on disc of mesothorax is

somewhat brownish; head large, facial quadrangle much

longer than broad; mandibles black ; clypeus with a dense

beard of pure white hair, but upper part exposed, very

densely punctured, but with a smooth shining spot ; antenne

slender, black ; mesothorax closely and minutely punctured,

without hair-spots, except that there is a small tuft of white

hair behind each tegula; tegule piceous. Wings dusky

greyish, stigma and nervures black; anterior coxe covered

with white hair and without spines; anterior tarsi formed

essentially as in M. leewwinensis, M.-Waldo, the lobe on

second joint large, oval, with a large black spot on a white

ground. Abdomen short and broad, densely punctured,

the first segment with a tuft of white hair on each side,

segments 2 to4 with thin apical hair-bands, weak in middle ;

fifth segment with thin glittering white hair ; sixth briefly

bidentate, the teeth not far apart. The anterior tarsi, and

anterior tibiz at apex, are ferruginous.

Hab. George Town, Tasmania, Nov. 19, 1914 (7. M.

Littler, 2248).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 19

278 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Allied to M. leeuwinensis, but easily separated by the

wholly black abdomen. It cannot be the male of M. ordi-

naria, Sm., as that has hyaline wings with ferruginous

nervures.

Megachile pugnata pomone, sp. 0.

9 —Length 15 mm.

Like M. pugnata, Say, but the pale hair of thorax, legs,

and abdomen reddish yellow, the dorsal surface of sixth

abdominal segment densely covered with clear ochreous

hair, without any dark hairs intermixed. Median apical

lobe of clypeus entire.

Hab. Mts. near Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll.,

1&3).

Andrena macrocephala, sp. 0.

6 .—Length about 9 mm.

Black, with an extremely large and broad quadrate head,

much broader than the small thorax ; eyes diverging below ;

clypeus very broad and low , sparsely punctured, pale yellow

with two pale greyish-brown spots ; process of labrum

emarginate ; mandibles very long, bent in middle, red at

tip ; “cheeks very broad, but rounded behind ; flagellum

very obscurely reddish beneath ; occiput and middle of face

with red hair, sides of face with black hair; thorax. dull,

minutely granular, with long fox-red hair; legs slender,

reddish black ; tegule very small, dark brownish. Wings

moderately dusky, stigma dull ferruginous, nervures fuscous.

Abdomen shining black, without bands, hair at apex soot-

colour.

Var. a. Head not so large, though still very large and

broad ; thorax with pale fulvous hair,

Hab. Claremont, Calif. (Baker; Pomona coll., 200;

var. a., 199).

A remarkable species, suggestive of A. berberidis, Ckll.,

both having a broad head, yellow clypeus, and _ well-

developed malar space. The clypeus is much broader and

lower than that of Jerberidis, and there are many other

differences.

Panurginus neomexicanus, Ckll.

P. nigrinus, Viereck, is the female of P. neomexicanus.

I have numerous females from Beulah, August (one at

flowers of Polemonium; W. Porter), Rio Ruidoso, prox.

Records of Bees. 279

6700 ft., at flowers of Verbascum thapsus, J uly 22 (Towns-

end), South Fork, Eagle Creek, prox. 8000 ft., at flowers of

Erigeron macranthus, Aug. 18 (Townsend) ; all in New

Mexico.

Panurginus piercei, Crawford.

The range is greatly extended by females from Las Vegas,

N. M., at fls. of Spheralcea cuspidata, Aug. 1 (W. Porter),

and Tularosa, N. M. (Cockerell).

Panurginus didirupa, Ckll.

Male from Las Vegas, N. M., at fls. of Verbesina exauri-

culata, July 31 (Cockerell).

Panurginus atricornis (Cresson).

Male from Beulah, N. M., Aug. 18 (W. Porter).

Panurginus nebrascensis, Crawford.

A male from Lincoln, Nebr., Aug. (Bruner), certainly

belongs here, but it has an impressed line down middle of

cly peus.

Panurginus bakeri, Ckll.

Female from Copeland Park, Boulder Co., Colo., Sept. 6

(S. A. Rohwer).

Panurginus flavotinctus (Ckll.).

Female from Florissant, Colo., at fls. of Cleome serrulata,

Aug. 28 (S. A. Rohwer). This has the tegule pale testa-

ceous ; in P. bakeri they are partly dark. P. flavotinctus

occurs as far south as the Organ Mts., N. M., where

Townsend took it in company with P. pectiphilus, Ckll.,

at flowers of Pectis papposa. It was also collected by

Townsend on the Rio Ruidoso, N. M., prox. 6500 ft., Aug. 4.

Panurginus picipes (Cresson).

Males from Pecos, N. M., at fls. of Rudbeckia ampla,

Aug. 4 (7. & W. Ckill.). This is quite distinct from

P. innuptus, but is very close to P. albitarsis (which visits

Rudbeckia at Santa Fé), yet I think distinct,

19t

280 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Panurginus boylei, Ckll.

Beulah, N. M., July (Ckil.) ; San Ignacio, N. M., Sept. 1

(Porter & Chkil.). .

Panurginus armaticeps, sp. 1.

? .—Length about 6 mm.

Black, the head and thorax with scanty long grey hair ;

head enormous, the face extremely broad, without any light

markings; face shining, front dull, except at extreme sides ;

cheeks swollen, very broad, polished, armed beneath with

a very large tooth; mandibles extremely long, falciform ;

labrum broadly rounded, depressed in middle, with a boss-

like elevation on each side of base ; clypeus very broad and

low ; antenne very long and slender, black ; thorax small ;

mesothorax and scutellum polished ; area of metathorax

dull; legs piceous, thinly hairy; tegule rufo-piceous.

Wings moderately dusky; b. n. falling short of t.-m.;

first r. n. meeting t.-c.; second s.m. greatly narrowed

above ; marginal cell broadly obliquely truncate; abdomen

shining, without bands.

Hab. Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll., 228).

‘This extraordinary species might have been referred to a

new genus, but it is evidently related to P. atriceps (Cress.),

from which it differs by the large head with toothed

cheeks,

Perdita fedorensis, sp. 0.

? .—Length nearly 5 mm.

Like P. vespertilio, Ckll., except that the flagellum is

longer and darker, and conspicuously hooked at end; and

the clypeus is dark brown with a white cuneiform mark on

each side. The lateral face-marks are between triangular

and quadrate, notched above ; tubercles with a small white

spot. Wings clear, with hyaline nervures and stigma.

Abdomen dark brown, without markings. Legs dark brown,

the tarsi pallid. The apical. two-thirds of the flagellum is

rather narrowly testaceous beneath.

Hab. Fedor, Texas, April 29, 1898 (Birkmann, 87).

Very close to P. vespertilio, but apparently distinct.

Mr. birkmann has also taken P. ignota, Ckil. (Lee Co.,

Texas, Oct.), and P. crawfordi, Cll. (male, Fedor, May 7).

i iii

a ttt

Records of Bees, : 281

Perdita verbesine collaris, subsp. n.

36 .—Head, mesothorax, and scutellum yellowish green,

the mesothorax with slight coppery tints; metathorax blue-

green ; upper part of front wholly dull, lower part shining ;

flagellum bright orange, marked with black above at base;

sides of clypeus, lower border rather broadly, and a median

band yellow ; lateral face-marks transverse ; upper border

of prothorax, and large spots on tubercles, light yellow ;

middle and hind tarsi dark brown; second and following

abdominal segments with orange bands, deeply incised sub-

laterally, the middle portion of band on second segment

almost obsolete.

Hab. Rito de los Frijoles, New Mexico, August (Cockerell).

This resembles P. kepachidis, Ckll., in the colour of the

thorax, and seems intermediate between Jepachidis and

verbesine. It may prove to be a distinct species. P. verbe-

sine, var. maculata, Ckll., has (g) yellow middle and hind

tarsi, the small joints more or less ferruginous.

Perdita heliophila, sp. n.

9 .—Length 8-8°5 mm,

Like P. a/bipennis, but head, thorax, and abdomen with-

out light markings; front dull. Very lke P. verdesine,

var. nigrior, with which I had confused it, hut larger, hair

of head and thorax above ochreous, stigma pale orange.

The mesotherax is shining yellowish green.

Hab. Mesilla, New Mexico, three, all at flowers of Heli-

anthus lenticularis, Aug. 11 and 15 (Cockerell).

Perhaps a variety of P. albipennis, but the specimens are

all alike, and the appearance is very distinctive,

Perdita crotonis undecimalis, subsp. n,

? .—No supraclypeal mark; clypeus with two very broad

black bars, forming a figure {f; lateral marks very short,

not reaching level of top of clypeus, squarely notched on

inner side above; metallic colour of head and thorax

green. :

Hab. Between Rowe and the Old Pecos Pueblo, New

Mexico, at flowers of Croton, Sept. 4 (W. P. Cockerell).

Perdita numerata, Cockerell.

This was described from a female. A male, which I refer

here with confidence, is from Mesilla Park, New Mexico,

282 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

May 12, by sweeping herbage (Cockerell). It ruus in my

table of Perdita (Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad. 1896) to

P. maculipes, from which it is easily known by the dark

brown stigma, the pleura with only an oblique yellow band,

and the abdominal bands not united at sides. The dark

mark on anterior tibia is small, and if the dark markings

on anterior and middle legs were absent it would run to the

vicinity of salicis, nitidella, and exclamans, where it would

readily be known by the dark stigma. The face is pale

yellow, and the upward extension of lateral marks is like a

closed hand with a very short index-finger pointed ; there is

a yellow band along lower half of posterior orbits. The

second s.m, is not so greatly narrowed above as in the type

female. The ventral surface of the abdomen is yellow

without markings.

Perdita birkmanni, sp. nu.

? .—Length 4 mm. or slightly over.

Head and thorax dark bluish green, dullish, only slightly

hairy ; head ordinary; clypeus (except the usual dots and

a pair of brownish bars), a very small transverse supra-

clypeal mark (sometimes having the form of a letter C),

lateral marks (broad below, narrowed above, ending obtusely

on orbital margin at level of antennz), labrum, and mandibles

(except the rufescent apices), all yellow; cheeks without

yellow; antenne rather long, flagellum pale fulvous_be-

neath ; tubercles with a pale yellow mark ; tegule testaceous.

Wings strongly dusky, outer r. n. and t.-c. pallid and weak.

Legs dark brown, with the knees, and anterior and middle

tibiz in front yellow. Abdomen with a yellow mark at

each side of first four segments, those on first small, the

others pointed mesad, not or hardly oblique ; venter brown.

The stigma is sepia, without a hyaline centre.

Hab. Fedor, Texas, June 1 (Birkmann, 89). Two

specimens.

In my tables of Perdita this runs to P. affnis, var., but it

is known by its small size and other characters. It is much

smaller than P. octomaculata, Say, and has the lateral face-

marks differently shaped, without the strong inner angular

notch. Among the Texas species it falls close to P. jones,

Ckll., but differs by being smaller, with the yellow marks

on third and fourth abdominal segments transverse (not

oblique), supraclypeal mark present, anterior tibiz entirely

yellow in front.

Records of Bees. 283

Perdita bruneri, Ckll. (cockerelli, Crawf.).

The range is greatly extended by a male taken at flowers

of Solidago, Denver, Colorado, Aug. 24, 1908 (Mrs. C.

Bennett). 3

Emphoropsis tristissima (Ckll.).

Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 142). A female

E. murihirta, Ckll., comes with the same data.

Anthophora crotchii, Cresson.

Claremont, Calif. (Baker; Pomona coll. 143).

Anthophora infernalis, Dalla Torre.

Claremont, Calif. (Baker ;* Pomona coll. 153).

Anthophora washingtoni, Ckll.

Claremont, Calif. (Baker; Pomona coll. 133).

Anthophora urbana, Cresson.

Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 142).

Anthophora anstrutheri, Ckll., variety a.

Mts. near Claremont, Calif. (Baker; Pomona coll. 142).

This female differs from the type in having the triangular

hair-patch at apex of fifth abdominal segment very pale

tawny instead of black.

Stelis laticincta, Cresson.

Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 186).

Spinoliella euxantha, sp. nu.

9 .—Length 9°5 mm.

Robust, black, with very bright yellow markings on face

and abdomen ; head and thorax with pale ochreous hair ;

clypeus (except two brown spots}, large triangular lateral

face-marks, and spot on base of mandibles (followed by

a red shade), bright yellow ; labrum brownish ; flagellum

thick and very short, dull red beneath, except basally ;

vertex shining, with large and small punctures; thorax

without yellow markings; mesothorax shining, sparsely

punctured, the disc impunctate ; area of metathorax shining,

284 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

the basal middle roughened, very delicately plicatulate ;

legs robust, with pale ochreous hair; middle femora very

broad; anterior tibiz broadly, and middle ones more

narrowly, yellow at base; tegule black with a faint reddish

tint. Wings dilute brownish; b. n. falling far short of

t.-m.; marginal cell pointed at end and appendiculate.

Abdomen shining, without*hair-bands, but much ochreous

hair at apex ; segments 1 to 5 with bright yellow bands, all

h:oad at sides, the first narrowed nearly to a point in middle,

the second with more than the median third linear, the

third and fourth merely narrower in middle, the fifth with

a median wedge-shaped incursion of black; venter dark

without bands.

Hab. Claremont, Calif, (Baker : Pomona coll. 229).

In the table in Trans. Am.. Ent. Soc. xxv. p. 195, this

runs out at 10, because the clypeus is yellow and there is no

supraclypeal mark except a minute scarcely visible dot. It

falls near to S. zonalis (Cresson), known only in the male,

but is too different to be 1ts female.

Spinoliella comptula, sp. n.

? —Length about 8°5 mm.

Black, with ivory-coloured face-markings and dull yellow

abdominal bands; hair of head and thorax greyish; face

broad ; clypeus (except lower margin, and a pair of black

marks like triangular flags on poles, their poimts directed

toward the eyes), subcircular supraclypeal mark, triangular

lateral face-marks (produced above, ending in a sharp point

on orbital margin a little above level of antenne), lower

part of labrum, and large patch on base of mandibles, ivory-

colour ; flagellum short and thick, dull red beneath except

at base ; mesothorax shining, sparsely punctured (punctures

large and small), impunctate ou disc; thorax without light

markings; area of metathorax shining, its base broadly

dull ; anterior knees with a small yellow spot; anterior

tibie and tarsi in front with ferruginous hair. Abdomen

with five yellow bands, the fifth broken into two large

patches, the others continuous but narrow in middle, the

second with its large lateral expansions broadly excavated

on outer side ; venter without bauds.

Hab. Mountains near Claremout, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona

coll. 224).

In my table cited it runs to 6, but falls out on account of

the peculiar face-markings. In Fowler’s table (‘ Psyche,’

Sept. 1899) it runs to S. cincta (Cress.), but that has the

face all dark iu the female,

Records of Bees. 285

Neolarra alba, sp. 0.

¢ .—Length about 4 mm.

Robust, covered with white scale-like pubescence ; man-

dibles and labrum ferruginous, the latter with a boss-like

elevation on each side ; face broad ; flagellum thick, ferru-

ginous ; legs covered with white pubescence, but tarsi and

knees can be seen to be pale ferruginous; tegule dark,

covered with light hair ; second s.m. extremely small and

narrow; stigma dark ; tegument of abdomen dark, with the

hind margins of segments reddish, but the whole densely

covered with white hair, that of the hind margins forming

chalky-white bands; venter densely covered with white

hair.

Hab. Claremont, California (Baker ; Pomona coll. 1913).

Neolarra vittata, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 4 mm.

Differing from N. alba as follows: less robust, flagellum

clearer red, tegule reddish, legs not so densely tomentose

(knees, tibize at apex, and tarsi clear red), chalk-white bands

of abdomen very distinct, the basal part of segments

appearing darker and browner. The distance between the

tegulz is 800 microns ; in N. alba it is 865.

Hab. At flowers of Dithyrea wislizeni, Mesilla Park, New

Mexico, 3800 ft., May 7 (Cockerell).

The known species of Neolarra may be separated thus :—

LOM ROW cei tag occ oe Se ae Seed vey oe 1

Abdomen not red +. 0b sas Le ee 3.

1, Very small, length 4 mm. or less .......... pruinosa, Ashm.

Paro AG POR Al GIN oo chev wie win slays e's ¢< 10 W's 2.

2. Abdomen very light red, tegule pale clear

Raa eae Se ea F simteta® wih ea nie orditnn Be oe ei verbesine (Ckll.).

Abdomen deep red, tegule dark ............ congregata, Crawf,

3. Less robust ; abdomen appearing dark brown-

ish plumbeous, with very conspicuous white

LSPA ISL saat g-+ ne CERES eh Seep sees i Seen a vittata, Ckll.

More robust ; abdomen very white ........ alba, Ckll.

Dioxys aurifuscus (Titus).

The range is greatly extended by a female from Claremont,

California (Buker ; Pomona coll. 194).

Dioxys pomone, Cockerell.

Described from the male. The female (Claremont, Baker ;

Pomona coll. 191) is a little over 8 mm. long, flagellum

286 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

only very obscure reddish beneath, tegule bright ferruginous

with a black spot in front, end of abdomen pointed, but

forming an angle greater than a right angle.

Dioxys pacificus, sp. n.

? Length a little over 9 mm.

Similar to D. productus subruber (Ckll.), but differing

thus: mesothorax less coarsely punctured ; postscutellar

spine smaller; b. n. meeting t.-m.; second s.m. more

narrowed above; legs black, the knees obscurely reddish ;

abdomen much more finely punctured throughout, first three

segments terra-cotta red, hair-bands on hind margins of

segments thin and white ; apex of abdomen broadly rounded,

not truncate, ,

Hab. Claremont, California (Pomona coll. 190),

Xylocopa orpifex, Smith.

Mts. near Claremont ( Baker ; Pomona coll.175). Lords-

burg, Calif., May 11 (H. H. Nininger).

These specimens are rather large, but not to be separated.

The species extends eastward to Oak Creek Canon, Arizona

(Snow).

Halictus smithii, Dalla Torre, variety a.

9 .—Length 5-5°5 mm.

Black, with scanty, pale, slightly ochreous hair, caudal

fimbria concolorous ; head ordinary, broad ; clypeus shining,

with very few scattered punctures ; mandibles red in middle ;

supraclypeal area convex, shining, without evident sculpture ;

front dull ; flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base ;

mesothorax dullish, extremely minutely punctured, the

median impressed line very distinct; area of metathorax

semilunar, with very delicate, weak, straight, longitudinal

plicee ; posterior truncation not sharply defined above ;

tegule rufo-testaceous. Wings greyish hyaline; stigma

large, dull ferruginous ; nervures fuscous or reddish fuscous ;

third s.m. very broad above. Legs black, with pale ochreous

hair. Abdomen shining black, without detinite hair-bands,

but the sides of the segments are thinly beset with long

hairs, and the fifth bas similar sparse hair all over.

Microscopical characters : clypeus and supraclypeal area

very distinctly reticulate, with widely scattered deep punc-

tures ; scape well punctured; middle of front rough and

Records of Bees. 287

extremely densely punctured; mesothorax minutely reti-

culate, with rather sparse small punctures ; hind spur with

only extremely minute saw-like teeth.

Hab. Waipara, New Zealand, Nov. 21, 1915 (Guy

Brittin).

Mr. Brittin took four females, two with dark tegule, two

with rufo-testaceous tegule. I thought at first that I could

distinguish two species, that with darker tegule being the

true H. smithii (familiaris, Smith) and the other new.

After minute comparisons, ia which I am fortunately able

to include a co-type of smithit from Smith’s collection, I

conclude that there is only one variable species. The hind

margins of the first and second abdominal segments of

H, smith are very narrowly vibrissate with white hair,

though this is not always very evident. Cameron (Trans.

N. Zealand Inst. vol. xxxii. p. 17) separates smithit from

sordidus and huttoni by the character of the base of median

segment (metathorax), but his statement is unsatisfactory,

as the sculpture in smithii is very delicate, appearing rugose

under a low magnification, but showing fine plice under a

higher.

Halictus gulosus punctiferus, subsp. n.

9 .—Like AH. gulosus (H. arcuatus gulosus, Ckll.), but

mesothorax more closely punctured, especially at sides of

middle, where the punctures are hardly separated by a space

equal to the width of one ; the hind margins of the abdo-

minal segments are very narrowly or often scarcely at all

pallid. Wings brownish. Very lke H. craterus, Lovell,

but easily separated by the impunctate hind margin of first

abdominal segment and the larger stigma.

Hab. Boulder, Colorado, twenty-six specimens with the

following data: March 25 (Hite); March 22 (Hite);

April 11 (Rohwer); March 30, fis. Saliz bebbiana (Rohwer) ;

May 22, fls. Salix luteosericea (Rohwer); April 23, fis.

Taraxacum taraxacum (Rohwer); April 14, fls. Rulac

texanum (Hite) ; April 14, fls. Prunus pennsylvanica (Hite) ;

May 20, fils. Bursa bursa-pastoris (Rohwer); May 13, fis.

Prunus melanocarpa (Rohwer) ; Aug. 14 (Rohwer).

288 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some

XX XI.—Some Nemertinea, Free-living Nematoda and Oligo-

cheta from the Fulklunds. By H. A. Bayuis, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE material described in this paper. was collected by

Mr. Rupert Vallentin in the oe Islands during the

years 1902, 1910, and 1911. . J. H. Ashworth, of

K dinburgh, to veins it was Fe over, has kindly entrusted

me with the determination of the eolsetion and the descrip-

tion of such new forms as it contains. The species were all

collected between tide-marks, and most of them are probably

tiuly littoral forms. The nemertines, however, and some of

the nematodes would probably be found to range into water

of considerable depth. Lineus corrugatus and Leptosomatum

setosum, for example, are forms both known to occur in deep

water.

The following notes by Mr. Vallentin on the nature of the

collecting-ground are of considerable interest :—

The worms are from the “N.W. corner of the West

Falklands. Roy Cove, where most of the specimens were

gathered, is the only protected estuary in that district. It is

a mile anda half in Jength, and the depth of water varies

‘from 8 fathoms to nil. The creek is filled with ice during

winter, and during a S.H. gale a heavy sea runs up the creek.

‘The seas round this part are terrific.”

The collection comprises three species of Nemertinea, seven

of Nematoda, and one of Oligocheta. ‘They are the

following :—

NEMERTINEA.

Amputporus, Ehrenberg.

1. Amphiporus michaelsent, Birger.

A single specimen, probably of this species, was taken at

Whale Sound, “in sand near low-water mark, spring tide.”

LINEUS, Sowerby.

2. Lineus corrugatus, M‘Intosh.

Ten small examples of this widely-distributed form occur

in the collection. IL have previously (1915, p. 128) noted its

occurrence at South Georgia, and pointed out that its known

Nemertinea ke. from the Falklands. 289

range extends in almost a complete circle round the sub-

antarctic region, between the latitudes of 50° and 77° S,

The fact that it occurs also at the Falklands serves to render

this circle still more complete.

There appears to be great variation in the size at which

this species attains sexual maturity. In the ‘Terra Nova’

collection, where the material was dredged from considerable

depths of water (45-250 fathoms), the sexually mature

individuals were generally of large size (about 50 em.).

Among the present collection, on the other hand, an example

not more than 65 mm. in length was found to contain well-

advanced female gonads. ‘I'he examples from South Georgia,

to which reference has already been made, were also compa-

ratively small (not more than 145 mm.), and some of these

were sexually mature. The material both from Soutir

Georgia and from the Falklands was taken in shallow water.

It seems not improbable that the depth at which the worms

live has some effect upon their growth, so that those which

live close to the shore never attain so large a size as those in

deep water, but are, nevertheless, capable of becoming mature.

Loc. Roy Cove, etc., at low water; sometimes washed

ashore among Macrocystis roots.

3. Lineus sp.

There is a single female specimen, belonging to a species

very distinct from LZ. corrugatus, but taken with it at low

water, spring tides, 1902. It is about 30 mm. long and a

little less than 2 mm. in diameter. The skin igs smooth.

The head is rather narrow and provided with elongate

cephalic slits. The mouth is indistinct, and is probably very

small. The most striking feature is the large size of the ova,

which occupy almost the entire space within the body-wall.

They measure 0°5-0°6 mm., or even more than this, in

diameter.

I do not feel justified in attaching a specific name to this

single specimen.

NEMATODA.

STENOLAIMUS, Marion, 1870.

4. Stenolaimus serialis, sp. n.

The nematode most abundantly represented in the collec-

tion is an interesting form which may be provisionally

referred to the genus Stenolaimus. Out of twenty-six ex-

amoles only two are males.

290 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some

Measurements (in mm.), taken from two males and three

mature females :—

Ore @.:

Dene ths ak sa aires Sethe ieee Oo 5:2-6 552-6

Thickness—at crown of hairs.... 0'033-0:037 0:037

" at base of pad aue 0:15-0:16 0:14-0:15

7 at middle of body.. 0:22-0:24 0:19-0:25

AGSAINUS ses aetsempeee Os 0:09 0:09-0'1

Length of cesophagus .......... 0:8-0°93 0:81-0°9

7 UCT ULE es ee et OE Beene 0:33-0°35 0'4-0°5

> spicules yt tse, Fe a 0:12-0:15 so

Distance from head-end to excre-

LOWY DOTS" fhe s tat Gea eieas Alyeers 0-065 0:0625-0:075

Distance from head-end to nerve-

TAU sc eects aM) pegs meats te aes 0:40-0'44 0:39-0-42

Distance from head-end to vulva sae 1:41-1°65

(1 Ni Ses llth OAV cs Cn Seen At hee Ci 23'6-25 22-9-99

Bide site ee ee 64-65 6:6-6'8

Vieiete uti a Cam nourgins ange 15:7-17 11:1-13°8

The body tapers considerably both anteriorly and poste-

riorly, the neck especially being very slender. Posteriorly

the tapering begins a little in front of the anus. The cuticle

is quite smooth, no transverse striations having been detected.

In the male only there are a few slender hairs (fig. 2, p. 292)

on the ventral surface in front of and behind the anus, and

a few shorter and more scattered hairs on the tail. The

lateral fields are of a coarsely cellular appearance, and

measure 0-025 mm. in width.

The head (fig. 1) is very narrow. Near the extremity

there is a crown of six stoutish bristles, which stand out at

right angles to the long axis of the body, their tips curving

forward. Two of the bristles are lateral, two subdorsal, and

two subventral. The chief peculiarity of the species is the

fact that instead of the pair of circular or spiral lateral organs

near the anterior end, characteristic of the majority of free-

living nematodes, there appears to be on either side a longi-

tudinal row of thirty or more very small pits in the cuticle

(fig. 1, L.), which may possibly be regarded as “ lateral

organs. ” They are situated just above the level of the lateral

field on either side, and are, therefore, subdorsal in position.

De Man (1884, pl. i. figs. 3, 3a, 3 d) figures a row of organs

in Deontolaimus papillatus, which oud appear, from the

figures, to be of a somewhat similar nature. Hccontaaiy

his account of this species, however (1884, p. 32), they } ‘ure

“ papille ” rather than pits, and occur, in the male only, i

single median ventral row extending throughout the wl ble

ne sens =

ten

' Nemertinea &e. from the Falklands. 291

cesophageal region of the body. In the species now under

consideration the pits are present in both sexes, and extend in

two rows from a little behind the anterior extremity to about

the level of the nerve-ring.

The mouth is very small, and is not provided with distinct

O-/ mm.

Stenolaimus serials. Anterior end of female, lateral view,

Am., ampulla of excretory gland; Ev.P., excretory pore ;

L., “lateral organs ” (F).

lips or papilla. There is no buceal cavity, the mouth

leading directly into the cesophagus. The latter is long

and slender ; it increases gradually in thickness towards its

posterior end, but there is no distinct bulb, The nerve-ring

292 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some

crosses the oesophagus at about the middle. The cells of the

chyle-intestine are small, tessellated, and filled with brownish

granules,

Stenolaimus serialis. Posterior end of male, lateral view.

A,, anus; A.P., accessory piece; C.G., caudal glands ; S., spicules.

The tail (fig. 2), in both sexes, tapers rapidly at first from

the anus for about 2 of its length, becoming more cylindrical

Nemertinea &c. from the Falklands. 293

posteriorly. There is a slight bulbous expansion of the

cuticle just before the tip. At the extreme tip there is a

distinct pore, from which there may sometimes be seen

issuing a coagulated stream of the secretion from the caudal

glands, which are well developed.

The minute pore of the excretory gland (fig. 1, Ew.P.) is

situated close behind the head, the duct expanding into a

slight ampulla (Am.) just before the opening.

The spicules of the male (fig. 2, S.) are very slender

curved rods; there is apparently a slender accessory piece

(A.P.) near their distal ends. In the male the posterior end

of the body is well provided with diagonal muscle-bands,

probably serving to bring about the ventral coiling of the

tail.

In the female the genital organs are characteristic. The

vulva is anteriorly placed, and the two branches of the uterus

are very unequal, the posterior branch being 44 times as

long as the anterior. Both ovaries are doubly reflexed, 7. e.,

bent back upon the uterus and bent back again upon them-

selves near their blind ends.

This species appears to be common between tide-marks,

occurring under stones &c, at Roy Cove. It agrees with

Stenolaimus marion’, Southern (1914), and differs from the

type-species, S. lepturus, de Man, in the absence of any hairs

on the neck besides the cephalic crown of bristles. It may

be remarked that no lateral organs are mentioned in the

descriptions of either of these species ; it is therefore doubtful

whether the rows of pits described above for S. serialis are of

generic or only of specific importance. It is possible that

the species should be regarded as belonging to a new genus,

with close relationships to Stenolaimus and Anticoma.

Do.LicHoLaimus, de Man.

D. Dolicholaimus vallentini, sp. n.

The collection includes three examples of a species which

is undoubtedly to be reterred to Dolicholaimus. Of these

specimens, one isa male, onea female with ovaries developed,

but containing no fu.ly-formed eggs, and the third an imma-

ture form of doubtful sex.

The following are the measurements (in mm.) of the two

mature individuals :—

oe oO

MATA arses « o: vial oc cjee a.nd bias CAE Pe tS 347 =340

Thichness—at crown of hairs .............- 0:0275 0:03

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 20

294 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some

dé: 2.

Thickness—at end of esophagus ............ 0:09 = 009

a at middle of body....1. .sbwslagelens C105, OL

SAL AINE e566 con je ean pile ioe ee 0:08 0:07

Length of cesophagus (including buccalcavity). 0°53 0°60

a AL Re est Vikions Cae neo me ere 0-19 0:22

* ppiewles sits ae pe tee ele at aA ate OR aT a

Distance, head to end of buccal cavity ...... 07125 0:125

S HOTVE TW), -orsin ablenine kaaye 026 0-31

9 =n VREVE clea go gine eels ee ened 19

Gh tedete ied repr isa one [ets dn fale eat aiiera ailbbatelinreatataieys = 34:7 309

Bo EON Fis. cis qtmttealniege Seat bite ake Stare 654 5:78

SD) ore ae elas Harem iam coe wacd inaee 18:26 15°77

This form agrees well in essential points with the type-

species, D. marioni, de Man (1888). It is, however, slightly

larger, and differs in certain other respects. The body i is of

very even thickness throughout the greater part of its length.

Towards the head it tapers ‘rather rapidly, and the posterior end

begins to diminish in diameter from a little distance in front

of the anus. ‘The tail (fig. 4, p. 296), in both sexes, tapers

rapidly for about the first half of its length ; more posteriorly

it becomes cylindrical, and, finally, near the tip there is a

slight swelling. The tip of the tail is bluntly rounded, and

the aperture of the caudal glands is not conspicuous. ‘These

glands, however, are well developed (tig. 4, C.G.).

The cuticle is quite smooth, as in the type-species, no

transverse striations being visible. No hairs occur on the

body, with the exception of four short, stout, submedian

bristles situated close to the anterior end (fig. 3, S.). The

lateral fields have a width of 0°025 mm. No lateral organs

have been made out. In the type-species of this genus they

are said to be present in the form of grooves (‘ szllons”’), but

nothing of this kind has been detected in the present form.

The mouth (fig. 3) is a small funnel-shaped depression and

is not provided with distinct lips. It leads into a small

*‘ vestibule,” as in D. mariont, at the base of which there are

three teeth (fig. 3, 7.) arranged in a triangle, andieach shaped

somewhat like a boot-tree. This vestibule is followed by

the buccal cavity proper (fig. 3, P/.), consisting of a greatly

elongate, rigid, chitinous tube. This Hepscnces. gradually in

diameter fun, before backwards, its walls, comparatively

thick in front, becoming also gradually thinner towards the

posterior end. ‘The distance from the mouth to the posterior

end of this tubular buccal cavity is about a quarter of that

from the mouth to the hinder end of the cesophagus. The

Nemertinea &e. from the Falklands. 295

chitinous tube is surrounded by a spindle-shaped muscular

sheath (fig. 8, 4/.), continuous with the oesophagus behind.

The cesophagus exhibits a slight spindle-shaped thickening

near its, junction with the buccal cavity. In its middle

Fig. 3.

Dolicholaimus vallentini, Anterior end of female, highly magnified.

M., muscular sheath of buccal cavity ; Oes., esophagus; Ph., pharynx ”

or tubular portion of buccal cavity; S., cephalic sete; 7., teeth.

portion it becomes narrow again, but posteriorly it is greatly

thickened. ‘here is, however, no true cesophageal bulb.

The nerve-ring crosses the cesophagus at about the middle

of the distance from the mouth to its base. No trace of a

20*

296 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some

ventral excretory gland has been discovered. In this con-

nection it is noteworthy that, according to de Man, this organ

does not exist in the type-species of the genus.

Dolicholaimus vallentini. Posterior end of male, lateral view,

highly magnified.

A,, anus; A.P., accessory piece; C.G., caudal glands; P., preanal

papilla of right side; S., spicule of right side.

The posterior end of the male is abundantly provided with

diagonal muscles. The spicules (fig. 4, S.) are lamellar, their

posterior edges having a rib-like thickening. There is also

Nemertinea &c. from the Falklands. 297

a fold or thickening running down the middle of the spicule,

like a mid-rib. The two spicules slide in a single accessory

piece (fig. 4, A.P.), situated near their distal ends in the

position of repose. This accessory piece is apparently bent

so as to form a deep slot in which the posterior ribs of the

spicules are lodged. It is nearly half as long as the spicules

themselves. There is a single pair of minute papille

(fig. 4, P.) situated just in front of the anal aperture.

In the female the vulva is situated slightly behind the

middle of the body. The two ovaries are about equal in

length, and are reflexed. No fully-formed eggs were

observed in the uterus.

The specimens were taken under stones at Roy Cove,

June 20, 1910.

Enoptus, Dujardin.

6. Enoplus michaelseni, v. Linst.

Enoplus michaelseni, v. Linstow, 1896, p. 10; figs. 14-16; de Man,

1904, p. 19; pls. iv.-vi., fig. 7.

Of this species two examples occur in the collection, both

females. They were taken under stones at Roy Cove,

June 20, 1910.

7. Enoplus sp.

There is a single example of a second form which is

possibly to be referred to this genus. Itis a female, measuring

about 2 mm. in length, and occurred among other small

nematodes and oligochzetes, in association with Marphysa

corallina, July 22, 1910,

It does not seem desirable to found a species upon this

unique specimen.

ONCHOLAIMUS, Dujardin.

8. Oncholaimus sp.

A single female specimen, apparently belonging to this

genus, occurred with various other forms among Marphysa

corallina, July 22,1910. It measures a little over 5 mm. in

length, and is the largest of the nematodes met with, with the

exception of Leptosomatum setosum.

298 On some Nemertinea &c. from the Falklands,

LEPTOSOMATUM, Bastian.

9. Leptosomatum setosum, v. Linst.

Leptosomatum setosum, v. Linstow, 1896, p. 5; figs. 4-7,

Thoracostoma setosum, de Man, 1904, p. OB : pls. vi-x., fig. 8.

Leptosomatum setosum, Leiper & Atkinson, 1915, p. 23; pl. 1., figs. 3, 6, 9.

Two female examples of this form were taken at low water

during spring tides, Feb. 21, 1902, together with nemertines.

This species appears to occur in any depth of water from

low-water mark down to 250 fathoms or more, and is widely

distributed in the subantarctic region.

‘THORACOSTOMA, Marion, 1870.

10. Thoracostoma sp.

A single female example occurred among the various other

species in association with Marphysa corallina, July 22,

1910.

OLIGOCH ATA.

MarIoninA, Michaelsen.

11. Martonina georgiana (Mchlsn.).

Eighteen examples of a small Enchytreid worm, which I

refer to this species, were collected at Roy Cove or else-

where at low water. The collector’s labels indicate that

they were taken in June and July, 1910, some being found

under stones, others, with various nematodes, in association

with Marphysa.

REFERENCES,

Bays, H. A. 1915. British Antarctic (‘Terra Nova’) Exp., 1910,

Zoology, i ii. no. 5, p. 113. Nemertinea.

Lerrer, R.T., and E. L. ArKinson. 1915, British Antarctic (‘Terra

Nova’) Exp., 1910, Zoology, ii. no. 3, p. 19. Parasitic Worms.

Liystow, 0. von. 1896. Hamb, “Magalh. Sammelr. Nemathelminthen.

Man, J. G. dE. 1834, ‘Die frei lebenden Nematoden der Niederland-

ischen Fauna.’ j

——. 1888. “Sur quelques Nématodes libres de la Mer du Nord.”

Mém. Soe. Zool. France, i. p. 1.

1904, Rés. Voy. S.Y. ‘ Belgica,’ Zoologie. Nématodes Libres.

Marion, A. F. 1870. “ Recherches sur les Nématodes non parasites,

marins.” Ann, Sci. Nat., Zool. (5) xiii.

SouTHern, R. 1914. “ Clare Island Survey,” Part 54. Proc. Roy.

Irish Acad. xxxi.

Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 299

XXXII.— Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.n—XXI. On the

Australian Larrine of the Genus Tachytes. By ROWLAND

EK. Turner, F.Z.S8., F.E.S.

Key to the Australian Species of Tachytes.

2e.

1, Abdomen wholly bright testaceous or

PEMUUPINONE TANG. ak ou). 'are. Geers on eo 2.

Abdomen black, at most the apical margins

of the segments or the apical segment

brow orlermupinous. C450. 3.52 < ons a 3.

2. Abdomen bright testaceous; pubescence

of thorax and median segment golden;

legs bright testaceous ..........0..00. T. formosissimus, Turn.

Abdomen ferruginous red; pubescence

white ; legs black, the tarsi more or less

POET INGUS Sharer, aes Sh ak e's « Bpeteh ici ..-. I. rubellus, Turn,

3. Pubescence of the abdomen deep or pale

Soldem Ares kal dT, aealeirual te Sa ees 4,

Pubescence of the abdomen silver, that on

the pygidial area sometimes golden .... 6,

4. Outer margin of the basal joint of the fore

tarsus with five spines; second joint of

the flagellum scarcely longer than the

EPEBPER St Nab tS Giada Seve ies oth? Seeteaaey ak iter’ T. approximatus, Turn,

Outer margin of the basal joint of the fore

tarsus with six spines; second joint of

the flagellum distinctly longer than the

GH oS AOI US Paclt tel iio a tae wine edo 5,

BENLOLMIGL Mahle ta Reve es ct tt ase et oe T. plutocraticus, Turn.

segment very little longer than the scu-

bellman. sire este ye te erate te Acie teres T. relucens, Turn.

6. Tibiz, tarsi, and sixth dorsal segment

fermipinous’. |). sacs ates 2 Wai ibaa oat cvue Ju mites, Turn.

Legs, except the apical tarsal joints, black;

sixth dorsal segment black ......... Eee ae

7. Pubescence of the pygidial area golden and

CORSO mista ima baie ssn bdiogs Cee Otis Ome 8.

Pubescence of the pygidial area not golden,

either silver and dense or fusco-ferru-

ginous and very sparse.............00 9.

8. Pygidial area very broadly rounded at the

apex, almost truncate ; basal joint of fore

tarsus with six spines onthe outer.margin. 7. estuans, Turn.

Pygidial area narrowly rounded at the apex,

almost triangular; basal joint of fore

tarsus with five spines on the outer

PRATT Us aha Futtaaicly gs wueistnuries.« neni ee fetans,lurn

300 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

9. Pygidial area almost pointed, densely

clothed with silver pubéscence ........ T. dispersus, Turn.

Pygidial area very coarsely punctured, the

punctures confluent longitudinally,

sparsely clothed with fusco-ferruginous

Sot!) SOS oe ects ee a ee ea tee . T. sulcatus, Turn.

1. Tachytes formosissimus, Turn.

Tachytes formosissimus, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p, 482 (1908).

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

I have only seen the type.

2. Tachytes rubellus, Turn.

Tachytes rubellus, Turn. Proc, Zool, Soc. London, p. 482 (1908). ¢.

Hab. Port Darwin, N.T. (Turner); Adelaide, S.A. (ex

coll. Perkins).

9. The pygidial area is fairly broad, rounded at the apex,

clothed with golden pubescence. Basal joint of the fore

tarsus with five spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa

of the radius equal to the third; the two recurrent nervures

separated on the cubitus by a distance greater than that

between the first recurrent nervure and the first transverse

cubital nervure.

‘I'he only female I have seen is from Adelaide ; the species

appears to be rare, though with a considerable range.

3. Tachytes approximatus, Turn.

Tachytes approvimatus, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 488 (1908).

96.

Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner).

4. Tachytes plutocraticus, Turn.

Tachytes plutecraticus, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 348(1910). °.

Hab. Townsville, Q. (Dodd).

This is the largest Australian species of the genus.

5. Tachytes relucens, sp. 0.

2. Nigra; tibiis, tarsis, femoribus apice, posticis fere totis,

tegulisque late brunneo-testaceis; segmentis dorsalibus fascia

lata, ventralibus angusta brunneo-ferruginea; segmentis dor-

salibus, fascia lata apicali preecipue, aureo-sericeis; capite

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 301

thoraceque pallide aureo-pilosis; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-

ferrugineis.

6. Femine similis ; area pygidiali pallide pilosa.

Long., 2 14 mm., ¢ 12 mm.

?. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex. Second

joint of the flagellum longer than the third by about one-

quarter ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly

exceeding the length of the second joint of the flagellum.

Basal joint of the fore tarsus with six spines on the outer

margin. Front, clypeus, sides, and apex of the mesonotum

and sides of the median segment clothed with pale pubescence

tinged with gold, a spot of rather deeper golden pubescence

on each side near the middle of the anterior margin of the

mesonotum. Median segment short, scarcely longer than the

scutellum, opaque, with a very obscure median sulcus, which

becomes well defined on the posterior slope. Abdomen

broadly conical ; pygidial area rather narrowly rounded at

the apex and clothed with deep golden pubescence. Second

abscissa of the radius as long as the. third ; first recurrent

nervure received distinctly nearer to the second recurrent

than to the first transverse cubital nervure,

Except in the usual sexual characters the male is very

similar to the female; there are four small spines on the

outer margin of the basal joint of the fore tarsus ; the sulcus

on the dorsal surface of the median segment is more distinct ;

the abdomen is more slender, and the third abscissa of the

radius is distinctly longer than the second,

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

In the number of spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus

this resembles plutocraticus; but this is a smaller insect,

with a shorter median segment, the shape of the clypeus is

different, also the colour of the legs. It is more stoutly

built than approvimatus, from which it also differs in the

shape of the clypeus, in the number of spines on the basal

joint of the fore tarsus, and in the broader pygidial area.

6. Tachytes mitts, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis basi, area pygidiali, tibiis tarsisque ferru-

gineis ; segmentis dorsalibus et ventralibus fascia angusta apicali

brunneo-ferruginea ; tegulis pallide testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis

fusco-ferrugineis ; abdomineargenteo-sericeo, segmentis dorsalibus

1-4 fascia lata apicali densius argenteo-sericea; area pygidiali

aureo-setosa.

3. Femine similis.

Long., 2 10 mm., ¢ 8 mm.

302 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

?. Clypeus with a broadly arched depression on the apical

quarter, the margin transverse, the deflexed portion bare and

shining, the basal portion densely clothed with silver pubes-

cence, which extends on to the front. Second joint of the

flagellum equal to the third, less than twice as long as the

first ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance greater by

one-third than the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;

a sulcus reaching from the posterior ocelli to the occiput.

Pronotum thick; mesonotum, scutellum, and mesopleure

closely and minutely punctured, the mesopleure and sides of

the mesonotum clothed with whitish pubescence. Thorax

subopaque; median segment opaque, more strongly punctured

than the thorax, with a distinct median sulcus which is more

deeply continued on the posterior slope, clothed with short

pubescence, silvery on the sides, greyish and sparser in the

middle of the dorsal surface, fully half as ‘ong again as the

scutellum. Abdomen subopaque, pygidial area elongate-

triangular, very narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal joint

of the fore tarsi with five slender spines on the outer margin.

Second abscissa of the radius distinctly longer than the

third ; first recurrent nervure almost halfway between the

second recurrent and first transverse cubital nervures, a little

nearer to the former than to the latter.

The male has the joints of the antenne shorter than in

the female, so that the eyes are separated on the vertex by a

distance fully equal to the combined length of the two basal

joints of the flagellum ; there are only four small spines on

the outer margin of the basal joint of the fore tarsus, and the

seventh dorsal segment is black at the base and clothed with

silver pubescence.

Hab, Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia (Turner); February

and March. 3 @ g,1 2. A single male apparently of the

same species taken at ‘Townsville, Q., by F. P. Dodd.

7. Tachytes estuans, sp. n.

@. Nigra, albo-pilosa; tarsorum articulo apicali, tibiarum tarso-

rumque spinis ferrugineis, tegulis pallide brunneis; segmentis

dorsalibus 1-4 fascia apicali argenteo-sericea; area pygidiali

dense aureo-setosa; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis,

Long. 14 mm.

@. Clypeus transverse at the apex, deflexed in the middle

just before the apex, and clothed with rather long white

pubescence which extends on to the front. Second joint of

the flagellum equal to the third, more than twice as long as

the first ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 303

the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

the sulcus from the posterior ocelli shallow and not quite

reaching the occiput. Thorax minutely and very closely

punctured, thinly clothed with greyish pubescence ; median

segment more opaque than the thorax, the pubescence denser

than on the thorax, without a median sulcus on the dorsal

surface, the segment about half as long again as the scutellum.

Abdomen fairly stout; pygidial area very broadly rounded

at the apex, almost truncate, the sides not very strongly con-

vergent. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with six fairly stout

spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius

shorter than the third; first recurrent nervure almost or

quite as near to the first transverse cubital as to the second

recurrent nervure.

Hab, Hermannsburg, Central Australia (H. J. Hillier) ;

Killalpanima, 8.A. (H. J. Hillier).

This is very near 7. fatalis, but has the pygidial area much

broader at the apex, the sides less convergent; six spines on

the basal joint of the fore tarsus as compared with five in

fatalis ; there is also a difference in the form of the clypeus.

8. Lachytes fatalis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, argenteo-pilosa ; mandibulis apice, tegulis, unguiculisque

tarsalibus brunneis; segmentis dorsalibus 1-4 fascia apicali

argenteo-pilosa ; area pygidiali aureo-pilosa; alis hyalinis, venis

fusco-ferrugineis,

Long. 13 mm.

@. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, the apical

margin. transversely depressed and bare, the base of the

clypeus and the front clothed with silver pubescence ; second

joint of the flagellum slightly longer than the third; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of

the two basal joints of the flagellum. Mesonotum minutely

and closely punctured ; median segment scarcely as long as

the scutellum and postscutellum combined, without a median

sulcus on the dorsal surface. Abdomen subopaque ; the

apical bands of silver pubescence broader at the sides than in

the middle; pygidial area clothed with golden pubescence,

elongate-triangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal

joint of the fore tarsus with five spines on the outer margin.

Second abscissa of the radius scarcely as long as the third ;

first recurrent nervure nearer to the second recurrent than to

the first transverse cubital nervure.

Hab. Toowoomba, Q.

This is nearest to dispersus, from which it may be distin-

guished by the golden pubescence of the pygidial area, which

304 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera.

is also more distinctly rounded at the apex than in

dispersus ; aiso by the shorter median segment and the form

of the clypeus. From estuans it is easily distinguished by

the much narrower pygidial area and the number of spines

on the basal joint of the fore tarsus.

9. Tachytes dispersus, sp. n.

2. Nigra; unguiculis tarsalibus tegulisque brunneis; segmentis

dorsalibus 1-4 fascia lata apicali argenteo-pilosa ; area pygidiali

argenteo-pilosa ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris,

3. Femine similis.

Long., 2? 13 mm., ¢ 11 mm.

?. Clypeus clothed with silver pubescence at the base, a

bare, somewhat deflexed triangular area at the apex, the

apical margin truncate. Second joint of the flagellum

slightly longer than the third, more than twice as long as the

first ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the

length of the third joint of the flagellum. Front, pronotum,

mesopleurze, and the sides of the mesonotum and of the

median segment clothed with silver pubescence; mesonotum

distinctly depressed in the middle of the anterior margin,

minutely and closely punctured ; median segment more

opaque than the mesonotum, more than half as long again as

the scutellum, with an obscure median sulcus from base to

apex, the suleus becoming broad and deep on the posterior

slope. Abdomen subopaque; the apical fascize of pubes-

cence broad, especially on the sides; pygidial area elongate-

triangular, almost pointed at the apex. Basal joint, of the

fore tarsus with five spines on the outer margin. Second.

abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third ; first

recurrent nervure a little nearer to the second recurrent than

to the first transverse cubital nervure.

Hab. Baudin Island, N.W. Australia (J. J. Walker) ;

Townsville, Q. (Dodd) ; Mackay, Q. (Turner) ; Perth, W.A.

(Turner) ; Port Essington, N.T. (Gould).

This seems to be the commonest Australian species of the

genus, and ranges over almost the whole continent." The

silver pubescence of the pygidial area and the narrower and

more pointed shape of the same area distinguish it from

other Australian species,

10. Tachytes sulcatus, sp. n.

@. Nigra; tarsorum articulis duobus apicalibus fusco-ferrugineis ;

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — 305

tibiarum tarsorumque spinis albidis; tegulis fuscis macula albida ;

alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.

do. Femine similis.

Long., 9 10 mm., ¢ 8 mm.

@. Clypeus shining, the apical margin transverse and de-

flexed ; the base of the clypeus and the front clothed with short

silvery pubescence. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the

third, twice as long as the first; eyes separated ou the vertex by

a distance almost equal to the combined length of the two

basal joints of the flagellum ; vertex behind the posterior ocelli

somewhat concave, and divided by an obscure longitudinal

sulcus. Thorax very minutely and closely punctured, sub-

opaque; median segment nearly twice as long as the scutellum,

broad, opaque, microscopically punctured, the dorsal surface

without a sulcus except at the extreme apex. Abdominal

segments subopaque, microscopically punctured ; dorsal seg-

ments 1-4 with a narrow apical band of silver pubescence,

the margins of the segments under the pubescence fuscous.

Pygidial area broad, subtriangular, rounded at the apex, the

basal line a little shorter than the sides, the surface covered

with very coarse elongate punctures, from which spring very

short fusco-ferruginous sete. Basal joint of fore tarsus with

five spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the

radius longer than the third; first recurrent nervure nearer

to the second recurrent than to the first transverse cubital

nervure.

The male is very similar to the female, but the antennal

joints are shorter, so that the distance between the eyes on

the vertex is nearly as great as the combined length of the

second and third joints of the flagellum ; the seventh dorsal

segment is covered with silver pubescence.

Hab, Busselton, W.A. (Turner), § ?, January ; Cottesloe,

W.A. (Giles), 3 2, December.

The female is easily distinguished from other Australian

species by the coarse sculpture and very sparse sete of the

pygidial area.

11. Yachytes tachyrrhostus, Sauss.

Tachytes tachyrrhostus, Sauss. Mém. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve,

xiv. p. 18 (1854). ¢; Sauss. Reise d. ‘Novara,’ Zool. ii, Hymen.

p- 73 (1867). g; Schulz, Zool. Ann, iv. p. 189 (1911). ¢.

I have been quite unable to identify this species, of which

the male only is described; it is, however, certainly a

Tachytes, and may prove to be the male of Z. fatalis, but

306 Mr. 8. Hirst on a new Species of

the species from §.H. Australia are very poorly represented

in the British Museum, and will probably prove to be more

numerous than is indicated in this paper.

Tachytes (?) nigripes, Sauss.

Larrada nigripes, Sauss. Reise d. ‘ Novara,’ Zool. ii, Hymen. p. 74

(1867). @.

Schulz (Zool. Ann. p. 191, 1911) described the specimen

now bearing the type-label in Saussure’s collection. It is,

however, a male, and has a head, whereas Saussure describes

his species as female and implies that the type is headless.

Schulz considers the generic position as intermediate between

Tachytes and Notogonia, but nearest to the former. The

locality given by Saussure is 'asmania, but the localities of

the § Novara’ are most unreliable, and the species may not be

Australian.

Tachytes australis, Sauss. (Reise d. ‘ Novara,’ Zool. ii.,

Hymen. p. 69, 1867, ¢), is doubtless a Tachysphex ; and

T. femoratus, Sauss., and J’. australis, Sauss. (1804, nec

1867), belong respectively to Larra and Notogonia.

Tachytes tarsatus, Sm., an Indian species, was recorded by

me as Australian (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 348, 1910)

owing to an error in identification ; in the same paper I

also included 7’. australis, Sauss. (1867), as a Tachytes.

XXXIII.—On a new Species of Solpuga from the Belgian

Congo. By STanuey Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Solpuga hewitt, sp. n.

3 .—Chelicera. Basal enlargement of flagellum rather

high and shaped like an ear. Free portion of flagellum

short, being much less than half the length of the chelicera ;

it arises above the second tooth, and at first is fairly wide and

flattened dorso-ventrally ; towards the middle of its length,

however, it is rotated sideways, becoming higher than wide,

and is furnished with a short little keel crowned with den-

ticles ; distal end of flagellum slender and bifurcated, con-

sisting of a sharp little spine and a minute soft twisted

Solpuga from the Belgian Congo. 307

structure, which is shaped rather like a sickle and clothed

with short hairs. Immovable finger of chelicera with the end

strongly curved; the first two teeth are large, and there are

two little intermediate teeth between them and the next large

tooth ; there is a very minute denticle on the upper surface

of this finger in front of the flagellum. Movable finger with

a single minor tooth between the principal ones. Width of

head-plate considerably less than length of tibia of palp, but

almost equal to that of the metatarsus.

?.—Width of head-plate very slightly exceeding length

Chelicera of Solpuga hewitt.

A and B, distal half and extreme end of flagellum, greatly enlarged.

of tibia of palp, but a little less than the length of its meta-

tarsus+ tarsus. Armature of chelicera practically the same

as in the male sex.

The female (type) of S. butleri, Poc., from the Congo, is a

very large specimen, the length of its body being about

52 mm. ; the width of its head-plate is considerably less than

the length of the tibia of the palp or than the metatarsus +

tarsus.

Colour. Head-plate pale brownish or reddish yellow;

apparently it is not nearly so deeply infuscate as in S. butleri.

Chelicera yellowish at the sides, but darker above. Abdo-

minal tergites rather dark brown, but the rest of the abdomen

308 On a new Variety of Huropean Tick.

is yellowish with the exception of a narrow dark strip imme-

diately bordering the tergites. Palp and legs yellowish ;

they are slightly darker in the male than in the female,

however ; malleoli pale and seemingly without any dark

rim.

[ Note.—There are two more female specimens of Solpuga

from Kapiri which resemble those described above very

closely in stracture, but are very much darker, the dorsal

surface of the chelicere, head-plate, and abdomen being very

deeply infuscate. The palpi and legs also are rather dark

brown in these specimens. Probably they are the female of

another species. |

Measurements in mm.— &. Length of body 31; width of

head-plate 8°5 ; length of tibia of palp 10°8, of metatarsus +

tarsus of palp 11°25.

9. Length of body 32°5; width of head-plate 9 ; length

of tibia of palp 8°75, of metatarsus + tarsus of palp 9°75.

Loc. Kapiri, Belgian Congo; a male and a female collected

by L. Charliers (10-13. xi. 1913).

XXXIV.—On a new Variety of European Tick (Derma-

centor reticulatus, va. aulicus, var. nov.). By STANLEY

Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

$ .—Colour-markings on dorsum very similar to those of

the typical form; the posterior pale linear markings are

rather fine. Cornua of capitulum distinctly shorter than in

typical form. ‘Trochanter of first leg with the angular pro-

jection rather short, wide, and blunt. Second segment of

palp practically without any spine dorsally. Stigmata rather

wide comma-shaped, closely resembling those of the typical

form.

? Second segment of palp without any spine dorsally.

Angular projection of first trochanter short and wide.

Measurements in mm.—.. Length of scutum 3°6—-5'4 ;

width of scutum 2°6-3°8.

@. Length of body 5°6, of scutum 1°5; width of scutum 1°65.

Material. Three males and three females from the skin of

a wild boar, killed in France (exact locality not known). A

female specimen from Valescure, France, 2. iv. 1910 ; host

not given (IV. C. Rothschild’s Coll.)

This new variety will be described in greater detail and

figured in a later paper on parasitic Acari,

On a new Species of Elporia, Edw. 309

XXXV.—A Third Species of the Genus Elporia, Edw.

(Diptera, Blepharoceride). By F. W. Epwarps, B.A.,

F.E.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

SOME time ago (June 1912) I described in this periodical the

first known South-African Blepharocerid under the name

Kelloggina barnardi. More recently (September 1915) I

erected for this species the new genus E/pora, adding at the

same time a second South-African species, LE. capensis. I

now describe a third, also from South Africa, of which my

friend Mr. K. H. Barnard, of the South African Museum,

has recently sent me larve and pupe, which were collected by

him in January of the present year at a height of about

3000 feet on the Caledon side of the Hottentots Hollands

Mountains. Several of the pupa were sufficiently advanced

in development to enable me to dissect out the adults, and it

is from these specimens that the adult characters have been

drawn. As in the case of E. capensis, this fact precludes

any reference to coloration. ‘The new species is much more

nearly allied to EL. barnardi than to EZ. capensis, but the male

claws resemble those of the last-named, and the larva are

quite distinct from those of either of the two known species,

Elporia spinulosa, sp. n.

Imago.—F ront considerably broader in the female than in

the male, being just one-third the width of the head in the

former and one-fourth in the latter sex. Eyes of the male

divided into two portions; the upper part is a very little

larger than it is in &. capensis, but, as in LE. barnardi, it is

composed of larger facets than those of the lower part. The

female eyes closely resemble those of H. barnardi, the upper

portion being very smail and its facets very much smaller

than those of the lower. Pubescence of eyes about as long as

the width of two facets. Antenne 15-jointed in both sexes,

the joints somewhat oval, sessile, and all about equal in

length, except the fourth, which is shorter ; last joint slightly

enlarged in both sexes ; there are no strong hairs, except one

on the first joint, but the whole flagellum is covered with a

short dense pubescence. Mouth-parts agreeing closély with

those of E. barnard: in structure, but rather shorter, being

very little longer than the vertical diameter of the head ; the

blade of the maxilla is a little longer than the first palpal

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 21

310 On a new Species of Elporia, Hdw.

joint, and the suture between the third and fourth palpal

joints is hardly discernible; the labella have the same

honeycombed structure and the same taste-hairs as in

E. barnardi.

Genitalia much resembling those of H. barnardi, but those

of the male at least showing good specific differences (see

figure); the female appears to have only one spermatheca,

which is feebly chitinized ; 2. barnardi and E. capensis each

have three spermathece, those of H. barnardi being feebly

and those of £. capensis strongly chitinized. It seems very

remarkable that such differences should occur within the

limits of one genus. . The ovipositor resembles that of

EF. barnardi, the taste-hairs being more numerous than in

LH. capensis.

Front tarsi: first joint nearly as long as the three

following together ; second and fifth equal in length and

Elporia spinulosa, sp. nu. Male genitalia from above.

rather longer than the third or fourth. Middle tarsi shorter

than the front or hind pair, the first joint barely longer than

the next two together; second, third, and fourth gradually

decreasing in size; fifth as long as the second and third

together. Hind tarsi: first joint almost as long as the re-

maining four together ; second, third, and fourth gradually

decreasing in length, fifth as long as thesecond. Male claws

very similar to those of H. capensis, but the swollen basal

part is not quite so hairy and the bare apical part is rather

longer and straighter ; the female claws, on the other hand,

are long, thin, and straight, like those of &. barnardi, but

are perfectly smooth.

Venation, as far as discernible, like that of Z. barnardi.

As will be seen from the above description, the male is

readily distinguishable from that of ZL. barnardi, but the

On a new Genus of Pythide. 311

females of the two species are very similar, The female of

the new species differs chiefly in the somewhat narrower

front, in the fourth antennal joint being somewhat shorter

than the fifth and following joints, and in the perfectly

smooth claws *.

Pupa.—Closely resembles that of EH. barnardi; I can

detect no differences.

Larva.—Resembles that of E. barnardz in its two-jointed

antenne; its hairy but spineless lateral ‘ pseudopodia,”

bifid at the tip beneath; its five-branched gill-tufts; its four

spherical, equal-sized, anal papille; and in the absence of

any distinct knobs bearing the two pairs of long hairs on the

anal segment. It differs from both LE. barnardi and

£. capensis in the extremely numerous short, thick, black

spines on the dorsal surface. These spines are arranged as

follows:—The cephalic segment, behind the horny head-

plates, has four more or less regular transverse rows of them,

about fifteen in each row ; behind the fourth row is a trans-

verse bare area, then a patch of about forty spines, about

half of which are in the middle third, the remainder being

rather smaller and scattered over the lateral thirds. The five

intermediate segments each have about fifty to sixty spines,

which, again, are most closely placed on the middle third ;

some of these spines are very slightly larger than the others

and occupy the same positions as the spines in /. capensis

and £. barnardi. There are about twenty spines on the

terminal segment, which is more evenly rounded than in

E. barnardi.

XXXVI.—A new Genus of Pythidex (Coleoptera) from the

Falkland Islands. By G. C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

PooPHYLAX, gen. nov.

Head short, broad, inserted into the prothorax to near the

eyes and obliquely narrowed before them, broadly truncate

in front, and excavate on each side behind the short epistoma ;

eyes small, rounded, convex, laterally projecting ; antenn

inserted beneath the cariniform orbits at a little before the

eyes ; labrum transverse ; mandibles exposed at the tip, their

* Tn my original description of F. barnardi I only noted the male

claws as having spines on the underside. In reality these spines occur

in both sexes, though they are more conspicuous in the male.

21%

312 On anew Genus of Pythide.

apices cleft; mentum strongly transverse; terminal joint of

the labial palpi oblong-ovate, narrow, that of the maxillary

pair short-ovate, rather stout, and obliquely truncate at the

tip; antenne short, widening outwards ; prothorax short-

oval, obliquely compressed at the sides posteriorly, finely

margined at the base, immarginate laterally ; scutellum

transverse, subvertical; elytra oval, striato-punctate, the

epipleura rapidly narrowed and about reaching the second °

ventral suture ; prosternum well developed anteriorly ; ante-

rior coxe separated by a narrow lamella, the cavities open

behind and closed by the narrow sinuous ridge on the front

of the mesosternum; metasternum short, the episterna

narrow; ventral segments decreasing in length, 4 and 5

subequal; tarsi pilose beneath, rather stout, the ante-

penultimate joint excavate to near the base above for the

reception of the small narrow penultimate joint, the terminal

joint and claws long; wings wanting.

Type, P. falklandica.

The single species from which the above characters are

taken has been found in numbers (dead) in seeds of tussac-

grass, Poa flabellata (Dactylis cespitosa), sent from the

Falkland Islands for the purpose of attempting to introduce

the plant into Scotland.

It may be described as large, pallid, apterous Salpingus,

Gyll. (Spheriestes, Steph.), with small, convex, laterally

projecting eyes, a short, broad, deeply inserted head, and

rather stout tarsi, with the ante-penultimate joint deeply

excavate above for the reception of the narrow penultimate

one. Two allied monotypic genera, Thalassogeton and

Chorimertum, from the Island of South Georgia*, in the

S. Atlantic, have been recorded by Behrens (Stett. ent. Zeit.

1887, pp. 18-22, pl.). These 8. Georgian insects have the

head more exserted than in the present genus, the eyes less

prominent, the tarsi simple, the antenne subfiliform, &c.

Poophylax falklandica, sp. n.

Oblong-oval, somewhat convex, shining, sordid testaceons,

the eyes and the tips of the mandibles black, almost glabrous.

Head sparsely, irregularly punctate, transversely depressed

on the vertex and with two large fovee in front ; antenne

rather stout, about reaching the hind angles of the prothorax,

joints 6-10 gradually becoming stouter, 9 and 10 about as

broad as long, 11 ovate. Prothorax rather convex, wider

than the head, broader than long, narrowed and constricted

* Tussac-grass is also found on this island, according to Skottsberg.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 313

behind, obliquely sulcate on each side before the base, the

hind angles obtuse ; closely, rather coarsely punctate, usually

with an indication of a smooth median line. Elytra mode-

rately long, oval, at the base a little wider than the pro-

thorax, separately rounded at the apex, leaving the tip of

the last dorsal segment exposed, the humeri obtuse; coarsely

striato-punctate, and with some additional punctures on

either side of the suture at the base, the interstices flat,

smooth. Beneath closely, finely punctate. Penis-sheath of

6 long, parallel-sided, abruptly acuminate in the middle

at tip.

Teaaih 5-52, breadth 14-2 mm. (¢ 2).

Hab. FALKLAND Is. (H. N. Sulivan).

Numerous specimens, received by the British Museum in

July 1915. Dr. M. Cameron, R.N., collected a few Coleo-

ptera in these islands in Dec. 1914, but he did not meet with

P. falklandica.

XXXVII.—Rhynchotal Notes—LIX. By W. L. Distant.

HoMopreRa.

Fam. Membracidz (continued from p. 159).

Xiphistes crassus, sp. 0.

Body and legs pale brownish testaceous; tegmina hyaline,

the veins pale brownish, about basal two-thirds reflecting

the dark abdomen beneath ; pronotum with the anterior

lateral angles very short, broad, robust, three-sided, slightly

directed upwardly and forwardly, their apices broadly,

obtusely angulate, moderately ceutrally, longitudinally

carinate, the posterior process tricarinate, its apex a little

passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin,

posterior margin of the frontal area above face distinctly

concave, tibiz compressed and moderately dilated.

Long. 7 mm.; exp. pronot. lat. process. 35 mm.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

The salient characters of this species are its elongate form

and the short, broad, obtuse, anterior lateral angles of the

pronotum.

314 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Basilides bipennis.

Centrotus bipennis, Walk. List. Hom. ii. p. 606 (1851).

Anchon albolineatum, Buckt. Mon, Membrace. p. 216, pl. xlviii. figs. 6 a, 4

1903),

Eine eho Buckt. Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2) ix. p. 334, pl. xxii.

fic. 2 a (1906). :

Monocentrus albolineatum, Schmidt, Zool. Anz. xxxviii. p. 238 (1911).

Basilides bipennis, Dist. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 149 (1916).

Hab. W. Africa.

Since placing this species in my genus Basilides I have

found that Buckton’s Anchon albolineatum is also a synonym,

and must fall accordingly.

As regards the genus, Schmidt (supra) inclines to the

view (judging from the figure) that Buckton’s species is to

be included in Monocentrus, Melich. (Wien. ent. Zeit. xxiv.

p- 297, 1905). I have not seen a typical specimen of

Monocentrus. Melichar placed his genus after Anchon, but

if Schmidt is right in his determination, then the structure

of the pronotum with its anterior processes should ally it to

Leptobelus, Stal.

Centrochares borneensis, sp. i.

Head, pronotum, and body beneath brownish testaceous ;

legs testaceous ; tegmina ochraceous, base and costal mar-

gin brownish testaceous ; pronotum punctate, sparsely finely

tuberculate, lateral processes obliquely erect, their apices

broadened, flattened, slightly recurved ; anteriorly convexly

rounded, posteriorly truncate, with the apical angle sub-

acute, centrally longitudinally carinate, posterior process

undulate, shortly spmous above, distinctly raised and gibbous

above scutellum, but deflected to apex of same, and from

thence conterminous with tegmina, astrong trilobed erection

about two-thirds from base, the apex robust and about

reaching tegminal apex ; anterior tibiz moderately dilated.

Long., incl. tegm., 45 mm.; exp. pronot. lat. process.

4 mm.

Hab. Borneo ; Kuching (R. Shelford).

Centrochares posticus.

Pterygia postica, Buckt. Mon. Membrac. p. 70, pl. xi. fig. 5 a (1901).

Hab. Philippine Islands.

Centrochares bucktoni, sp. n.

Pterygia postica, n. s., 9?, Buckt. Mon, Membrac. p. 70, pl. xi. fig. 4.4

(1901).

Hab. Philippine Islands.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 315

Leptocentrus aureomaculatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum shining black ; head and

sternum darkly greyishly pilose; femora black, tibize and

tarsi paler and more castaneous ; tegmina subhyaline, pale

brownish ochraceous, the veins darker, a large bright ochra-

ceous spot at base; pronotum thickly punctate, the posterior

process somewhat slender, tricarinate, impinging on inner

tegminal margin at posterior angle and extending beyond it,

the auterior lateral processes slender and directed back-

wardly.

Long. 7-74 mm. ; exp. pronot. lat. process. 5 mm.

Hab. Uganda Prot., Valley of Kafu R., Unyoro, 3400 ft.,

Kampala Rd., 3500 ft., Ankole-Toro Border (S. A. Neave).

Allied to Z. altifrons, Walk., but with the lateral pronotal

processes more slender, less curved, and more straightly

directed backward, pronotum more elevated at base, &c. The

large bright ochraceous basal tegminal spot is also indicative.

Leptocentrus grossus, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, sternum beneath, and legs

dark castaneous ; tegmina pale bronzy brown, extreme base

castaneous, immediately followed by an obscure, pale ochra-

ceous, transverse, macular fascia, veins castaneous ; ; pronotum

thickly punctate, strongly centrally, longitudinally carinate,

the anterior lateral processes robust, centrally longitudinally

carinate, their posterior apices slightly recurved, posterior

process tricarinate, its apex passing the posterior angle of

inner tegminal margin; legs palely castaneous, somewhat

thickly greyishly pilose.

Long. 9-10 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 54-6 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins and C. C. Gowdey).

Entebbe Forest, 3800 ft., and Buamba Forest, Semliki

Valley, 2300-2800 ft. (S. 4A. Neave).

In size allied to L. limbipennis, Jacobi, from Ruwenzori,

but with the posterior pronotal process much more slender

and less undulate, &c.

Centrotypus shelfordi, sp. n.

Head and pronotum black with a dark bluish reflection ;

body beneath and legs fuscous brown, tarsi brownish ochra-

ceous; tegmina shining castaneous, the costal margin

blackish ; pronotum thickly punctate, the lateral processes

broad, laminate, obliquely upwardly directed, their apices

broadly truncate, anteriorly rounded and posteriorly shortly

316 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

subacute, apical areas wrinkled, and behind middle strongly

transversely carinate, the disk somewhat obsoletely centrally

carinate, the posterior process strongly tricarinate, its apex

slightly passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal

margin.

Long. 64 mm. ; exp. pronot. lat. process. 6 mm.

Hab. Borneo; Sarawak (R. Shelford).

A small well-marked species, the expanse of its broad

lateral pronotal processes almost equalling its longitude

including tegmina.

Centrotypus taurus, sp. 0.

Pronotum bluish black, apical areas of the lateral pro-

cesses purplish black; face and body beneath thickly,

longly, ochraceously pilose; legs castaneous brown, the tarsi

more ochraceous; tegmina very pale ochraceous, the apical

area castaneous, the costal margin blackish; pronotum

thickly coarsely punctate, the lateral processes broad, trans-

verse, slightly recurved, their apical areas laminate, almost

impunctate, wrinkled, their apices anteriorly broadly,

obliquely rounded, posteriorly shortly subacute, the disk

obsoletely centrally carinate, the posterior process strongly

tricarinate, its apex subacute and passing the posterior angle

of the inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm, 8} mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

7 mm.

Hab, Siamese Malay States (Annandale and Robinson).

Centrotypus siamensis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum bluish black; body beneath and legs

dull black ; tegmina pale ochraceous, subhyaline, the apical

area pale castaneous, the costal area broadly black; pro-

notum thickly punctate, the lateral processes moderately

broad and long, transverse, their apices very slightly re-

curved, their apical areas very distinctly obliquely impressed,

posteriorly transversely carinate, their apices anteriorly

rounded, posteriorly broadly subacute, the disk faintly

carinate, the posterior process strongly tricarinate, its apex

subacute and about reaching the posterior angle of the inner

tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm:., 8mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.

Hab. Siamese Malay States, Bulsit Besar (Annandale and

Robinson).

Allied to C, latimargo, Walk., and C. pactolus, Buckt.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 317

Centrotypus latimargo.

Centrotus latimargo, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 163

(1857).

Hab. Borneo.

Centrotypus pactolus.

Otinotus pactolus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 238, pl. lii. fig. 7a

(1903).

Hab. Perak.

Centrotypus tauriformis, sp. n.

Pronotum dark bluish black; face and body beneath

thickly greyishly pilose; legs fuscous brown ; tegmina pale

ochraceous, apical third castaneous, costal area black ; pro-

notum thickly, somewhat coarsely punctate, lateral processes

strongly recurved, somewhat slender, excluding bases almost

impuuctate, convexly narrowing to apices, which are sub-

acute, behind middle strongly transversely carinate, the

carination not reaching apex, disk obsoletely centrally cari-

nate, posterior process strongly tricarinate, its apex narrowed

and subacute and passing the posterior angle of the inner

tegminal margin,

Long., incl. tegm.,9mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 7 mm.

Hab. Java (ex. Buckton Coll.).

A species to be recognized by the somewhat slender,

strongly recurved, lateral pronotal processes.

Centrotypus pronotalis, sp. n.

Pronotum bluish black ; face and sternum greyishly

pilose; abdomen beneath and legs testaceous; tegmina

shining ochraceous, the costal and apical areas a little darker

and more purplish ; pronotum thickly coarsely punctate, the

lateral processes gradually narrowing and strongly recurved,

their apices subacute, behind middle transversely carinate,

the disk faintly carinate, the posterior process strongly tri-

carinate, its apex almost reaching the tegminal apex.

Long., incl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 85 mm.

Hab. Java (A. R. Wallace).

Allied to the preceding species, C. tauriformis, but with

the lateral pronotal processes longer and more crescented ;

colour of tegmina quite dissimilar, &c.

318 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Centrotypus perakensis, n. nom.

Centrotypus alatus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 237, pl. liv. fig. 2a

(1903),

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

The Centrotypus alatus, Fairm., is well figured, but the

locality given (Brazil) is evidently incorrect. The British

Museum possesses a typical example. The Centrotypus

alatus, Buckt., was described from a specimen in my owu

collection and now contained in the British Museum. This,

therefore, required a new name.

Centrotypus aduncus.

Leptocentrus aduncus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 236, pl. liii. rs 6

(1903).

Hab. Philippine Islands; Luzon.

Centrotypus longicornis.

Centrotus longicornis, Vuillef. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) iv. p. 142, pl. i.

fig. 8 a (1864).

Centrotypus longicornis, Griffini, Soc. Ital. Scien. Nat. liv. p. 7, fig.

(1915).

Hab. Borneo ; Sarawak (J. HE. A. Lewis).

The British Museum now possesses a single (somewhat

damaged) specimen of this very rare Membracid, the original

type of which has been recently minutely and excellently

redescribed by Dr. Achille Griffini.

LESTARCHES, gen. nov.

Allied to Centrotypus, Stal, but differing principally by the

structure of the posterior pronotal process, which is broad,

very distinctly carinate, distinctly moderately convex beyond

scutellum, its apex subacute and distinctly deflected over the

posterior ‘angle of the inner tegminal margin; disk and

front of pronotum strongly centrally longitudinally carinate.

Type, L. forticornis, Walk.

Lestarches forticornis.

Centrotus forticornis, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool, vol. x. p. 185

(1868).

Hab. Celebes.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 319

Emphusis agnatus, sp. un.

Head, pronotum, body beneath, and legs dark purplish

brown; tegmina pale shining ochraceous, extreme base and

costal area dark purplish brown, apical area more or less

tinged with castaneous ; pronotum very coarsely punctate,

finely, centrally, longitudinally carinate, posterior process

tricarinate, only slightly elevated above scutellum, and then

continuously impinging on inner margin of tegmina to a

little before tegminal apex, disk of pronotum crescented in

form, the lateral processes broad and prominently directed

backwardly, in a line with the lateral pronotal margins,

Long. 10 mm.; exp. lat pronot. process. 6 mm,

Hah. Siam ; Chantaboun (M. H. Mouhot).

DacaraTHA, gen. nov.

Allied to Emphusis, Buckt., but pronotum less regularly

crescented in form, its frontal area shorter and strongly

centrally carinate, the posterior process undulate and dis-

tinctly elevated above scutellum, the apical area upwardly

directed beyond the posterior angle of the tegminal inner

margin, the anterior lateral processes much more angulately

and less crescently produced.

Type, D. nyasana, ist.

Emphusis appears to be confined to the Oriental and

Malayan regions ;*Dacaratha at present is only known from

Central Africa.

Dacaratha nyasana, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; body beneath and

femora black, tibize and tarsi dark castaneous ; anterior and

lateral areas of sternum greyishly pubescent ; tegmina sub-

hyaline, wrinkled, base black, outwardly obscurely margined

with dull ochraceous, apical area more or less bright testa-

ceous ; pronotum thickly, finely punctate, centrally longitu-

dinally carinate, the posterior process tricarinate, convexly

raised above scutellum and then impinging on the posterior

angle of the inner tegminal margin, and beyond this it

straightly continues for a short distance, the lateral pronotal

processes short, moderately obliquely angularly directed

backwardly. :

Long., incl. tegm., 8mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab, Near Lake Nyasa (H. B. Cotterill).

320 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Periaman wallacei, sp. n.

Pronotum and legs black ; an arcuate linear spot beneath

the lateral pronotal processes, a large spot on each side of

base of posterior process and apices of anterior femora

ochraceous ; face and body beneath thickly greyishly pilose ;

tegmina pale bronzy subhyaline, base and costal marginal

area—extending to apex—black ; pronotum coarsely punc-

tate, the disk strongly centrally carinate, the lateral processes

moderately well produced, slightly recurved, centrally cari-

nate, the anterior and posterior margins broadly sublaminate,

their apices subacute ; posterior process robust, strongly

tricarinate, moderately laterally compressed, beyond middle

strongly narrowed to apex, which is subacute, and reaching

the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; femora

moderately thickened ; face concavely emarginate before

clypeus.

Long., incl. tegm., 84-94 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process.

5 mm.*

Hab. Borneo ; Sarawak (A. R. Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

OTINOTOIDES, gen. nov.

Allied to Otinotus, Buckt., from which it principally

differs by the posterior pronotal process, which is more

robust, especially at base, where it has a distinct medial

carination on each side ; it touches the scutellum and then

is distinctly moderately convexly elevated, its apical half

roundly deflected, its apex slender, subacute, and almost

reaching the tegminal apex.

Type, O. pallipes, Walk.

Otinotoides pallipes.

Centrotus pallipes, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. x. p. 185

1868).

ae pallipes, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 282, pl. lii. figs. 4, 4a

(1903) ; Dist. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xx. p, 356 (1914).

Centrotus tibialis, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 188 (1868).

Centrotus ramivitta, Walk. MS. ?

Centrotus semiclusus, Walk. MS. ?

Hab. New Guinea, Batchian, Mysol.

Otinotoides semilucidus.

Centrotus semilucidus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 186

(1868).

Sebi a Ab bo De eee

* In smaller specimen and type; in a second larger specimen these

processes are mutilated.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 321

Centrotypus tibialis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 238, pl. liv. fig. 5 4

(1903).

Hab. Waigiou (A. R. Wallace).

Otinotoides albidus.

Centrotus albidus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 188

(1868).

Hab. Mysol (A. R. Wallace).

Otinotoides brevivittus.

Centrotus brevivitta, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 185

(1868).

Hab. New Guinea (A. R. Wallace).

Otinotoides strigatus.

Centrotus strigatus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 184

(1868).

Ophicentrus curvicornis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 250, pl. lvii.

fio. 3.a (1903).

Eufrenchia strigata, Dist. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ante, p. 153.

Hab. New Guinea.

I had previously included this species in the Australian

genus Hufrenchia, to which it had considerable affinity.

Having now founded the genus Otinotoides for a number of

Papuan species, it finds a natural position within it.

GoNDOPHARNES, gen. nov.

Pronotum not prominently raised, the lateral processes

moderately robust, their apices more or less recurved and

subacute, centrally longitudinally carinate, posterior process

broad, laterally compressed, tricarinate, sinuous, at base

almost touching the scutellum and then impinging on the

tegmina, its apex longly narrowed and acute, convexly

deflected, and reaching the tegminal apex ; tegmina with

three large apical cells.

Type, G. piceus, Walk.

A genus to be placed near Otinoides, Dist.

Gondopharnes piceus.

Centrotus piceus, Walk. Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 187 (1868).

Hab. Batchian (A. R. Wallace).

322 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Genus TRICOCEPs.

Tricoceps, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 249 (1908).

Tambusa, Dist. Insect. Transvaal. p. 216 (1908), nom. proce.

Tambusana, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. p. 652 (1912), n. nom.

Type, 7. brunnipennis, Germ. ‘

I did not recognize Buckton’s genus at the time, as his

figure of the typical species is defective, and he gave no

reference as to its origin; he also placed it in juxtaposition

to a genus with which it had no affinity.

Tricoceps brunnipennis.

Centrotus brunnipennis, Germ. Rev. Silb. iii. p. 257. 4 (1835); Fairm.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 2, iv. p. 512 (1846).

Tricoceps brunneipennis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 249 (1903).

Hab. S. Africa.

Buckton gave a different spelling to the specific name and

no reference to its author.

Tricoceps bubipennis.

Centrotus bubipennis, Fairm. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. ser. 2, iv. p. 511 (1846) ;

Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 95 (1866).

Tambusa bubipennis, Dist. Insect. Transvaal. p. 216, tab. xxi. fig. 17

(1908).

Had. 8. Africa.

Tricoceps curvispina, sp. 0.

Body and legs black; tegmina bronzy brown, base and a

costal line black, a large spot at posterior angle of inner

tegminal margin castaneous ; pronotum thickly punctate,

anterior lateral processes recurved, somewhat long, their

apices subacute, the disk strongly centrally carinate, the

posterior process tricarinate, strongly raised at base and then

straightly obliquely continued to posterior angle of inner

tegminal margin, which it distinctly passes, its apex sub-

acute; scutellum with its apex promimently upwardly

recurved.

Long., incl. tegm., 5-6 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

33-4 mm.

Hab. Congo Free State; Katanga, Kambove, 4000-

5000 ft. (S. A. Neave).

Allied to 7. brunnipennis, Germ., but with the lateral

pronotal processes longer, much more recurved, and con-

siderably more acute.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 323

Centrotus bovinus, sp. un.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black,

a white spot at each basal angle of the scutellum ; sternum

largely whitely tomentose; tegmina subhyaline, wrinkled,

the veins castaneous, the base black, the apical area pale

bronzy brown ; pronotum wrinkled and punctate, centrally

longitudinally carinate, the anterior lateral processes some-

what slender, centrally carinate, and distinctly recurved,

their apices subacute, posterior process tricarinate, very

slightly elevated above scutellum and from thence recurved

and impinging on tegmina, its apex passing the posterior

angle of the inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 7-73 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process.

43-5 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Kadunguru, East. Province (C. C. Gow-

dey). Brit. E. Africa ; Mumias Distr. (A. D. Milne).

Allied to C. bantuantus, Dist., but is to be separated from

that species by the strongly recurved lateral pronotal

processes, &c.

Centrotus shoanus, sp. 0.

Pronotum, body beneath, and femora dark ferruginous

brown; tibiz and tarsi testaceous ; lateral areas of sternum

strongly ochraceously tomentose ; tegmina subhyaline,

strongly wrinkled, venation dull ochraceous, extreme base

ferruginous brown ; pronotum thickly punctate, the lateral

processes moderately short and robust, transverse, their

apices obsoletely acute, the disk rather finely centrally

carinate, posterior process finely tricarinate, distinctly sepa-

rate from scutellum, apical area narrowed, the apex subacute

and reaching the posterior angle of inner tegminal margin ;

scutellum with a small spot at each basal angle and the

lateral margins ochraceous.

Long., incl. tegm., 8 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab. Abyssinia; Shoa. Collected on the mission of

Sir W. C. Harris to Shoa.

Centrotus matangensis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; scutellum with a

dark (sometimes pale) ochraceous spot in each basal angle ;

pronotal front, face, and legs dark purplish ; lateral areas

of sternum and abdomen beneath palely ochraceously

tomentose; tegmina purplish brown ; pronotum punctate

aud coarsely granulate, centrally longitudinally carinate,

324 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

the anterior lateral processes robust, broad, directed out-

wardly and a little upwardly, their apices subtruncate ;

posterior pronotal process tricarinate, impinging on tegmina

immediately beyond scutellum, gradually narrowing to apex,

which is subacute, and passing posterior angle of inner

tegminal margin.

Long. 85 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.

Hab. Borneo; Mt. Matang (R. Shelford).

Centrotus albilatus.

Centrotus albilatus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 184

(1868).

Hab. New Guinea.

Genus TsHaKka.

Tshaka, Dist. Insect. Transvaal. pt. ix. p. 214 (1908).

Tshaka undulatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath black ;

legs more or less castaneous, the tarsi ochraceous ; tegmina

flavescent, the veins darker, especially on the apical area,

base and a small costal spot beyond middle black, a small

castaneous spot at posterior angle of the inner tegminal

margin ; pronotum strongly, centrally, longitudinally cari-

nate, the posterior process tricarinate, undulate, impinging

on tegmina before the posterior angle of the inner tegminal

margin, and then recurved and running almost parallel with

it to beyond the posterior angle, the apex subacute ; lateral

pronotal processes robust, their apices slightly recurved and

subacute; scutellum about as broad as long, its apex

bispinous.

Long. 5 mm.; exp. pronot. process. 4mm. -

Hab. Mashonaland ; Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

Allied to 7. naturals, Dist., from the Transvaal, but with

the posterior pronotal process shorter, more robust, more.

convexly arched over the scutellum, and the apical area more

recurved ; tegmina shorter and proportionally broader.

Platybelus escaleranus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs

blackish brown; a pale spot at each basal angle of the

scutellum ; tegmina subhyaline, apical margin ochraceous,

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhyncehotal Notes. 325

basal area and two transverse fasciz (one near middle broad

and straight, the other narrower and curved before apex)

purplish brown ; pronotum thickly punctate, strongly cen-

trally, longitudinally carinate, the lateral processes recurved,

gradually narrowing to apices, which are acute, posterior

process above finely serrate, robustly raised at base, and

downwardly convexly curved above scutellum and to a little

beyond its apex, and then again recurved to. apex, which

extends beyond the posterior process of inner tegminal

margin.

Long. 7 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab. Cameroons (Hscalera, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to P. flavus, Sign., but with the posterior pronotal

process more slender and with its basal angle more pro-

nounced ; lateral pronotal processes also more slender and

their apices distinctly and regularly acute.

Platybelus yowdeyi, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species P. escaleranus, but with

the lateral pronotal processes cousiderably more slender and

a little more directed backwardly ; tegmina ochraceous, with

the basal and costal areas black ; base of posterior pronotal

process more obliquely raised.

Long. 7 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab. Uganda ; Mabira Forest (C. C. Gowdey).

Platybelus africanus, sp, 0

Head, pronotum, body beneath, and legs black or blackish

brown ; disk of pronotum with a slender waved greyish line

on each lateral area and a similarly coloured small linear

spot at each basal angle of the scutellum ; tegmina dark

ochraceous, base and a spot at posterior angle of inner

tegminal margin castaneous, a very obscure pale transverse

macular fascia beyond middle ; pronotum thickly punctate,

the lateral processes as in the two preceding species, but

with their apices less regularly couvexly recurved ; the poste-

rior process is also more robust and its base more obliquely

raised.

Long. 7; exp. lat. pronot. process. 45 mm.

Hab. Cameroons (Kscalera, Brit. Mus.). Uganda Prot.,

Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley, and Budongo Forest, Unyoro

(S. A. Neave).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 22

326 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Platybelus flavus.

Centrotus flavus, Sign. in Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 889 (1858).

Platybelus flacus, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 96 (1866).

Ophicentrus varipennis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrae. p. 250, pl. lvi.

fig. La (1903).

Hab, Calabar.

; Platybelus insignis, sp. v.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs

black ; tarsi ochraceous ; tegmina pale shining ochraceous,

the base and a spot on costal margin beyond middle black,

a brownish spot on inner margin near posterior angle ;

pronotum punctate, the anterior margin truncate, the lateral

processes robust, their apices recurved and subacute, poste-

rior process arched above scutellum, where it is robust and

impinging on inner tegminal margin before the posterior

angle, and thence attenuated and recurved to apex, which

passes the posterior angle.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 35 mm.

Hab. Near Lake Nyassa (Thelwall, Brit. Mus.). ‘

Maurya, gen. nov.

Pronotum very strongly centrally longitudinally ridged,

the lateral processes somewhat short, broad, sublaminate,

the apical margins oblique, the posterior process impinging

on the scutellum and tegmina, laterally broad and sub-

laminate for about half its length, where it is convex above

and then suddenly attenuated to apex, which passes the

posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; face mode-

‘ately globose ; legs simple, not dilated ; tegmina with four

apical cells.

Maurya gibbosulus.

Centrotus gibbosulus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p, 187

(1868).

Hab. Macassar (Wallace).

ANTIALCIDAS, gen. Noy.

Pronotum broad, strongly centrally carinate, the posterior

process prominently convexly, laminately raised, its margins

strongly carinate, the apex shortly acute and not passing

the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, the lateral

angles broad and robust, their apices obliquely truncate,

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 327

moderately raised and slightly directed backward, viewed

from the front they appear to be obtusely acute ; tegmina

more than twice as broad as long, strongly wrinkled, four

apical cells, the veins straight.

The principal character of this genus is found in the

covvexly laminately raised posterior pronotal process.

Antialcidas trifoliaceus.

Centrotus trifoliaceus, Walk. List HWom., Suppl. p. 163 (1858).

Hab. North China.

PANTALEON, gen. noy.

Body somewhat short and broad ; pronotum strongly,

centrally, longitudinally carinate, the lateral angles upwardly

raised, their apices angulate and moderately recurved, on

their inner margin before apex a strong obtuse spine some-

what upwardly directed, the posterior process strongly

laminately subconvexly raised, with the margins robust and

thickened, its apex shortly acute and slightly passing the

posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin; tegmina not

more than twice as broad as long, apical veius four in

number, with the veins slightly curved.

Allied to the preceding genus, Anfialcidas, by the lami-

nately raised posterior pronotal process, but differing in the

peculiarly bispined lateral pronotal angles, short tegmina, &c.

Pantaleon montifer.

Centrotus montifer, Walk. List Hom. ii, p. 620 (1851).

Hab. Hong Kong.

AM ITROCHATES, gen. Nov.

Head truncately declivous in front, with two strong

central ridges, more than twice broader than long; pro-

notum with the disk elevated, very strongly centrally longi-

tudinally carinate, the lateral angles short and very robust,

upwardly directed, anteriorly coarsely serrate, their apices

continued in a slender spine a little directed backwardly, at

frontal base before eyes distinctly, obtusely, angularly pro-

duced, posterior process very robust, strongly undulate,

well separated from scutellum, near base shortly strongly

globose, then nodulate and strongly directed downward,

afterward raised, strongly longitudinally globose and with

a long, slender, slightly curved, apical spine which distinctly

22%

328 Mr. W. L. Distant’s thynchotal Notes.

passes the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ;

scutellum a little longer than broad, the apex slender and

recurved ; tegmina about three times longer than broad,

apical ceils four, preceded by three subapical cells; legs

elongate.

Amitrochates grahami, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum shining black, a small

greyish-white spot at each basal angle of the scatellum, a

Amitrochates grahami, Dist.

similar spot on each lateral margin of the pronotum, and

another spot near insertion of tegmina; legs black, tibie

and tarsi ochraceous, bases of the tibiz black ; abdomen

more or less greyish white ; tegmina pale hyaline, the basal

area black, venation brownish ochraceous, a transverse

linear spot at posterior angle of inner tegminal margin, and

a marginal costal spot beyond middle pale brownish ; pro-

notum thickly, somewhat coarsely punctate, posterior pro-

notal process with the upper and lower margins irregularly

coarsely serrate ; other structural characters as in generic

diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm.

Hab. Ashanti; Obuasi (Dr. W. M. Graham). Gold Coast ;

Aburi (W. H. Patterson).

Genus TRICENTRUS.

Tricentrus, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 89 (1866); Géfv. Vet-Ak. Foérh.

1869, p. 283; /. c. 1870, p. 728; Dist. Faun. Brit. India, iv. p. 53

(1907).

Otaris, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 249 (1903).

Tuloipa, Buckt. Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 354 (1905).

Tricentrus auritus.

Otaris auritus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrae. p. 249, pl. lix. fig. 1 a (1908) ;

Schmidt, Zool. Anz. xxxviil. p. 242 (1911).

Hab. Sumatra,

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 329

I cannot separate this species (type of the proposed

genus Ofaris) from the genus Tricentrus. The type of

O. auritus is now before me, and I think that Buckton

must have originally described from a mutilated specimen

and afterwards obtained a perfect example which he marked

as type. I am forced to this opinion, as he writes of the

“posterior horn” as ‘ almost obsolete,’ and, again, “ the

posterior horn is blunt.” The posterior pronotal process is,

however, normal, slightly passing the posterior angle of the

inner tegminal margin, and its apex is distinctly narrowed

and acute. It is, however, a species very broad compared

with its length.

Tricentrus basalis.

Centrotus basalis, Walk. List Wom. ii. p. 626 (1851); Matsum, Annot.

Zool. Japon. viii. p. 19.(1912).

Hab. China; Hong Kong ; Japan.

Tricentrus finilimus.

tentrotus finitimus, Walk. List Hom, ii. p. 628 (1851),

Hab. China; Hong Kong.

Tricentrus caliginosus.

Centrotus caliginosus, Walk. Journ. Linn, Soe. Lond., Zool, i. p. 93

(1857).

Hab. Malacca (A. R. Wallace) ; Singapore (H. N. Ridley).

Siam Malay States ; Biserat (Annandale & Robinson). Malay

Archipelago ; Bali (W. Doherty).

Tricentrus femoratus.

Centrotus femoratus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. x. p. 186

(1888).

Hab. Celebes ; Macassar (4. R. Wallace).

Tricentrus congestus.

Centrotus congestus, Walk. Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 187

(1868).

Hab. Sula (A. R. Wallace).

330 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External

Genus Sipytus.

Sipylus, St@l, Mem. Afr. iv. p. 89 (1866),

Sipylus dilatatus.

Centrotus dilatatus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 630 (1851).

Stpylus nodipennis, Funkhous. eh Int. & Zool. (Pomona College,

alif., U.S.A.) vi. p. 72, fig. 5 (1914).

Hab. Philippine Islands.

Walker described his species as having the “fore wings

greyish, ferruginous at the base ; veins ferruginons, nodose,”

whereas in his type the teomina are also very ‘distinctly

ferruginous on the apical areas, as in Funkhouser’s figure.

XXXAVII.—On some of the External Structural Characters

of the Striped Hyena (Hyena hyena) and related Genera

and Species. By R. 1. Pocock, F.R.S.

Tus paper is based primarily upon the carcase of a female

example of Hyena hyena, from India, which died in the

Zoological Society’s Gardens in Dec. 1915. Of the other

species of Hyzenas I have seen no fresh specimens ; but in

1908 I made some sketches of the anal pouch aud glands of

an example of Proteles cristatus. These I take the oppor-

tunity of reproducing. Unfortunately, no notes were made

of other external features of this animal.

The Facial Vibrisse and Rhinarium.—The facial vibrissze

of Hyena hyena, as in all Aluroid Carnivora, except the

Felidz *, consist of the normal number of tufts—namely,

the mystacial, superciliary, two genals, and the interramal.

The latter consists of about four well-developed bristlcs, and

each of the two genal tufts of approximately the same

number. ‘These tufts are set rather close together near the

middle of the cheek, the inferior of the two being above the

posterior corner of the month. All the vibrissee may be

described as of medium length and considerable thickness.

In living examples of the Spotted Hyzna (Crocuta

crocuta) the corresponding tufts of vibrisse are quite

apparent, and on a dried skin of a Profeles from South

* Tn this family the interramal tuft is always absent, as I have else-

where recorded (P. Z. 8S. 1914, ii. p. 901).

Characters of the Striped Hyena de. 331

Africa I find the vibrisse precisely as described by Flower

(P. Z.S. 1869, p. 476)—that is to say, the mystacial, super-

ciliary, and interramal tufts are present; but the upper

genal tuft appears to be suppressed, while the lower is

Fie. 1.

A. Head of adult Hyena hyena, showing the facial vibrissee and the ear,

- B. Head of newly-born cub of the same, showing the facial vibrissee.

C. Rhinarium of Hyena hyena from above. 3 nat. size.

D. The same from the front.

represented by a single stiff vibrissa. Supplementing

Flower’s account, I may add that the mystacial vibrissz

are unusually thick for a terrestrial mammal of the size of

332 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Fvternal

Proteles, being actually as thick as those of the Hyzenas,

thus recalling the stiff vibrissee of predatory aquatic or

amphibious mammals like Cynogale or the Seals.

The rhinarium is large, naked, and nearly smooth. From

the front its upper edge is evenly and lightly convex from

side to side. Its lower half is marked by a groove ascend-

ing to a point midway between the two nostrils and con-

tinuous inferiorly with the cleft dividing the upper lip.

The infranarial portion on each side is deep and its lower

edge curves obliquely upwards and outwards, overlapping

laterally to a considerable extent the internal rim of the

narial slit above. In profile view the upper anterior margin

is rounded and not prominent. From the dorsal aspect,

the naked portion, measured from the inner margins of the

narial slit, is rather more than twice as wide as long ; ie

antero-lateral margin is convex from side to side, and,

stated above, is considerably overlapped externally by “the

naked margins of the narial slits. It may be added that

the height of the upper lip in the middle lie is about two-

thirds the height of the middle line of the rhinarium

above it.

The rhinarium of Crocuta appears to be similar to that of

Hyena; and the same applies to Proteles, except that

Flower described the anterior orifices of the nostrils as

“turning upwards.” In the hyzevas they look straight

forwards.

Ears.—A detailed description of these organs has been

rendered unnecessary by the exact account of them published

by Boas*. The principal point to notice is the complete

absence of the marginal bursa found in all other Aluroids,

except the mongooses. Boas considers the bursa to be

represented by a shallow depression on the postero-inferior

portion of the surface of the pinna, rather nearer to the auditory

cavity than to the posterior edge of the pinna and a little

below the level of the supratragal ridge (plica principals of

Boas). There is nothing particularly remarkable about this

ridge, which follows the usual longitudinal course and

exhibits a swelling near the middle of its length. The

autero-internal ridge descends as a long crest with a sinuous

edge, but without definite enlargements of any kind, and

disappears inferiorly. behind the much shorter antero-

external or tragal ridge. he inferior orifice of the ear is

a small notch bordered in front by the tragus and behind

* “Ohrknorpel und jdusseres Ohr der Siiugethiere,’ pp. 145-146,

pl. xxi. fig. 228 (1912).

Characters of the Striped Ilyena &c. 333

by the antitragus, the inferior prominence of the postero-

external ridge which ascends obliquely upwards and back-

wards. The postero-internal ridge is well developed, but

there is no definite supplementary ridge on the pina out-

side the lower end of the postero-external ridge.

The interesting point connected with the ear of the

hyena is the absence of the marginal bursa, a feature

which suggests affinity with the mongooses. But the

arrangement of the main cartilages of the ear is not in the

least like that of the mongooses, and differs in no important

respects from the arrangement seen in other A‘luroidea.

There is nothing in Flower’s account of the external ear

of Proteles to distinguish it from that of the Striped Hyznas,

if, as appears tolerably certain, he was describing in the

following passage the depression regarded by Boas as the

homologue of the marginal bursa :—‘‘ The hinder edge [ of

the ear| is produced near the base into a slight ‘lobule’

with a hollow on its inner side, separated from the ‘ concha,’

or main cavity of the pinna, by a well-marked ridge.”

Feet.—Certain characters in the feet of hyenas, such as

the complete absence of the pollex and also of the hallux,

the shortness and bluntness of the unretractile claws, have

often been described ; but it does not < appear that the feet

have ever been figured or described in detail, and, since

they differ somewhat remar kably in certain points from the

feet of all other luroidea that I have examined, it may be

useful to supply the defects above alluded to. In the fore

foot the pads are smooth. The plantar pad is cushion-like

and trilobed ; but the lobes are ill-defined marginally and

are not marked by superficial grooves. It is comparatively

jong and narrow%, its length being approximately equal to

its width. In the middle line posteriorly it is depressed

and obliquely corrugated, and its posterior border is

emarginate.

The digital pads, which like the plantar pad are smooth,

show several peculiarities. In the first place, the plane of

the lower surface of euch is approximately at right angles

to the long axis of the foot when the latter is in the lying

position. This indicates the extreme of digitigradism eXx-

hibited in the Aluroidea. Another peculiarity is their shape.

Instead of being elliptical, or approximately so, in outline as

in most Woluroidea: their shape may be deseened as irregu-

larly semi-conical. The posterior margin of each is trun-

cated, the external margin lightly convex, and the internal

* In the newly born cub this pad is much broader than in the

adult.

324 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External

margin lightly concave. They narrow somewhat rapidly

from the base to the apex, and the infero-internal angle is

prominent. The digits are very symmetrical, and compactly

united by strong webbing extending up to the proximal end

A. Right fore paw of Hyena hyena from below, with the digits fully

spread. 3 nat. size.

B. Right hind paw of the same.

©. Right hind paw from the side, showing the vertical plane of the

digital pads.

N.B.—In figs. A and B the digital pads are drawn diagrammatically in

the same plane as the plantar pad to show their shape. Naturally, they

only assume this position by great muscular contraction.

of the digital pads. The underside of the sole of the foot

between the digital and plantar pads is naked, but the webs

are marked with scattered speckling, showing the position

Characters of the Striped ITywna ce. By 3.

of hair-follicles in the skin. The upperside of the webs

is naked and the tips of the digits carry long hairs, some of

which spread on to, and to a slight extent beneath, the edge

of the web joining the third and fourth digits together.

The carpal pad is small, nearly hemispherical, and set almost

in the middle line a long distance above the plantar pad.

The area between the carpal and plantar pads is covered

with hairs, which arise in two streams above the carpal pad,

encircle it, and converge to a line passing between that pad

and the postero-external angle of the plantar pad. Just

above the plantar, to a point nearly midway between it and

the carpal pad, the skin is scantily hairy and there is a

similar scantily hairy area on the inner side and in front of

(below) the carpal pad.

The hind foot is very similar to the front foot, but is

shorter and narrower, and the hairs above the plantar pad

run in a continuous downward direction; but there is

here also a scantily hairy area just above that pad in the

middle line.

In rigidity, compactness, and in the shape and uptilting

of the digital pads, as well as in the shortness and bluntness

of the claws, the feet of hyznas resemble those of the

Canide, generally speaking, rather than of other Adluroidea.

In the latter the plane of the digital pads, which are almost

always elliptical in outline, is usually the same as that of the

plantar pad when the foot is in the lying position.

The feet of Crocuta seem to be guite like those of Hyena ;

and the same applies to the feet of Proteles, except for the

presence of the pollex, which is situated halfway between

the wrist-joint (carpus) and the tips of the other digits, and

of a patch of naked skin on the heel, which Flower con-

sidered to be normal and not due to wear. It may be

particularly noticed that this auther stated :—‘ The animal

appears to be perfectly digitigrade.” There is, however,

one point connected with the feet of Proteles to which

Flower did not allude. In the skin of a South African

specimen, the area between the plantar and digital pads is

covered tolerably thickly, though not so thickly as the rest

of the foot, with short hair, and the upperside of the webs

is also hairy. In this particular the feet of Profteles differ

from those of all the hyenas, judging from skins of the

Striped, Brown, and Spotted species in the Zoological

Society’s collection.

Anal Pouch and Glands.—These structures have been

described by several authors in the three existing species of

hyenas. Murie’s account of the pouch in Hyena brunnea

336 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on some of the External

and Watson’s in Crocuta crocuta agree closely with that of

Daubenton in H. hyena ; and my observations in connection

with the latter species are quite in accord. In Crocuta,

however, the skin of the pouch is said by Watson to be

partially hairy, whereas in Hyena it seems to be quite

smooth.

When the tail is lowered, the walls of the pouch are in

close apposition and its orifice appears as a curved slit above

the anus, the concavity of the curve being downwards. It

has a thickened rim, the inferior portion of which is con-

tinuous with the naked skin above the anus. Thus the

orifices of the pouch and of the anus lie one above the

other in a large disk of naked skin surrounded by hair, the

hair in the middle line below forming a narrow strip above

the vulva. The skin of the disk is very soft and pliable, and

the pouch is susceptible of considerable. dilatation. The

orifices of the anal glands le deeply within it, one on each

side of, but not close to, the middle line. They are thus

far removed above the anal orifice, a condition not known,

so far as | am aware, in any other Carnivore, theugh fore-

shadowed in some mongooses, e. g. Cynictis.

In the newly-born young the pouch js well developed and

in the same position as in the adult, but the orifice of the

pouch is transverse with the two ends slightly upcurved,

instead of downcurved, and this orifice and the anus are

sunk iu a common depression near the centre of the anal

disk.

Mivart, perhaps (but not certainly) correctly, cites the

presence of an anal pouch as evidence of affinity between

the hyauas and the mongooses. There is, however, con-

siderable difference between the pouches in the two groups.

In the mongooses the anus opens near the centre of the

pouch, which, apparently in these animals, represents the

entire anal disk in the hyenas ; and the margins of the

pouch close right over the anus when the pouch is closed.

In the mongooses, moreover, the orifices of the two anal

glands open into the pouch tolerably near the anus, and not

very far above it and remote from it as in the hyzenas.

As Murie (Tr. Zeol. Soc. vi. p. 505, pl. xiii.) described

in the case of Hyena brunnea, the anal glands are enveloped

in muscular tissue ; but the glands in H. hyena differ from

those of that species in the following particulars. In Hyena

brunnea it appears that the normal anal gland found in all

/Eluroid Carnivores is tripartite. At all events, Murie figured

three closely juxtaposed saccular glands, each with a separate

compartment for storage of the secretion, which makes

PIs

MEY

A, Anal pouch of female Hyena hyena, partially distended. v., vulva;

a@., anus ; x., arrow indicating bristle passed through orifice of

duct of anal gland ; m., upper margin of anal pouch.

B. The same cut away and seen from its inner aspect, with the principal

glands dissected out on the right side. ag., saccular or flask-

shaped anal gland, with its upper wall cut away to show the

orifice of the duct, with arrow indicating a bristle passed

through it from the pouch; sg., auxiliary glandular mass;

gis., mass representing the glands enveloped in muscular and

connective tissue and fat; v., vagina in section; 7., rectum cut

short and turned aside,

338 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Evternal

its way to the exterior along a narrow passage—the three

passages converging and fusing to form a common duct

opening to the exterior within the anal pouch. In the

example of Hyena hyena, on the contrary, the normal anal

gland is piriform and saccular and undivided, and opens at

its narrow end by a small duct into the anal pouch. Close

to its narrow end, externally and in front, there is a large,

double, supplementary, glandular mass, which differs from

the flask-shaped or piriform gland in containing no cavity

aud no definite duct. The secretion from this gland makes

its way into the anal pouch by means of a number of minute

orifices scattered over the wall of the pouch adjacent to the

orifice of the duct of the piriform gland, which unmistakably

corresponds to the normal anal gland of other Carnivora.

According to Murie, therefore, H. brunnea has a single

pair of anal glands, each subdivided into three compart-

ments, the passages from which join to form a common duct,

aud there are no accessory glands; whereas in A. hyena

there is a single pair of simple undivided anal glands, each

being accompanied by an accessory mass of enlarged cuta-

neous glands opening into the anal pouch by numerous

small apertures. Cousidering the tolerably close resem-

blance in other respects between the two species, this

difference is -full of interest.

Judging from Watson’s account of these glands in

Crocuta crocuta (P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 369, pl. xli. and 1878,

p. 416, pl. xxv.), there is also a single pair of piriform anal

glands in the Spotted Hyzena, and these are connected along

the lower portion of the pouch by a band of accessory glands

opening into the pouch by a “line of perforations.”

The very exact and detailed account given by Daubenton

(Buffon’s Hist. Nat. ix. pp. 287-288, pls. xxvii. & xxviii.

1761) of the glands in the Striped Hyena agrees closely

with my observations upon that species, except that in

Daubenton’s example the walls of the sack above the rectum

were more highly glandular than in my example, and the

lateral elandular mass does not appear to have been in any

way subdivided.

Mivart (P. Z.S. 1882, pp. 198-199 and 201) summarised

the facts recorded by Daubenton, Murie, and Watson by

saying ‘‘ There is an anal pouch with two (H. sir ita ine

or three (H. brunnea) pairs of anal glands on each side of the

rectum; and in one [H. hyena], if not in both, species

there is a transverse band of isolated [glandular] follicles

at the bottom of the anal pouch” (pp. 198-199) ; and in

Crocuta “there is but a single pair of anal glands, one on

Characters of the Striped Hyena ke. 339

each side of the rectum and a transverse band of follicles ”

(p. 201). Again, when comparing Proteles with the hyenas,

he remarked : “ There is an anal pouch with one pair of

anal glands and a supra-anal band of follicles as in Cro-

cuta”’ (p. 203).

This summary is, however, not very happily worded. In

the first place, ‘‘the transverse band of isolated follicles ”

referred to by Mivart in connection with H. hyena appears

to be the enlarged cutaneous glands generally distributed

over the wall of the sack, between the flask-like glands,

which Daubenton described. Judging from -Flower’s

account of Proteles (P.Z.S. 1869, p. 495), which Mivart

consulted, the corresponding area of the sack is very

similarly glandular in that animal; whereas in Crocuta

aione does it seem that the enlarged glands form a definite

and comparatively narrow transverse band running across

the sack from one flask-like gland to the other. Watson,

at ali events, figures itso. In the second place, it is wholly

misleading to say that H. hyena has two pairs of anal glands.

Like Proteles aud Crocuta, it has but a single pair, corre-

sponding to the saccular anal glands of other Carnivora.

What Mivart described as the second pair is the mass of

greatly enlarged cutaneous glauds of the anal sack, each

with a pore to itself, opening upon the surface. These in

the aggregate do not constitute an “anal gland,” properly

speaking, any more than the transverse belt in Crocuta

constitutes an anal gland. Therefore, since Hyena hyena,

Crocuta, and Proteles have but a single pair of anal glands,

it is in the highest degree probable that Hyena brunnea is

similarly supplied, with the difference that each of these

glands is tripartite instead of simple.

Probably the correct way of expressing the facts is to say

that in the Hyznide and Proteles the normal pair of anal

glands is retained, usually unmodified in form (H. hyena,

Crocula, and Proteles), but sometimes partially subdivided

into three compartments (H. érunnea); and that, except in

H. brunnea, certain cutancous glands of the anal pouch

adjoining the saccular glands are enlarged and active, and

emit their secretion by separate pores into the anal pouch—

the most highly developed of these form a great mass out-

side and above the saccular gland on each side (H. hyena)

or are arranged in a band between these glands (Crocuta).

Enough has been said to show that the anal sack and

glands of Proteles resemble those of the hyzunas tolerably

closely ; but, since Flower’s figure only displays the parts

dissected from the dorsal aspect, I take this opportunity of

340 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Ewternal

reproducing two sketches, made many years ago, of the

anal disk as it appears from behind, when the tail is raised,

aud when dissected from the inside. From the first sketch it

may be seen that when the disk is slightly spread, the orifice

of the pouch is somewhat Y-shaped, the upright branch ex-

teuding downwards towards the anus and the transverse

branches obliquely upwards with their ends curving slightly

downwards over the orifices of the anal glands. The disk

is carried on a very distinct anal prominence, jutting back-

wards beneath the tail. A corresponding prominence is

well marked in newly-born cubs of the Striped Hyena, but

is hardly so noticeable in the adult.

Fig. 4.

A, Anal pouch of male Proteles lalandii, partially distended. p., the

pouch with Y-shaped crease, showing its deepest part ; 0., orifice

of right anal gland; a., anus; se., scrotum,

LB. Median vertical section through the anal prominence. ¢., tail raised ;

p., anal pouch ; o., orifice of left anal gland ; g/., left anal gland ;

m., muscle ; 7., rectum; @., anus.

The odour of the secretion of the anal glands in Proteles

is much stronger and more repulsive than in the hyzenas.

According to a note I made at the time of dissection, the

secretion has a “waxy consistency and smells like strong

cheese blended with the scent of skunk or pole-cat.””

The repulsiveness of the odour, to which several observers

have testified, is interesting in connection with the com-

parative uselessness of the teeth of Proteles for defensive

purposes ; and, considered in connection with the record

Characters of the Striped Hyena ce. 341

that the animal discharges the secretion when attacked *, is

suggestive of the use of the secretion for defence to make

good the deficiency of the teeth in that respect.

Since the above-given account of the female Hyena hyena

was written, a male of the same species, also from India,

has come into my hands. Apart from its sexual organs it

agrees with the female in all essential respects.

Although the external sexual organs of the male were

described and illustrated by Daubenton, neither his descrip-

tion nor his figures are quite as detailed as is desirable.

The following account of them may therefore prove use-

ful :—

The scrotum (fig. 5, A, B, sc.), as in Crocuta,is not a

prominent or pendulous sack, but consists of an area of

naked skin slightly raised above the level of the surrounding

integument and marked with a median groove. It looks

backwards just beneath the lower edge of the anal sack, and

is separated therefrom by a hairy tract of skin. The

perineal region beneath the scrotum inclines convexly for-

wards, and the prepuce forms an excrescence far in advance

of the scrotum in approximately the same position on the

prepubic area as in the Canide and Urside and in some

Aluroids, e. g. Cryptoprocta and Paradoxurus. Dorsally

the prepuce is tied closely to the abdominal wall, so that

the penis when retracted is in no sense pendulous (fig. 5,

Ay By gr.) s

When the skin of the prepuce is cut along its ventral

side and turned over laterally, the glans penis, ovate in

outline, is seen lying with it (fig. 5, F, gl.). Theapex of the

glans (fig. 5, C, G, gl.) is obliquely truncated, the inferior

edge being more prominent than the superior, and has a

shallow median orifice formed by a prominent rim of

wrinkled or puckered skin, suggesting two labia or lips

which can be pulled back on each side of the rigid central

portion, and this is provided dorsally with a smooth low

ridge, cartilaginous in consistency and ending in a point,

beneath which is placed the aperture of the urethra (fig. 5,

D, E). As Daubenton observed, the outer wall of the glans

is beset with minute recurved spicules.

Owing to the elasticity of the skin of the prepuce

(fig. 5, G) and of the tissue of the penis, the latter organ is

capable of being drawn out, so that it projects about four

# Quoted by W. L. Sclater, ‘ Fauna of 8. Africa, Mammalia,’ i. p. 83

(1900).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xvii. 23

342 On the External Characters of the Striped Hyena.

Fig. 5.

ae Ws

ifs qi \

A i

’

A. Anal and genital area of Hyena hyena, 3, the parts represented as

lying in one plane. ¢., root of tail; as., anal sack, or pouch,

with horseshoe-shaped orifice, closed and curving round the

anus; sc., scrotum ; p7., prepuce, the outline of the penis shown

beneath the sparsely hairy skin.

B. The same in profile view, showing the forward curvature of the

penis. Lettering as in A.

C. The penis unsheathed, but not quite fully stretched, its ventral side to

the right. g/., glans with its obliquely truncated or bevelled

apex.

D. Glans mate seen from the end, with its puckered labia partially

separated to show the central portion with its median elevation.

E. The same from the side with the labia pulled back below the median

portion, with the median elevation apically overhanging the

urethral orifice (0.).

F. Prepuce cut down the median ventral line and the flaps turned aside

to show the glans (g/.) 2m sttu.

G. The same, with the glans (g/.) pulled back and turned aside.

On Edriophthalma from South America. 843

inches beyond the abdominal integument and is then

pendulous. The preputial sack is then completely evagi-

nated. When turgid and erected, the organ projects very

much farther and resembles that of a horse in a similar

condition (fig. 5, C).

I am unable to find any structural difference between the

penis of Hyena and that of Proteles as described by Flower,

and can thus confirm his remark that, judging from

Daubenton’s account, the male organs in Hyena “are an

almost exact counterpart of those of Proteles.” I have

seen no examples of the male of Crocuta enabling me

to substantiate the smali differences between the penis

of that genus and Hyena, pointed out by Flower on the

evidence of a preparation in the Museum of the College

of Surgeons.

Considering the opinion held by some authors that the

relationship between the hyzenas and mongooses is tolerably

close, the difference in the length ef the penis and the

position of the prepuce in the two groups is remarkable.

In the mongooses the prepuce is quite close to the scrotum,

as in the Felide, and the penis is comparatively short,

is provided with a bone, and has an elongated urethral

orifice on the underside of the glans, which is simple

in structure.

XXXIX.—Edriophthalma from South America.

By ALFRED O. WALKER.

Tue Crustacea in the following list were received from :—

(A) Sr. Carlos Moreira, Director of the Laboratory of

Economic Entomology in the National Museum of Rio de

Janeiro, collected by him “on the shore of Capacabana near

and outside the harbour of Rio de Janeiro.” Of these II.,

JIL, VI., and IX. were in considerable numbers, and must

have cost the collector not a little time and trouble, espe-

cially no. VI., if as active as most of the Talitride! The

specimens are in excellent condition, reflecting great credit

on Sr. Moreira, at whose request examples of each species

have been sent to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

(B) Monsieur le Prof. Carlos E. Porter, Editor of the

‘Chilian Review of Natural History,’ Santiago, Chile,

collected at Arica, Chile.

344 Mr. A. O. Walker on

ISOPODA.

I. ? Cymodoce truncata, Leach, 1818, ¢@.

1818. Spheroma prideauzianum, Leach. 9.

1868. Spheroma prideauxianum, Bate & Westwood, Hist. Brit.

Sessile-eyed Crustacea, p. 415. 9.

1868. Cymodocea truncata, Leach, Hist. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crustacea,

p. 426. ¢.

1878. Cymodocea truncata, Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) vol. xvii. p. 14,

Lay

1900. Evospheroma prideauxianum, Leach, Stebbing, Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, p. 553.

1905. Cymodoce truncata, Leach, H. J. Hansen, “ Propagation, Classi-

fication, &c. of Spheromide,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xlix. (1)

pp- 69-1385, pl vii.

1906. Cymodoce truncata, Norman & Scott, Crust. Devon and Cornwall,

p- 44, pl. iv. figs. 3-14.

As all the specimens collected (about thirty) appear to be

immature, the species cannot be identified with certainty ;

none of them exceeded 5 mm. in length, and no ovigerous

females were observed. They agree pretty closely with the

form figured by Norman and Scott (op. cit. p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 6)

and considered by them to be possibly young males. Re-

garding the specific identity of Cymodoce truncata and

Spheroma prideauxianum, the references given above may

be consulted.

IT. Idothea baltica (Pallas). Rio do Janeiro.

A large number of specimens, very variable in colour,

marking, and size. Females with ova measure from 6 mm.

to 10 mm. in length. This is a cosmopolitan species: for

localities and synonyms see “ Isopods of N. America,’ Miss

H. Richardson (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 54, 1905, p. 364).

AMPHIPODA.

III. Nototropis mintkoi (A. O. Walker). Rio.

1905. Paratylus minikot, A. O, W., Gardiner, Fauna Mald. Laccad.

vol. ii. p. 926, fig. 141.

In quantity : previously recorded only from the lagoon of

the island Minikoi, one of the Ma!dives.

Edriophthatma from South America. 345

1V. Elasmopus rapax, Costa. Rio and Arica (var.).

A few—male, female, and young.

A very widely distributed species.

In connection with this may be mentioned a form received

from Prof. Carlos E. Porter, of Santiago, Chile, and collected

Elasmopus rapax, var. dentipalma, Second gnathopod, adult g.

at Arica, which I can only regard as a variety of the above.

The female and young male do not differ from H. rapax, nor

does the adult male except in the second gnathopod, of

which the following is a description :—Side-plates irregularly

rounded, rather small. Hind lobe of fifth joint not projecting

beyond hind margin of sixth, densely setose. Sixth joint:

hind margin about half as long as the palm, which is defined

346 On Edriophthalma from South America.

by a strong tooth ; on the inner side near the hinge of the

dactylus is a broad irregularly rounded tooth, below which 1s

another similar to that defining the palm but larger. On the

outer side, opposite to the rounded tooth and projecting beyond

it, is a long curved tooth with rounded apex (as in figure,

p. 345), the dactylus when closed lying between the two teeth.

Length of adult male9 mm. It may be called var. dent:-

palma. Specimens in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

V. Mera inequipes (A. Costa). Arica.

Three specimens.

VI. Orchestoidea brasiliensis (Dana). Rio.

In quantity. Length of female with ova 10 mm.

VII. Orchestia chiliensis, M.-E. Arica.

Many. Length of large g 20 mm,

VIII. Hyale grandicornis (Kroyer), Arica.

About twelve.

IX. Hyale media (Dana). Rio.

Many.

X. Amphithoé intermedia, A. O. Walker. Rio.

Seven.

Widely distributed: Ceylon, Indian Ocean, Gambier

Islands *, S. Africa.

XI. Caprella scaura, Templeton. Rio.

Caprella attenuata, Dana !from Rio de Janeiro], Mayer, Die Caprel-

liden, p. 67, figs. 24, 25.

Caprella scaura, Temp., Mayer, Caprellide ‘Siboga’ Exped. p. 117,

pl. v. figs. 13-18.

Six specimens.

* Chevreux, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, vol, xx. 1907, p. 515, fig. 29.

Geological Society.—Miscellaneous. 347

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December Ist, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The PrestpEnt exhibited lantern-slides lent by Prof. Eritor

Smuiru to illustrate the fossil human skull found at Talgai, Darling

Downs, Queensland, in 1914. The specimen was brought to the

notice of the British Association in Sydney by Prof. T. W. Edgeworth

David, and would shortly be described by him and Prof. Arthur

Smith. It was obtained from a river-deposit in which remains of

Diprotodon and other extinct marsupials had already been discovered,

and there could be no doubt that it belonged to the Pleistocene

fauna. It therefore explained the occurrence of the dingo with

the extinct marsupials. The skull is typically human and of the

primitive Australian type, but differs from all such skulls hitherto

found in possessing relatively large canine teeth, which interlock

like those of an ape. The upper canine shows a large facet worn

to its base by the lower premolar. The discovery of the Talgai

skull is, therefore, an interesting sequel to that of Mr. Charles

Dawson’s Piltdown skull, in which the canine teeth are even more

, ape-like.

The thanks of the Fellows present were accorded to Prof. Elliot

Smith. :

MISCELLANEOUS.

Pareiasaurian Nomenclature.

To the Editors of the * Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

Srrs,—Mr. D. M. S. Watson published a paper in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. for July 1914, “On the Nomenclature of the South

African Pariasaurians,” in which he revises the names at present

in use.

The trouble arises mainly from the fact that Owen’s type-skull

of Pareiasaurus serridens is lost, and we have only a bad cast and a

fragment of lower jaw. In the British Museum are one nearly

perfect and two imperfect skeletons which have been referred to

Pareiasaurus by every previous worker. The skeletons found in

Russia and others in South Africa have also been hitherto referred

to Parevasaurus.

Watson has discovered in the British Museum a number of

348 Miscellaneous.

portions of the posteranial skeleton of what appears to be the

original type; and as there is evidence of the presence of large

dorsal scutes, he proposes to remove most of the other so-called

Pareiasaurs to other genera. ‘he classical specimen figured by

Seeley and represented in most geological textbooks becomes

Bradysaurus. The magnificent Cape Town specimen becomes

Embrithosaurus. But a more serious matter is that our South-

African Pareiasaurus zone, accepted by all our geological surveys

and textbooks, becomes the Zapinocephalus zone. One might put

up with the inconvenience if it cleared up all the confusion, but

unfortunately it does not. All the larger Pareiasaurs are un-

doubtedly very closely allied one to the other, and were it not for

the condition of the dermal scutes would be placed in one genus.

All those specimens in which the dermal scutes are unknown will

have to be left in a kind of limbo. Thus, even Watson cannot tell

us whether Pareiasaurus bombidens, of which there are two fair

skeletons in the British Museum, belongs to Pareiasaurus, Brady-

saurus, or Embrithosaurus.

Now, while Watson’s conclusions may, strictly speaking, be

perfectly sound, one would like some way out of the inconvenience,

and I might suggest the following modus viwvendi.

In palzontology a genus and species cannot have quite the same

relative value as in living forms, as we can never know much of

hairs, feathers, or epidermal scales. If a herpetologist were given

the skulls of one hundred species of Lygosoma, it is pretty certain

he would not find many differences; and if they were found in an

Eocene deposit, most probably all would be referred to a very few

species. In fact, a genus of recent herpetology is about equivalent

to a species of the paleontologist; and considering that the

paleontologist has usually only imperfect skeletons to work on,

it can never be otherwise.

With regard to Pureiasaurus, what I should suggest i is to regard

the condition of the dermal scutes as of merely subgeneric value,

and to keep all the large Pareiasaurs in the original genus Pareia-

saurus. If one wishes to subdivide the genus, one can place in a

distinct subgenus any forms whose scutes appear to differ con-

siderably from the type. The British Museum fine skeleton would

be Pareiasaurus (Bradysaurus) baini, if one wished to be very

precise, and the Cape Town mounted specimens Pareiasaurus

(Embr ithosaurus) schwarzi, and Pareiasaurus (Pareiasuchus) perin-

gueyi ; but for the majority of mankind the generic name Pareia-

saurus would be sufficient, and the Pareiasaurus zone would

remain as the zone where the Pareiasaurs first appear.

I remain, &c.,

R. Broom.

| Hoynl 8yo, price 5s, net.

A Systematic Catalogue of

HISTERIDE.

By GEORGE LEWIS, F.LS.

By the same Author.

Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera.

Price 2s. 6d. ; on one side, 3s. 6d.

TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.O.

TIT I TS IS

Price 4d.; Post Free, 43d.

LIST OF BRITISH NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. bigest

F.L. S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA,

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F-R.S., &e.

With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera :

Limax, Parvatella, Macrochlamys, Pseudokaliella, Kaliella,

Durgella, Eulota, Helix, Alyczeus.

TaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price £7 net, Royal 4to, pp. xlvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates ae map.

A HISTORY

OF THE

BIRDS OF Mabe

Col. Vincent Teak R.A., F.Z. S, be.

oe Sgeia and Fe ANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet ace E.C.

CONTENTS “OF NUMBER 100. — Big Series, ee

XXX. Desks stibes and Records of Bose IXXI. Br TeeDiks.

CockERELL, University of Colorado phe.”

XXXI. Some Nemertinea, Free-living Nomatsay and oe

from the Falklands. ae H. A. Bayuis, B.A. :

XXXII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenonarnn! —XXI. On the Austra- — ae -

lian Larrine of the Genus Tachytes. By Rowxanp EL. ‘Toxnzr, ae

PER EAB eto tire Ol at teeter Me Lute sdka vo" Gav ace + Ge ene

- KXXITII. On a new Sg of Solpuga from the e Belgian Congo. Roe

my Grtwrey EC os seks sve th wn ROSS cr ss Oe ES Gals BOG i

XXXIV. On a new Variety of European Tick (Dermacentor reti- oe is ye

culatus, var. aulicus, var. nov.). By Srantey Hirst ... wetter es B08

XXXY. A Third Species of the Genus Mone: Edw. Date eed cae ye

Blepharoceride). By F. W. Enowarps, B.A., FES. ............ 309 be

XXXVI. A new Genus of Pythide (Clepters) from the ae hee

fand Islands. By G. C. Cuampton, F.Z.8. 1... ec eee 311

XXXVII. Rhynchotal Notes.—LIX. “By WY oe By ihe vO LS tee x

XXXVIII. On some of the External Structural Characters of the | e

Striped Hyena (Hyena hyena) and related Genera and Species. =

Dy wi. £. Poeoce, FRG. ses ae pees Shae We inn ane eee Fice oN

XXXIX. Edriophthalma from South America, By AxrReD oO.

‘Watamn aE ae ETE FR RC RET C One SL ee ELT IY A Goucronanc 343

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Geological Society ............ 000 EL eT PU EER baa e Pay Meee

MISCELLANEOUS. :

Pareiasaurian Nomenclature. By R. Broom .............0.... the

«* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and ea Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet. plate London.

EIGHTH | SERIES. No. 101.

THE ANNALS”

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

“WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.RS., F.LS., F.GS.,

_ ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

ey : AND |

: WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWOBTH’S ae MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 4

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sian led bid a Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; agp Paris:

hat s and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin,

WATKINS, & DONCASTER, —

Ratural ists,

Keep in stock every kind of — APPARATUS and

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies

before the breeding Season.

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, &c.

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

A VERTEBRATE FAUNA of the MALAY PENINSULA.

Published under the authority of the Government of the Federated Malay States.

Hdited by H. C. Rosiyson, C.M.Z8.

Medium 8vo, with map and text illustrations. Price 15s.

REPTILIA AND BATRACHIA. |

By GEORGE A. BOULENGER, D.Sc., F.R.S.

Lonpon: Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

KUALA LUMPUR: SINGAPORE:

Federated Malay States Government Press. Kelly and Walsh Ltd.

| 2S LETT SELES ST ES RES RR AT AS

THE

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE.,

M.A., M.A.I., LU.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &c.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOERNE AL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA.

Vol. I. Part 1., 8s., Part II. 9s., Part IIT. 10s.

Vol. Il., Parts I. & IT. 9s. each, Parts IIT. & IV. 8s. each, Part V. 12s.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

FE ED TRL RTS TEAL NE EEL I I TS AE DTT ESI

KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES

OF INSECTS.

SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1871-

1877. 8s. 6d. net.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.—SPHINGES ann BOM-

BYCES. 1892. £1 1s. net.

NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 3

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 101. MAY 1916.

XL.—New Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula.

By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Amone a collection of mosquitoes recently received by the

Imperial Bureau of Entomology, from Dr. A. T. Stanton of

Kuala Lumpur, were eight specimens of crane-flies which the

sender wished to have named. These were referred to the

writer for examination, and proved to belong to seven un-

described species. Descriptions of these are appended in

the following pages, and the opportunity has been taken of

including a few other hitherto-undescribed species from the

same region, which are represented in the British Museum

collection. The types of Dr. Stanton’s new species have

been presented to the British Museum by the Imperial

Bureau of Entomology.

Subfam. Trevzrivz.

Group DoticHoPEZINI.

Miropeza, gen. n.

No distinct nasus. Antenne (2) 12-jointed, not longer

than head and thorax; flagellar joints slender, with fine

pubescence and a few stiff hairs on the upper side. Third

antennal joint longer than the first two together. Pronotum

not prominent, Ovipositor (fig. 1, p. 356) extremely short,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 24

350 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

the lower valves fleshy and hairy; ducts of spermathece

enormously long, if uncoiled they would be much longer than

the whole body. Legs long and slender, the tarsi hair-like.

Venation: Rs moderately short; R, vertical, but scarcely

perceptible, being only represented by a slight thickening

of the membrane; base of Ry,,; vertical, in a straight line

with the R—M cross-vein ; cell 1st M, present, twice as long

siderable distance, but leaving it again before the fork ;

cell Cu, broadest at the base; Cu, straight; Ax rather

long.

Genotype.—The species described below.

Mitopeza differs from Dolichopeza in possessing the cell

Ist M, and in the position of the fork of M,, which is just

before the R—M cross-vein instead of far beyond it, and from

all other genera of the Dolichopezini in the fusion of Cu,

with M taking place well before the fork. The female

genitalia are very remarkable.

Mitopeza nitidirostris, sp. nu. (Fig. 1, p. 356.)

?. Head dull, dark brownish; front smooth, a quarter of

the width of the head in its narrowest part. Proboscis

shining, brownish, shorter than the head. Labella and

palpi blackish. Antenne scarcely as long as the head and

thorax together; scape and first flagellar joints light brown,

-yemainder dark brown. First joimt about twice as long as

broad ; second nearly round, narrower towards the base ;

third joint slender, half as long again as the first two

together; fourth rather more than half as long as the

third, remainder gradually and slightly decreasing in length.

Second joint with a small forwardly-projecting tuft of

black hairs on the inner side; flagellar joints with in-

conspicuous hairs on the upper surface. Thorax dark

brown, with indications of three darker stripes above ex-

tending from the front margin to the suture. Mesonotum

scarcely, pleure considerably shining. Abdomen dark

brownish, with shimmering whitish lateral spots (the speci-

men is too contorted to describe accurately). Legs blackish,

femora lighter on the basal fourth (middle legs missing).

Wings somewhat infuscated, strongly iridescent; stigma

dark brown, with a whitish spot on each side, that towards

the apex being the more conspicuous; a minute whitish

spot over the veins at the base of cell lst M,; cross-veins

and branches of Cu narrowly bordered with fuscons,

especially on Cu,a, Halteres with pale stem and dark

knob.

new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 351

Length of body about 7 mm.; wing 12 mm.

Kepan: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 2.

In coloration M. nitidirostris must strongly resemble

Tipula sinabangensis, de Meij., recently described from

Simalur, but presumably de Meijere’s species has the

venation of a Tipula, though he does not describe the wing

in detail.

Group TIPULINI.

Tipula klossi, sp. 1.

9. Head dark brown, with a blackish median line; front

occupying more than a quarter of the width of the head,

rather prominent above the antenne. Proboscis brownish,

shorter than the head; nasus extremely short, a mere

rounded prominence; palpi dark brown. Antenne 13-

jointed, the 13th joint less than half as long as the 12th.

Scape light brownish. First flagellar joint cylindrical, light

brownish, with some short black hairs in the middle on the

underside, longer than the first scapal joint; intermediate

flagellar joints light brown with a blackish base which is

slightly enlarged on the upper side ; last two or three joints

entirely dark brown ; verticillate hairs much longer on the

upper side of the joints than on the lower. Thorax dull,

brown, with four darker brown stripes, the lateral pair

shortened in front and extending back on to the scutum.

Postnotum more greyish in the middle. Addomen rather

light brownish, the segments with dark brown bands apically.

Legs blackish, the femora lighter towards the base. Wings

very slightly infuscated, the costal cell rather more so;

stigma dark brown ; a narrow dark brown cloud over Cu,a;

a small whitish spot on each side of the stigma, and another

obliquely across cell Ist My. Pubescence on the veins in

the apical part of the wing very noticeable. Venation:

Rs extremely short, much shorter than the stigma, and

equal in length to the first section of M,,,. Stalk of cell

M, nearly one-third as long as the cell. Cu, meeting M

exactly at the fork and fused with M, for about half the

length of the cell lst Mp. Cross-vein connecting M,,, with

M; extremely short, the cell lst M, being therefore almost

diamond-shaped. M,, M;, and the descending portion of

Cu, parallel and rather close together. Anal angle of wing

well-marked, the cell Ax, therefore, broadest in the middle.

Halteres light brownish, the club somewhat darker.

Length of body 13 mm.; wing 11 mm.

24%

352 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

Kepau: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 2 ¢

(type in British Museum; paratype in Kuala Lampur

Museum).

In the rudimentary nasus, the extreme shortness of Rs,

and the long fusion of Cu; with Ms, as well as in the small

size of the cell Ist M,, this species is very distinct. J. in-

conspicua, de Meij., is similar in many respects, but in

that species the contact of Cu, with M, is almost puncti-

form. In the rudimentary nasus and the shortness of the

verticillate hairs on the under side of the flagellum the new

species resembles the European 7’. variicornis, Schum.

Subfam. Liwwoprrwz.

Group LiMNoBIINI.

Rhipidia rostrifera, sp. u.

&. Head brownish-grey. Proboscis black, slightly longer

than the head; palpi black, placed near the tip of the pro-

boscis. Antenne: first joint yellowish, dark at the tip;

second joint yellowish; third to thirteenth joints obscurely

yellowish, dark at the base, from which springs a pair of

long black pubescent processes ; the processes on the third

and thirteenth joints are not much longer than the joint,

those on the intermediate joints are much longer, the

longest being quite four times the length of a joint;

fourteenth joint black, simple, rather longer than the others.

Thorax covered with a brownish-grey pollinosity, without

distinct markings, a dark central line, however, is observable

when the thorax is looked at from behind. Abdomen dark

brown; in certain lights the hind margins of the segments

are whitish. Genitalia of the ordinary Dicranomyia type.

Legs brownish, femora lighter towards the base; claws

simple. Wings hyaline with four dark brown spots on the

costa situated at the tip of the wing, the tip of Sc, the tip

of R,, and the middle of Se, the last two being larger than

the first two; there is also a dark brown spot in the base of

the basal cells and another at the tip of Ax; the tips of the

other veins and the cross-veins are also darkened, but less

conspicuously. Sc, ending opposite base of Rs, Se, near its

tip; cells 1st and 2nd M, confluent (7. e., discal cell open,

confluent with the 2nd posterior) ; Cua meeting M at

the fork. Veins dark, except costa, Sc, and R,, which are

yellow except where crossed by the dark spots. Halteres

with yellow stem and black knob.

Length of body 5 mm.; wing 5 mm.

new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 353

Kevan: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 ¢.

Readily distinguishable from the other Oriental species

by the wing-markings.

Limnobia crocea, sp. 0.

Head: vertex orange, blackish anteriorly; front grey,

linear, the eyes almost touching for a considerable distance.

Proboscis, palpi, and antenne entirely black. Flagellar

joints (except the first) each with a single very long hair in

the middle on the upper side, and a few short ones below ;

first few joints of the flagellum rounded, remainder gradually

becoming elongate-oval ; last joint slender and nearly twice

as long as the penultimate. Z'horax entirely orange, except

for a broad black median stripe on the prescutum and two

large black spots on the scutum, the black parts shining,

the rest not. Addomen orange except the eighth segment

and male genitalia, which are black ; ovipositor orange.

Legs: coxe and trochanters orange, remainder black.

Wings slightly tinged with brownish-yellow, stigma small,

brown; larger brown spots over the base of Rs and the

apex of Sc, and a brown band over the central cross-veins

which practically reaches the hind margin; basal fifth of

wing dark brown. Venation as in L. longinervis, Brun.,

except that the marginal cross-vein is long, oblique, and

slightly curved, simulating the tip of Ry, the real tip being

less distinct and turned sharply up to the costa. Halteres

with orange stem and black knob.

Length of body 7-10 mm.; wing 9°5-11 mm.

Sram: Sungkie, 9. ii. 1902 (Robinson § Annandale), 1 g,

The only previously described species with which this can

be compared is L. longinervis, Brun., which is quite distinct

in coloration. Both species might be placed almost equally

well in Libnotes.

Libnotes scutellata, sp. n. (Fig. 2, p. 356.)

Head deep ochreous. Frons very narrow. Proboscis

and palpi blackish. Antenne shorter than the thorax, scape

blackish, flagellum brownish. Basal flagellar joints ex-

panded apically, scarcely longer than broad ; apical joints

more slender, but hardly longer, except the last one; hairs

short. Thorax: pronotum ochreous; a brown streak on

each side below its edge, almost connected with a rather

large brown patch above the front coxe. Prescutum

brownish-ochreous; two pairs of brown marks on the

354 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

lateral margin, on each side of the pseudo-suture; two

pairs of short brown streaks above near the suture, the

outer pair very small. Scutum ochreous, paler in the

middle, with a pair of dark brown spots. Scutellum whitish,

the posterior margin narrowly blackish. Postnotum dark

brown, rather narrowly ochreous at the sides. Pleure

ochreous; a small, roundish, blackish-brown spot below

and in front of the root of the wing, and a dark brown

patch just above and in front of the middle coxa. Abdomen

ochreous ; a narrow blackish lateral line, most distinct on

the basal segments, and more prominent in the male than in

the female. Hypopygium, fig. 2. Legs ochreous brown;

tips of tibiz and a preapical ring on the femora dark brown.

Wings slightly ochreous-tinged, with numerous brown

patches, the three largest of which are near the base of the

cell R, at the anal angle, and over the tips of M,, Ma,

and Cu,; others are situated over the cross-veins, at the

base of Rs, at the tips of Sc, R,, Cu, and Ax, at the fork of

M,,», and near the base and apex of R,,;; besides these

there are afew other smaller spots on some of the veins.

Venation: R, continued beyond the cross-vein for more

than twice the length of the latter before turning up to the

costa; cell lst M, about five times as long as its greatest

breadth; M,,. forking a little before middle, and Cu,

meeting M at about one-third of cell lst M,. Halteres

ochreous.

Length of body 15 mm.; wing, ¢ 20 mm., ? 17 mm.

Sram: Talum, 18.1.1902 (Robinson § Annandale), 1 3,

1S.

Allied to L. peciloptera, O.-S., in venation, but readily

distinguished by the thoracic and wing markings.

Libnotes stantoni, sp. n.

?. Head brownish; proboscis, palpi, and antenne black,

except the last four flagellar joints, which are dark brownish.

Front very narrow. Basal flagellar joints almost rounded,

very little longer than broad, the other joints becoming

towards the apex gradually more slender and rather longer,

so that joints 11-13 are nearly three times as long as broad,

and very little broader in the middle; the last joint is

slender, four or five times as long as broad; short hairs on

the upper sides of the flagellar jomts, T'horaz slightly

shining, dark brownish, without distinct markings except

for the usual pair of darker spots on the scutum; a dark

patch on the pleurze above the front cox; postnotum

new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 355

blackish. Abdomen ochreous, without markings; long

yellow hairs at the base of the ovipositor. Legs brown,

femora with a black preapical ring. Wings very faintly

yellowish-tinged, the base of the wing and the costal cell

conspicuously so; veins yellowish, black where the dark

markings cover them. Anal angle darkened; a fuscous

band near the base of the wing extending almost con-

tinuously from R to the hind margin and covering the apex

of Ax; fuscous clouds over all the cross-veins and the base

of Rs, the tips of R,; and Cu, and the base of the fork of

M, and M,; in addition, there is a cloud near the base

of R,,; which just extends on to Ry,;, another near the

apex of R,,;, and one at the tip of M, which just extends on

to the tip of M,; afew other dark specks on the veins of

the apical third of the wing. Sc, exactly at the tip of Sc ;

R, continued beyond the marginal cross-vein for a distance

rather greater than the length of the cross-vein, then turned

sharply up to the costa, with a stump at the angle; Rs

nearly three times as long as the basal section of Ry,; ;

M,,. forks a little before middle of cell Ist M,; Cu,

meeting M, a little before the fork of M, and M,; cell Ist

M, more than three times as long as its greatest width.

Halteres ochreous.

Length of body 9 mm.; wing 1] mm.

Kepau: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1°.

This species is in some respects intermediate between

L. notatinervis, Brun., and L. punctipennis, Meij., but seems

to be distinct from both. The wing-markings are very

similar to those of LZ. scutellata, but not quite so extensive ;

L. scutellata also differs in its thoracic markings and its

much greater size.

Libnotes limpida, sp. n.

9. Head rather dark ochreous-brown; proboscis and

antenne brownish, the latter light ochreous apically.

Flagellar joints rounded, only the last two or three being

rather more elongate. Thorax: prescutum brownish,

lighter in front, whitish in the middle posteriorly; scutum,

scutellum, and postnotum whitish-ochreous; postnotum

brownish at the sides, with a small blackish spot on each

side at the base ; pleure light ochreous, a black dot beneath

the root of the wing, and several small short brownish

streaks, some of which form a discontinuous line across the

middle of the coxw. Abdomen dingy ochreous, the segments

darker towards the base on the dorsal side. Legs light

(or)

Mr. F. W. Edwards on

Fig. 2.

\ 4f

Fig. 1.—Mitopeza nitidirostris, gen. et sp.n. Apex of 9 abdomen from

above. The tergite is represented as transparent, in order to

show (diagrammatically) the spermathece with their coiled

ducts.

Fig. 2.—Libnotes scutellata, sp.n. Left half of hypopygium from above.

Fig. 3.—Rhamphidia nigriceps, sp. 0.

Fig. 4.—Gymnastes pictipennis, sp. 0.

Fig. 5.— Gnophomyia maculipleura, sp. n.

Fig. 6.— +3 Sraterna, sp. n.

All figures made with aid of camera lucida from balsam preparations.

oP] 2?

new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 357

ochreous, tips of tibiz and a preapical ring on the femora

brownish. Wings slightly greyish, without distinct dark

markings on the membrane; veins yellowish, cross-veins,

base of Rs, tips of Ri, M,, Mz, Cu, Cu,, An, and Ax, and

base of fork of M, and M,, dark; a dark mark near base

and another smaller one near apex of R»,3, another near

base of An. Venation much as in JL. stantoni, but R, not

continued quite so far beyond the cross-vein as the length of

the latter; M,,, forking beyond the middle of cell 1st M,,

and Cu, meeting M, before one-third of this cell. Halteres

ochreous.

Length of body 9 mm.; wing 11] mm.

Kepau : Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 2.

Though it might be taken for a very pale specimen of

L. stantoni, this species is undoubtedly distinct, if only on

account of the structural difference in the antenne.

Libnotes lutea, sp. nu.

9. Head dark grey, whitish round the eye-margins ;

front narrow, silvery. Proboscis and palpi brownish.

Antenne with the scape light brown, the flagellum dark

brown ; flagellar joints oval, shortly stalked, the last two

or three more elongate. Thorax uniformly shining light

ochreous, except for a dark brown spot on each side of the

scutum immediately in front of the root of the wings.

Abdomen uniformly shining light ochreous. Legs light

ochreous, the extreme tips of the femora and tibie and

the last three or four basal joimts dark. Wangs practically

hyaline, with light fuscous stigma; veins yellowish, except

the central cross-veins and the whole of Cu, which are dark;

extreme tip of wing indistinctly darkened. Sc, strong,

oblique, more conspicuous than the tip of Sc,; tip of R,

turned sharply up to the costa, simulating a cross-vein,

the marginal cross-vein right-angled, with a short stump

arising from the angle, the horizontal portion longer than

the vertical (in other words, the first longitudinal vein ends

in the second and is connected with the costa by a cross-

vein) ; cell lst M, less than three times as long as broad,

M,,2 forking near its apex; Cu, meeting M; a little before

middle of cell.

Length of body 6 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Kenan : Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 ¢.

This species seems to be quite distinct in coloration from

any previously described.

358 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

Group RHAMPHIDIINI.

Rhamphidia nigriceps, sp.n. (Fig. 3, p. 356.)

Head velvety blackish-brown, frons rather narrow, with a

small grey spot above the antenne. Antenne, proboscis,

and palpi brown. Proboscis a little longer than the head.

Antenne not much longer than the proboscis; first five

flagellar joints roundish, remainder oval ; hairs about twice

as long as each joint. Thorax dark brown above, lighter

brown on the pleure, without markings. Abdomen uni-

formly dark brown; ovipositor lighter. Hypopygium, fig. 3.

Legs dark brown, the tarsi lighter apically. Wings nearly

hyaline, stigma rather faint. Venation: Sc, continued far

beyond base of Rs, its tip much less distinct than Sc,; Rs

arising exactly in middle of wing-length ; cell R, narrow in

apical third; R, and R,,; ending in costa rather close

together; R-M cross-vein present, situate about its own

length beyond the fork of Rs; cell lst M, pentagonal, its

apical side shortest; Cu, meeting M just before or at the

base of the cell. Halteres brown.

Length of body 4-5 mm. ; wing 5-6 mm.

Siam: Bukit Besar, 2 ¢ (incl. type), 1 9; Talum,

18.1.1901, 2 g, 1 ¢ (Robinson § Annandale).

Differs from R. kKambangani in the blackish head and the

position of Cu.

Rhamphidia rufescens, sp. 0.

Head light grey; proboscis, palpi, and scape of antennze

light reddish brown; flagellum brownish, the basal joints

round, the rest oval, last three or four a little more elongate,

and with longer hairs, the hairs on the rest of the flagellum

being very short. Thorax and abdomen slightly shining,

uniformly light reddish-brown. Legs light brownish. Wings

transparent ; venation as in R, nigriceps. Halteres pale.

Length of body 5 mm. ; wing 5°5 mm.

Sevanecor: Bukit Kutu, Feb. 1903 (Dr. H. E. Durham),

_ Pals

Evidently closely related to the preceding, but seems

distinct on account of its grey head, lighter colour, and

slightly different antenne. It should be noted that the

specimen is somewhat immature.

Gymnastes pictipennis, sp.n. (Fig. 4, p. 356.)

Head yellowish, darker in the middle, rather thickly

covered with black hair; frons very broad. Scape of

new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 359

antenn reddish-brown ; flagellum black, the joints oval,

with long hairs. Thorax almost uniformly shining blue-

black, tinged with brown on the sides of the mesonotum.

Pronotum well developed, but not to the same extent as in

typical Teucholabis. Abdomen uniformly dark purplish,

somewhat shining. Hypopygium, fig. 4. Legs dark, clothed

with dark purple scales, a narrow ring of yellow on the

apical third of each femur ; the femora are not clubbed, but

gently and slightly enlarged towards their tips. Wings

whitish hyaline, with three complete dark brown fascize, the

first well before, the second immediately beyond the middle,

the third occupying rather more than the apical fourth of

the wing ; the first fascia is nearly or quite connected with

the second by a median projection in cell M; the second,has

its distal margin irregularly concave, and between it and the

third is a squarish dark brown spot over the apex of cell

Ist M;. Venation: Ry, present, short, ending exactly in the

tip of R,; Rs arising before one-third of the wing-length,

not at all curved at its base; marginal cross-vein situated

on R, a little beyond its base; cell lst M, about twice as

long as broad, scarcely narrowed at the base, the three veins

at its apex equidistant ; R—M cross-vein joining M,,, a little

beyond its base ; Cu, meeting M; near base of cell Ist My.

Halteres black, tip of knob white.

Length of body 6 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Sram: Bukit Besar (Robinson § Annandale), 2 3.

The genus Gymnastes was founded by Brunetti in 1911 for

G. violaceus, Brun. (= Teucholabis cyanea, Edw.), the author

differentiating it from Teucholabis chiefly on the absence of

a distinct neck and the clubbed femora. Neither of these

characters being of much value, Alexander proposed to sink

Gymnastes in Teucholabis, a course which the writer was

till now inclined to favour. G. cyaneus, however, shares

with the present new species the very peculiar character (for

a Tipulid) of having the legs covered with scales; and this,

together with some other minor characters, such as the

reduced neck and the colour of the halteres, will perhaps

serve to keep Gymnastes distinct. The apparent gulf

between G. cyaneus and G. pictipennis with regard to

neuration is bridged by Gnophomyia ornatipennis, de Meij.,

which is almost identical with G. cyaneus in colouring and

yet has R, present, and in much the same condition as in

G. pictipennis. A specimen of an undescribed Japanese

species or variety closely resembling G. ornatipennis is in

the British Museum collection, and shows the same scales

on the legs as in G. cyaneus and G. pictipennis. I haye,

360 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

therefore, no hesitation in referring Gnophomyia ornatipennis,

de Meij., to Gymnastes, which is a very interesting genus, as

it appears to connect Teucholabis with the Gnophomyia

group. The hypopygium shows a greater resemblance to

Teucholabis than to Gnophomyia.

Group EriopreRINi.

Gnophomyia maculipleura, sp.n. (Fig. 5, p. 356.)

Head dull blackish, front very broad. Antenne nearly

twice as long as the thorax in both sexes; scape light

brown, flagellum dark brown ; first joint not much longer

than broad, second round; flagellar joints elongate-oyal,

almost cylindrical, at the base about four times as long as

broad, at the apex not quite so long, all clothed with a dense

pubescence as long as their width and with rather numerous

hairs as long as the length of the joints. Thorax dark

reddish-brown, scutellum and pleure lighter, the pleure

with two large roundish black spots, one on the hypopleura

and one just below and in front of the root of the wing.

Abdomen uniformly dark brown. Hypopygium, fig. 5.

Ovipositor resembling that of G. ortentalis, de Meij. Legs

brownish, tarsi somewhat darker. Wings hyaline, the veins

blackish, stigma faint. Venation as in G. orientalis, de Meij.,

the relative lengths of Rs and R,,, are somewhat variable.

The pubescence on the veins is not quite so noticeable as in

de Meijere’s figure. Halteres blackish.

Length of body, g 4 mm., ? 5 mm.; wing, ¢ 4mm.,

?5mm.; antenne 2 mm.

Siam: Bukit Besar (Robinson § Annandale), 2 3 (incl.

type), 1 2.

This species belongs to the same group as the American

G. tristissima, O.-S., the type of the genus. As Osten-

Sacken long ago pointed out, there are two distinct types at

present included within the genus; in the present writer’s

opinion the other group might well be removed to a distinct

genus, to which the name Dasymallomyia may perhaps be

applicable, though D. signata, Brun., the type of this latter

genus, presents some rather noticeable differences from the

other species, such as G. luctuosa, O.-S., and G. elegans,

Wied.

G. maculipleura is evidently closely allied to G. orientalis,

de Meij., and may eventually prove to be the same species,

but appears to be well distinguished by the two distinct

blackish spots on the pleure.

ee ee

new Tipulidae from the Malay Peninsula. 361

Gnophomyia fraterna, sp.u. (Fig. 6, p. 356.)

Coloration and wing-venation as in G. maculipleura, but

the antenne a little shorter, the pubescence on the flagellum

longer and the hairs shorter, so that the difference in length

between pubescence and hairs is not so noticeable; male

genitalia (fig. 6) of quite different structure ; pubescence of

wing-veins rather more evident.

SexLaneor (A. L. Butler), 1 go.

Gnophomyia nigrescens, sp. n.

Whole body, except the ovipositor, blackish, somewhat

shining. Antenne a little longer than the head and thorax

together, with long hairs as in G. maculipleura, but here the

flagellar pubescence is rather longer and less regular. Ovi-

positor reddish-brown, of similar structure, but rather longer

than that of G. maculipleura. Wing as in G. maculipleura ;

legs rather darker.

Sram: Talum, 3500 ft., 17.1. 1902 (Robinson § Annandale),

Oxydiscus umbrosus, sp. 0.

?. Head dull grey; front almost silvery, broad and

rather swollen. Antenne 15-jointed, first joint yellowish,

dark at the tip, second joint whitish, remainder blackish ;

joints 8-5 rather broadly oval, joint 6 cylindrical, a little

longer than broad, joints 7-15 cylindrical, rather more than

twice as long as broad. Thorax: mesonotum shining

ochreous-brown, without markings; pleure light ochreous

with two indistinct dark stripes. Abdomen dark brown,

ovipositor lighter. Legs almost unifcrmly light ochreous,

only the apical tarsal joints lighter. Wings slightly greyish

with darker clouds at the tips of all the veins (except Sc)

and over the cross-veins ; additional dark clouds over the

base of Rs, at the base of the forks of M, and M,, and in

the middle of cell lst R,. Tip of wing slightly hairy. Rs

angulated near the base, the cell 1st R, rather broad ;

marginal cross-vein vertical, placed exactly at the fork of

Ro,3; cross-vein R-M meeting M,,» a little above the fork,

so that cell lst M, does not quite come to a point at the

base; fork of M, and Mg, scarcely as long as the second

section of M;,.; second section of M; straight and scarcely

longer than the cross-vein connecting it with M,,,; Ax

turned rather sharply downwards at the tip. Halteres light

ochreous.

Length of body 4 mm.; wing 4 mm.

362 Dr. Chas. Chilton on a new Species of the

Kepau: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 ?.

In spite of its obviously close relationship with O. nebulosus,

de Meij., there are a number of small differences in venation

in which the new species bears a greater resemblance to

Cladura. The characters common to both species of Ozxy-

discus, distinguishing them from Cladura, are the shortness

of Sc and the presence of surface-hairs towards the apex of

the wing.

XLI.—A new Species of the Amphipodan Genus Hyale from

New Zealand. By Cuas. Cuitton, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D.,

F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., Professor of Biology, Canterbury

College, New Zealand.

THE genus Hyale is represented in New Zealand by several

species, of which, perhaps, the commonest is H. rubra

(G. M. Thomson), which is found on all parts of the New

Zealand coast, and agrees well with the brief description

given by Stebbing in ‘ Das Tierreich, Amphipoda’ (p. 572).

In November 1915 a number of specimens of Hyale were

sent to me by Mr. P. W. Grenfell from Cuvier Island. Most

of these proved to belong to Hyale rubra, but among them

there was one that attracted my attention by its peculiar

maxillipedes, the terminal joints of which were greatly ex-

panded and thickly covered with long sete. On examination

it proved that this specimen, which was a male, differed from

Hi. rubra in the second gnathopod also, and I am therefore

describing it as a new species. Unfortunately I have only

the single specimen, but the characters of the maxillipedes

and the second gnathopods are so distinctive that it will be

easy to recognize itagain. It is quite likely that the peculiar

development of the maxillipedes is found in the male only,

and is to be looked upon as a secondary sexual character, but

the female of this species is at present unknown. The

following will serve as a description :—

Hyale grenfelli, sp.n. (Figs. 1-5.)

Specific diagnosis. Male.—In general resembling H. rubra

(G. M. Thomson), but differing in the maxillipedes, which

have the carpus and propod greatly dilated and thickly

covered with long slender hairs, and in the second gnathopod,

in which the palm is only slightly oblique, well defined,

broad, the margin on both outer and inner sides being deeply

Amphipodan Genus Hyale from New Zealand. 363

concave and provided with numerous short setules, the finger

short and rather blunt.

Colour. The body variously marked with pink, as in

HI, rubra.

Size. 7 mm.

Female unknown.

Fig. 1._—Hyale grenfelli, §. Maxillipeds.

Fig. 2.—Ditto. First gnathopod.

Fig. 8.—Ditto. Second gnathopod.

364 Dr. Chas. Chilton on a new Species of the

Locality. Cuvier Island, off the coast of Auckland, New

Zealand ; between tide-marks.

I have named the species after Mr. P. W. Grenfell, Keeper

of the Cuvier Island Lighthouse, to whom I am indebted for

many interesting specimens of Crustacea.

In addition to the above brief diagnosis, the following

description may be given :—

Side-plates 1-4 fairly deep, first one widening slightly

below and produced a little anteriorly. Third segment of

pleon with postero-lateral corner quadrate, very little out-

drawn, subacute, the posterior margin nearly straight, but

Fig. 4.—Hyale grenfelli, §. Fifth perseopod.

Fig. 5.—Ditto. Urus, with uropoda and telson.

with a few faint irregularities and three very minute setules.

Eyes rather large, irregularly rounded. Antenna 1 half as

long as antenna 2, peduncle short, the segments decreasing

regularly in size, flagellum with about sixteen joints. An-

tenna 2 more than half as long as the body, ultimate joint of

peduncle slightly longer than preceding ; flagellum long,

about twice as long as peduncle, with many joints.

Amphipodan Genus Hyale from New Zealand. 365

Mouth-parts with exception of maxillipeds present no

abnormal features. The maxillipeds are of the usual struc-

ture in the proximal joints, but the carpus and propod are

very greatly dilated, so as to be fully as broad as long, the

inner margins being very convex; the inner part of the

surface of the carpus and the whole surface of the propod

thickly covered with long hairs irregularly arranged in trans-

verse rows, the longest extending considerably beyond the

end of the finger. The finger is much shorter than the outer

margin of the propod, it is narrow and tapers regularly to the

extremity. The outer margins of the carpus, propod, and

finger are fringed with sete. The carpus is narrowed at the

base, and the distal portion of the limb is twisted upon this

so as to lie in a plane more or less at right angles to that of

the proximal portion.

First gnathopod with side-plate slightly widened below

and produced a little anteriorly; basis widening distally ;

carpus with well-rounded lobe of hind margin fringed with a

regular series of sete, which increase in length distally ; pro-

pod oblong, anterior margin slightly convex, devoid of setze

except fora tuft at base of finger, posterior margin straight,

with a regular row of sete which increase in length distally ;

palm slightly oblique, curved, and fringed with sete of

varying lengths; finger fitting closely on to palm.

Second gnathopod with side-plate quadrate; basal joint

long ; hind margin a little convex, with a few setee ; anterior

margin produced on the outer side into a thin flange, which

projects in a rounded lobe beyond the end of the joint and

provides a groove for the reception of the propod when

reflexed; ischium with the outer margin similarly produced

into a thin rounded lobe; merus and carpus both very short

and of the usual form; propod very large, oval except for the

excavation of the palm; anterior margin fairly convex,

without sete; hind margin well developed, rather longer

than palm, which is oblique, deeply concave, broad, both

inner and outer margins very concave, and with a regular

row of setules ; the surface of the palm itself thin, mem-

branous, slightly protruding beyond the firm margins; finger

short and stout, narrowing abruptly towards the end, pro-

duced at the base on the inner side into a rounded lobe with

an irregular thickening beyond ; inner margin of finger

with a row of very minute setules. .

Perwopods 1 and 2 as long as pereopod 3, of normal

structure.

Pereopods 3-5 increasing slightly in length posteriorly ;

basal joint broad, with hind margin very convex and irregu-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 25

larly crenate below; hind margin of propod without sete

except tuft at base of the finger ; sete on anterior margin of

uniform size, not serrulate; finger strongly curved, with

minute setule.

Uropods 1 and 2 with rami equal in length to the peduncle

and provided with lateral and apical spines, the peduncle of

the first uropod bearing a specially stout spine on the upper

side at the extremity. Third uropod of usual size, with

ramus much shorter than peduncle.

Telson apparently cleft almost to the base, margins entire

and without sete.

This species appears to come very close to H. rubra

(G.M. Thomson), but until the female is known it is difficult

to speak positively about its relationships.

XLIT.—Ants from British Guiana.

By W. C. Craw .ey, B.A.

THE following list consists of ants collected recently in

British Guiana by Mr. G. E. Bodkin, who made a number

of interesting observations which form a valuable addition

to our knowledge of the habits of many of the species.

Dr. Forel and Prof. Emery very kindly determined several

of the species with which [ was unacquainted.

I. Subfam. Porzrrvx (Lepeletier).

Tribe ECTATOMMINI (Emery).

Ectatomma, (s. str.) guadridens, F., &.

“ A common species about the cultivated coast-land areas.

The local nickname is ‘ Kop-Kop.’ These ants are invariably

found in the cane-fields, where they perform excellent work

by carrying off the larve of the small Moth Borer (Diatrwa

saccharalis) and the Weevil Borer (Sphenophorus hemipterus,

L.). They also destroy the egg-clusters of the small Moth

Borer which occur on the leaves of the sugar-cane, and a

number of other harmful insects are killed by them. When

captured they emit a squeaking sound. They also frequent

the flowers of certain commonly occurring plants, and have

been observed to capture insects visiting these flowers to

obtain the nectar. Formicary unobserved. Insects as soon

as captured are carried off by the ants apparenily to the

nest.”

Also in Botanic Gardens.

Ants from British Guiana. 367

Ectatomma (s. str.) tuberculatum, Oliv., 3.

Rockstone, 27. 12. 14.

“An uncommon species, and apparently only met with in

the interior districts.”

Tribe PONERINI (Forel).

Subtribe PacnyconpDyLin1, Ashmead.

Neoponera (s. str.) villosa, F., subsp. inversa, Sm., 8.

““ Not a common species. Formicary observed on two

occasions in a hole in the trunk of a Cacao-tree. The

communities were not large, consisting of about 500-600

individuals. The species seems to occur more commonly in

the interior districts.”

Pachycondyla (s. str.) crassinoda, Ltr., 8.

Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 27. 5. 15.

Pachycondyla (s. str.) harpax, F., 3.

Issororo, N.W. District, 12. 6.15.

Tribe ODONTOMACHINI (Mayr.).

Anochetus (Stenomyrmea) emarginatus, F., 8.

“A fairly common species. Formicarium, which seldom

consists of more than 100 individuals, is frequently found in

decaying vegetable matter beneath the dead sheathing leaf-

bases of several species of indigenous palms.”

Issororo, 3. 6.15.

Odontomachus hematoda, L., 8.

The single specimen has the node evenly striate all round,

as in the var. rugisquama, For., from Costa Rica and

Columbia, but not so coarsely.

Georgetown, 11.5. 15.

O. hematoda, L., var. laticeps, Rog. ?, 8.

A single specimen in a tube containing Pachycondyla

harpax, F. It answers very well to the description of

Roger, but in the absence of more material I place it with

hesitation under var. laticeps.

Issororo, 12.6. 15.

25*

368 Mr. W. C. Crawley on

Odontomachus hematoda, L., var. pallipes, var. nov.

8%. Differs from the typical form in being slightly larger,

more elongate, the scale slightly broader from back to front,

not tapering so gradually into the spine, and particularly in

colour, which is entirely ferruginous with the gaster darkest

and the mandibles and antenne lighter, and the legs entirely

yellow. The nearest described variety appears to be palleus,

Wheeler (Bahamas), which is smaller and with a narrower

and smoother scale. In var. paillipes the scale is faintly

striate transversely in front and behind. Pubescence as in

typical form.

British Guiana, 20. 4. 15.

II. Subfam. Doryrrw.x (Leach).

Tribe Ec1rint, Forel.

Eciton (s. str.) hamatum, F., ¥, %.

“This species and FH. burchelli, Westw., are the two

common species of ‘ foraging ants’ in British Guiana. Both

occur fairly commonly.”

HE. (s. str.) burcheli, Westw., 8.

EF. (Labidus) cecum (s. str.), Ltr., ¥, 8.

“A common svecies, but owing to its habit of burrowing

beneath the surface of the soil it is not frequently observed.”’

Berlice, 3. 3.15.

E. (Acamatus) pilosum, Sm., 8.

‘* This is not a common species of Eciton ; it seems to be

more partial to the forest areas.”

Rockstone, 27.12.14, &c.

III. Subfam. Mrrurcrvz, Lep.

Tribe PSEUDOMYRMINI, For.

Pseudomyrma biconvexa, For., 8.

“From bark of Sapium jenmann, Hemsl.,” Botanic

Gardens, Georgetown, 1.3. 14.

‘“‘ A fairly common species. Formicarium unobserved.”

Ants from British Guiana. 369

Ps. gracilis, By 2

British Guiana, 20. 4. 15.

This is a most variable species. Forel (Biol. Cent.-Amer.,

Formicide) says it nests in hollow stems, where the 8 8

rest one behind the other, and varies in colour from yellow

through red to black with every imayinable pattern.

Ps, elegans, Sin., 8.

British Guiana, 24.5. 15.

Tribe PHEIDOLINI, Emery.

Pheidole fallax (s. str.), Mayr., ¥3.

“This species is of fairly common occurrence in British

Guiana. Formicarium constructed beneath the soil.”

Tribe CREMATOGASTRINI, For.

Crematogaster stolli, For., var. guianensis, var. nov., Y, &.

L. 3°2-7 mm.

These examples of this extremely polymorphic Cremato-

gaster differ trom the typical form as follows: Head and

thorax a lighter chestnut-brown, with the gaster a much

darker brown ; the head much smoother, with hardly any of

the irregular punctures so noticeable in Forel’s duplicates,

ocelli in 8 major distinct, the pro-mesonotum with finer and

more regular longitudinal striation; the basal surface of

epinotum longitudinally striate fanwise (irregularly and

transversely striate in séolli), spines of epinotum rather

longer. In the % minor the sculpture is aiso finer and more

regular, and the striation on the epinotum similar to that in

the 2.

This variety does not appear to be the var. amazonensis,

For., from the Amazon and also Costa Rica, as the description

only refers to the colour and spines, and makes no mention

of the sculpture.

Tribe SOLENOPSIDINI, For.

Subtribe Monomortint, Eur.

Monomorium floricola, Jerd., 3, 2, 9.

“Tn coconut,’’ Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 7. 4. 14.

A cosmopolitan species.

370 Mr. W. C. Crawley on

Subtribe SOLENOPSIDINI, For.

Solenopsis geminata (s. str.), F., 8.

*‘Tn hollow stems of plants, and in houses,” 1913 and 1915.

This is the typical American form (dark). It appears,

however, to be becoming cosmopolitan, like the var. rufa,

Jerd., for Sautschi records it from Africa (Gabon, Liberia),

and says that in certain districts it is ousting the local

species (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, lvii. 1913).

S. pylades, For.

Port Mourant, 1915, and elsewhere.

“‘ Nest in soil at bottom of sugar-canes.”’

S. corticalis, For., subsp. amazonensis, For., 8.

“This is one of the commonest ants in British Guiana.

It is almost exclusively found in human habitations, and is

fond of all food-stuffs, especially sweet oils, sugar, and milk.

In the entomological laboratory it is impossible to breed

insects unless the benches are kept with the legs standing in

kerosene oil, for they speedily discover the presence of living

larvee or other forms of insect life in the breeding-cages, and

will then enter and destroy them. The formicarium, which

is often hard to find, is constructed in crevices in wood-work

and is never large, consequently they are difficult to destroy.

They do not hesitate to use their sting, which, for the size of

the ant, is surprisingly sharp and powerful. I have fre-

quently observed small masses of them floating on the

surface of water by means of surface-tension ; their object in

doing this is not apparent.”

Tribe TETRAMORIINI, Emery.

Tetramorium guineense, F., 8.

‘¢ A common species, especially in the cane-fields. Formi-

cary is usually constructed in the earth at the base of the

canes, and varies in size. The larger formicaries form roughly

conical mounds about a foot and a half high and a foot in

diameter. These mounds are intersected internally with

innumerable galleries. The smallest formicaries are only

slightly raised above the surface of the ground. Thecommon

coccid or ‘ Mealy Bug’ of the sugar-cane (Ripersia sp.) is

invariably attended by this ant. Considerable inconvenience

is caused at times to the cane-cutters by this species owing

Ants from British Guiana. STE

to its sharp and painful sting, the effects of which last for

some time. As soon as the nest is disturbed the ants swarm

out with their abdomens raised and readily attack the

intruder. If the nests become flooded the ants ascend the

canes and there construct a temporary slielter of fine earth-

particles cemented together, which form a covering. ‘This

species has been also observed to attend the coccid Pseudo-

coccus citri, Risso, when occurring on cacao pods.”

This interesting account of this cosmopolitan species shows

very different habits from those exhibited in hot-houses in

this country. I have observed the habits of this ant in hot-

houses at West Leake, Leicestershire, in 1908 and 1909, and

at Kew in 1910; in the former locality the nest appeared to

be in the crevices of the walls, and the ants ran about on the

floor and among the plants. ‘he females, which are ergatoid,

and only slightly larger than the workers, were running

about among the workers. The ants probably attended

coccids, though they were not observed to do so. A species

of Ripersia (formicarii, Newstead) is common at Seaton,

Devon (1912), and at Porlock, Somerset, in the nests of

Lasius niger and flavus, and is highly myrmecophilous.

I found the ants always removed the coccids when the nest

was disturbed, often before their own larvee.

Tribe CRYPTOCERINI (F. Smith).

Cryptocerus pusillus, Klug., 8.

“This species is frequently found moving about on the

branches and twigs of smooth barked trees. It is a common

species.”

Georgetown, and Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914.

C. minutus, F., 3.

“A common species. A very sluggish ant which will

remain absolutely motionless on a leat for hours together.

It. has been observed to attend the following Coccide :

Pulvinaria pyriformis, Ckll.; Coccus hesperidum, L.”

Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914.

C. atratus, L., 8.

« A common species. Formicary has been observed in a

large hollow in the trunk of a tree (Pachira insignis). The

community is large, consisting of several thousands of

individuals. The species has been observed to attend the

372 Mr. W. C. Crawley on

following species of Coccide: Pseudococcus citri, Risso ;

Coccus hesperidum, L. ; Saissetia nigra, Nietn.”’

Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914.

C. maculatus, Eur., ? .

“On leaves of mango tree,” Botanic Gardens, Georgetown,

1915.

Tribe DaAcETINI, For.

Daceton armrgerum, Ltr., %.

“ Fairly common in some districts. When captured with

the forceps and placed in alcohol it emits from time to time

a sharp click, which continues for some time after being

placed in the liquid. Has been observed to attend the

Coccid Pseudococeus citri, Risso, on cacao pods. Formicary

unobserved.”

British Guiana, 1914.

Tribe ATTINI (EF. Sm.).

Aita (s. str.) levigata, Sm., 4, % media.

‘‘This species appears to inhabit the sandy.soils of the

interior. The process of cutting up leaves and carrying

them into the nest is carried on exclusively at night, com-

mencing shortly after sundown and ceasing just before dawn.

I have always observed this species to carry pieces of dead

and dry leaves into the nest, not green leaves as with other

species of leaf-cutting ants.”

Rockstone, 1914.

A, (s. str.) cephalotes, L., Y.

“The common leaf-cutting ant of British Guiana. The

local name is ‘Coushi’ or ‘ Acoushi’ ant. It seems to

prefer the lighter sandy soils for its nests, and these are

frequently found in the large sand-reefs which intersect the

heavy clay soils in some districts. The formicaries are

usually very large and have long underground galleries.

This species works at leaf-cutting exclusively at night, though

in the daytime some of the smaller forms may occasionally

be seen carrying off particles of sand and depositing them at

the exits of the galleries. Slight disturbances, such as those

caused by a person walking about on the surface of the nest,

are sufficient to arouse the ants, including some of the largest

Ants from British Guiana. 373

forms, which swarm out to the attack. They speedily ascend

the legs of the intruder, and having secured a good grip with

their jaws, retain it with a bull-dog tenacity. They are

specially fond of all kinds of cultivated plants, and it is

almost impossible to cultivate any kind of plant in some

districts owing to their depredations. The leaves of the

Para Rubber Tree (Hevea braziliensts) are readily attacked

despite the exudations of the sticky sap which often proves

fatal to other insects. No reliable method for their extinction

has yet been devised. I have frequently observed, though

have never been able to capture, a small species of fly

(apparently a Muscid) which hovers over the ants while

working in the daytime. From time to time the ants excrete

from the tip of their abdomens a tiny globule of liquid, and

as soon as this appears the fly darts down and rapidly absorbs

it; the ants, though apparently uneasy, make no attempt to

drive away the intruder.

Atta Acromyrmex octospinosa, Reich., & .

Issororo, N.W. District, 1915.

A, (A.) mélleri, For., subsp. meinert?, For.,

var. globoculis, For. (in litt.).

%. “This species appears to inhabit the interior; it has

never been met with on the coastlands. The communities

are never large, but frequently a number of communities are

met with in a small area. Formicarium with fungus-

chamber is invariably found within a decaying log of wood,

either just under or slightly above the soil-surface, and easily

accessible. Ihave always observed this species to utilise

freshly cut pieces of leaves and they are daylight workers,

This species also enters human habitations and will carry off

particles of food-stuffs. On one occasion the greater part of a

half-pound packet of dried raisins were carried off by these

ants. They have a distinct partiality for the foliage of Para

Rubber (ZZ. braziliensis).”

N.W. District, 1913.

It would be interesting to know whether the number of

communities in a small area, spoken of by Mr. Bodkin, all

belong to the same colony, or are separate colonies. As far

as is known, the colonies of Acromyrmex are much less

populous than those of Atta, sensu stricto.

3a74 Mr. W. C. Crawley on

IV. Subfam. Doxrrcuoperrs, For.

Tribe DOLICHODERINI, Em.

Dolichoderus (s. str.) attelaboides, F., 8.

Konawaruk, 1914.

D. ( Monacis) bispinosus, Oliv., 8.

D. (M.) debilis, Em., 8.

“The formicary of this species was observed in the nest

of the termite Hntermes costaricensis, Holmer. The termite

nest was situated on the stump of an old tree about four feet

from the ground, and was partly inhabited by termites and

partly by this species.” 1913.

D. (ML) gagates, Em., 8.

“This appears to be another uncommon species occurring

in the interior, Observed to feed on the honey-dew given

out by a Sassid nymph.”’ 1914.

D. (Hypoclinea) bidens, L.

* A common species of ant throughout the colony. Small

nests are constructed by slightly drawing together the edges

of a leaf and covering the intervening space with a thin

covering of dark-coloured vegetable substance of paper-like

consistency, though somewhat more fragile. Any plant

whose leaves are suitable for this purpose is utilised by this

species as a dwelling-place. Coffee-trees (Liberian coffee),

if not properly pruned, are particularly liable to infestation.

The picking of the coffee is then rendered a difficult matter,

as the slightest disturbance causes the ants to sally forth and

attack the intruder by inflicting exceedingly sharp bites.

This species has been observed to feed on the honey-dew of

the coccid Pseudococcus citri, Risso, on cacao pods.”

N.W. District, 1913, &e.

D. (f1.) lutosus, Sm., 3.

“ A fairly common species, invariably found beneath the

bark of trees. Formicary unobserved.”

Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914.

Anis from British Guiana. 375

Tribe TAPINOMINI (Emery).

Azteca schimperi, Em., 8.

“J have only once taken this species. It appears to infest

the belt of low-growing trees termed ‘ Courida’ (Avicennia

nitida), which tringe the seashore in British Guiana. In

this particular instance the ants were attending the coccid

Lecanium cequale, Green, which had infested several irees.

Formicarium unobserved.”

A. chartifex, For., subsp. laticeps, For., 8.

‘*A common species. Forms large carton nests on the

trunks of trees, and is especially fond of the mango for this

purpose. Some nests are as much as two feet in length

This species inflicts a very sharp bite, and on the slightest

disturbance the ants swarm out to attack the intruder,

making an audible rustling sound. The nests may be

easily destroyed by fire, but a breeze is required to keep the

conflagration smouldering until the nest is entirely consumed.

Within six months, however, the ants will be found to have

made considerable progress in the construction of another

nest, frequently in the same spot.”

West Bark, 1914. -

A, instabilis, Sm.

British Guiana, 20. 4.15.

A, trigona, Em., subsp. subdentata, For.

Aruka River, N.W. District, 5. 6.15.

A. alfarot, Em., var. ovaticeps, For., 3.

‘¢ An uncommon species. Inhabits the medullary cavities

of the trumpet-tree (Cercropia peltata).”

Rockstone, 1914.

A. velox, For., 8.

British Guiana, 20. 4. 15.

Tapinoma melanocephalum, F., 3.

Cosmopolitan. In houses, 1914.

Tapinoma sp.

376 Mr. W. C. Crawley on

V. Subfam. Cauronorra, Forel.

Section EUCAMPONOTIN A, Forel.

Tribe PRENOLEPIDII, Forel.

Prenolepis longicornis, Ltr., 8 .

** A commonly occurring and very widely distributed ant

in British Guiana. To be found as an inhabitant of most

houses. Is especially fond of sugar and dead insects of all

kinds. I have also frequently observed it to infest steamers

and other craft which call at the port of Georgetown.

Formicarium usually constructed just beneath the surface of

the soil at the base of posts, walls, &c., or in crevices in

wood-work ; they are usually small. Houses may be

successfully cleared of them by exposing a mixture of

molasses and arsenic or by hunting for the nests and

destroying them with carbon bisulphide.”

A well-known cosmopolitan species.

Tribe CAMPONOTINI, Forel.

Camponotus (Myrmothrix) abdominalis, s. str., F., &.

“Tnhabiting the disused sacs of the larva of the moth

Gceticus kirbyi.”

Georgetown, 1915.

C. (M.) abdominalis, F., var. mediopallidus, F., 3, 2.

Issororo, N.W. District, 1914.

C. (M.) abdominalis, F., subsp. stercorarius, For., 2, 3.

These specimens answer very well to Forel’s description

and appear identical with examples received from him.

“Nesting under leaf-sheaths of sugar-cane,”’ Botanic

Gardens, Georgetown, 1914.

(C. I.) femoratus, F., 3.

Issororo, N.W. District, 1913.

C. (Myrmosphincta) seaguttatus, F., var. ornatus, Emery.

Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914, 1915. &% major and

minor.

These specimens answer perfectly to Emery’s description.

From small carton nest on underside of palm-leaf.

Ants from British Guiana. 377

APPENDIX.

The following species have previously been collected in

British Guiana, and identified by the Imperial Bureau of

Entomology :—

Paraponera clavata, F.

“ A fairly common species. The local name is ‘ Muniri.’

Formicarium observed on two occasions at the base of

young trees. The soil is carefully cleared away from around

the base of the trunk to a considerable depth, and this serves

as the means of communication to the nest. It is only

necessary slightly to tap the trunk of the tree, when the ants

swarm out making the stridulating noise common to the

species. ‘They soon return to the nest, however. The sting

as exceedingly painful, and will bring on fever in a susceptible

individual.”

Odontomachus hematoda, L.

O. affinis, Guér.

Eeciton burchelli, Westw.

E.. cecum, Ltr.

‘Cryptocerus clypeatus, Oliv.

‘A fairly commen species. The formicary has once been

observed beneath the loose decaying bark of a tree; the

community consisted of about 1000 individuals.”

Atta fervens, Say.

‘* This species seems occasionally to occur in the interior

districts ; it has never been taken near the coast.”

Camponotus maculatus, F., subsp. picipes, Oliv.

Note on Claviger testaceus.

Donisthorpe has recently (Ent. Ree. xxviii. 2, p. 34, 1916)

commented on my experiments with this myrmecophilous

beetle and the queens of Lasius niger, flavus, and umbratus

(Ent. Ree. xxvul. 9, p. 205, 1915). My remarks, owing to

their brevity, have evidently given rise toa misapprehension,

The beetles, as I have previously observed myself, sometimes

rest on the queens in nests of L. flavus, their normal host,

378 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

but the point I wished to make is that, in my experiments

last year, the queens of Z. umbratus appeared to possess aa

attraction for the beetles superior to that possessed by the

queens of L. flavus, or L. niger (with which Claviger testaceus

is occasionally found, e. g. Seaton, 1912, Porlock, 1915).

The nest of L. flavus referred to, which contains four queens

and fourteen Claviger, and is in a small frame, so that the

beetles are continually coming across the queens, has been in

my possession for eleven months, under daily observation,

and it is curious that I have never seen any of the Clavigers

resting on the queens. On the other hand, when a few of

these beetles and others taken at the same time, were put

into nests containing L. umbratus queens, the beetles were

constantly clinging to the queens, and for weeks never

appeared to change their resting-place. The striking con-

trast in this behaviour of the Claviger appears to me to be

additional evidence that the parasitic queens (L. umbratus,

Juliginosus, &c.) have a body-secretion which renders them

attractive to other species of ants and myrmecophiles.

XLITI.—Deseriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera.

By G. T. Beroune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

RHOPALOCERA.

Lycenida.

Lriprenine.

Epitola crowley?.

There is an interesting variety of the male of this species

in the Joicey collection from the Cameroons.

The primaries are entirely brown, with a very few blue

scales near the base on the fold; the secondaries have also

less blue than usual, a reduction of the area taking place at

the anal angle and along the inner margin. The underside

of the secondaries is much whiter, with but little of the

bronze hue. The specimen is also small.

If it is a constant variety it might, perhaps, be known by

the name Epitola crowleyt semibrunnea.

LycHNInz.

Turania cytis, Chr.

IT made this genus (Zwrania) in the ‘ Entomologists’

Record,’ 1914 (vol. xxvi.), p. 160, with cytis, Chr., as the

new Species of Lepidoptera. 379

type. My friend Dr. J. McDunnough, of Decatur (U.S.A.),

has recently drawn my attention to the fact that Turania of

Ragonot already exists in the Pyralide ; so that a new name

is needed. I propose, therefore, the name Turanana, with

cytis for its type.

Lyceenesthes crawshayt.

Capt. Wilson took a pair of this species from the Nuba

Hills of a very diminutive size; the measurement of the male

is 20 mm., compared with an average of 30 mm. from Sierra

Leone and Uganda. I have several of a small race from the

Budonga Forest, but they are 24 and 25 mm., as compared

with 20 mm. from the Nuba Country. If this small form is

constant, it might well be named crawshay? minuta.

The markings are quite the same, but all crowded up into

the much smaller area.

The specimens are in the Oxford Museum.

Argiolaus ismenias, Klug.

Several specimens of this fine but delicate species were

taken at Sungikai and Kadugli, in the Nuba Hills (Southern

Kordofan), on November 13 and December 16 by Captain

R. 8. Wilson in 1904.

Spindasis kadugli, sp. u.

3. Head and collar very pale fawn-colour. Both wings

faded straw-colour, much obscured with the dark markings.

Primaries with the base pale brownish, terminating in a

darker transverse dash, the costa broadly pale brownish ;

postmedian band broad, angled outwards at vein 4, reaching

well below vein 2, and confluent about vein 2 with the sub-

terminal broad dark band, which increases in width from the

apex to the tornus; the subcostal triangle of spots also

touches the inner edge of the subterminal band, between

which and the termen is a trace of a pale line. Secondary

almost entirely obscured with the dark pattern, the short

broad subapical dash and the broad subterminal stripe being

the only definite markings. Underside: primaries pale straw-

colour, with the markings more or less pupilled with metallic

silvery ; there isa small subbasal spot, followed by two larger

ones, one in the cell and one below ; the postmedian and other

bands follow the upper surface pattern, being merely more or

less darkly outlined. Secondaries deeper straw-colour, with

a trace of four basal spots, followed by three transverse rows

380 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

of spots, the third terminating on vein 4; all these rows are

more or less parallel, and are followed by a terminal row

which has only a trace of the metallic pupilling.

Expanse 34 mm.

Fab. Kadugli, Nuba Hills, Kordofan, December.(?. S.

Wilson).

Type in the Oxford Museum.

This species will come near victoria, Btl.

Hesperide.

Caprona adelica kordofani, var. n.

$. Head, thorax, abdomen, and all the wings very pale

pinkish buff, with the usual marks as in adelica, Karsch, but

the broad pale median area is more or less filled in with

stripes and lines.

This is no doubt the dry-country form of adelica, and I

think that any Cassualalla from Angola is the more varie-

gated Western form of the same insect.

HETEROCERA.

Noctuids.

Stictoptera obalaut, sp. n.

&. Head and collar fawn-brown, the latter with pale

edging; patagia fawn-brown; abdomen pale grey. Pri-

maries fawn-brown, the basal and antemedian areas some-

what mottled ; a pale ash-grey median band, in which there

is a short dark dash in front of the reniform stigma, outside

which is a twin, sharply crenulated, curved postmedian line ;

two paler subterminal rows of spots almost forming lines.

Secondaries hyaline, with the terminal third dark.

Expanse 38 mm.

Hab. Obalau Island (Fiji).

‘Type in my collection.

Near melanistts, Hmpsn.

P seudophi« pratt, B-B.

I described this species in Novit. Zool. xiii. pp. 261 & 262,

1906, and I considered that the female I described on p. 262

was the female of prati’; but I find this is not the case.

Mr. Joicey has received a specimen from the Wandammen

Mountains, Dutch New Guinea, which is without doubt the

female of pratti; the markings are precisely the same, except

new Species of Lepidoptera. 381

that the basal and antemedian areas are as dark as the rest

of the wing, not pale chestnut-colour as in the male. It is

necessary, therefore, to give a new name to the female first

described ; it will probably be well to repeat the description.

I therefore name it

Pseudophix callipepla, sp. n.

?. Head reddish ; thorax and dorsum of proximal (not

prominal) abdominal segments pale orange-reddish ; abdomen

dark grey. Primary with base and median area orange-fawn

colour; postmedian area dark reddish, edged by a fine irre-

gular line of white scales ; terminal area broadly pages

orange mottled with brown. Secondary orange-fawn ;

median and postmedian area reddish, edged by an irregular

line of whitish scales; terminal area very broadly reddish

orange mottled with brown.

Expanse 64 mm.

Hab. Mount Kebea and other New Guinea localities.

‘ype in my collection,

Lymantriade2.

Dasychira wandammena, sp. n.

3. Head, collar, and thorax greyish white, the latter with

a bar of black on each side of the metathorax, abdomen

brownish. Primaries whitish grey, a deeply indentated fine

black subbasal line ; there is an irregular greyish area edged

externally with blackish adjoining the subbasal line ; median

area white, with a slight yellow tinge ; median lind sharply

dentate and irregular ; the postmedian erenulate black line

is regular ; between these last two lines there is an ovate

white mark, edged finely with black around two-thirds of it ;

area greyer up to the termen ; a very irregular subterminal

row of black internervular dashes. Secondaries yellowish,

with the outer half sooty brown.

Expanse 64 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mountains (3000-4000 ft.), Dutch

New Guinea.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

This species is very near D. cerigoides, Wlk., from Borneo.

Euproctis flavipunctaia, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and proximal segments of the abdomen

bright orange-red ; abdomen black, with whitish anal tuft,

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 8. Vol, xvii. 26

382 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

Primaries with a restricted basal area of pale orange-yellow,

beyond which the wing is entirely rufous-grey for three-fifths ;

at the end of the cell there is a largish ovate yellow spot;

terminal area orange-red, with the veins pale yellow.

Secondaries uniformly pale yellow.

ixpanse 46 mm.

Hab.. Dinawa, British New Guinea, 4000 ft.

‘Type in my collection.

The species is near hunte?, but is, I think, distinct.

Porthmeia radiata, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and patagia yellow, abdomen blackish.

Primaries yellow, with the basal area radiated with blackish,

especially along the fold, where the radiations extend the

greater length of the wing; apical area broadly radiated

with blackish between the veins; fringes black. Secondaries

black, with the hind margin dotted with yellow, which on the

underside is transformed into a marked yellow terminal line.

?. Like the male, but more orange in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 32, 9 42 mm.

Hab. Owgarra, British New Guinea.

Type in my collection.

The species is very like my P. subnigra, but the head,

collar, and thorax are black in subnigra and yellow in the

present species.

Caviria avolaénsis, sp. n.

9. Frons, head, thorax, and abdomen white; antennze

very dark grey, so as to look blackish to the naked eye; legs

brownish, with white femora; all the wings pure white, not

lustrous.

Eixpanse 44 mm. ,

Hab. British New Guinea: Avola, 6000 ft., August (A. Z.

Pratt).

Type in my collection.

Notodontide.

Gargetta punctatissima, sp. n.

g. Head, collar, and thorax dark variegated brown, palpi

very dark brown; patagia rather paler ; abdomen greyish.

Primaries cinnamon-brown without the red in it, clouded

with dark brown at the base and along the costal area. ‘The

whole of the wing has a mottled appearance ; an antemedian

row of dark dots, somewhat indistinct ; an oblique median

new Species of Lepidoptera. 383

row of similar dark dots, followed by a double similar post-

median row, a subterminal row of dark dots ; termen with a

minute dark triangle at the end of each vein. Secondaries

Patek greyish brown.

2. Similar to the male, but much paler, so that the dark

dots stand out much more prominently.

Expanse, ¢ 52, 2 50 mm.

Hab. British New Guinea: Mount Kebea and Babooni,

3000 ft., July to September (A, . Pratt).

Types in my collection.

Seranchia tdiopti’a, sp. n.

3. Head and collar deep coffee-brown, thorax and abdo-

men grizzly, Primaries greyish, mottled, with an indefinite,

clearer, interrupted, twin subbasal line not reaching the

inner margin, a similar median line between the two; almost

on the fold is a raised ovate spot of brownish colour, an

irregular dark median stripe across the wing, adjoining

which is a tawny spot of moderate size with a fine black

crescent in it; a fine dentate dark postmedian line, beyond

which is a broad, very interrupted, dark, curved band ;

outside, but adjoining it, is a small dark cloud, with an

irregular serrate subterminal line; termen finely dark, on

the costa before the apex are four dark dots. Secondaries

brownish,

Expanse 42 mm.

Hab. Madagascar, 2500 ft., January to March.

Type in my collection.

Parathemerastis turneri, var. melanistis, var. nov.

?. Thorax and primaries sooty grey, with the markings

just visible, the ash-grey orbicular stigma standing out very

prominently from its dark surroundings, a slightly cinnamon-

coloured cloudy area before the stigma. Secondaries dark

brown.

Expanse 62 mm.

Hab. Mount Kebea (6000 ft.), March to April; Dinawa

(4000 ft.), August; British New Guinea.

Type in my collection.

Omichlis erythra, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax cinnamon-red, abdomen dirty ochreous.

Primaries cinnamon-red with the basal and antemedian areas

finely irrorated with brownish grey ; a median serrated line

loses itself in the darker area, the postmedian dark line ig

26%

384 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

strongly excurved in the radial area and recedes very deeply

on the fold terminating about the middle of the inner margin ;

this is followed at a little distance away by another fine dark

line almost parallel with the preceding one and more or

less broadly edged externally by pale ochreous, especially in

the costal area; terminal area darkly suffused. Secondaries

pale brownish, and of the usual silky-looking texture.

Expanse 48 mm.

flab. Mount Kebea, British New Guinea, 6000 ft., July

(Pratt).

Type in my collection.

Cascera callima, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax chestnut-brown mixed with grey.

Primaries pale pinkish brown with a dark broadish subbasal

dash on the lower margin of the cell, followed by a whitish

patch in the angle of vein 2, at the edge of which is an

oblique irregular stripe of dark shading edged by an indefinite

and interrupted paler line; a subterminal row of pale dots

darkly edged externally. In the cell there is a twin dark

line across the centre and a dark spot at the end with a pale

centre, beyond which are two or three dark dots. Secend-

aries pale grey.

Expanse 50 mm.

Hab. British New Guinea: Mount Kebea, 6000 ft., March

and April (A. £. Pratt).

Type in my collection.

Nearest to my Cascera bella.

Stauropus mediobrunnea, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax grizzly ash-grey, pale fawn-brown.

Primaries with the basal area ash-grey shghtly irrorated with

brown, the whole of the median area dark brown terminating

very irregularly, from where to the termen the colour is

palish chocolate-brown, with a fine subterminal irregular

line. Secondaries pale brownish with the usual darker

“ stauropus ” mark at the apex.

9. Similar to male, but with the basal and terminal areas

very pale ochreous grey, the dark median area large and

deep brown, the fine terminal line accentuated strongly.

Iixpanse, f 48, 2? 61 mm.

Hab. British New Guinea: Mount Kebea, 6000 ft., March

and April; Babooni, 3000 ft., July and August ; Ekeikei,

1500 ft., July.

Types in my collection.

new Species of Lepidoptera. 385

Stauropus miata, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax greyish mixed with brown, abdomen

buff-colour. Primaries variegated grey and whitish with

bright green iridescent scales and dark lines ; base with

many green scales ; antemedian line broad, blackish, oblique,

nearly straiglt, beyond which is a second parallel, somewhat

indefinite, fine line; end of cell whitish grey, below which

the fold is darker and has green scales; postmedian line

broadish, blackish, deeply crenulate on each side of the

interspace of veins 3 and 4, beyond this line the area is

whitish grey, edged externally by a row of irregular dark

dashes interrupted at each vein. Secondaries pinkish brown,

Eixpanse 48 mm.

Hab. British New Guinea: Mount Kebea, 3000 ft., July

(A. #. Pratt).

Type in my collection.

Lasiocampide.

Arguda ninayi, sp. n.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen creamy grey, palpi fawn-

colour. Primaries pale fawn-colour, with two oblique fine

darker lines, the antemedian being short and the postmedian

much more oblique and curved basewards immediately below

the costa ; a small dark spot at the end of the cell, an indis-

tinct oblique crenulate line of grey shading in the subterminal

area (this line is quite distinct in some specimens). Fringes

dark fawn. Secondaries warm pinkish fawn-colour.

Expanse 46 mm.

Hub. Ninay Valley, Dutch New Guinea, 3000 ft. (A. ZL.

Pratt).

‘Type in my collection.

Chrysopsyche jacksoni, B-B.

I described this species in this Magazine for the year 1911,

. 563, having before me a series of fifteen specimens from

Entebbe (Uganda). Ata later date I was overhauling some

of this genus and its allies, and I was struck by the fact that I

had nothing but males, whilst in the same collectton from

the same place I had a series of twenty-one females of

a species very closely allied to Lechriolepis varia, Wk.

These I have no doubt are the females of my species jackson,

but they are so close to the female of varta that I had at first

named them so. Walker’s species is, however, rather larger

and the markings are redder, but the males are very different.

Varia is, however, a Chrysopsyche, not a Lechriolepis.

386 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

XLIV.—WNotes on the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris.

By G. T. Bernune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

WATERHOUSE and Lyell are to be congratulated on the pro-

duction of their recent work ‘The Butterflies of Australia.’

Whilst, however, I have the greatest regard for both authors,

and particularly for my old correspondent Mr. Waterhouse,

I cannot refrain from criticising their treatment of some

species in the genus Ogyris; for, instead of clearing up

matters, they have made them more involved by adding yet

more to the synonymy, by completely ignoring Hewitson’s

original descriptions and figures, and by ignoring the rules

of nomenclature as laid down in the International Code.

Ogyris zosine, Hew.

This species was described in Hewitson’s Exot. Butt. i.,

and the male was figured on plate xlviil. figs. 3 and 4.

Ogyris genoveva, Hew.

This was the next species to be described in the same work,

and it was figured on the same plate, the numbers being

5 and 6.

In the Spec. Cat. Lye. B. M., p. 2, he (Hewitson) catalogues

the known species of the genus and again figures zosine;

here he only figures the underside, referring to it in error as

the ¢. The spec'men figured is, however, a male ; it is

unfortunate that it is so, as he had the female before him

at the time and this was the same colour as the male.

In the Trans, Ent. Soc. London, 1905, pp. 296 e¢ seq.,

I monographed the genus and revised it up to date. Here I

definitely selected the dull purple ? as the ? type of Hewitson’s

species, and in so doing I acted quite correctly and in accord-

ance with the Code. It matters not whether the dull purple

form is rarer than the paler blue form. Hewitson himself

had described the blue form as genoveva ; he thought it was

another species, but that does not alter the fact that he gave

it another name, and he did so because he had lying betore

him the dull purple form of the 2 as wellas the pale lustrous

one, and this alone not only justifies me in selecting that

form as the type-form, but, in view of Hewitson’s action, it

is the only reasonable thing to do. Dimorphie females are

always named in these days, and I think rightly named, the

object being to designate the form. Waterhouse and Lyell,

the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris. 387

however, sink genoveva as a direct synonym of zos?ne, and, in

thus overriding my selection of the 2 type and in sinking

genoveva asa direct synonym, my good friend Mr. Waterhouse

is entirely ignoring all nomenclatorial rules—and he isignoring

the Code, and must not be followed.

Ogyris cosine duaringa, B-B.

This local race, a well-marked form as to colour, is sunk

also as a direct synonym. ‘The question of a local race will,

I suppose, always be a matter of opinion to a certain extent ;

in some cases, as in this, it will bea question of the keenness

of the eye to colour-differences. There “is no doubt, how-

ever, of the difference of colour in this case; it is quite

marked, and the name should stand. Our authors have

registered this form as typical zostne cosine, but this is

evidently an error—it is quite different to Hewitson’s type.

Ogyris cosine magna, B-B.

This is also sunk as a direct synonym, but the extra-

ordinary part of it is that the authors absolutely re-name the

very form under the name zosine araxes; they describe the

male as bright purple with the costa near the apex splashed

with white. I described my magna as rich purplish blue,

with the apical third and the apical half of the termen hoary

in the male; whilst the female is described as having the

basal fourth of the primary and the central area extending

toward the tornus as metallic green. I[ describe the same

areas as greenish blue, more greenish than in duaringa, and

as lustrous greenish; the types in the former case come

from Dimboola and a similar form from Sydney—my types

come from Brisbane. From the descriptions it would appear

that the two forms must of necessity be the same—knowing

the species as well as I do, I feel quite sure they are.

Four female forms are in nearly all large collections : there

is the type-form as indicated by Hewitson, and as selected

by me (but, unfortunately, he figured a male), of the duller

purple colour ; there is the pale bright blue form named by

the same author genoveva ; there is the lustrous greenish

form named by me magna and by Waterhouse and Lyell

araves ; and there is also a rich true-blue form, quite different

from genoveva, not purple at all—it is in the British Museum

from Townsville and from N.W. Australia, and I suppose it

is the form that our authors have called zosine typhon. They

are all separable at a glance, and anyone investigating local

388 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

races or constant varieties would without doubt keep the

four forms separate with their individual names.

The authors, however, state in their preamble to the

species : “ The original descriptions and plates provide some

evidence that the type examples .. . came from Moreton Bay

(Brisbane) ; the type is purple with distinct black margins.

The type female (Hewitson’s Ogyris genoveva) is described

as blue, but figured as green.”

their part. We have no evidence at all that the original

three species come from Moreton Bay ; in fact, we have rather

evidence to the contrary, for when, years later on, he

(Hewitson) received a specimen from that distriet he

definitely so labelled it and gave exact localities (as, Swan

River) whenever possible. Hewitson’s type male has dark

margins (not black), but by no means distinct on their inner

edge and the purple is very dull in tone. The type female is

the same colour as fhe male ; this, as already mentioned, I

selected in my monograph in 1906, and our authors have not

the power or right with a stroke of their pen to alter that

selection—as firstreviser, my selection must stand, Hewitson’s

original material, dealt with in his Exot. Butterflies, con-

sisted of a pair (g¢ and ¢) of the dull purple form, and a

bright pale blue 2 (the genoveva 2). Ihave made a special

search at the British Museum (Natural History), and there

is not any evidence whatever to enable us to say from what

part of Australia those specimens came; the purple @ is

apparently identical with what Waterhouse and Lyell have

renamed typhon iberia, which therefore must sink as a

synonym to cosine zosine, as I had already restricted the

type ¢ to that form. Subsequently, Hewitson received

another male specimen from Moreton Bay (it is labelled in his

own handwriting). There can be no doubt that he (Hewitson)

knew exactly what he was doing when he described the

species, He had a male and female, dull purple, which

he called zosine, and he had a second female very pale

lustrous blue, which he thought was another species and

which he called genoveva. This he indicates in his letterpress,

so that, when I selected the adult purple female as the type

female form of cosine zosine, I was not only acting legiti-

mately, but I was carrying out the original intention of the

first describer of the species; and it is contrary to the Code

for a subsequent author to nullify the selection, and would

also be very detrimental to progress. Taking up now the

forms Waterhouse and Lyell mention, we have :—

This is pure guess-work on

helo

the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris. 389

Ogyris zosine typhon.

Apparently the form with the dull purple ¢ and the rich

true-blue 2, not the pale blue @ form.

Ogyris zosine typhon, 2 iberia.

This sinks to zostne zosine, being the dull purple female

form already selected as the type-form of zos/ne.

Ogyris zosine cosine.

I have no doubt that this is my zosine duaringa. The

authors describe the g as rich purple, so that it is quite

obvious that this male cannot be typical zosine, as it is not

like Hewitson’s type, figure, or description.

Ogyris zosine zenobia, 2.

This is described as a rich purple form of the female, and

is one that I have not seen.

Ogyris cosine araxes.

This must sink to my. cosine magna—I have no doubt

whatever on the point. The two descriptions coming from

two different pens are practically identical.

The synonymy, so tar as Waterhouse and Lyell and my-

self are concerned, should be as follows :—

Ogyris zosine zosine, Hew. (nec Waterhouse & Lyell).

Syn. éberia, 9 form.

The form with both sexes of a dull purple colour.

Ogyris zosine genoveva, Hew.

The dimorphic female of zosine zosine, of a lustrous very

pale biue, occasionally slightly tinged with greenish.

Ogyris zostne duaringa, B-B.

Syn. zosine zosine of Waterhouse and Lyell.

The bright purple male with lustrous greenish-blue female.

My locality is Coomooboolaroo (the adjoining district to

Duaringa). Waterhouse and Lyell’s locality is Duaringa ;

they also give Brisbane and the Richmond River.

390 On the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris.

Ogyris zosine zenobia, 2 form.

A bright purple female form from Brisbane and the

Richmond River.

Ogyris zosine magna.

Syn. xosine araxes.

A very distinct race, the most distinct that I know both

in colour and size—the males being the richest purple and the

females the most lustrous greenish blue, the greenest form

I know.

Localities. Brisbane, Sydney, Illawarra, Dimboola.

I am rather ata loss to know why Waterhouse and Lyell

have included Sydney in their localities, for they say of the

female, ‘‘ Sydney examples are not sufficiently distinct to be

separated as another geographical race.”

It is very many years since my old friend Mr. Waterhouse

and I began to correspond, and, knowing as I do the careful

and accurate work that he has accomplished, I feel sure that

if he had been able to refer again to Hewitson’s types and if

he had borne in mind the rules of the International Code

on nomenclature, he would not have come to some of the

conclusions jiaid down in the recent book, which, in spite of

this, is a most valuable contribution on the Australian fauna,

and one that no students of the Rhopalocera of that region

ought to be without. .

Ogyris halmaturia, 'Tepper.

I only had the g type of this insect before me, so, of

course, could not make the correction the authors refer to ;

there were, however, quite sufficient deviations from typical

otanes, especially on the underside, to justify the use of

Tepper’s name, and I left it with specific rank, with the

express object of drawing attention to these deviations ;

for in the closing sentence of p. 277 of my monograph

T broadly hint at the possibility of Aalmaturia being a form

of otanes, Felder, and I am quite willing to concede it as a

race of that species.

On the Races of Dremomys pernyi. 391

XLV.—The Races of Dremomys pernyi.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE handsome squirrel Dremomys pernyi is now known to

range from the Chin Hills, Upper Burma, eastwards across

the whole of China to An-hwei and Fokien, and it is not

unnatural that in this large area a number of local subspecies

should have become differentiated.

Mr. Glover Allen has recently pointed out reasons for

giving special names to the forms of Ichang and South

Yunnan; and in laying out the Museum series of D. pernyi,

about sixty in number, I find that his races both deserve

recognition, while four others appear to need description.

My attention was first attracted to this question about 1896,

and as so much depended on the identification of the original

Sciurus pernyi, which was said to come from the province of

Sze-chwan, Prof. Milne-Edwards was good enough to send

to us two examples representing the typical form, collected

by Pére Soulié at T'se-kow, in N.W. Yunnan, close to the

western border of Sze-chwan. In Mr. Allen’s papers quite a

different form is taken as the typical perny, and I have

therefore again consulted Paris as to the characters of the

actual type collected by Perny. About this Prof. Trouessart

has been so good as to give me such details as to show that

it is really the same as the N.W. Yunnan form, as I had

hitherto supposed. The grey form considered by Mr. Allen

as typical perny? therefore needs a new name.

The subspecies which I should recognize are as follows,

passing from west to east :—

1. Dremonys pernyi pernyi, M.-Edw.

Rev. Mag. Zool. (2) xix. p. 280, pl. xix. (1867).

Size comparatively large, an adult skull measuring 53°5 mm.

in greatest length, with a facial length * of 27°6. General

colour saturate, rich brownish olivaceous, the postauricular

patches strongly contrasted. Middle area of underside of

* See P. Z.S. 1886, p. 75 (footnote). In these squirrels, where the

length of the nose is of importance, and yet the nasal bones are too irre-

gular posteriorly to furnish a satisfactory measuring-point, the lengths

of “face” and “ brain-case,” as described in the above reference, appear

worthy of utilization,

392 Mr. O. Thomas on the

tail grizzled buffy or brown, varying a good deal, as it does

in all the races, but never clear grey. The buffy colour is

clearly shown in Milne-Edwards’s original plate.

Range. Chin Hills, Upper Burma (Mackenzie), Tengyueh

(=Momein, Western Yunnan (Lowell), Tse-kow, N.W.

Yunnan (Soulvé), Western Sze-chwan (Perny).

2. Dremomys pernyi flavior, G. All.

P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxv. p. 178 (1912).

Size small, the smallest of the forms, greatest skull-length

about 49 mm., facial length 25. General colour distinctly

olivaceous (approaching ‘ deep olive”), not so brown as in

other subspecies.

Hab. 8.E. Yunnan, Moéng-tze (ZZ. Orit).

Seven examples belonging to the original series are in the

British Museum. The type was one of a few specimens

abstracted by a native from the collection and sent to

America for sale.

This is, perhaps, the most distinct from the rest of all the

subspecies by its smaller size, delicate skull, and more oliva-

ceous coloration.

3. Dremomys pernyi griselda, subsp. n.

Dremomys pernyt, G. All. Mem. Mus. Harvard, xl. no. 4, p. 228 (1912)

Size about as in true pernyz. General colour much greyer

than in the other races, back nearly approaching, though

darker than, greyish olive of Ridgway. Post-auricular

patch not very strongly contrasted. Median area of underside

of tail liberally mixed with long greyish-white hairs, which

nearly or quite hide the buffy bases of the lateral hairs.

Skull-measurements of type :—

Greatest length 51°3 mm.; condylo-incisive length 45;

facial length 25°5; length of brain-case 26°5 ; upper tooth-

series exclusive of p* 8-2.

Hab. Eastern part of the mountainous region of Western

Sze-chwan, at altitudes of 9000 to 14,000 feet ; Nagchuka

(=Ko-kou) and Yao-chao (Bailey) ; T'a-chien-lu, Nagchuka,

Ramala Pass, and Shuo-low (Zappey).

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11.10. 3.3. Original

number 6. Collected at Nagcluka, 10,000 feet, 25th May,

1911, and presented by Major F. M. Bailey.

This is the form which, from its occurrence in Sze-chwan,

Mr. Glover Allen identified with typical pernyi ; but, as

Races of Dremomys pernyi. 393

already explained, it is the saturate form of N.W. Yunnan

and the extreme western edge of Sze-chwan which should

bear that name. I myself also originally identified Major

Bailey’s specimen as D. perny?, and may therefore, perhaps,

have misled Mr. Allen.

D. p. griselda is readily distinguishable from all other

forms by its greyish general colour and the long grey hairs

along the underside of the tail.

4, Dremomys pernyi modestus, subsp. n.

Fur rather harsher than in the western and more highland

subspecies. General colour more drabby brown, near

*¢Saccardo’s umber,” the type even approaching “ buffy

brown.” Ear-patches comparatively inconspicuous, scarcely

contrasting at all with the colour of the head. Under surface

distinctly tinged with buffy, especially posteriorly. Middle

area of underside of tail dull buffy.

Dimensions of typical skull :—

Greatest length 52 mm.; facial length 26°5; length of

brain-case 27; upper tooth-series exclusive of p’ 8-4.

Hab, Sui-yang, Kwei-chow.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8. 8.11.41. Collected

April 1898. Presented by F. W. Styan, Esq. Three

specimens.

All the eastern forms of D. prrnyi (east of about 106° E.)

have a more brownish tone than the western ones. D. p. mo-

destus is most allied to D. p. senexw of Ichang, but is a paler

brown, with less conspicuous ear-patches.

5. Dremomys pernyt senex, G. All.

Dremomys senex, G. All. Mem. Mus. Harvard, xl. no. 4, p. 229 (1912).

General colour brownish olivaceous, not so brown as in

the next subspecies or D. p. modestus, not so olivaceous as

in D. p. flavior. Har-patches very conspicuous, usually rich

ochraceous, but white in the type, a variation which occurs

in other members of the genus. Under surface more or less

suffused with buffy, which is specially well marked on the

area in front of the thighs.

Skull-dimensions of type (from Allen) :—

Greatest length 53 mm.; upper tooth-row, exclusive of

; 9. .

Hab. Ichang. Hight specimens in the British Museum,

presented by Mr. Styan.

394 On the Races of Dremomys peryni.

Although none of our specimens have white ear-patches, I

have seen enough examples of this particular variation in the

genus Dremomys to feel sure that Mr. Glover Allen’s type

belonged to the same form as those obtained at Ichang for

Mr. Styan.

6. Dremomys perny? chintalis, subsp. n.

General colour paler than in senex—in fact, of very much

the same more drabby brown as in D. p. modestus,—but the

ear-patches large and strongly contrasted. Under surface

wholly whitish, with scarcely a trace of buffy suffusion, the

area on the inner front surface of the thighs without the

strong buffy tinge so marked in senew and calidior. Ochra-

ceous area round anus smaller and less conspicuous than

usual.

Skull small, scarcely larger than that of flavior.

Dimensions of skull :—

Greatest length 49°5 mm.; condylo-incisive length 43;

facial length 24°8; brain-case length 26°2; upper tooth-row

without p® 74.

Hab. Chin-teh (also written Tsing-t6), An-hwei.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 99. 3.9.12. Collected

29th October, 1896. Presented, with five other specimens,

by F. W. Styan, Esq., to whom, as in other cases, the

National Museum is indebted for much of its most interesting

Chinese material.

This, one of the brown eastern races of pernyi, is distin-

guishable by its small size, pale colour, and the absence of

the prominent buffy patches in front of the thighs.

7. Dremomys pernyi calidior, subsp. n.

General characters very much as in D. p. senea, but the

upper colour a much warmer brown, approaching “ olive-

brown.” Ear-patches mixed white and ochraceous, the bases

of the hairs white and their tips ochraceous. Under surface

whitish, but ordinarily with well-marked buffy thigh-patches.

Skull-dimensions of the type :—

Greatest length 51:5 mm.; condylo-incisive length 44°3 ;

facial length 25°8; length of brain-case 26°3; upper tooth-

series exclusive of p* 8°2.

Hab. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien.

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 99. 3.9.17. Col-

lected and presented by F. W. Styan, Hsq. Sixteen speci-

mens examined,

On a new Genus of Mnthicide (Coleoptera). 895

XLVI—A new Genus of Anthicide (Coleoptera) from the

Islands of Mysol and Waigiou. By G. C. CHAMPION,

F.Z.8.

Mr. Brarr having called attention to the systematic position

of the Australian genera Lemodes, Lemodinus, and Trichan-

anca [Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xi. pp. 207-209 (1913)],

it is advisable to describe an allied genus found by the late

A. R. Wallace in the above-mentioned Malayan islands.

Specimens of this insect were acquired by Westwood for the

Hope Museum more than fifty years ago, and others have

also been detected amongst the Lagriids in the British

Museum.

LAGRIOMORPHA, gen. nov.

Head short, subtriangular, broadly truncated above the

moderately wide neck, the eyes small, rounded, prominent,

inserted at a little before the base, the epistoma transverse,

depressed, confused with the front, and somewhat prominent,

the antennz stout, rapidly widened outwards, inserted be-

neath a tuberculiform prominence at some distance from the

eyes; labrum short ; mandibles short, broad, feebly bidentate

at tip; mentum strongly transverse, supported by a broad

gular process ; maxillary palpi stout, joint 4 strongly securi-

form ; terminal joint of labial palpi stout, ovate, obliquely

subtruncate at tip; prothorax subcampanulate, convex, im-

marginate laterally and at base, about as wide as the head;

scutellum transversely quadrate; elytra long, confusedly

punctate, the inflexed portion almost covering the meta-

thoracic episterna, the epipleura narrow, incomplete ;_ pro-

sternum separated from the propleura by an oblique suture ;

anterior coxal cavities widely open behind the large, conical,

contiguous coxe ; mesosternum long, very narrowly sepa-

rating the middle coxe ; ventral segment 1 as long as the

metasternum, 2—5 comparatively short, subequal; posterior

coxe rather large, well separated ; legs moderately stout ;

tibize finely carinate towards their outer edge, above and

beneath, the spurs minute and scarcely visible; tarsi with

their penultimate joint narrow, deeply excavate above for

the reception of the terminal joint, the claws simple.

Type, L. semicerulea.

The Malayan insect forming the type of this genus would

perhaps be mistaken at first sight for a Lagriid; but the

396 On a new Genus of Anthicidee (Coleoptera).

widely open anterior coxal cavities and other characters

bring it near Lemodes, Boh., and Trichananca, Blackb.,

recently referred by Blair to the Anthicide. The carinate

tibiae and the greatly widened outer joints of the antenne

separate Lagriomorpha from both these genera, the general

facies, too, being very different.

Lagriomorpha semicerulea, sp. n.

Elongate, depressed, a little widened posteriorly, especially

in ¢, subopaque, the elytra and under surface shining, finely

pubescent ; ochraceous or rufo-testaceous, the elytra with

about the apical two-thirds metallic blue, the antennal joints

from 4-6 onward (the rufescent tip of 11 excepted) black

and densely pubescent, the posterior legs with the knees,

tibiz, and first tarsal joint (and in one specimen the corre-

sponding portions of the intermediate legs also) sometimes

more or less infuscate, the abdomen in great part piceous.

Head closely, shallowly punctate ; antenne moderately long,

joint 3 slightly longer than 2, 4-11 more elongate, becoming

rapidly wider, 8-10 very broad, triangular, 11 acuminate-

ovate, much longer than 10, constricted at the middle;

joint 4 of maxillary palpi broader in gf than in ?. Pro-

thorax about as long as broad, rounded at the sides, obliquely

constricted before the base, closely, shallowly punctate, the

interspaces alutaceous. LElytra broader than the prothorax,

more elongate in ? than in 3, slightly depressed below the

base, closely, rather coarsely, confusedly punctate. Beneath

closely, minutely punctate, with scattered larger punctures

intermixed.

Length 53-8, breadth 13-23 mm. (3°? ).

Hab. Myson and Wataiou (A. R. Wallace).

Described from four females and two males, two of the

former, from Mysol, belonging to the British Museum (ew

coll. Pascoe), the others purchased by the Oxford Museum in

1862 or 1863, one only of them (a 4) being from Waigiou.

The males (one from each island) are smaller and less

elongate than the females, and both of them have an

indication of a faint, transverse or curved, pallid fascia on the

disc of each elytron at about one-third or one-fourth from

the apex.

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 397

XLVII.—Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—V III.

By Ricuarp S. BaGnatt, F.L.S.

Suborder TEREBRANTIA.

Family Molothripide.

Subfamily Ororzerprvz.

Orothrips propinquus, sp. n.

? .—Very like O. australis, Bagn., but stouter and larger

(1°8 mm. long as against 1°5 mm.) and also darker in

coloration. The head is shorter than the prothorax; the

maxillary palpi are distinctly 8-jointed, whilst the antennal

joints 3 and 4 are practically subequal, the relative lengths

of joints 3 to 9 being as follows :—

O. propinquus, sp. n., 108: 102: 51: 39 : 28: 20+ 15,

O. australis, Bagn., 104: 82:52:32:24:18:12.

O. tenuicornis, sp. n., 165: 126: 66: 48 : 50: 30: 19.

All legs dark grey-brown; fore-tibize and tarsi a shade

lighter—yellowish-grey-brown. Colour of antenne as in

O. australis. Fore-wings broader than in O. australis, with

the brown markings across middle and tip occupying only

about 0°20 and 0°15 of the total length, the comparative

extent of areas being as follows :—

propinguus, australis. tenuicornis.

Fore- Hind- Fore- Hind- Fore- Hind-

margin. margin, margin. margin, margin. margin.

Clear’ so. 9:0 8-0 5:0 4°5 6:0 6:0

Narles cas, 0 ote 5:5 55 6:0 6-5 6:0

Clears S705 570 30 2-0 5 3°5 30

Danke yen pe ero 35 3°5 3:0 3:0 4:0

Comparative length . 20 ; 16 19

Setz on veins of fore-wings minute.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. AUSTRALIA, Creswick, Victoria; on sweet pea,

Qs only, 17.1.15 (2. Kelly).

Orothrips tenuicornts, sp. n.

9 .—Near O. propinquus, colour of abdomen lighter, and

apical abdominal bristles shorter and more slender. Antenne

more slender and the third joint long, clear Jemon-yellow.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 27

398 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Relative lengths of antennal joints and of the areas of fore-

wing (which latter approximate australis more than pro-

pinquus) as shown in tables under description of O, pro-

pinquus. Maxillary palpi 7-jointed.

Setze on veins of fore-wings minute.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. AUSTRALIA, Healesville, Victoria; 3 ? s from flowers

of Erythrea australis, December 1913 (A. EL. Shaw and

R. Kelly).

Family Thripide.

Pseudothrips achetus, sp. n.

? .—Length 1°1 to 1:2 mm.

Chestnut-brown; fore-lees yellow, femora tinged with

grey-brown and tibiz lightly with grey; intermediate and

hind legs brown shaded with grey, tibie yellowish distally ;

all tarsi yellowish. Antenne with joint 1 light grey- -brown,

2 concolorous with head, 3 yellowish-brown, 4-5 yellowish-

brown to grey-brown and 6 to 8 grey-brown to brown.

Fore-wing yellowish-brown, a shade lighter at base.

Head transverse, about 0°6 as long as broad ; eyes large,

not bulging, somewhat coarsely facetted, pilose; ocelli

large ; no post-ocular or interocellar bristles. Antenne

longer and more slender than in parvus, Bagn., about 2°3

times the length of the head; relative lengths of joints

approximately as. follows:—7: 12:17 (including stem) :

P5215 Lie 3 i.

Prothorax scarcely longer than the head, and about 0°6 as

long as broad; hind margin with a series of moderately

stout sete, but no prominent bristles at hind angles. Wings

pointed at apex ; both veins of fore-wing regularly set with

sete.

Sete at apex of abdomen stouter than in P. parvus, a pair

of short curved dorsal sete on 9, and posterior margin of

tergite 8 not fringed.

d.—Smaller, lighter, all legs yellowish marked with

brown; sternites apparently without transparent areas.

Easily separated from P. parvus, Bagn., by the dark colour

of body, the comparatively shorter head, longer and more

slender antenne, and the absence of prothoracic bristles.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 399

Hab. 8. Austra.tiA, Mt. Lofty Range, Adelaide ; amongst

a tube of thrips from flowers of Acacia myrtifolia and

Epachris impressa, Aug. 9, 1914 (H. B. Poulton), Reg. 41.

Genus PHysoruries, Karny.

a. Seticollis group.

Physothrips setipennis, sp. n.

This species is very closely related to the Western

Australian species, Physothrips seticollis (Bagn.). The

antenne are brown except joint 3 which is clear yellow, and

the base of 4 yellowish.

Head as long as or slightly longer than the prothorax.

Antennze about 2°25 times the length of the head, longer

than in seficollis; relative lengths of joints as follows :—

£2216. 28 (with stem) 226 219. 222 oe 4,

Prothorax with the bristles at hind angles (which are

exceptionally slender and light in colour in seticollis) some-

what stout and dark, about 0°65 the length of prothorax ;

surface somewhat closely and irregularly set with minute

sete. In seticollis these sete are regularly disposed (includ-

ing three widely-seated pairs down the centre), stouter and

about twice the length.

Apical abdominal bristles distinctly stouter and darker ;

ninth tergite with a pair of rather short dorsal bristles,

moderately widely separated and the posterior margin of the

eighth tergite with a close and moderately long» microscopic

fringe.

Upper vein of fore-wing regularly set with sete for the

whole length as in seticollis.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. AusTRALIA, Healesville, Victoria; on cultivated

white briar, 25.1. 14 (R. Kelly).

b. ? group.

Physothrips flavidus, sp. n.

9 .—Exactly as in Thrips flavidus, sp. n., but having the

antennal style 2-segmented.

In this case the type is distinctly of the genus Thrips, and

closely allied to 7. flavus, Schr., and this as well as Physo-

thrips albipes are named in the genus CL alg Ke well as

400 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

in Thrips to avoid confusion by other workers who may

receive only one or other of the two forms. Further materia

may enable us to write upon this curious phase, so far only

noticed in Japanese material.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. JAPAN, Kobe; 1 ? with 7. flavidus, sp. n., June

1915 (J. E. A. Lewis).

ce. Pallipennis group.

Physothrips pallipes, sp. ne

9 .—Length 11-13 mm.

Head and thorax brown lightly tinged with grey, abdomen

black-brown. Antennal joints 1 grey-brown, 2 brown,

3 clear yellow, 4 to 8 brown, with 4 yellowish at extreme

base and 5 inclined to be lighter at base. Legs yellow, the

fore-femora lightly and the intermediate and hind femora

more strongly shaded with grey-brown. Outer margin of

the fore and intermediate tibiee shaded with grey-brown, and

the hind tibie with grey in some specimens. Fore-wings

dark smoky-grey, basal fourth light grey.

Head about 0°65 as long as broad, broadest across cheeks

which are gently arched; eyes large, coarsely facetted, pilose.

Ocelli large, anterior one protected by a pair of rather short

sete. Anienne about 2°5 times as long as the head ; joints

3 and 4 fusiform; relative lengths of joints as follows :—

18:32: 46:45: 30: 42:5: 5.

Prothorax about 1'2 times as long as the head, about 0°7

as long as broad; surface sparingly setose ; hind margin

depressed ; bristles at posterior angles stout, rather short,

not much more than 0°4 the length of the prothorax. Sete

on fore-wings rather lone; three widely spaced sete in

distal half of upper vein ; lower vein with a series of 15-18

and costa with about 30.

Apical abdominal bristles moderately long, a short dorsal

pair on segment 9 ; posterior margin of tergite 8 with a short

irregular fringe.

Easily separated from P. vulgatissimus (pallipennis) by

the coloration of body, legs, and wings.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 401

Hab, JAPAN, Kobe Harada ; on chrysanthemum, 15. xi. 15,

Reg. 128 and 129; Kobe, vi.15, Reg. 126 (J. #. A.

Lewis).

Physothrips albipes, sp. n.

? .—Exactly the same as Thrips albipes, Bagn., but with

the antennal style 2-segmented. Somewhat closely related

to P. pallipes, sp. n. | ,

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. JAPAN, with Thrips albipes, Bagn., Okinawa, Luchu

Is]., on nasturtium, v. 13; Kobe, vii. 13 (J. H. A. Lewis).

Dendrothrips sexmaculatus, sp. n.

? .—Length 0°6 to 07 mm.

Like D. degeeri, Uz., but smaller, approaching D. salta-

trix, Uz., in size.

Head, prothorax, pterothorax, and abdominal segments 1,

and 7 to 9 dark chestnut-brown ; abdominal segment 10

lighter, 2 and 3 grey-brown, 3 posteriorly and 4 to 6 light

yellow to greyish-yellow, the latter three segments each with

_a pair of dark brown spots. Wings dark grey with the

distal fifth (0°2) white or clear. Legs brown to grey-brown,

hind tibize inclined to be lighter; all tarsi yellowish.

Surface of head near base irregularly striate, inclined

towards reticulation; prothorax sparingly and minutely

setose. Antenne about 2°5 times the length of the head.

Segment 1 light grey-brown, short ; 2 dark chestnut-brown,

globular, bigger and much broader than any of the others ;

3 and 4 yellowish, with the slightest tinge of grey ; 5 greyish-

yellow shading to grey distally; 6 to 8 grey-brown; 3 and

4 subequal, relative lengths of segments 4 to 8 approximately

as follows :—10: 11: 11:4: 4;—6 narrowing to style and

narrower than 5, not divided.

Separated from D. degeert, Uz., by the white band at base

of wings, the entire sixth antennal joint, the coloration of

antennee and body, and the smaller size; and from WD. salta-

triv, Uz., by the white band at base of wing, the shorter

intermediate antennal joints, and the coloration of body, &e.

Type. British Museum of Natural History.

Hab. Cuyton, Peradeniya, No. 47/13 (A. Rutherford)

per the Bureau of Entomology. Reg. no. 240.

402 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Genus HUCHATOTHRIPS, nov.

Head not quite as long as broad, broadest anteriorly ;

vertex broadly rounded, with antenne seated below ; a dor'so-

lateral hump or prominence behind each eye. Maxillary palpi

apparently 3-jointed. Antenne with single-jointed style,

7-jointed.

Prothorax about as long as the head, a pair of long mid-

lateral bristles as well as those at posterior angles; antero-

marginal sete rather long. Wings as in Thrips s.s. Outer

margins of all tibice with a patr of long outstanding slender

hairs or bristles near apices and one or two, not quite so long,

near middle,

Abdomen sharply narrowed from segment 8 to apex,

terminal bristles long and strong.

Nearest Thrips (Bagnallia group), but characterized at

once by the italicized features in above diagnosis.

Type. Thrips kréti, Schille.

Genus THRIPS s. s.

a. Flavus group.

Thrips flavidus, sp. n.

¢ .—General colour, shape, and size as in Thrips flavus,

Sch. (as described by Uzel). Antenne about 2°5 times as

long as the head; first joint white, 2 deep yellow tinged

with grey; 3 lighter yellow with distal third grey-brown;

4 dark grey-brown, yellow basally ; 5 dark grey-brown with

basal three-fifths (0-6) sharply light yellow; 6 dark grey-

brown, inclined to be yellowish basally in some specimens ;

style dark grey-brown. Relative lengths of segments 3 to 7

as follows :—30 : 28 : 20: 28: 7.

Prothorax about as long as head, more transverse than in

flavus; sete at hind angles shorter than in 7. flavus (16 as

to 23). Apical abdominal setae much as in 7’. flavus, but

relatively shorter.

¢ .—Smaller and more slender, whitish. Antennal joint

6 with the basal two-fifths (04) distinctly yellow. Highth

tergite with a weakly arcuate series of long slender sete.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. JAPAN, Kobe, June 1915 (J. LE. A. Lewis).

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 403

b. Physopus group. “

Thrips griseus, sp. n.

? .—Size and general form as in T. physopus.

Dark grey to grey-brown; fore-tibia light yellow shaded

on their outer margins with grey-brown ; all tarsi yellowish ;

fore-wings entirely grey, hind-wings lighter. Antenne grey-

brown, joint 3 yellowish and 4 brownish-yellow basally.

5 lighter at extreme base.

Head as in 1. physopus, transverse, with cheeks widest

behind eyes and thence converging to base. Ocelli rather

large. Antenne much as in 7. physopus, but with the inter-

mediate joints comparatively stouter; relative lengths of

joints 3 to 7 approximately as follows :—20 (with stem) :

PR I2% 19: 6

Prothorax wider than and at least as long as the head, 1°7

times as broad as long ; bristles at hind angles moderately

long and stout, 0°45 the length of the prothorax. Legs

moderately stout, hind tibize with a double row of six spines

to apex within. Sete on costa and veins of fore-wings as in

T. physopus, dark.

Bristles at apex of abdomen dark, long and strong, twice

as long as the segments carrying them ; a short and not very

strong dorsal pair on segment 9. Posterior margin of

tergite 8 with a short fringe, the cilia apparently running

in pairs; segment 10 divided above.

Sharply distinguished from 7. physopus by the coloration

and form of antennz, and the colour generally.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. Japan, 2 $s, Kobe, vi. 15 (J. #. A. Lewis).

Suborder ‘T’UBULIFERA.

Family Idolothripide.

Genus GIGANTOTHRIPS, Zimmermann.

1900. Giganiothrips, Zimmermann, Bull. de l’Inst. Bot. de Buitenzorg,

1908. phen Ae Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc, Northumberland

& Durham, n. s, iii. p. 208.

Gigantothrips gracilis, Bagnall.

Panurothrips gracilis, Bagnall, 1. c. p. 208 (1908).

This species is closely relately to Gigantothrips elegans,

404 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera,

¥Zimm., but compared with specimens of the latter in my

collection (ex et teste Karny), gracilis is larger and has the

tube very noticeably longer, about 0°5 as long again as in

elegans (18: 12); viz., in gracilis about as long as the

abdominal segments 7-8 together, and in elegans about 0°75

the length of those segments.

Genus ELAPHROTHRIPS, Buffa.

Idolothrips, Hinds, Bagnall, and others.

Elaphrothrips, Buta, Redia, v. p. 162 (1909).

Genus IpoLorurips, Haliday.

Idolothrips, Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S. W. 1904, pt. 1.

Acanthinothrips, Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland &

Durham, n. s. ili. p. 207 (1908) (and others).

Mr. Froggatt is undoubtedly right in assigning Jdolothrips

marginata and spectrum as 2 and ¢ of the one species, and

I withdraw anything I may have written in 1908 on that

point. I do not agree with him, however, in that J. dacertina,

Hal., is a “smaller and more variable form of the ¢”

(spectrum). Regarding the female marginata as the geno-

type of Idolothrips, I erected the genus Acanthinothrips for

the strongly characterized species spectrum, but being sexes

of one species they must be placed in the genus Jdolothrips,

and the Zdolothrips of most modern authors must be known

as Hlaphrothrips. 'The females of the two genera are very

much alike.

Idolothrips marginata, Haliday.

1852. Idolothrips marginata, Haliday in Walker, Homopt. Ins. Brit.

Mus. p. 1096.

1852. Idolothrips spectrum, Haliday in Walker, Homopt. Ins. Brit.

Mus. p. 1097. ,

1904, Idolothrips spectrum, Froggatt (with marginata (2) and lacer-

tina as synonyms), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. pt. 1, p. 54.

I, marginata, being the first used, would seem to be the

name by which this species should be known.

Idolothrips lacertina, Haliday.

1852. Idolothrips lacertina, Haliday, 2. c. p. 1097.

1904. Idolothrips spectrum (in part), Froggatt, J. c. pt. 1, p. 54.

The ¢, apart from being noticeably much smaller and

more slender than the ¢ of marginata, widely and constantly

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

405

differs in the structure of the lateral abdominal processes, as

may be seen by the accompanying table and rough figures.

Process

segment

Oo ST - ® .ov E169.

I. spectrum, 3.

Approximate

length of

process.

. 5 times as long as

breadth at apex.

» 45 ” ”

=, 4 ”) ”

H 3 ” ”

35 ” ”

,’ 4 ” »

56 ” ”

Approximate length

of spine or bristle

compared with

length of process,

Spine

0°3 as long.

Spine

about 0°45 as long.

Slender spine

0'8 as long.

Bristle

8°0 as long,

Bristle

2°5 as long.

Spine

about 0°5 as long.

Spine

about 0°35 as long.

I. lacertina, 3.

Length of

process.

As long as breadth

at apex.

About 2°0 as long.

About 1°5 as long.

As long.

Slightly longer

than.

About 2:0 as long.

About 2°5 as long.

Fig. 1:—Idolothrips marginata, Hal., ¢.

Fig. 2.—Idolothrips lacertina, Hal., 3.

Left lateral processes of second (a), third (6), and eighth (c)}

abdominal segments.

Length of

spine or

bristle.

Spine

2:0 as long.

Bristle-spine

3'0 as long,

Bristle

6'0 as long.

Bristle

6:0 as long.

Bristle

6:0 as long.

Bristle

4:0 as long.

Spine

about as long.

406 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera,

In lacertina the head is shorter compared to its breadth

and the genal spines are fewer, shorter, and less strong than

in marginata (3), whilst the third antennal joint is approxi-

mately as long (compared to 1:25 times as long in marginata)

as the length of head behind eyes. he surface-setee of tube

are, on the other hand, slightly longer and stronger com-

pared to the breadth of the tube than in marginata.

Ihave an abundant material of these interesting insects,

chiefly through Mr. Kelly’s kindness, and hope in the near

future to make close descriptions of the two species.

Family Megathripide.

This family will probably have to be reduced as a sub-

family of Idolothripide.

Megathrips quadrituberculatus (Bagnall) *.

1908. Idolothrips quadrituberculatus, Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc.

Northumberland & Durham, n. s. iii. p. 210, pl. vii. fig. 9.

A female example sent to me by Mr. Lewis in 1912 is

certainly the species I described as Jdolothrips 4-tuberculatus ;

the tube is present and suggests that the species is a Mega-

thripid. In 1915 I received a g Megathrips which despite

certain colour-differences is presumably the g of the same

species.

? .—Length (including tube) 5°0 mm.

Sixth antennal joint (not described in type) with basal

half yellow ; 7 and 8 black. Antenne twice as long as the

head (which latter is very slightly produced beyond eyes) ;

very slender, excepting the two basal joints; relative lengths

of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—64 :53:43:32:17:15. Joint 2

constricted near base and curved outwards.

Tube long, 1°8 as long as the head, slightly curved up-

wards before apex ; about 6 times as long as broad near

base, and with tip about 0°45 as broad as at base ; sparingly

furnished with fine backwardly directed sete. Bristles at

apex broken off.

6 .—Length (including tube) 4°55 mm.

A darker specimen than the ¢. Fore-tibie brown ex-

cepting at apex and basally ; intermediate tibiee brown except

* In a footnote to a paper on some Japanese Thysanoptera Dr. Karny

mentions eight then-known species, and refers to this as Idolothrips

tuberculatus. I mention this error to avoid confusion, as Hood has

described an Zdolothrips under that name from U.S.A.

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 407

at apex, and hind tibiee brown except the extreme base and

distal third which are yellow.. Antenne more than twice as

long as the head ; relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—

61:50:45: 33:16: 14.

Abdominal segment 6 furnished with a pair of lateral

spine-like tubiform processes at anterior angles, slightly out-

wardly directed but scarcely curved, and not quite reaching

the line of the posterior margin; 8 with a pair of lateral

tooth-like processes near posterior angles.

Tube about 1°5 times as long as head, stout near base but

sharply constricted in the first fourth ; more strongly setose

(and with longer sete) than in the 2. Terminal hairs

short.

Hab. JAPAN, Kobe, 19,1912; 1 g, April 1915, the

latter Reg. no. 139 (J. H. A. Lewis).

Family Phleothripide s. |.

a. Docessissophothrips group.

Docessissophothrips longiceps, sp. n.

9? .—Forma aptera. Length about 5°5 mm.

Colour deep blackish-brown, second antennal joint reddish-

brown (rest of antennze broken off in the unique specimen) ;

all tibiz orange-yellow, tarsi clouded with brown.

Fig. 3,

Head and prothorax of Docessissophothrips longiceps, sp. u.

A. Viewed dorsally. B. Viewed laterally.

Head more than 4:5 times as long as the prothorax and

2-7 times as long as broad at middle ; dorsum gently arched

in profile. Eyes small, finely facetted, not prominent; post-

ocular bristle apparently absent.

Fore-margin of prothorax strongly emarginate; bristles

moderately long, colourless. Pterothorax short; wings

absent.

408 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Abdomen much as in D. major; tube long, about 0°72 the

length of the head, about 5:0 times as long as broad near

base, narrowed in the distal fifth, the apex being about 0°6

as wide as near base ; surface sparsely and minutely setose.

At once separated from D. major by the length of the head,

the non-prominent eyes, and the coloration of the tibia.

Type. British Museum of Natural History.

Hab. 1 ¢, Madeira ( Wollaston).

This makes the sixth species of the genus, each as yet

known from but a single examp!e. Ignoring D. monstrosus,

which becomes the type of a new genus characterized below,

the remaining five species fall into two well-defined groups

as follows :—

1. Length 3:0 mm. or under, head shorter and broader, less

than twice as long as broad; containing ampliceps, Bagn., and

laticeps, Bagn.

2. Length more than 5°0 mm., head longer and 2 to 3

times as long as broad ; containing major, Bagn., frontalis,

Bagn., and longiceps, sp. n.

Genus EGCHOCEPHALOTHRIPS, nov.

Separated from Docessissophothrips, Bagn., by the extreme

form of the head which, viewed dorsally, is as figured in the

original description of D. monstrosus. It is extraordinarily

adpressed and, viewed dorsally, represents the end view of a

stoutish ‘ plate,” with a slight swelling (representing the

cheeks) on each side of the marked carina.

Type. Docessissophothrips monstrosus, Bagnall.

b. Trichothrips group.

Gidemothrips (?) propinguus, sp. n.

@ .—Length 1°38 mm.

Colour brown, the last 4 or 5 abdominal segments darker.

Legs yellowish shaded with light grey-brown. — First

antennal joint light yellowish-brown, 2 slightly darker,

3 brown with basal half clear yellow, 4 and 5 brown with

basal thirds yellowish, 6 to 8 totally brown.

Almost the same as Cdemothrips (?) brevicollis, Bagn.

(Japan) in general form. ‘lhe head is not quite so markedly

convergent behind, the prothorax is not so short compared to

its breadth, and the tube is stouter.

Mr, R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 409

Antenne about 2°4 times the length of the head ; relative

lengths of joints 3 to 8 approximately :—31 : 29: 28: 24:

19 : 14.

Prothorax about twice as broad as long ; sete at posterior

angles widely spaced, somewhat short and stout ; the outer

longer than the inner, about 0°4 the length of the prothorax.

Tube short and stout, about 0°9 as long as the head; 1°45

times as long as broad at base, and 0°45 as broad at tip as at

base; terminal bristles light coloured, about 0°7 the length

of the tube.

Very closely allied to brevicollis, but at once recognized by

the coloration of the body and the antenne.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. AustTrauia, Badger Weir, Healesville, Victoria ;

1 $ on clover, 6.iv. 15, Reg. 120 CR. Kelly).

c. Leptothrips group.

Gynaikothrips uzeli (Zimmermann).

1909. Leptothrips flavicornis, Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Nor-

thumberland & Durham, n.s. iil. pt. 2, p, 528, pl. xiv. figs. 6-8 (from

Madeira).

1909. Phicothrips longitubus, Bagnall, J. c.n. s. iii. pt. 2, p. 5384, pl. xiv.

figs, 21 & 22 (from Java).

1910. Leptothrips flavicornis, Bagnall, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. liv. p. 464

(from Ficus carnosa, Madeira),

1910. Leptothrips longitubus, Bagnall, J, ¢. liv. p. 464 (rectification of

generic position).

Ihave long been aware of the identity of the Madeiran

Leptothrips jlavicornis and the Javanese L. longitubus with

Marchal’s Phlwothrips ficorum from Algeria, and I was

surprised that the above were not included in Hood’s es

list of synonyms in Insecutor Inscitie Menstruus (1912, i

p. 153). I was under the mistaken impression, eee

that I had published a note on the synonymy, and now rectify

the omission.

d. Haplothrips group.

Cephalothrips hispanicus, sp. n.

? —Forma aptera. Length 1:3 to 1-4 mm.

Grey-brown, head and first two antennal joints chestnut-

brown; fore-femora yellowish at inner margin, fore-tibize

410 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

yellow clouded with grey to grey-brown basally and along

outer margin; intermediate and hind tibize shading to yellow

distally; all tarsi yellowish with brown spot. Antennal

joint 3 lemon-yellow, 4 to 6 yellowish to light brownish-

yellow; 7 and 8 light brown.

Head about 1°3 times as long as wide across eyes, widest

just below the middle ; cheeks broadly arched ; eyes slightly

protruding, coarsely facetted, occupying about 0°35 the total

length of head and each about 0°25 the breadth. Vertex

raised; ocelli large, posterior pair on a line across the

anterior third of eyes; anterior ocellus forwardly directed ;

postocular sete short, inconspicuous. Antenne about 1°7

times the length of head, rather stout; joint 3 obconical,

narrower than 2 or 3 to 5,6 and 7 somewhat broadly and

7 and 8 broadly united; relative lengths of segments ap-

proximately as follows:—8:15:14:15:16:15:12:8.

Mouth-cone reaching about 0-7 across prosternum; apex

blunt; joint 1 of maxillary palpus short, about 0:2 the

length of 2.

Prothorax about 0°75 the length of head and about twice

as broad as long. All sete present, colourless and therefore

difficult to discern ; the pair at posterior angles largest, 0-4

the length of prothorax. Pterothorax slightly broader than

width across fore-coxe, about as long as broad; wings

absent; legs rather short and stout; fore-tarsus with a

minute, sharp, but broad-seated tooth.

Abdomen not much broader than pterothorax ; elongate ;

roundly narrowed from segment 7 to base of tube. Tube

about as long as the prothorax, 0°65 as broad at apex as at

base, sides gently and evenly narrowed from near base ;

terminal hairs about as long as tube, colourless except for

basal third or thereabouts. Abdominal sete on segment 9

about 0°8 the length of tube, other sete shorter; all colourless

and inconspicuous. Wing-retaining sete on tergites 2

to 7.

Separated from C. monilicornis (Reuter) by the smaller

size, shape, and coloration of the antennwz, and the shape and

modest or normal proportions of the head. It should be

noted that the Cephalothrips yucce of Hinds cannot be re-

garded as congeneric with monilicornis or hispanicus.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 411

Hab. Spain, Zaragosa; 2 ?scollected (with other inter-

esting Thysanoptera) by the well-known neuropterist, Father

Navas, S.J., 8. iv. 13.

Rhopalothrips froggatt?, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 0°75 mm.

Apterous ; short and broad.

Uniform brown, distal third of fore-tibiz and extreme

apices of intermediate and hind tibiz yellowish-white ; tarsi

yellowish marked with brown ; apex of antennal joint 2 and

whole of 3 yellowish, 4 and 5 a trifle lighter brown than

6 to 8.

Head much as in R. bicolor, Hood, but with the outline of

eyes merged in the cheeks ; scarcely wider at base (where it

is widest) than long; ocelli absent; postocular bristles short,

broad apically, apparently infundibuliform. Antenne short

and stout, about 1:7 times as long as the head, shaped as in

f. bicolor, but joint 6 distinctly constricted at base forming

a short stem.

Prothorax transverse, 0°6 as long as the head, and 2°8

times as broad as long; all usual sete apparently present,

colourless, short, and infundibuliform. Pterothorax short,

transverse, only slightly broader than the prothorax. Legs

short and stout; fore-tarsal tooth strong, sharp.

Abdomen short and broad, narrowing evenly from segment 4

to tube; segments—especially 1 to 8—very strongly trans-

verse ; segment 4 about 7 times and 7 about 5 times as broad

as long. ‘l'ube very short, broad, 0°5 the length of the head,

about 0°8 as broad at base as long and 06 as broad at apex

as at base ; terminal hairs pointed, colourless, and about 0°6

the length of the tube. Abdominal setze short, colourless,

infundibuliform.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford. ;

" Hab. AUSTRALIA, Upper Mangrove, N.S.W.; 1 ¢ and

larve from glands on the foliage of the black wattle

(Acacia decurrens), Sept. 7th, 1900 (W. W. Froggatt).

This, the smallest described species of the suborder, is one

of an interesting collection of Tubuliferous Thysanoptera

(chiefly Gall-causers) made by Mr. Froggatt, upon which

we propose to publish a joint paper; and I have chosen to

describe it now, firstly, that I may name it in Mr. Froggatt’s

412 Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

honour, and, secondly, on account of its general interest in the

light of Mr. Reginald Kelly’s * recent paper “ Observations

on the Function of Acacia Leaf-glands,” wherein he mentions

that microscopic insects, some white (? larval) and others

brown, are sometimes found in the so-called ‘* glands.”

Rh. froggatti, apart from its minuteness, may be distin-

guished by its very broad form, the broad intermediate

antennal joints, the very short and broad prothorax and

abdominal segments, and the short broad tube,’ &e.

Rhopalothrips brunneus, sp. n.

? .—Length about 1°25 mm.

Apterous. Very like R..froggatti, larger and more slender.

Dark black-brown, fore-tibiz yellow near apex, other tibice

and all tarsias in &. froggaiti. Antenne with joint 3 yellow

shaded with grey, 4 and 5 light brown, yellowish basally, and

6 with stem yellowish.

Head asin P. froggatti, about as wide as long; antenne

1°8 times as long as the head, intermediate antennal joints

not so broad compared to their length as in froggatti.

Prothorax 0°75 as long as the head and 2°25 times as broad

as long.

Abdomen elongate, roundly narrowed from segment 7 to

base of tube ; segment 4 about 4:5 times and 7 about 3°8

times as bread as long. Tube about 0°75 the length of head,

nearly twice as long as broad at base and about 0°5 as broad

at apex as at base; terminal hairs pointed, a little more than

0°5 the length of the tube.

All sete as in froggatti, but longer.

Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum,

Oxford.

Hab. AUSTRALIA, Victoria, on Acacia dealbata, 2 96

(R. Kelly).

Sharply distinguished from froggatti by its larger size,

deeper colour, the coloration and more slender form of inter-

mediate antennal joints, the less broad form, &e.

The coloration of both froggatti and brunneus distinguishes

them from the genotype, R. bicolor, Hood.

* Vict. Nat. xxx., Nov. 1913, pp. 121-127.

Royal avo) price 5s. net. ~

A Systematic Catalogue of

HISTERIDE.

By GEORGE LEWIS, F.LS.

By the same Author.

Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera.

Price 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

Tavtor and Francts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

EEE BE RE SE ES IL OS ES EST CT

Price 4d.; Post Free, 43d.

LIST OF BRITISH NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD,

F.L.S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C.,

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA,

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.RS., &e.

With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera :

Limax, Parvatella, Macrochlamys, Pseudokaliella, Kaliella,

Durgella, Eulota, Helix, Alyceus.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, B.C.

Price £7 net, Royal 4to, pp. xlvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates and map.

A HISTORY :

BIRDS OF CEYLON.

Col. Vincent Legge, R.A., F.Z.S., &c.

‘ Taxnor and Fraxors, Ked Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

. ay ie : Bs Page

XL. New Tipulidae from the Malay Peninsula. bch. gr ee ae

Epwarps, ‘&B. A., F. E. ae ee NL Pir ce eee Oe wy ve Me * oe ie a

XLI. A new Species of the avec poder Genus Hyale Rom Nae ;

Zealand. By Caas. Cuttron, M.A., D.Sc., LL. D. F.LS., C.M.Z. 8.

Professor of Biology, Canterbury a Se New Feadatl. rae

XLII. Ants from British Guiana. By W.C. Onawsr, BAL : 3 2 56 j

XLII. Descriptions of new Species of Lpidpars By G. a

Beraunn-Baxer, FGSs PS ce Sel Sisk «ae tare ee ,,: es a

XLIV. Notes on the naa of the Genus Coys. By 6 @. T,

ss an cic PLS) BAS: sn sts Die ere os en " Nis ty - 886

XLY. The Races of Dremonys pernyi.. By OupetExp THomas .. 391 3

. XLVI A new Genus of Anthicide (Coleoptera) fron the Telands aha

XLVII. Brief Reneweaes of new ; Thy tie os VII. ‘By.

‘Ricuarp 8. Baenatt, FLL, 8. Pa Pe! eget Sere ve a HA 397

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may ce addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, shbwent Offi,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

ee PN ee A eee ee an

1 Hieee

THE ANNALS:

- MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

_ wiuuun CARRUTHERS, Pad. oF B.S., EES. BGs

‘ Soci bed E. athe h M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z. .

AND

“WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

é laatis A CONTINUATION OF THE “ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

reisanwen LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH ’s * MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH ONE PLATE.

Illustrative of Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot's Paper on a new Sphingid

and. Hie snoes Butterflies from Africa,

- ONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by. Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris :

pe and Hodges, F iggis, Co., Dublin.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,

Raturalists,

Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS and

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &ec. Also NESTING-BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies

before the breeding Season.

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, &e.

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

A VERTEBRATE FAUNA of the MALAY PENINSULA.

Published under the authority of the Government of the Federated Malay States.

Edited by H. C. Rozinson, C.M.Z.S.

Medium 8vo, with map and text illustrations. Price 15s.

REPTILIA AND BATRACHIA.

Bry GEORGE A. BOULENGER, D.Sc., F.R.S.

Lonpon: Tayror and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

KUALA LUMPUR: SINGAPORE ¢

Federated Malay States Government Press. Kelly and Walsh Ltd.

ARETE NS TS I

~ FLORA OF THE PRESIDENGY OF BOMBAY.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE.,

M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.8., F.2.8., &¢.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA.

Vol. I. Part 1., 8s., Part II. 9s., Part IIT. 10s.

Vol. IT., Parts I. & II. 9s. each, Parts TIL. & IV. 8s. each, Part V. 12s.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

eer eenneel

KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES

OPCANSEC TS:

SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1871-

1877. 8s. 6d. net.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.—SPHINGES sxv BOM-

BYCES. 1892. £1 1s. net. Ie

= haley nape ODONATA. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.

ron and Francis, Se Lion Goa Fleet Street.

Ses” - cece

pea Sete.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 102. JUNE 1916.

XLVILU.—On some of the External Characters of

Cryptoprocta. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

Tue personal observations recorded in this paper are based

upon an adult male example of Cryptoprocta ferow that died

in the Zoological Gardens on Jan. 2, 1914.

Although the Fossa (Cryptoprocta), as befits its im-

portance, has probably received more anatomical attention

than any single genus of Carnivora, no pretext is needed

for publishing an account of its external characters, because

the too brief account of some of its organs by previous

writers has led to the omission of records of interest and

the current descriptions of a few require explanation or

correction.

Second-hand accounts of the animal, such as are contained

in zoological text-books and natural histories, have not been

quoted in the following pages; but to avoid repetition of

titles in the text, I subjoin a list of the principal original

memoirs dealing with its external features :—

Bennett, Tr. Zool. Soc. London, i. pp. 137-140 (1835).

Milne-Edwards and Grandidier, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (5)

vil. pp. 314-336 (1867).

Schlegel and Pollen in Pollen and Van der Dam, ‘ Faune

de Madagascar,’ ii. p. 13 (1868).

Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, pp. 193-196 and 519-520.

Filhol, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, exviu. p. 1060 (1894).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 28

414 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External

Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, pp. 480-437.

Lonnberg, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxviii. pt. 4, no. 3,

pp. 1-10 (1902).

Carlsson, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xxx. pp. 419-467 (1911).

The Rhinarium and Facial Vibrisse.—When Bennett

described the rhinarium of an immature example of Crypto-

procta as small, he gave a very erroneous idea of its appear-

ance in the adult, although it must be admitted that his

standard for size was not stated. As compared with the

rhinarium of the Felide, that of Cryptoprocta is large and

prominent as in most Viverride. Its inferior border in

front is continued downwards as a naked tract dividing the

Fig. 1.

(

QQ o>

= A

“ayy

A. Side view of head of Cryptoproctu ferox, showing the tufts of

facial vibrisse. The mystacials are represented as shorter

than they are in reality, so as not to conceal the two genal

tufts below the eye.

B. Rhinarium seen from the front.

upper lip, but this tract is not marked by a central and

dilatable groove as in most Carnivores that possess it.

There is, however, a shallow groove extending approximately

as high as the top of the nostrils, in the middle of the

anterior surface of the rhinarium. ‘The nostrils are widely

separated, and the lateral narial slits are dilated through-

out their length. The infranarial portions are deep beneath

Characters of Cryptoprocta. 415

the nostril in front—a noticeable non-feline character,—and

their inferior edge extends obliquely upwards, outwards, and

backwards, with a slightly sinuous curvature, and they are

continued laterally beneath the narial slits to their posterior

end. The upper margin of the rhinarium is widely rounded

on each side, and nearly flat on the summit, but for a very

shallow median depression. In profile the apex is prominent

and obtusely rounded.

Carlsson briefly referred to the facial vibrisse, recording

the lengths of the mystacials and the presence of others

below the eye and on the under jaw. As a matter of fact,

the vibrisse are of the normal type found in predatory

Carnivores, consisting of the mystacial tuft, two genal tufts,

and a superciliary tuft on each side and of a well-developed

median interramal tuft below. In this respect Crypto-

procta agrees with the Viverride, Mungotide, Hyznide,

_and other non-feline luroids, and differs from the Felidz

in which the interramal tuft is always absent.

Ear.—Although in his brief description Bennett recorded

the presence of the bursa, the ear was not fully described until

the publication of Miss Carlsson’s paper, where it is pointed

out that the ear does not differ in any essential points from

that of the Felidae. She draws particular attention to the

complete separation of the small annular cartilage” from

the rest of the ear, as in the Felidz, as compared with its

partial severance therefrom in Genetta and Mungos. Her

figure further shows the insertion of the posterior flap of the

bursa behind the rim of the ear and a deep rounded notch

in the anterior flap as in Genetta and Felis. Beyond noting

the presence of the marginal bilaminate bursa, I did not

critically examine the ear in my example of Cryptoprocta.

Feet.—As Bennett originally poimted out, the feet of

Cryptoprocta resemble those of Paradoxurus in having

retractile claws, naked soles, and digits united nearly to

their ends. Good figures of the feet were published by

M.-Edwards and Grandidier, and inexact copies of these were

reproduced by Mivart. Additional figures, with a short

description confirming and amplifying Bennett’s account,

were published by Carlsson.

Since the above-quoted figures represent the digits in

contact, I take this opportunity of issuing new illustrations

to facilitate comparison with the figures of the feet of other

®luroidsI have published elsewhere ; and the description that

follows contains references to some interesting structural

features not touched upon by previous authors.

The fore foot is broader than the hind foot and has more

28*

416 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External

powerful claws. The claws are retractile in the sense that

the terminal phalanx can be withdrawn along the outer side

of the penultimate phalanx, but there are no lobes of skin

constituting protective sheaths to the claws thus retracted.

Although the webs extend at least up to the proximal ends

of the digital pads, the digits are capable of considerable

Fig. 2.

A. Left fore foot with digits spread. pl., pollical lobe of plantar pad ;

e., double carpal pad; »v., carpal vibrissie.

B. Left hind foot with digits partially spread. A/., hallucal lobe of

plantar pad; 2z., double metatarsal pads.

and subequal distension. The webs are quite naked beneath.

The pollex is comparatively long. The plantar pad is

quadrilobate, but the pollical lobe, set behind the postero-

internal angle of the internal lateral lobe, is relatively to

Characters of Cryptoprocta. 417

the other lobes considerably smaller than in Paradoxrurus

(Paguma) larvatus. The edge of the three main lobes,

although sinuously curved, may be described as semicircular

in a broad sense. Behind the plantar pad there is a median

depressed smooth area, flanked by the two moieties of the

carpal pad, the inner edges of which converge posteriorly

and meet. The outer moiety, narrowed distally, where it

abuts against the external lateral lobe of the plantar pad,

is both longer and wider than the inner moiety, which is not

narrowed anteriorly where it similarly abuts against the

pollical lobe of the plantar pad. The two moieties of the

carpal pad taken together are longer than the plantar pad

and almost as wide as it. Above the proximal end of the

carpal pad there is a tuft of carpal vibrisse.

In general features the hind foot, so far as the claws,

digital and plantar pads are concerned, resembles the fore

foot, except that the claws are a little shorter, the hallucal

lobe is larger than the pollical lobe, and the third and fourth

digital pads are tied much more closely together, though

not actually confluent as in Paradoxurus and Arctictis. The

and provided with two broad metatarsal pads or ridges,

separated by a median depression which extends distally

from the plantar pad, but is proximally cut off from the

hairy area of the heel by the broad confluence of the two

metatarsal ridges. The inner of these two ridges is broadly

in contact distally with the hallucal lobe. It is much

shorter than the external ridge, which touches the plantar

pad distally and proximally expands where it runs up against

the hairy area of the heel.

The feet above described are essentially Paradoxurine in

type, and do not differ more from the feet of Paradorurus

than the latter differ from those of Arctictis or Arctogalidia.

They are not Hemigaline and most emphatically they are

not Viverrine, Euplerine, Galidictine, Mungotine, or Feline.

They differ, indeed, from the feet of the Felidze as profoundly

as the feet of any Ailuroid differ therefrom.

The resemblance between the feet of Cryptoprocta and

Paradozxurus cannot be attributed to close affinity between

the two genera. It must be explained as the mutual

inheritance of a primitive feature.

The Anal Sac and Glands.—The area between the root

of the tail and the scrotum forms a vertically elliptical

thickened elevation which is closely hairy at the sides, less

closely towards the middle, and then quite naked. In the

middle of the naked area there is a deep ovate naked

418 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External

depression, at the lower end of which is situated the anus

with its tumid margins (fig. 3, B, C). From the lower end

of the tumid margin of the anus a cutaneous ridge, called

the frenum by Bennett, extends to the lower edge of

the depression. This depression in the anal sac in a

general way resembles that of the mongooses, except that

the anus is placed near the bottom edge of the sac, so that

much the greater part of the sac lies above the anus. The

point is of interest, because in the hyznas the whole of the

anal sac is above the anus. Thus Cryptoprocta, with

respect to this character, connects in a measure the anal

sac of the mongooses with that of the hyznas. Neverthe-

less, the sac in Cryptoprocta is, on the whole, more like

that of the mongooses, because the anus les within the

depression, and the thickened edges of the latter close

completely over the anus, meeting to form a transverse rima

when the tail is lowered (fig. 3, A, as.).

Mivart was, I believe, the first author to mention the

anal glands of Cryptoprocta. In his enumeration of the

characters of this genus (P. Z. S. 1882), he wrote (p. 196) :

‘One pair of anal glands?” But subsequently he asserted

(p. 520) : “There are constantly two anal glands, one on

each side of the anus, in all Aluroids. The glandular

structure may be a transverse band of follicles extending

between the two anal glands as in (at least some) Herpestes,

Crocuta, and Proteles. The anal glands may be augmented to

three pairs as in Hyena brunnea, or even to five pairs, as in

Crossarchus. These glands, together with the anus, may

open into a deep anal pouch, as in the Hyzenide, Crossarchus,

Suricata, and Cryptoprocta....” Nevertheless, from the

text of his two papers in the volume quoted, it is quite

evident that Mivart had had no opportunity of examining

the anal glands of Cryptoprocta. His statement regarding

them must therefore have been a pure infereuce.

Carlsson dismissed the anal glands as follows :—“ Die

glandule anales sind 2, die wie bei einigen Herpestes-

Formen (Mivart, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 520) durch eine un-

paarige Partie miteinander zusammenhangen.” It does not,

however, appear from this passage whether the information

it contains is based upon what Mivart said or upon her own

observations. But it is noticeable that there is neither a

reference to the position of the orifices of the glands, nor

does her figure of the anal sac indicate that point, which is

of importance in view of the very unusual position of these

orifices in Hyena, Proteles, and to a lesser extent in some

mongooses.

Characters of Cryptoprocta.

Fig, 3.

AKAN LA Nyt LH Wie

\ AWAY ni SSM

| ia

Ny i Hi, ee ae

\Wy Ay! WW Ah My it i z ; Pay’

{

ARN IS yeTS

ae WY

rae

SS : SS =

Zo by

SQUARES

SSS

ASSES

A. Inferior view of anal and genital organs of male. 7., root of tail;

as., anal sac closed; se., scrotum; p., penis withdrawn and

showing as a subcutaneous thickening ; pr., orifice of prepuce.

B. Anal sac in centre of elevated area, as seen from behind when the

tail (¢.) is raised; sc., scrotum beneath elevated anal area.

the anus (a.) in its inferior portion.

420 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External

Linnberg also, although he examined the anal sac care-

fully, is silent about these glands. But he described a pair

of valvular orifices opening one on each side of the midd'e

line close to the inferior margin of the pouch helow the

anus (fig. 4, F, d.). Each orifice leads into a saccular

diverticulum which extends beneath the integument in a

dorso-lateral direction beneath and on the sides of the anus

and also inferiorly, where their position is marked externally

by a pair of small, hairy, scrotum-like swellings below the

inferior edge of the pouch on the perineal region “(fig. 4, I, ¢.).

Since Linnberg discovered no normal anal glands, it

appears to me that these paired diverticula must represent

them. In that case they differ from the anal glands of

other Ailuroids in having their orifices widely dilated and

placed side by side below the anus, as well as in the sub-

cutaneous extension of the saccular portion of the gland.

If these structures described by Lénnberg are the anal

glands referred to by Carlsson, it is singular that the latter

author failed to mention the peculiarities above recorded.

If they are not the anal glands of other Mluroids, they

must be interpreted as a special modification of the anal

sac, peculiar to Cryptoprocta.

In the specimen I examined, of which the skin had to be

left intact, I could not find the orifices of the anal glands

in the normal position ; and, not having read Lénnberg’s

paper at the time, I did not look below the anus for the

orifices of the diverticula he discovered.

Lénnberg, however, so far as | can ascertain, did not

dissect the anal pouch, and he speaks of his material as

“not very well preserved,” adding ‘the function of these

pouches is quite difficult to understand or explain....

There were no contents to be seen and no large glands

could be detected. It is, however, possible that the sur-

rounding walls contain small glands, the secretion of which

is stored up in the pouch.” From this it appears that he

did not consider these pouches as the homologues of the

true anal glands, but as secondary reservoirs for secretion

emitted, presumably, by the walls of the anal sac *,

Further testimony of the existence of anal glands in

Crypioprocta and ot the offensiveness of their secretion is

supplied by two independent sources. Telfair, as quoted by

* Owing probably to an oversight, neither of Lonnberg’s figures of the

anal sac shows the anus, although, both in the text of his paper and in

the legend of the plate, fig. 2 is ‘stated to represent the “ cireumanal

pouch inore open, so that the constricted anus can be seen,” as well as

the openings into the “ subfrenal pouch ” (saccular diverticula),

atin

eh oh|

Characters of Cryptoprocta.

SE ~

Me Yee ;

OME ae

421

Lateral view of glans penis protruded from prepuce (p7.), its dorsal

side uppermost. c/., smooth clavate portion ; a., anterior, and

p., posterior portion of s; icular thickening.

. Inferior view of glans penis with preputial sheath ( pr.) cut down the

middle line and turned aside. 0., orifice

of urethra; other

lettering as in A; the two flaps of the anterior thickening (a)

almost closed.

- Portion of glans penis showing the two flaps of

the spicular thickening (a) spread open.

- Dorsal view of glans penis ; lettering as in A.

Two of the spicules enlarged.

the anterior part of

Anal and genital area of young female, adapted from Lénnberg’s

figures and descriptions. c/., clitoris protruding from vulva (v.) 5

t., hairy swelling in front of anal pouch (

anus (d.) and the pair of diverticula (d.).

(All 3 nat. size, except fig. E.)

as.), containing the.

422 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External

Gray, says that the Fossa “has an anal pouch, and when

violently enraged emits a most disagreeable smell, very

like that of Mephitis’”’ ; and, according to Pollen, the natives

of Madagascar declare that, when prowling round the

chicken-pens at night, the animal gives out a fetid odour

which instantly kills the fowls. Though doubtless an

exaggeration, this statement probably reflects the experience

of the natives of the disgusting, very likely suffocating,

nature of the scent described by Telfair.

The External Genitalia—The scrotum is large as in

mongooses and most Aéluroids, not small as in Hyznas.

The remarkable penis of Cryptoprocta was described and

figured by Grandidier and Milne-Edwards and by Carlsson.

But the brevity of the descriptions and my inability to

reconcile them with my own observations suggest that the

organ was imperfectly examined by these authors. I pro-

pose, therefore, to describe it at some length before

attempting to point out the discrepancies between the

observations of the French and Swedish authors and my

own.

The penis is of great length, and in a state of rest the

glans is concealed within a sheath attached throughout its

length to the abdominal integument, the orifice of the pre-

puce opening as far forwards on the abdomen as in the

Hyenide (fig. 3, A). The skin in front of the prepuce is

naked, the prepuce itself and area adjoining it being scantily

hairy.

The glans, lying within the preputial sheath, is of unusual

length for the A#luroidea, and, as has been recorded by

other authors, is provided with along curved bone reaching

from the tip almost as far back as the attachment of the

skin of the prepuce. The curvature of this bone imparts a

dorso-veutral curvature to the glans. The distal portion of

the glans is everywhere quite smooth for about a third of its

length and the smooth area is cylindrical posteriorly, but

exhibits a marked expansion, more marked laterally than

- dorso-ventrally, towards its distal end, but it narrows again

before the tip which is blunt. The orifice of the urethra

opens just beneath the tip.

Behind the smooth part the glans is enormously swollen,

especially laterally, and this swollen area shows a transverse

constriction and is, for the most part, thickly beset with

curved sharp spinules, the points of which are directed

backwards ; but in the dorsal middle line the shaft or axis of

the glans is smooth, except quite at the anterior end of the

swollen portion. The swollen part—at all events, when the

Characters of Cryptoprocta. 423

glans is unerected—is grooved and more or less folded,

suggesting considerable capacity for expansion ; and these

folds are particularly well-developed on the anterior portion

in front of the constriction. The structure of this portion

is peculiar. In its posterior portion it forms a median

inferior angular flap, with the apex directed forwards, and in

front of this flap the swollen portion consists of a pair of

thick flaps or lamine which are directed inferiorly and con-

stitute together a sort of half collar or half sheath round the

posterior continuation of the smooth portion of the glans.

These two thick flaps or laminz are capable of meeting in

the middle line inferiorly in front of the apex of the

triangular flap or of being widely separated laterally. Their

inner surface shows a few spicules near the margin, but for

the most part this surface is smooth, as also is the middle

of the axis of the glans which they overlap. The three

flaps, combined with the median axis of the adjacent portion

of the glans, enclose a space which is probably highly

glandular in the living animal (fig. 4, A-D).

In the light of the facts recorded above, Milne-Edwards’s

description of the penis requires amplification and correction.

He speaks of the distal end of the penis, with its bone, as

forming a very pronounced projection in front and as passing

greatly beyond the orifice of the urethra. From this, in the

first place, itis quite clear that he did not detect this orifice

just beneath the tip of the glans where the bone ends; and,

in the second place, it is probable that he regarded the

channel between the axis of the glans and the two anterior

laminz of the spicular thickening as the orifice of the

urethra. He did not, therefore, perceive that this thickening,

which he correctly designates “la portion renflée du gland,”

consists of two separable laminz; nor did he notice ap-

parently that the dorsal surface of the glans is smooth

almost throughout its extent in the middle line.

Carlsson’s figure of the glans shows a somewhat cucumber-

shaped organ, the distal third of which is smooth and

apically pointed, and the proximal two-thirds thick and

subeylindrical, but gradually thickening posteriorly and

uniformly covered with spicules. Since, however, the

examples of this genus she had for examination were

immature and preserved in alcohol, it is needless to com-

ment further on her brief contribution to this portion of

their anatomy.

_ The significance of the penis in the classification of the

/fluroidea has never been properly appreciated, and since

the penis of Cryptoprocta has been compared with that of

424. On some External Characters of Cryptoprocta.

the Felidz, and even stated by Filhol to resemble it (R. Acad.

Sci. Paris, exviii. p. 1062, 1894), ?t is necessary to assert

positively that no member of the Felidz possesses a penis

like that of Cryptoprocta in any important characters. The

penis in the cats is always short, the glans is conical and

spicular or smooth, the prepuce is close in front of the

scrotum, and there is at most a small bone in the glans.

The only £luroid penis known to me, which, in the length

of the glans and its armature of spicules, recalls that of

Cryptoprocta is the penis of Paguma and Paradoxurus. In

these genera the greater part of the glans is subcylindrical

and covered with spicules above aud below, but it ends in a

short, smooth, styliform point, upon which the orifice of the

urethra opens. This smooth-pointed termination is probably,

I think, the homologue of the very much larger and longer,

smooth, clavate termination seen in Cryptoprocta. Similarly,

the undifferentiated spicular portion in Paguma is probably

the homologue of the very specialised spicular portion seen

in the Mascarene animal. But, despite these somewhat

remote resemblances, it must be remembered that the glans

penis of Paguma and Paradozxurus, long though it be, is

unsupported by bone, as also is the very long penis of

Hyena aud Proteles *.

The external genitalia of the female are no less remark-

able than those of the male, as Lonnberg has shown (Bih. Sv.

Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxvii. pt. 4, no. 83,1902). The very large

peniform clitoris is provided with a bone and armed

anteriorly with spicules. It protrudes from a well-developed

prepuce, about two inches in front of the anal sac, the

urogenital orifice opens just behind the clitoris, and this

orifice, with the prepuce and clitoris, is at the extremity of

a conical, pendulous, and movable prominence (fig. 4, F).

In their general arrangement these parts were compared

both by Filhol and Lénnberg to the corresponding parts of

Crocuta as described by Watson. No other Ailuroid shows

any special resemblance to Cryptoprocta, so far as the

parts discussed are concerned. Certainly the Felidze

and Mungotidee do not.

If the current classification of the luroidea into Felide,

Viverride, Hyenide, and Protelide be adhered to, there is,

in my opinion, no escape from Mivart’s opinion that Crypto-

procta must be ranked with the Viverride, where Bennett

* In connection with the long bony penis of Cryptoprocta, it is

interesting to recall Pollen’s record, made on the testimony of natives,

that these animals copulate after the manner of dogs. So also do bears .

and hyzenas, The method of cats is, of course, totally different.

On a new Rat from Tenasserim. 425

originally placed it. The attempt made by Milue- Edwards

and Filhol, and, comparatively recently, by Trouessart, to

include it in the Felide or in a special family associated

with the Felide must bring about an extension of the

definition of that family or group, with the result that the

definition ceases to be of scientific value. It is significant

that no such definition was attempted. For my part I quite

agree with Lénnberg that the cross-resemblances Crypto-

procta exhibits to other families of Aluroids, coupled with

its own peculiarities, entitle it to rank as a family by itself;

and this family is susceptible of definition as precise as that

of the Felide or Hyzenide.

XLIX.—A new Rat from Tenasserim.

By OLpFieLp THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Epimys tenaster, Sp. n.

Quite like H. cremoriventer, Miller, but much larger. The

fur similarly spiny, the colour buffy or ochraceous with

sharply defined under surface, and the tail similarly well

haired, uniformly brown.

Skull conspicuously larger than that of cremoriventer,

proportionally perhaps somewhat narrower. Supraorbital

ridges well developed, evenly curved, not forming marked

postorbital angles as in Li. surdfer.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 208; hind foot 33°3;

ear 24.

Skull: greatest length 42°3 ; condylo-incisive length 37°7 ;

zygomatic breadth 18°8 ; nasals 16°3 ; interorbital breadth

6°38; breadth across parietal ridges 15-4; palatilar length

17°8 ; palatal foramina 7 ; apper molar series 6°5.

Hab. Mount Muleyit, Tenasserim. Alt. 5000-6000’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 88.12.1.53. Collected by

LL. Fea, and presented by the Marquis G. Doria.

This is one o£ two species put by me under the erroneous

heading of Adus jerdoni, Blyth, in my account of the Fea

collection, the other being a smaller form recently named by

Mr. Miller Hpimys gracilis, and closely allied to EL. bukit.

Hi. tenaster appears to be only nearly related to the Malayan

i. cremoriventer, from which the dimensions given above will

readily distinguish it.

426 Mr. W. F.-Griffitt Blackler on a new

L.— On a new Species of Microtus from Asta Minor.

By W. F. Grirrirr Buackier, M.A., F.Z.8.

THROUGH the courtesy of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, I have

recently had the opportunity of examining at the British

Museum of Natural History a number of specimens of small

mammals collected by me in Western Asia Minor a few

years ago, and presented to the National Collection. On

careful examination of a vole, of which three specimens were

obtained in the vicinity of Smyrna, I have been led to the

conclusion that they represent a new species of the genus

Microtus, although they have at the same time a superficial

resemblance to MJ. guentheri (Alst.), from Marash in Cilicia,

and to M. hartingt (B.-Ham.), from Thessaly, and I therefore

propose to give it the name of :—

Microtus lydius, sp. n.

Somewhat similar to the typical M. guentheri, but distin-

guishable from it by its longer tailand greyish-white belly as

well as by other minor differences.

Deseription.—General colour above light fawn, presenting

a slightly grizzled appearance on the back proper, where

some of the hairs are tipped with black. Flanks more

brightly coloured owing to the practical abseace of black-

tipped hairs, and slightly tinged with fulvous at the lines

separating them from the greyish white of the underparts.

The hairs are all slate-grey at their bases. Underpart of

body, belly, throat, and inner sides of legs uniformly greyish

white ; the hairs all slate-grey at their bases, and white

distally for about a third of their length; but, owing to the

grey of the bases of the hairs showing through to a certain

extent, the general appearance is greyish white to pale grey.

In M. guenthert and in M, hartings the greyish white of the

underside is washed with yellow, giving it (especially in the

former) a decided buffy appearance, which is totally absent in

these Smyrna specimens. Kars moderate, very thinly clad

with hairs along their outer edges. Hind feet moderately

hairy on underside, but not nearly so much as in M. guentheri.

Both fore and hind feet are coloured pale fawn on the upper

side, a paler shade of the dorsal fawn-colour. ‘Tail

relatively short, covered with short hairs, whitish below,

fawn above; it is roughly about one and a half times the

length of the hind foot.

Species of Microtus from Asia Minor. 427

Skull.—It is difficult to compare this with that of M. guen-

theri, as the skulls of both specimens of the latter at the

British Museum are broken and the posterior parts missing.

The length of the molar series is approximately the same.

Pattern of molars about as in JZ. guentheri, but the angles of

the enamel foiding less strongly acute or sharply pointed,

and more rounded, and the dentine spaces slightly wider in

relation to width of the enamel—a fact difficult to explain,

but readily discernible to the eye. This is particularly

evident in the first fold in the upper molar series,

Dimensions of the type (as measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 26; hind foot 18; ear 11.

Skull : Condylo-incisive length 27°6 ; basilar length 24:0;

greatest zygomatic breadth 15°7; width of brain-case 12°0 ;

interorbital breadth 4°0 ; nasals 7°8, palatilar length 13:0 ;

length of molar series 6°5; diastema 8°4; palatal foramina

4°7. The auditory bulle are rather small and _ slightly

flattened on the exterior side.

Hab. Smyrna. Alt. 400 ft. “Trapped in an olive

grove.”

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 5.10.6.8. Original

number 46, Collected September 20, 1905. Presented by

W. F. Griffitt Blackler.

Two more specimens of an adult male and old female were

examined, but unfortunately the skull of the former was not

preserved, owing to having been badly smashed by the trap.

This specimen, caught in January, is larger than the type—

measuring, head and body 122 mm., tail 29—and the colour-

ing is not quite so bright, probably owing to seasonal change.

This vole is distinguishable from J. guentheri and

M. hartingi, the only two species to which it is at all nearly

related, by ‘the complete absence of any yellowish or buffy

tinge on the greyish white of the underparts, the longer tail,

and the colouring of the upper sides of the feet, besides the

slight variation in the molar teeth.

I originally intended making it a subspecies of I. guentheri,

but, on examining the type of MM. hartingi from Thessaly, L

have come to the conclusion that it presents even greater

differences from either of these two than these do from each

other, in general appearance as well as by the characteristics

enumerated above, and I consider it therefore as deserving

of full specific rank.

428 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

LI.— Deseriptions and Records of Bees —LXXII.

By T. D. A. CockerELL, University of Colorado.

Liphanthus sabulosus, Reed.

This insect was described by Reed as a new genus of

Philanthide. Friese and Ducke refer it to Psaenythia, but

it is a peculiar little species, with remarkably long filiform

male antenne, and I am inclined to accept Reed’s generic

name. A specimen from the British Museum is labelled

“ Chili,’ and Mr. Meade-Waldo informs me that Philippi

had proposed a new generic and specific name, which was

not published.

Tetralonia hirsulissima, sp. n.

2? .— Length about 14 mm.

Robust, black ; the head, thorax, and two basal segments

of abdomen with long erect white hair ; sides of face, vertex,

and cheeks anteriorly with black hair; head extremely broad ;

mandibles robust, black, with no orange spot; labrum

covered with white hair; clypeus strongly punctured ;

antenne black, third joint almost as long as next three

combined; mesothorax dull; no intermixture of dark hair

on thorax above ; legs with hair mostly white, but black on

inner side of basitarsi and dark chocolate on inner side of hind

tibize ; hind spurs not hooked; tegule black. Wings dusky

translucent, venation ordinary. Abdomen with white hair-

patches at sides of segments 2 to 5, that on 2 rather small,

the others large, transverse, and brilliant white; other parts

of these segments (except second) black ; apical segment with

shining chocolate hair ; venter with bands of white hair, _

Hab, British Columbia, 4. 11. 07 (Capt. G. A. Beazeley ;

British Museum). It also has a type-written label, “ Toba.”

Among the North-American species it falls nearest to

T. lata (Prov.), described from Vancouver I., but it is easily

known by the long white hair and spotted abdomen, It has

a South-American aspect, recalling such species as J. bi-

punctata, Friese. The locality may be erroneous; could it

have come from Chile, where the bees are so often black and

greyish-white haired? I do not find any 8.-American species

with which I can identify it.

Protandrena scutellata, sp. n.

9? .—Length nearly 7 mm.

Rather slender ; head and thorax black, with very scanty

Records of Bees. 429

pale hair ; pale yellow markings as follows:—base of man-

dibles, upper part and middle of clypeus (but not lower

corners or margin, which are brown), transverse supraclypeal

mark, tubercles connecting with band across prothorax

(slightly interrupted in middle), scutellum (except irregular

anterior edge), and postscutellum. Process of labrum brown,

extremely broadly truncate; clypeus sparsely punctured ;

facial quadrangle broader than long; eyes pea-green ;

flagellum very bright ferruginous beneath except at base,

and red at apex above; mesothorax dull, minutely granular ;

area of metathorax granular, scarcely defined; legs rufo-

piceous, the tarsi ferruginous ; anterior and middle knees and

their tibize at base outwardly pale yellow; anterior tibiz

ferruginous in front ; tegule testaceous, with a yellow spot.

Wings pale brown ; nervures and stigma (which is rather

large) dull red; b.n. falling far short of t.-m.; first r.n.

joining second s.m. a short distance from its end. Abdomen

rather long and narrow, shining black, with broad ferru-

ginous bands at bases of second and third segments, ex-

tending downwards (caudad) at sides, and some red at sides

of fourth; third and fourth segments with very thin hair-

bands ; apex with ochreous hair; pygidial plate large. The

thin scopa of hind tibize has collected orange pollen, Max-

illary palpi 6-jointed.

Hab, Acaguizotla, Guerrero, Mexico, 3500 ft., October,

2 ? (A. H. Smith; British Museum).

Very distinct by the yellow scutellum and postscutellum,

but somewhat related to the Mexican P. modesta (Siniti:).

Chelynia herbertd, sp. n.

? —Length about 6 mm.

Black, with cream-coloured markings. Very close to

C. permaculata (CkIl.), but much iarger, wings strongly

dusky in marginal cell and apical field; instead of spots

above eyes are long transverse stripes (each longer than the

interval between them), mesothorax anteriorly with two

transverse spots, tegule with small light spots, transverse

dorsal marks on third and fourth abdominal segments only

narrowly separated, and none of them as widely separated as

half the length of one. Also very close to C. nyssonoides

(Brues), but second r.n, joining second s.m. nearer end,

wings dusky, vertex and mesothorax punctured about alike,

bands instead of spots on head above, lateral spots on first

abdominal segment not larger than the middle ones, and

other small details.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 29

430 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Hab. Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, 4600 ft., October

(A. H. Smith ; British Museum).

In C. permaculata the mandibles have a large bright red

subapical spot, but in C. herberti this is represented only by

an obscure reddish tint. Both species have a white band

along anterior orbits.

Strandiella ruficornis, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 7°5 mm.

Shining black, slender, with dark fuliginous wings ; head

broad, eyes converging below; face densely covered with

white hair; mandibles bidentate, apical half chestnut-red ;

maxillary palpi 6-jointed, joints measuring in microns (1) 96,

(2) 64, (3) 50, (4) 50, (5) 50, (6) 64; antenne short for a

male; third joint 160 microns long, fourth 128 ; scape rather

slender, curved, with very long hair; flagellum thick, clear

ferruginous beneath except at base; front and vertex strongly

punctured ; a smooth space on each side of ocelli; mesothorax

and scutellum very strongly but sparsely punctured; area

of metathorax triangular, with irregular large rugee ; sides of

metathorax shining and finely punctured ; legs piceous, ante-

rior tibize and tarsi pale reddish brown ini front ; tegule dark

brown, with a very large fulvous spot; stigma large; b.n.

falling short of t.-m.; two s.m. cells, about equally long

(second very long), the second receiving first r.n. some

distance from base and second near apex ; abdomen polished,

with very sparse punctures, a constriction at base of second

segment ; sides subapically with dark hair; apical plate

small and rounded.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony, Dec. 19, 1911 (Dr.

Brauns ; British Museum).

Nearest to S. glaberrima, Friese, but distinguished by the

colour of the antenne and the shining male abdomen. The

insect looks like some small fossorial wasp.

S. longula, Friese, is herewith designated as the type of

Strandiella,

Sphecodes turner, sp. n.

9? .—Length about 8 mm.

Head, thorax, antenne, and legs black, with thin dull

white hair; abdomen bright ferruginous, with the last seg-

ment black and the apical half of fourth strongly suffused

with blackish ; head very broad, facial quadrangle much

broader than long ; sides of face with appressed dull white

hair; clypeus irregularly rather densely punctured, with no

Records of Bees. 431

median groove; mandibles bidentate, obscurely red apically ;

process of labrum very broadly truncate; mesothorax

polished, shining, with sparse strong punctures ; greater part

of scutellum impunctate; area of metathorax with very

strong plicee ; tegule piceous, punctured. Wings dilute

fuliginous, paler at base ; stigma and nervures dark; only

two submarginal ceils, the second receiving both recurrent

nervures. Abdomen shining, with fine and obscure irregular

punctures ; second segment slightly depressed at base ; hair

at apex soot-colour.

Hab. Shillong, Assam, May 1903 (R. Turner; British

Museum).

Smaller than S. fumipennis, and with more of abdomen

red than S, montanus. It is also readily known by having

only two submarginal cells, a character which it shares with

me American 8, (Dialonia) antennarie, Rob., and S. distolus,

ovell.

Exomalopsis perimelena, sp. 0.

? .—Length about 8°5 mm.

Robust, black, with black hair, except that on dorsum of

thorax, which is clear white; mandibles bidentate, with a

fulvous subapical patch ; eyes converging below, but face

broad ; ocelli quite large, in a curve ; antenne entirely dark,

flagellum short ; discs of mesothorax and scutellum bare,

polished and shining, with only very minute scattered punc-

tures ; legs with dense black hair, scopa of hind tibia and

basitarsus very large, dense and compact, but with many long

black hairs projecting beyond the general mass; tegule

black. Wings rather short, strongly smoky; b.n. meeting

t.-m.; marginal cell ending in a point (slightly appendicu-

Jate) away from costa ; second s.m. subtriangular, receiving

first r.n. at its apex ; third s.m. at least as large as first.

Abdomen broad and short, smooth and shining, with black

hair at apex.

Hab. V. del Lago Blanco, Chubut, Patagonia (British

Museum).

A very peculiar species, not a typical Hxomalopsis. E.

herbsti, Friese, is black-haired, with disc of thorax and head

above white-haired, but it has the scopa pale.

Halictus hesperus, Smith.

Bugaba, 800-1500 ft., and Torola, 1000 ft. (Champion ;

British Museum).

auc

432 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Pachuprosopis kellyi, sp. n.

? .—Length about 5 mm. |

Rather robust, but head not enlarged; shining, almost

without hair; head orange, finely and sparsely punctured,

with a pair of very broad black bands passing halfway down

the front from the lateral ocelli; the narrow facial fovee,

interocellar region, and occiput also black ; antennze fulvous,

the short flagellum black or nearly so above; mesothorax

terra-cotta red, the punctures so minute as to be hardly visible

with a lens ; scutellum and axille orange; postscutellum and

shining area of metathorax black; truncation (except upper

part) and sides of metathorax, and pleura except narrow

upper and broad lower part, yellowish fulvous ; legs orange~

fulvous, anterior femora black behind except at apex, middle

and hind tibiee black on outer side, their tarsi brownish ;

tegule pellucid. Wings hyaline; stigma large, black,

obtuse apically; marginal cell bulging below; first r.n.

joining first s.m. near apex ; second s.m. narrow and elongated

above. Abdomen orange, with dorsal region black from

middle of first segment to end of fourth, the orange indenting

the black at sides; a black mark at extreme sides of first

segment ; venter orange.

Hab. Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, on Hucalyptus calo-

phylla rosea, Feb. 20,1915 (R. Kelly ; British Museum).

Quite unique by its peculiar markings ; except for the

venation, it could go in Huryglossa.

AUSTRODIOXYS, gen. nov.

Parasitic bees, similar in form and colour to Diovys, with

two submarginal cells ; eyes bare ; scutellum produced, over-

lapping postscutellum, very broadly truncate, more or less

emarginate in middle, the posterior corners angular though

not sharp, the margin above the corner translucent ; no tooth

on postscutellum ; stigma small, lanceolate ; marginal cell

broad, very obliquely truncate, appendiculate, formed essen-

tially as in Ammobates carinatus (not rounded at end as in

Dioxys); first s.m. more than twice as large as second,

receiving first r.n. very near its end; second s.m. very

broad below, much narrowed above, receiving second r.n.

not much beyond middle ; b.n. going a little basad of t.-m. ;

pubescence minute and appressed, as in Epeolus ; apex of

abdomen broadly truncate, with two large rounded _pro-

jecting teeth, shaped like the tip of a finger; legs bristly ;

no pulvilli ; anterior claws bifid at end, the others simple.

Records of Bees. 433

Austrodioxys thomasi, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 7 mm.

Moderately slender ; head and thorax coarsely and closely

punctured, but shining between the punctures, abdomen

densely rugoso-punctate. Head and thorax black, with faint

suggestions of reddish spots on scutellum, and a reddish tint

on sides of thorax beneath wings; legs bright ferruginous ;

abdomen with the first three segments bright ferruginous,

the others black, all with narrow, apical, pale ochreous-tinted

hair-bands ; face densely covered with pale ochreous-tinted

hair ; antenne slender, rather dark ferruginous ; tubercles,

upper border of prothorax, and parts of pleura with appressed

pubescence, mesothorax with browner hair, not hiding the

surface ; tegule ferruginous. Wings hyaline, slightly

reddish ; stigma and nervures pale ferruginous.

Hab. Argentina (O. Thomas; British Museum),

A curious isolated genus, resembling Diorys, but struc-

turally very distinct.

Halictus etheridget, sp. n.

2 .—Length 9°5 mm.

Black, very robust; pubescence dull white, abundant on

cheeks, sides of thorax, and postscutellum; vertex, disc of

mesothorax, and posterior border of scutellum with black

hair; head extremely broad; clypeus shining, with rather

widely separated large punctures, and a deep median sulcus

which extends upward over supraclypeal area; mandibles

black, reddish at extreme tip ; antennz black, scape very

long, flagellum short; front dull and granular ; mesothorax

shining but quite densely punctured, the punctures large and

very minute ; scutellum distinctly bigibbous, with minute

punctures and scattered larger ones; metathorax sharply

truncate, the basal area poorly defined, with dense, wrinkled,

labyrinthiform ruge all over; mesopleuree finely striate ;

spurs pallid; tegule piceous. Wings dusky ; stigma rather

small, dull reddish, nervures fuscous ; second s.m. quadrate,

very broad ; first r.n. meeting second t.-c.; outer r.n, and

t.-c. very slender; third s.m. short. Abdomen shining,

finely and evenly punctured, including broad apical depressed

part of segments; no hair-bands or patches, but a fine pale

pruinosity due to thin hair; hair surrounding caudal rima

dark fuscous ; venter with only short stiff hair, but collecting

pollen toward base.

434 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, Dec. 23, 1913-Jan. 23,

1914 (AR. E. Turner ; British Museum).

Distinctly Hahetus, not Parasphecodes; recognized at

once among the large black species by the sculpture and

sulcate clypeus.

Euryglossa ruberrima, Ckll.

? .—Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, on Eucalyptus calo-

phylla rosea, Feb. 20, 1915 (RA. Kelly).

The metathorax varies to entirely black. A characteristic

feature of this species is the pair of large reddish-fulvous

spots at sides of fifth abdominal segment.

Euryglossa perpulchra, sp. n.

&.—Length about 5 mm.

Head and thorax black, with thin, rather long, dull white

hair ; mandibles white, ferruginous at apex; labrum pale ;

head broad, with very large eyes, which converge above, the

inner orbits strongly arched outward; face depressed ;

clypeus shining, finely punctured; front dull, except the

pronounced median sulcus and a line along orbits, which are

shining ; scape black, with a yellow spot at end; flagellum

extremely short, subclavate, pale yellow, with the apical half

above and nearly as much below dark brown; mesothorax

polished, with a large square yellow patch in front, and

yellow lateral margins above the tegulz ; scutellum, axille,

and stripe on postscutellum (broad in middle) clear canary-

yellow; tubercles and a small mark behind yellow; legs

clear canary-yellow, anterior tibiew short ; tegule hyaline,

with a yellow patch. Wings perfectly clear, the large

stigma and the nervures almost colourless; first s.m. at least

twice as large as second, the latter subquadrate. Abdomen

bright canary-yellow above and below, without spots or

bands, but with a faint reddish suffasion beyond the middle.

Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, 1914 (R. £.

Turner; British Museum).

A remarkable and very beautiful species, most like £.blanda,

Sm., but very different by the thoracic markings &c.

Euryglossina sulphurella, var. perlutea, var. n.

Entirely bright canary-yellow, the head and thorax above

with variable faint reddish suffusion.

Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, 1914 (R. EZ.

Turner ; British Museum).

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 435

The original specimens of 2. sulphurella have the head

bright yellow, but the thorax and abdomen very pale ; they

appear to be immature, and possibly should show brighter

colours.

Prosopis fulvicornis, Smith.

This species has been rediscovered at Kalamunda, Feb. 9-

28, 1914, and March 1-11, 1914 (850 ft.), by Mr. R. E.

Turner. Smith’s description is good, but the sex described

is male, not female, and the yellow spot on anterior femora

is at the apex, not at the base. The second s.m. is very

broad (long). The type of fulvicornis was in the Bualy

collection, and until now the species has not been represented

in the British Museum.

Prosopis elongata, Smith.

Kalamunda, Feb. 9-28 (R. EL. Turner; British Museum).

‘The wings are dusky and the second s.m. is not especially

long.

LII.—Notes on Fossorial Hymenopteran—XXII. On new

Ethiopian Species. By Rowianp KE. Turner, F.Z.S.,

F.E.S.

Family Psammocharide.

Genus Batrozonus, Ashm.

Batozonus, Ashm. Canad. Entom, xxxiv. p. 81 (1902).

Heteronyx, Sauss. Soc, Entom. ii. p. 3 (1887) (nom. preoce.).

The type of Batozonus is B. algidus, Sm., that of Heter-

onyx is H. madecassus, Sauss. ‘The tarsal ungues are bifid

in the male, but in the female the ungues of the fore tarsus

only are bifid, the others being unidentate. The cubitus of

the hind wing originates before the transverse median nervure

in both sexes, and the third cubital cell is always shorter than

the second on the radius, often almost quadrate. The middle

joints of the flagellum are strongly arcuate beneath in the

male. The differences between the sexes are very striking

in this genus.

436 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Key to the Ethiopian Species of Batozonus.

22.

1. Cubitus of hind wing originating at a

distance before the transverse median

nervure equal to more than half of the

length of the third joint of the Hagellum. B. fuliginosus, Klug.

Cubitus of the hind wing originating at a

distance before the transverse median

nervure scarcely exceeding one-eighth

of the length of the third joint of the

yt laweklmay Piri: Gass 2 <4 e's wis eho feinta pace ees 2.

2. Wings yellow, with a “broad fuscous or

fusco-violaceous apical margin ........ B. capensis, Dahlb.

Wings black flushed with Bie ek ‘

3. Legs bright fulvo-ferruginous .......... 4,

Legs black, fore legs sometimes partly

PUBCO=ferrUPINOUS 5%. cies wwe s eine a laeers .. B. separabilis, Turn.

4, Pronotum and scutellum yellow ........ B. capensis, Dahlb., var.

Thorax entirely black...... Swath sae Mays B. gowdeyi, Turn.

3d.

1. Cubitus of the hind wing originating at

a distance before the transverse median

nervure equal to more than half of the

leneth of the third joint of the flagellum. B. fuliginosus, Klug.

Cubitus of the hind wing originating at

a distance before the transverse median

nervure never exceeding one-third of the

length of the third joint of the flagellum.

: Wings flavo-hyaline, with a fuscous mar-

gin; frontal carina not strongly raised ;

clypeus with a median carina ONE xieh ic, B, capensis, Dahlb.

Wings fuscous flushed with blue; frontal

carina very high and sharp ; clypeus with

an oblique carina on each side from near

ATG RSE ake oS elelg ass 1e Wintors even amas ie 3.

3. Legs fulvo-ferruginous; dorsal surface of

BENPeUU CONFER co cineee css eaten B, gowdeyi, Turn.

Legs black, fore legs only ferruginous;

dorsal surface of scutellum flat ...... »» B, separabilis, Turn.

Batozonus separabilis, sp. n,

anticis, femoribus anticis apice, tarsisque anticis basi fusco-ferru-

gineis; flagello, articulis tribus apicalibus exceptis, fulvo; alis

nigro-ceruleis.

3. Niger; capite, pronoto, mesonoto, tegulis, scutello pedibusque

Sean cardi ferrugineis ; flagello supra infuscato; alis fusco-

ceruleis, cellulis apicali discoidalique secunda subhy alinis,

Long., 2 17-19 mm., ¢ 13-14 mm.

Var. 2. Pedibus anticis fere omnino nigris.

Var. ¢. Scutello nigro.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 437

?. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex; the labrum

very shallowly emarginate at the apex and divided by a deep

longitudinal sulcus. Second joint of the flagellum long,

about half as long again as the third; eyes reaching the base

of the mandibles, distinctly divergent towards the clypeus,

separated on the vertex by a distance about equal to the

length of the third joint of the flagellum. Pronotum widely

arched posteriorly, not angulate in the middle; the anterior

angles very broadly rounded. Scutellum with a flat dorsal

surface, narrowly rounded at the apex; median segment

gradually sloped posteriorly, without a median sulcus. Sixth

dorsal segment broadly rounded at the apex and _ thinly

clothed with long black hairs. ‘Third abscissa of the radius

shorter than the second, a little shorter than the second

transverse cubital nervure; second recurrent nervure received

beyond the middle of the third cubital cell ; basal nervure

of the fore wing interstitial ; cubitus of the hind wing origin-

ating just before the tiansverse median nervure. Fore tarsi

with a long comb, three spines on the basal joint. Ungues

of the fore tarsi bifid, of the others unidentate.

3. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, subcarinate

longitudinally in the middle; from the base a low carina

branches towards the anterior angles, but does not extend

to them. Labrum rounded at the apex, without a sulcus. A

very high sharp carina between the antenne extending to

the base of the clypeus. Front marked with an arched low

carina on each side below the anterior ocellus, the area below

the carinz slightly concave. The joints of the flagellum

from the fifth to the ninth are strongly arcuate beneath, the

second joint is equal to the third. Pronotum arcuate on the

posterior margin, rather strongly narrowed infront. Seventh

ventral segment with a longitudinal carina. Third abscissa

of the radius shorter than in the female, being scarcely more

than half as long as the second transverse cubital nervure.

All the tarsal ungues bifid.

Hab. Mlanje, Nyasaland, October to March (S.A. Neave) ;

Usagara District, German East Africa, 2500 ft., December

(S. A. Neave).

The female of this species closely resembles the tropical

form of B. fuliginosus, Klug, and, like that species, varies

much in the colour of the antennee and front; it may, how-

ever, at once be distinguished by the great difference in the

point of origin of the cubitus of the hind wing, which in

fuliginosus is separated from the transverse median nervure

by a distance exceeding half the length of the third joint of

the flagellum, whereas in separabilis the distance does not

438 Mr. R, E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

exceed one-eighth of the length of that joint. The male is

very different from fuliginosus, and though it differs much

from the female, the sexual dimorphism is not as marked as

in that species,

Batozonus gowdey?, sp. n.

9. Nigra; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis ; femoribus, tibiis tarsisque

ferrugineis ; alis nigro-ceruleis.

3. Niger; mandibulis, clypeo, fronte, orbitis posticis, femoribus,

tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; flagello subtus fusco-ferrugineo ;

pronoto margine posteriore fascia obliqua utrinque flava; alis

fusco-purpureis.

Long., 2 15-17 mm., ¢ 13-15 mm.

9. Except in colour this species strongly resembles

B. separabilis, but has the scutellum more strongly com-

pressed, without a flat dorsal surface, and distinctly longi-

tudinally carinate in the middle ; the clypeus is transverse at

the apex; the labrum without a sulcus and very narrowly

notched in the middle ; the two apical dorsal segments more

finely punctured.

3+ The differences between this and the male of separa-

bilis are mostly in colour, but the scutellum is much more

strongly compressed in gowdeyt.

Hab. Uganda, Mabira Forest, July (C. G. Gowdey) ;

Tero Forest, July (C. G. Gowdey) ; Tero Forest, 3800 ft.,

September (S. A. Neave) ; Bugoma Forest, Unyoro, 3700 ft.,

December (S. A. eave).

A single specimen labelled “ West Africa” from F. Smith’s

collection.

‘This is very near separabilis, and will doubtless prove to

be the western representative of that species; but the diffe-

rence in the form of the scutellum seems to be a sufficient

specific distinction.

Batozonus capensis, Dahlb.

Pompilus capensis, Dahlb. Hymen. Europ. i. p. 49 (1848). 9.

Pompilus ancyloneurus, Cam, Ann. Transvaal Mus. ii. p. 128 (1910).

A variety of the female from Magadi Junction, British

East Africa, has the wings fuscous flushed with blue. The

male from the same locality is normal.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 439

Batozonus fuliginosus, Klug.

Pompilus fuliginosus, Klug, Symb. physic. t. xxxviii. fig. 6 (1834). 2.

Pompilus festivus, Klug, Symb. physic. t. xxxviii. fig. 8 (1834). ¢.

Pompilus bretonii, Guér. Mag. de Zool. xiii. p. 4 (1843). 2 (nec ¢).

Pompilus vindicatus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iii. p. 142 (1855). 9.

Pompilus tridipennis, Sm. Descr. New Species Hymen. p. 144 (1879).

fe)

Pompilus sepulchralis, Sm. Descr. New Species Hymen. p. 145 (1879).

Priocnemis atlanticus, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 408

(1884). 9 (nec 3).

Pompilus solanus, Kohl, Jahrb. wiss. Anstalt. Hamburg, x. p. 184

(1893). 9.

Pompilus contentiosus, Grib. Ann, Mus, Civ. Genova, xxi. p. 305

(1884). 9.

Anoplius o’neili, Cam, Rec, Albany Mus. i. p. 127 (1904). ¢.

This is distinguished from the other Ethiopian species of

Batozonus by the great distance between the point of origin

of the cubitus of the hind wing and the transverse median

nervure. The female in tropical Africa always has the wings

black flushed with blue, the abdomen entirely black, and the

antennz varying from yellow to black. But the typical

form figured by Klug has the wings yellow-brown with a

fuscous margin and a dull yellow band at the base of the

second dorsal segment; this is the Saharan form, having

been described by Klug from Dongola; it was also obtained

by Wollaston from Sal Island in the Cape Verde Group,

though the usual tropical form was described by Kirby from

St. Vincent in the western part of the same group. The

ground-colour of the male abdomen varies from black to dull

ferruginous. The species seems to range over the whole of

Africa except the extreme north, and is represented in

Madagascar by the nearly allied B. madecassus, Sauss. In

India it is replaced by the allied B. unifasciatus, Sm.

Family Crabronida.

Subfamily Srzzrvz.

Stizus lughensis, Magr.

Stizus lughensis, Magy. Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, xxxix. p. 606 (1898),

. Nigra; mandibulis basi, labro, clypeo dimidio apicali, orbitis

internis et externis latissime, fronte sub antennis, scapo subtus,

pronoto margine posteriore, postscutello, segmento dorsali primo

macula parva transyersa utrinque, secundoque fascia lata inter-

rupta flavis; clypeo dimidio basali, antennis, pronoto, mesonoto

440 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

lateribus, tegulis, scutello, segmentis ventralibus, segmentis

dorsalibus primo, quinto sextoque, segmento secundo basi, pedi-

busque ferrugineis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, apice late hyalinis, cellula

radiali fusca, venis nigris.

Long. 24 mm.

?. Apical joint of the flagellum conical, fully as long as

the penultimate ; clypeus with a few shallow punctures on

the apical half, the basal half with closer and smaller pili-

ferous punctures. Inner margin of the eyes almost parallel.

Scutellum with a large puncture or depression near the

middle, as in S. ruficornis ; thorax finely and closely punc-

tured. First dorsal segment much more finely punctured

than the rest of the abdomen; sixth dorsal segment very

finely and not very closely punctured, rather narrowly

rounded at the apex. [First transverse cubital nervure

straight.

flab. Bohotle, Somaliland (Appleton).

This is very near S. ruficornis, but differs much in the

colour of the wings and abdomen. The sixth dorsal segment

is also more finely and sparsely punctured, and is rather

more narrowly rounded at the apex, and the pygidial area

more clearly defined. ‘The punctures of the clypeus are also

less distinct.

Stizus ritseme, Handl.

Stizus ritseme, Handl. Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, civ. p. 1000

(1895). @.

Hab. Morin, N. Nigeria, April (J. W. Scott Macfie).

A single female in the British Museum.

Stizus multicolor, sp. n.

3. Ferrugineus; mesonoto, mesopleuris, segmento mediano basi

late, segmento dorsali primo apice, secundo basi late, tertioque

basi nigris ; clypeo, labro, fronte sub antennis, scapo subtus, pro-

noto margine posteriore, postscutello fascia apicali, segmento

mediano fascia interrupta transversa, segmento dorsali primo

macula parva utrinque, segmentis 2-5 fascia lata interrupta,

sextoque dimidio basali flavis; alis hyalinis, venis ferrugineis,

cellulis radiali cubitalibusque secundo tertioque infuscatis.

Q. Mari simillima, segmentis dorsalibus secundo tertioque basi

ferrugineo-maculatis, fasciis flavis latissime interruptis.

Long., dg 18 mm., 9 21 mm.

g. Clypeus widely but not deeply emarginate ; eyes

parallel on the inner margin ; apical joint of the flagellum

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 441

no longer than the penultimate, slightly curved and excavate

beneath, very blunt at the apex; thorax and the whole

abdomen finely and closely punctured ; seventh dorsal seg-

ment narrowly rounded at the apex ; first transverse cubital

nervure curved ; second abscissa of the radius as long as

the first.

9. Apical joint of the flagellum very blunt at the apex ;

scutellum without a median depression; the whole insect

more finely punctured than the male, the punctures on the

first dorsal segment microscopic; sixth dorsal segment

closely and not finely punctured, clothed with very short

fulvous sete, narrowly rounded at the apex, the margins of

the pygidial area not elevated. Basal joint of the anterior

tarsi with six spines.

Hab. Uganda; Elephant Camp, Toro, November, 4 ¢ ¢

(R. E. McConnell); Semliki Plains, near southern shore of

Lake Albert, 2200 ft., November, 2 2 ? (S. A. Weave).

In the form of the female sixth dorsal segment, which is

produced and narrowly rounded at the apex, this resembles

S. rubellus, Turn., but in that species the cloud on the fore

wing is very faint and does not extend beyond the radial cell ;

the apical joint of the flagellum is also blunter in multicolor

and the yellow markings very different, also the fulvous sete

of the sixth dorsal segment. Jn S. ferrugineus, Sm., the

clypeus is more deeply emarginate. Handlirsch gives ferru-

gineus as a synonym of zonatus, Klug, but this is quite wrong

in my opinion,

Stzus rubroflavus, sp. n.

subtus, pronoto margine posteriore, segmento dorsali primo

macula utrinque, segmentis 2-5 dorsalibus et ventralibus fascia

late interrupta, segmentoque dorsali sexto macula magna utrinque

flavis; alis hyalinis, venis testaceis, cellula radiali leviter

infumata.

Long. 20 mm.

? . Clypeus broad, deflexed from the middle and widely

emarginate at the apex, the basal portion subcarinate in the

middle and smooth, the apical portion and the labrum

coarsely but shallowly punctured. Frontal scutellum be-

tween the antenne and the base of the clypeus short, about

twice as broad as long. ‘Thorax almost smooth; scutellum

without a median depression ; median segment closely punc-

tured. Abdomen shining, the two basal segments almost

smooth ; the apex of the third and the whole of the fourth

442 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera:

and fifth finely and closely punctured ; sixth dorsal sezment

more distinctly punctured, rather broadly rounded at the

apex, the pygidial area distinct but without strongly raised

sides. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with seven long spines.

Second abscissa of the radius much shorter than the first ;

the curvature of the first transverse cubital nervure very

distinct.

Hab. Gambia (Simpson), March.

This is not the female of ferrugineus, Sm., which occurs in

the same locality. ‘That species was described from a male

in which the first transverse cubital nervure is straight; the

female of ferrugineus is very similar in colour to rubroflavus,

but has the mesonotum black and has ‘a median depression on

the scutellum, the clypeus is not deflexed from the middle and

is more sparsely punctured, and the puncturation of the

thorax and abdomen, though fine, is much more distinct than

in rubroflavus. Both species are on the wing in March.

Stizus aurifluus, sp. n.

@. Nigra; clypeo, labro, mandibulis basi, fronte sub antennis,

pronoto margine posteriore, segmento dorsali primo macula trans-

versa utrinque, segmentis dorsalibus 2—5 fascia lata interrupta

flavis; capite, antennis, pronoto, mesonoto lateribus, scutello,

segmento mediano, pygidio pedibusque ferrugineis ; pygidio apice

dense aureo-sericeo; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; costa late

infuscata.

Long. 25 mm,

?. Clypeus broadly emarginate, the emargination slightly

angular in the middle; inner margin of the eyes almost

parallel; apical joint of the antennz conical, as long as the

penultimate. Thorax finely and very closely punctured,

scutellum without a median depression ; pubescence long and

greyish, more dense on the median segment than elsewhere.

Abdomen closely and very distinctly punctured ; sixth dorsal

segment more closely punctured, clothed with ferruginous

pubescence at the base, with shining golden pubescence at the

apex, with a well-marked pygidial area, very broadly rounded

at the apex. Basal joint of the fore tarsi with eight stout

but not very long spines. Second abscissa of the radius

shorter than the first; the costa thickened and forming a

very distinct rounded stigma at the base of the radial cell.

Hab. Yapi, Gold Coast (Simpson).

This is very near chrysorrheus, Handl., but differs from

§.-African specimens sent by Dr. Brauns under that name in

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 443

the much broader pygidial area, the much stronger punctura-

tion of the abdomen, the colour of the nervures, and the

costal infuscation, which in chrysorrhwus is confined to the

radial and second and third cubital cells, the more clearly

defined stigma, and the more deeply emarginate clypeus.

The spines of the basal joint of the fore tarsus are shorter and

more numerous than in chrysorrhaus.

S. marshalli, Turn., is also near chrysorrheus, but has the

pvgidial area ‘much less distinct and also somewhat broader,

with the golden pubescence almost absent ; the colouring,

especially on the first dorsal segment, is also different. A

variety of chrysorrhaus from Marsabit, British East Africa,

has the basal dorsal segment ferruginous in the middle

in both sexes, but appears to be identical otherwise. It is

possible that S. aurifluus may prove to be the female of

S. tenutcornis, Sm., but the colour of the wings is different.

Stizus neavei, Turn.

Stizus neavet, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. p. 343 (1912).

This species, from North Rhodesia, is nearly allied to the

South-African Sazus imperialis, Handl., but may be distin-

guished by the deeply emarginate clypeus as well as by the

less extensive yellow markings. The seventh tergite of the

male is much narrower than in S. ¢mperialis.

Stizus franzi, nom. nov.

Stizus neavet, Kohl, Rev. Zool. Afric. iii. 1, p. 209 (1913). 2 (nee

Turner),

There is a single specimen of the female in the British

Museum from Kambove, Katanga, 4000-5000 ft., taken by

Neave in June 1907.

Stizus simpsoni, sp. n.

@. Nigra; clypeo, labro, antennis, fronte sub antennis, pronoto,

tegulis, mesopleuris, mesonoto lateribus, scutello, postscutello,

seemento mediano pedibusque fusco-ferrugineis; alis anticis

fusco-violaceis, basi usque ad aream discoidalem primam hyalinis,

margine lato apicali hyalino aream cubitalem tertiam haud attin-

gente; alis posticis dimidio basali hyalinis ; segmento mediano

nigro-piloso,

Long. 21 mm.

9. Eyes converging towards the clypeus, separated at the

444. Mr. R. EK. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

base of the clypeus by a distance almost equal to the com-

bined length of the second and third joints of the flagellum.

Thorax very closely punctured; median segment more

deeply punctured than the thorax, without an impressed

median line, clothed with short, erect, black hairs. First

dorsal segment finely and rather closely punctured, the four

following segments more closely punctured; sixth dorsal

seoment with very sparse and large setigerous punctures,

narrowly truncate at the apex, the lateral margins near the

apex distinctly carinate. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with

seven spines.

Hub. Yapi, Gold Coast (Simpson).

This may be distinguished from all other species of the

tridentatus group with similar colouring of the wings by the

black hairs of the median segment. From fenestratus, Sm.,

which occurs in the same district, it is also distinguished by

the puncturation of the first dorsal segment, by the very

different sculpture of the sixth dorsal segment, and colour-

differences. The colour of the abdomen separates it from

pectlopterus, Handl., mioni, Guér., and amenus, Sm. The

sculpture of the sixth dorsal segment seems to be peculiar to

this species, all other allied species having that segment

much more closely punctured.

Stizus klugii, Sm.

Larra apicalis, Klug, Symb. phys. tab. xlvi. fig. 13 (1845). 9.

Larra klugii, 5m, Cat. Hym. B.M. iy. p. 345 (1856).

A female specimen from Magadi Junction, British East

Africa, has the two apical dorsal segments yellow-brown,

with the sides of the third and fourth segments and a spot on

each side near the apex of the second segment yellow. I

look on this as a colour-variety only, though it may possibly

be of subspecific importance.

Subfamily Larrrz,

Tachytes admirabilis, sp. n.

®. Nigra; fronte argenteo-pubescente, abdomine segmentis dor-

salibus aureo-pubescentibus, area pygidiali fusco-aureo-setosa ;

alis anticis infuscatis, posticis subhyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 23 mm,

@. Clypeus scarcely convex, the apical margin almost

transverse, very finely and closely punctured, with a few

large scattered punctures, clothed with short silver pubes-

, pence eee

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 445

cence, slightly deflexed from the middle to the apex. Eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance nearly equal to the

combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

second joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the third.

Median segment more than half as long again as the

scutellum, with a very obscure impressed median line; the

posterior slope rather indistinctly transversely striated, with

a deep median sulcus ; pubescence of the thorax and median

segment greyish and very sparse. Dorsal surface of the

abdomen densely covered with golden pubescence, which is

denser and brighter on the apical than on the basal half of

the segments; apical half of the fifth dorsal segment and

basal half of the first without golden pubescence. Pygidial

area elongate, very narrowly rounded at the apex, densely

clothed with short setze, which change according to the light

from fulvous-gold to black. Second ventral segment shining,

with sparse and fairly large punctures. Basal joint of the

fore tarsus with six spines. Second abscissa of the radius a

little longer than the third, both being distinctly longer than

the space between the two recurrent nervures.

Hab. Uganda; Eastern Mbale district, S. of Mt. Elgon,

3700 ft., August 2-5 ; Mbale Kumi road, 8. of Lake Salis-

bury, 3700 ft., August 15-17 ; between Kumi and N.E. shore

of Lake Kioga, 3600 ft. (S. A. Neave) ; Entebbe, August 15

(C. G. Gowdey).

This is very near 7. mira, Kohl, but differs in the dark

fore wings, in the distinctly greater distance between the

eyes on the vertex, in the coarser pubescence of the pygidial

area (this area being also rather narrower at the apex), and in

the greater size.

The male of this species differs from the male mz7va in the

infuscate fore wings, in the shape of the seventh dorsal

segment, which is truncate at the apex, not very broadly

rounded as in mira (this segment in both species is very

broad, not narrow as in observabilis, Kohl) ; the eighth ventral

segment is much more shallowly emarginate, with shorter

teeth at the apical angles than in mera.

Tachytes mira, Kohl.

Tachytes mira, Kohl, Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus, Wien, ix. p. 295 (1894),

2 .

Hab. Delagoa Bay (Dr. Brauns).

According to my identification this species is also found

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 30

446 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera.

at Salisbury, Mashonaland (Marshall); Mlanje, Nyasaland

(Neave) ; and probably also in Uganda.

This occurs in Nyasaland together with 7. observabilis,

which is very similar in colour.

Tachytes dilaticornis, sp. n.

3. Niger, aureo-pilosus; capite, thorace segmentoque mediano

pallide aureo-pilosis ; abdomine lete aureo-pubescente, segmentis

dorsalibus fascia apicali densius aureo-pubescente, segmentis

dorsalibus et ventralibus apice late brunneis ; tegulis fuscis; alis

flavis, apice latissime infuscatis; flagello articulis 2-7 infra

valide dilatatis.

Long. 14 mm.

3. Clypeus finely and closely punctured, very broadly

rounded at the apex, the apical margin narrowly depressed

in the middle. Hyes strongly convergent above, separated

on the vertex by a distance not exceeding the length of the

third joint of the flagellum. The second joint and those

following as far as the seventh joint of the flagellum very

strongly arcuate-dilatate beneath, the second and fourth

joints both distinctly longer than the third, their greatest

breadth exceeding half their length. Head, thorax, and

median segment clothed with pale golden pubescence, that on

the abdomen much brighter. Median segment more than

twice as long as the scutellum; a depressed median line on

the surface of the posterior slope, but not extending to the

dorsal surface except at the extreme apex. Basal joint of the

fore tarsus with five slender spines. Highth ventral segment

broadly rounded or subtruncate at the apex, without lateral

spines. Second abscissa of the radius shorter than the third,

the first recurrent nervure as far from the second as from the

first transverse cubital nervure. The fuscous margin of the

fore wing extends to the first transverse cubital nervure.

Hab. Kuja Valley, 8. Kavirondo, British East Africa,

4000 ft., April 30-May 1, 1911 (S. A. Neave); 4 OS.

This species is easily distinguished by the strongly dilated

antennal joints. In the species of Zachytes with golden

pubescence on the abdomen the form of the eighth ventral

segment of the male gives excellent specific characters.

Tachytes memnon, sp. n.

9. Nigra; clypeo, fronte genisque aureo-pilosis ; flagello articulis

duobus basalibus scapoque ferrugineis; tibiis tarsisque anticis,

Mr. R. BE. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 447

femoribusque anticis apice brunneo-ferrugineis; alis nigris,

ceruleo-tinctis ; tegulis brunneis.

Long. 18 mm.

29. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, almost

transverse, the apical margin narrowly transversely depressed,

with two small teeth on each side, finely and rather closely

punctured. Second joint of the flagellum as long as the first

and third combined ; eyes separated on the vertex by a

distance equal to the length of the second joint of the fla-

gellum; an obscure longitudinal sulcus on the vertex behind

the posterior ocelli. Pubescence of the thorax, median

segment, and abdomen blackish, the median segment about

half as long again as the scutellum, with a very obscure

median line. Abdomen microscopically punctured, sub-

opaque, the pubescence on the dorsal surface black, a little

closer on the apical than on the basal portion of the segments.

Sixth dorsal segment rather broadly rounded at the apex,

clothed with stiff black hairs. Second ventral segment

closely and evenly punctured, the apical margin almost

smooth. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines on

the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius shorter than

the third, equal to the distance between the two recurrent

nervures.

Hab. Mlanje, Nyasaland, April (S. A. Neave).

This is allied to 7. natalensis, Sauss., but I do not think

that it is the female of that species, which was described

from a male. The pubescence of the clypeus and front is

white in natalensis. The two species are doubtless very

nearly related.

Tachytes nigropilosellus, Cam.

Liris nigropilosellus, Cam. Ann. Transvaal Mus, ii. p. 182 (1910).

Tachytes gigas, Bisch. Arch. f. Naturges, p. 66, A, 3 (1918). @.

Cameron has placed this species in the wrong genus, as

Bischoff thought probable. I have seen Cameron’s type.

‘The species is quite distinct from natalensis, Sauss., the male

nigropilosellus having the clypeus and front covered with

long black hairs and the eighth ventral segment rather

deeply emarginate on the middle of the apical margin, but

without lateral spines, whereas in natalensis the front and

clypeus are clothed with sbort white pubescence and the

emargination of the eighth ventral segment is extremely

shallow.

448 _ Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

Subfamily Nrreziuwa.

Nitela rufiventris, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, scapo, flagello articulis duobus basalibus,

tegulis, abdomine pedibusque rufo-ferrugineis; alis hyalinis,

iridescentibus, venis testaceis, stigmate radioque nigris.

Long. 3°5 mm.

?. Clypeus not strongly convex, without a distinct carina.

Eyes strongly divergent towards the clypeus, separated on

the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the two basal

joints of the flagellum. Head finely and closely punctured,

the front thinly clothed with short pale golden pubescence ;

posterior ocelli almost touching the eyes. Pronotum nearly

as long as the scutellum, not sunk below the mesonotum,

the margins only very slightly raised, so that the usual

transverse sulcus is not well defined. Mesonotum closely

and finely punctured, with a row of larger punctures before

the scutellum, which is almost smooth. Median segment

coarsely longitudinally striated, rounded at the apical angles,

the posterior slope more finely transversely striated. Abdo-

men smooth and shining. Legs unarmed.

Hab. Monkey Bay, Lake Nyasa, June (W. A. Lamborn).

The neuration is as in typical Nitela, but the species is

easily recognized by the colour,

LIII.— Notes on the Apidee (Hymenoptera) in the Collection

of the British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species.

By Georrrey Mrape-Wa cpo, M.A.*

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

VII.

Tue following notes and descriptions were prepared during

the recent rearrangement of the collection of Apide in the

Museum.

Much valuable information on the type-specimens &c.

contained in the British Museum has already been published

by Professor Cockerell, who had studied them during a

* [We deeply regret the death of our valued contributor Mr. G. Meade-

Waldo, who passed away on the 11th of March at the early age of 32.

The proof of this paper, which he sent to the ‘ Annals’ shortly before his

death, has been kindly corrected by Mr. R. E. Turner.—Eps, ‘ Annals.’]

the Apide in the British Museum. 449

hurried visit to Europe a few years since. I have here

attempted to fill in certain gaps which were left by him,

doubtless owing to lack of time; thus, nothing much has

appeared on the Ethiopian species of Halictus and Nomia,

the species of which, described by Frederick Smith and other

authors, are here tabulated.

The notes on Bombus have been gone through by

Dr. Franklin, of Massachusetts, who may make further use

of them,

The types of all new species are in the British Museum.

Subfamily Awpreyrwz.

Halictus vinctus (Walker).

Nomia vineta, Walk. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) v. p. 305 (1860). 2.

Ceylon.

Halictus kalutare, Cll. 1. ¢. (8) viii. p. 189 (1911). Q. Ceylon.

An examination of Walker’s type in the British Museum

proves this species is a Halictus. Bingham suggests this in

the ‘ Fauna of India,’ but does not seem to have examined

the type, which was among the rest of Walker’s Cingalese

types in a separate cabinet apart from the main general

collection, and thus likely to be overlooked by students.

Cockerell, as is only natural, did not consider Walker’s

species of Nomza when studying the Indian and Cingalese

Halictus of the Comber Collection. It has already been

shown by Cockerell (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxxvii. p. 218,

1911) that Andrena exagens, Walker, also trom Ceylon, is a

Nomia.

Halictus albofasciatus, Smith.

Halictus albofasciatus, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen. p. 33 (1879).

Paranomia broomi, Cam, ? MS.

Halictus jucundus, Smith.

Halictus jucundus, Smith, Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus. i. p. 56 (1853).

3g.

Halictus atroviridis, Cam. (pars.) Trans. S, Afr. Phil, Soc. xvi. p. 325

(1906). 9.

In the British Museum there are four specimens from the

Cameron Collection labelled as “ types” of H. atroviridis by

Cameron himself, and two species certainly are represented.

One individual of 8} mm. in length is nothing but H. ju-

cundus, Smith. The measurements given by Cameron

(3-5 mm.) point to the smaller specimens being the real

450 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

types of H. atrovtridis, which species, however, must

become a synonym of H. ewthiopicus, Cam. (vide infra).

Halictus ethiopicus, Cam.

Halictus ethiopicus, Cam. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. xv. p. 289 (1905).

Halictus atroviridis, Cam. 1. ec. xvi. p. 825 (1906),

Both these species were described from Pearston, Cape

Colony, and the types of both are in the British Museum.

Key to Ethiopian Halictus in the British Museum.

1. (8) Abdominal tergites with pale tegu-

mentary fasciz.

2. (5) Larger, more robust species, the fascia

rather broad. Length 10-12 mm.

3. (4) Face clothed with griseous pubes-

cence:; Length 12 mm. % 3.) 51h albofasciatus, Smith.

[(S. Africa.) (=Paranomia broomi, Cam.)

4. (8) Face clothed with smoky pubescence.

engin §O mini? s.)2e oe eek vittatus, Smith. (Cape

5. (2) Smaller, more slender species, the [of Good Hope.)

fasci linear. Length 7-8 mm.

6. (7) Tergites 1-4 with narrow apical fascize (Kirby. (Socotra.)

pale VeMOW Gos. niob eases hana flavovittatus, W. F.

7. (6) Tergites 1-5 with narrow white [ (Transvaal. )

EUGENES NIGUEL shoe abn d Cee Ae albolineolus, Cam.

HI. tricolor (Cam.), H. nomioides, Friese, and its var. grandior, Friese,

come in here.

8. (1) Abdominal tergites with pubescent

fasciee.

9. (10) Tegument ‘brassy green, pubescence [ Africa.)

palewellow sinc Wisk, eae een jucundus, Smith. (S.

HH, niloticus, Smith, from the White Nile, is a male with brassy-green

tegument,

10. (9) Tegument black, some segments at

least with griseous fasciz.

11. (24) Larger species. Length atleast 9 mm.

12. (18) Clypeus apically truncate, with a dis-

tinct tooth on each side at apex;

tergites 1 and 2 with interrupted

apical fasciz of pale pubescence;

hind calear toothed. Length 10mm.

(Cape of Good Hope.) .......... deceptus, Smith,

13. (12) Clypeus without any teeth at apex;

tergites 1 and 2 at least with com-

plete fascize of pale pubescence ;

hind calcar toothed or not.

14. (15) Hind calcar with three teeth; tergites

2-5 with pale fascie. Length

2D nim VON BiB)? aa oss oa ee ce diversus, Smith.

—__

the Apidee in the British Museum. 451

15. (14) Hind calcar unarmed.

16. (17) Scopa on outer side of tibia dark-

haired; tergites 1 and 2 basally

with griseous pubescence. Length

TAP pr AS RL Cees a tohiai seg e18 rufomarginatus, Smith.

17. (16) Tibial scopa pale-haired ; all the ter-

gites with griseous pubescence.

18. (21) Tegument of hind legs black.

19. (20) The base of tergites 1-4 clothed with

griseous pubescence; a robust

species. (Cape Colony.) ........ capicolus, Cam.

20. (19) Tergites with only inconspicuous

apical fasciz; a slender species.

Length 9mm. (S. Africa.) ...... communis, Smith,

21. (18) Tegument of hind tarsi at least pale.

22, (23) Tegument of hind legs entirely honey- [(Transvaal.)

TOMO eahoy Leva ol shx.claiela: sae tte belt. « latibalteata, Cam.

23. (22) Hind tarsi honey-yellow .......... rubricaudis, Cam.

24. (11) Smaller species. 7 mm. and less.

25. (26) Tegument of posterior tibiz ferru-

ginous. Length7mm. (S. Africa.) terminalis, Smith.

26. (25) Tegument of posterior tibie black.

Length 6mm, (Sierra Leone.) .. widipennis, Smith.

3d.

Halictus frontalis is the only male described by Smith. It is a larger

species than any of the females, with the exception of H. rufomarginatus.

Halictus (Corynura) chilensis, Spin.

Halictus chilensis, Spin., Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, Zool. vi. 1851, p. 201.

no... Og.

Corynura flavofasciata, Spin., Gay, l. c. p. 8302. ¢.

Cacosoma marginatum, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen. p. 41 (1879).

Alfken has shown (Deut. ent. Zeit. 1913, p. 325) that

Corynura gayi, Spin., is the male of AH. rubellus, Haliday.

Spinola seems to have forgotten that he described the male

of H. chilensis when describing C. flavofasciata later on in

the same volume, for they are certainly co-specific.

Mecaopta, Smith (1853). (Type JZ. bituberculata, Smith.)

= Sphecodogastra, Ashm.(1899). Type: Parasphecodes texana (Cress.).

=Subgenus Megaloptidia, Chill. (1900). Type: M. contradicta,Ckll. 3.

=Subgenus Megaloptella, Schrottky (1906). Type: Halictus ochrias

(Vach. 1904).

= Halicti megalopti, Vach. (1904),

I cannot agree with those authors who sink this well-

defined group of Nearctic species to Halictus, a genus already

far too large for convenience. The size of the ocelli affords’

an easily recognized and constant structural character.

452 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

Ducke (Zeitschr. wiss. Ins. Biol. i. p. 175, 1905) treats of

the nocturnal habits of MJ. ¢dalia. The same author, who

examined the types of Brazilian bees described by Smith

(Deut. ent. Zeit. p. 8363, 1910), leaves only #. zdalia in the

genus, relegating JZ. bituberculata, which was selected by

Cockerell as the type (Proc. Phil. Acad. p. 374, 1900), to

Halictus. Of the species described as Megalopta by Smith

at later dates only Jf. purpuraia (1879) can remain in the

genus, and its inclusion is open to question ; the remaining

species work out mainly as proposed by Ducke (/. ¢.), e. g.,

M. nigrofemorata and M. ianthina go into Halictus sens. lat.,

while M. pilosa and M. cuprifrons belong to the cacosoma

group of species in that genus. Df. ornata, a brilliant

metallic-green insect, has nothing whatever to do with the

genus, and probably needs a new one. MM. vivax has quite

rightly been placed as a variety of Augochlora atropos,

Smith, though I do not agree with Ducke in synonymizing

Augochlora with Halietus.

Key to the Species.

“eS

1. (2) Black species, non-metallic. Length

AS RIES ons wince en has feo ie eae cherazon, Vach. (1904).

(1) Testaceous species, head and thorax

with some metallic iridescence.

(4) Cheeks armed with a conspicuous

tubercle; clypeus much broader

than long. Length 15 mm....... genalis, sp. n.

(3) Cheeks unarmed.

(8) Enclosed area well developed; hind

spur with six well-developed spines.

(7) Joint 3 of antennz longer than 4, as

long as 5. Length 17mm. ...... fornix, Vach. (1904).

(6) Joint 3 of antenne short, not longer

than 4. Length]14 mm. ........ sodalis, Vach. (1904).

(5) Enclosed area very narrow, hardly

more than linear; hind spur with

four spines.

. (10) Postscutellum almost as long as

seutellum, clypeus only sparsely

PHMOGR EO ois hn stare sl Maslin ee chaperi, Vach, (1904).

10. (9) Postscutellum only half as long as scu-

tellum, clypeus coarsely punctured. zdalia, Smith (1853).

M. cuprea, Friese (1911), is possibly a variety of M. idalia.

CS te oe

ive)

dod.

1. (4) Black species.

2. (8) Thorax and abdomen with faint

coppery and purple iridescence. [= virgili, Fr. (2911).

Length 14, mis jis bres y- <patts sls purpurata, Smith (1879)

———_—— i

the Apide in the British Museum. 453

8. (2) Face and pleura sometimes faintly

blue. Length 9-1] mm. ........ contradicta, Ckll. (1900)

4, (1) Testaceous species ; head and thorax [(type of subgenus

mostly with a coppery iridescence ; | Megaloptidia).

abdomen, as a rule, testaceous.

5. (6) Scutellum bituberculate. Length

JG igerire aerate eee ie Re CORE .. bituberculata, Smith

6. (5) Scutellum unarmed. [(1853) (type of genus).

7. (12) Sternite 3, at least at base, without

any longitudinal sulcus.

8. (11) Sternite 3 entirely testaceous.

9. (10) First recurrent nervure interstitial

with second transverse cubital ner-

WEE stay ciah So 5/2 #0 «6 25-3 idalia, Smith (1853).

10. (9) First recurrent nervure received about

the middle of second cubital cell .. argoides, Vach. (1904).

11. (8) Sternite 3 black at base ............ ochrias, Vach. (1904)

12. (7) Sternite 3 with longitudinal sulcus to [(type of subgenus Me-

its extreme base. [galoptella, Schr.).

13. (14) Postscutellum as large or almost as

large as scutellum ............ .. @gts, Vach. (1904).

14, (13) Postscutellum shorter than scutellum. @thantis, Vach. (1904).

M. texana (Cress. 1872), from Texas, and M. (Megaloptella) ipomee,

Schrottky (1912), are omitted from the above. Further points of differ-

ence between the Vachalian species will be found in his key (Miscell.

Ent. p. 113, 1904).

Megalopta genalis, sp. n.

@. Capite thoraceque viridi-cupreis, nitentibus, abdomine pedi-

busque testaceis, omnino plerumque aureo-hirtis ; capite maximo,

thorace latiori, genis gibbosis, utrinque infra tuberculatis; man-

dibulis falciformibus ; alis subhyalinis.

Long. 15 mm.

Head for the most part and thorax greenish bronze ; an-

tennze, clypeus at apex, mandibles (except apically), labrum,

tegule, abdomen, and legs testaceous ; the whole covered

with pale golden pilosity, that on the ventral scopa longer.

Head very massive, rather broader than the thorax, the gen

much swollen, produced below to form a conspicuous tubercle ;

eyes slightly emarginate, inner orbits converging above but

parallel below; no malar space; ocelli large, forming a

triangle, clypeus twice as broad as long, depressed towards

the apex, the apical margin raised; labrum shining, de-

pressed, with a median process; mandibles falciform, bi-

dentate, the outer tooth projecting considerably beyond the

inner. Joint 3 of antenne hardly longer than joint 4. Basal

area of median segment about half postscutellum in length,

of equal width transversely, the middle with a longitudinal

keel and striz, colour of chitin a deep purple. Abdomen

454 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

with basal segment of a paler testaceous than the apical

segment. Posterior tibia and metatarsi of equal length,

hind calcar with four spines. Head, thorax, and abdomen

finely and evenly punctured, the legs coarsely punctured.

Wings subhyaline, slightly smoky.

Length 15 mm. ‘

PanaMA: Bugaba (Godman-Salvin Coll., G. C. Cham-

pion), 1 @. -

This fine species is easily recognized by the swoller

tuberculate gene.

Nomia, Latr.

Some corrections are necessary in the synonymy of this

genus and its subgenera, owing to the wrong species having

been selected as type. The traditional view was that

NV. diversipes, Latr., was the type, whereas the true type is

NV. curvipes (Fabr.), as selected by Bingham (‘ Fauna Brit.

India,’ i. p. 447) Ashmead (1899) and Cockerell (1910)

both adopted JV. diversipes as type.

I am inclined to follow Cockerell in regarding Nomia as a

single genus including several named subgenera. Para-

nomia, Friese, would contain V. curvipes, the type of the

genus, and thus becomes Noma, sens. str.

Nomi, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. xui. p. 869 (1805).

Type Andrena curvipes, Fabr. (1781).

=Subgen. Paranomia, Friese, Festschr. d. Ver. Schles. Insektenkunde

in Breslau, p. 48 (1897). Type: WV. chalybeata, Smith.

= Pseudapis, W. F. Kirby, Bull. Liverp. Mus. iii. p. 16 (1900). Type:

P. anomala, W. F. Kirby.

=Subgen. Steganomus, Rits. Tijdschr. v, Ent. xvi. p. 224 (1873).

Type: S. javanus, Ritsema.

=Subgen. Cyathocera, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 47.

T'ype: C nodicornis, Smith.

=Subgen. Crocisaspidia, Ashm. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxvi. p. 68

(1899). Type: WV. scutellaris, Sauss.= C. chandleri, Ashm. (1899).

=Subgen. Hopionomia, Ashm. J. N. York Ent. Soe. xii. p. 4 (1904).

Type: H. quadrifasciata, Ashm.

=Subgen. Stictonomia, Cam. Records Albany Mus. i. p. 192 (1905).

Type: S. punctata, Cam.

=Subgen. Meganomia, Ckll. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. p. 402

(1909). Type: . (ML) binghami, Ckll.

I have made a key to the Ethiopian species of Nomia of

which the types are in the British Museum. Of some species

there are large series, and in these cases several localities

have been given as an aid to distribution, the type-locality

being followed by a “t.”

the Apide in the British Museum. 455

An interesting new species of the subgenus Meganomia is

described below.

Key to Ethiopian Nomia in the British Museum.

1. (4) Tegule enlarged. :

2. (3) Tegument black and red, median seg-

ment evenly punctured; wings

clear hyaline. Length10mm. .. nilotica,Smith. (White

3. (2) Tegument black, median segment [Nile, t.)

basally impunctate, dull; wings

subhyaline, more fuscous towards

apex. Length 8mm... .... 000s tegulata, Smith. (Sierra

4. (1) Tegule normal. { Leone, t.; Durban.)

5. (6) Tegument of abdomen red, with some

black markings basally. Length

BNONG? F5'e sre So. aces. Ss da jcterel tee fausta, Smith, (Natal,

6. (5) Tegument of abdomen otherwise [t.)

coloured,

7. (8) Abdomen with broad apical tegu-

mentary fasciz, yellowish white ;

facial pubescence whitish. Length

7 gar Pai ee ne ea Rr candida, Smith. (Sierra

Leone, t., Lagos (Strachan) ; Salisbury (G. A. K.

Marshall) ; Nyasaland (Neave, Stannus) ; British

East Africa (Neave, R. C, Wood); Abyssinia,

Harrar (Aristensen).)

8. (7) Abdomen with pubescent fascie, face

with fulvous-golden pubescence.

9. (10) Apices of tergites only laterally pubes-

cent; wings clear hyaline: a small

slender species. Length6mm..... aurifrons, Smith, (Si-

10. (9) Tergites 2-5 with broad apical fascive (erra Leone, t.)

of golden pubescence; wings slightly

fuscous: a larger, more robust

species. Length 10mm. ........ fulvohirta, Smith. (Si-

erra Leone, t., Lagos (J. A. de Gaye).)

dod.

1. (2) Tegule enlarged; black,abdomen very

coarsely punctured, with pale pubes-

cent fascie. Length8mm....... anomala (W. F. Kirby).

(Socotra, t., Mozambique, and Durban (Dur),

3 2; N. Rhodesia (Silverlock), § 9; Abyssinia,

Harrar (Kristensen).)

2. (1) Tegule normal.

3. (8) Tegument of abdomen for the most

part red.

4, (5) Hind legs simple, not swollen, the

tibize conspicuously serrate on the

outer side; wings subfuscous, the

basal half paler. Length 9mm... serratula,Smith. (Na-

tal, t.. Nyasaland (Neave).)

5. (4) Hind legs abnormally swollen.

6. (7) Wings dark fuscous; hind tibiz

456 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

without any lamellar process at

apex; terminal joint of flagellum

normal, Length 11 mm......... rubella, Smith = pulchri-

tarsis, Cam. (Gambia, t., Lake Nyasa, Port. E.

Afr. (Neave), $ 2; Natal (Cregoe); Transyaal

(t. of pulehritarsis).)

7. (6) Wings light fuscous, darker towards

apex; hind tibia with a lamellar

process on the inner side ; terminal

flagellar joint spatulate, basally con-

stricted. Length 13 mm......... strenua, Cam. (Trans-

vaal, t., Port. E. Afr., and Nyasaland (Neave) ;

Matabeleland (Dr. H. Swale).)

8. (8) Tegument of abdomen mostly dark ;

hind legs simple, not swollen.

9, (10) Wings hyaline, the tip very mark-

edly fuscous. Length 10 mm..... nubecula, Smith. (Si-

erra Leone, t., Uganda (Gowdey, W. P. Lowe

Neave), 2 2.)

10. (9) Wings unicolorous, hyaline or sub-

hyaline.

11, (12) Larger: length 12mm. Apical seg-

ment with two small teeth ...... testacea (Smith).

12. (11) Smaller: about 7 mm. No apical ((“ Africa,” t.)

teeth.

13. (14) Comparatively stout species; the ab-

domen with tegumentary fasciz ;

scutellum with two blunt tubercles ;

frontal pubescence whitish ...... rufitarsis, Smith, (An-

gola, t., ¢; Nyasaland (Weave), ¢ 2; Matabele-

land (Swale).)

14, (18) Slender species; abdominal fasciz

not tegumentary.

15. (16) Frontal pubescence golden; _post-

scutellum covered with dense pale

pubescence; stigma and nervures

pale testaceouS .......+-.0eress emerascens, Westw.

(Natal, t., Durban (Muir); Nyasaland (eave) ;

Transvaal (t. of leviannulatus).)

16. (15) Frontal pubescence whitish ; post-

scutellum bare; stigma and ner-

Wures dark ..sciecsseevyesnicvine clavata,Smith. (Sierra

[Leone, t., N. Nigeria (Macfie).)

17. (18) Anterior tarsi flattened, lamellate,

ivory-white ; frontal pubescence

golden ; abdomen parallel-sided.

Length 10 mm. ........- weeeee. patellifera, Westw.

(Cape of Good Hope, t., Durban (Muir); Mata-

beleland (Swale), ¢ 2; Nyasaland, German Hast

Africa (Neave).)

18, (17) Anterior tarsi simple, not lamellate ;

species with tegumentary or pubes-

cent fasciz on abdomen.

19. (22) Mesonotum almost bare of pubes-

cence ; legs entirely red.

20, (21) Tergites 3 and 4 with very coarse

rugose punctures along the apical

the Apide in the British Museum. A457

margin; hind femora subtubercu-

late: laength TO amie ae... 2. ai dalyana, Cam. (Cape

Colony; Willowmore (Brauns); Transvaal

( Cholmeley).)

21. (20) Tergites evenly punctured all over; a

distinct tooth on outer surface of

hind femora. Length 8mm. .... rwfipes,Smith. (Gam-

22. (19) Mesonotum densely clothed with (bia, t.)

velvety pubescence; legs yellow

and black.

23, (24) Hind femora armed with three sharp

teeth below. Length9 mm. .... tridentata, Smith=cru-

delis, Westw. (West Africa, t., N. Nigeria (Scott-

Macfie, Simpson) ; Mashonaland (G. A. K. Mar-

shall).)

24. (23) Hind femora with only one sharp

tooth. Length 11 mm.

25, (26) Abdominal fasciz griseous; wings

26, (25) Abdominal fascize golden; wings [vaal, t.)

Fnyaline £O.apee ees cree senses armatula (Smith). (Si-

erra Leone, t., N. Nigeria (Scmpson).)

Nomia (Meganomia) andersont, sp. n.

3. Nigra; facie prothoraceque flavo-maculatis, plus minusve

griseo-hirsutis, tergitibus 1-7 fasciis interruptis flavis; flagello

serrato ; femoribus posticis incrassatis ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 18 mm.

Head and thorax black ; mandibles (except apex), clypeus,

the inner orbits to above insertion of antennz, a small line

behind each eye, scape beneath, four marks on prothorax

in front Sel ey tubercles, tegule in front, and axille

yellow; mandibles at apex, flagellum beneath, and tegule

behind ferruginous. Abdomen: tergites 1-7 black, with

yellow fascize widely interrupted in middle and widening

abruptly towards the sides ; sternites 1-3 yellow except for

three pairs of black spots, the remaining sternites black.

Legs : anterior coxe, trochanters, and femora mostly black ;

tibiee and tarsi yellow, the tarsi with a conspicuous fringe of

black hairs on the inner side ; middle legs yellow ; posterior

legs about equally black and yellow, the tarsi almost entirely

black. Clypeus apically truncate, with a narrow, median,

quadrate tooth; joints 4-10 of flagellum subtuberculate

beneath, the three terminal joints slender, forming a hook.

Hind femora greatly thickened, a distinct carina along the

inner side; hind tibize more or less flattened, convex,

widening gradually towards apex, the upper margin carinate,

the apex with a blunt lamellate tubercle on the lower edge ;

458 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

hind tarsi slightly arched and grooved along the inner

margin. The area behind the eye, the thorax (except meso-

notum and scutellum), abdomen, and legs more or less

clothed with griseous pubescence; hind tarsi with black

pubescence on the inner side. Wings hyaline.

Length 18 mm.

British East ArricaA: Masai Reserve, 14. iv. 1913

(T. J. Anderson), 1 8. Received through the Imperial

Bureau of Entomology.

I have pleasure in naming this fine species after the donor

and captor, Mr. 'T’. J. Anderson, Government Entomologist,

British East Africa.

In general appearance this species strongly resembles

Anthidium florentinum, Latr. The subgenus Meganomia,

Ckll. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. p. 402, 1909), hitherto

contained only one species, V. (Meganomia) binghami, Ckll.

(/. c.), of which both sexes are described from Damaraland.

The following differences seem to justify the description of

the Hast-African species as distinct :—

N. (Meganomia) binghami, Ckll.

Tergites 2-6 with wnbroken

yellow fascie.

Clypeus at apex ~L—I— .

NV. (Meganomia) andersoni, sp. 0.

Tergites 2-6 with yellow fascize

widely interrupted in middle.

Clypeus at apex “LJ.

Flagellum serrate.

Hind trochanters not pointed

behind.

Hind tibie with no such hump.

Flagellum not serrate.

Hind trochanters pointed behind.

Hind tibie with a hump on

middle of inner side.

Nomia viridicincta, sp. n.

9. Nigra, nitida; capite thoraceque sat dense pilosis; segmentis

1-4 apice fasciis viridibus ; alis subhyalinis.

Long. 12-13 mm.

Black, head and mesonotum rather densely clothed with a

mixture of fulvous and black hairs, sternum and truncation

of median segment clothed with pale fulvous hair; first

abdominal segment at base with conspicuous fulvous hair, the

following segments very scantily clothed with similar hair,

and some longer adpressed black hairs. The legs black,

scopa on hind legs mostly pale, but black on the outer side.

Wings subhyaline, but with a distinct fuscous tinge. Abdo-

men shining black, segments 1-4 with apical green tegu-

mentary fascie of even width, the intensity of green varying

much in individual specimens.

Clypeus convex, apically truncate ; head narrower than

the Apidee in the British Museum. 459

the thorax, which is massive ; scutellum separated by a

transverse groove from postscutellum, tegule normal, basal

area of median segment almost obsolete, truncation of median

segment rounded laterally.

Head and thorax rather coarsely punctured, the abdomen

more finely, the apex of segments impunctate, shining.

Length 12-13 mm.

UGANDA PROTECTORATE: Entebbe, Sept. 1-11, 2 2? 2

(type) ; W. shore of Victoria Nyanza, Buddu, 3700 ft.,

ix. 1911, 6 2 2; Seziwa River to Kampala, 3500-3750 ft.,

viii. 1911, 2 9 9 (S.A. Neave). SrerRA LEONE: xii. 1912

(J. J. Simpson), 1 2.

Var. evanescens, nov., ?, resembles the type except in the

colour of the fascie of segments 1-4, which are without any

tinge of green.

NYASALAND: Mlanje, v. 1913; S.W. of Lake Chilwa,

i, 1914 (S. A, Neave). Many specimens.

This species is a Nomia sens. str., and appears to be the

first species described from the mainland of Africa with green

tegumentary fascia, though this group (cridescens, chalybeata,

&c.) is prominent in the Oriental region and occurs in Mada-

gascar, (N. virtdilimbata, Sauss., 1892). From this latter

species it differs in having the abdomen only finely punctate

and the wings subhyaline (not distinctly fuscous).

Nomia exagens (Walk.).

Andrena exagens, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) v. p. 305 (1860).

Ceylon.

Halictus timidus, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen. p. 31 (1879). 9.

Ceylon.

Nomia clavatus (Smith), ¢.

Described as a Halictus, but is a Nomia of the NV. hyleotdes

group.

Nomia aurifrons (Smith), ?.

This species was also described as a Halictus. The type

is a $, not a @ as stated in the original description. 1t

may possibly be the ¢ of JV. clavatus.

Nomia fuscipennis, Smith, and NV. terminata, Smith.

Bingham (Fauna Brit. Ind. i. p. 449) separates these two

species onthe presence or absence of aclypeal carina. I

have examined the series of each species, and find this

character valueless. V. /usctpennis (type) has a distinct

460 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

carina, JV. terminata (type) has none, though the whole long

series has some indication of one. The two species are

readily distinguished by the wings; in N. terminata these

are flavo-hyaline, only the apex fuscous, while in JV. fusci-

pennis the whole costal area is fuscous. J have never seen

an authentic specimen of JV. fuscipennis from British India,

though Bingham gives Sikkim. All the specimens in the

British Museum are from the type-locality, Sumatra.

Nomia (Hoplonomia) cuneata, Sauss. (1872).

This species, described from Madagascar, is a Hoplonomia.

Nomia candida, Smith.

os candida, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 68. Sierra

eone,

Nomia braunsiana, Friese, Sjostedt’s Kilimanj.-Meru Exped. viii.

p. 124 (1908). EE. Africa.

In his description Friese says of his species, ‘near can-

dida, but without golden fascia on first abdominal segment.”

I have examined Smith’s type of WV. candida, and find it has

no such fascia, but, like N. braunsiana, there is a little golden

pubescence on the sides of the apical margin of the segment.

In the British Museum there are specimens from RHODESIA,

Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall), determined by Friese as

iV. braunsiana ; NYASALAND, Lake Chilwa and Mlanje

(S. A. Neave) ; ABYSssiniA, Harrar, v. 1911 (G. Kristensen).

Nomia cinerascens, Smith.

Nomia cinerascens, Smith, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 66. ¢.

Natal.

Halictus leviannulatus, Cam.? MS, Transvaal.

Nomia borneana, Cam.

Nomia borneana, Cam. Journ. Straits Asiatic Soc. xxxvii. p. 115 (1902).

Borneo.

Nomia erythropoda, Cam. J. c, xliv. p. 157 (1905). Borneo.

Noma (Crocisaspidia) zonaria, Walker.

Nomia zonaria, Walker, List of Hymen. in Egypt, p. 43 (1871). ¢.

Arabia.

Nomia lamellata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 65. 2 g.

Egypt.

Cockerell suggests the above synonymy (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (8) v. p.504,1910). Ihave not seen NV. vespordes,

Walker (J. c.).

_—

os the Apide in the British Museum, 461

Nomia scutellata, Smith.

Nomia scutellata, Smith, Trans, Ent, Soc, Lond. 1875, p. 45. 9. Cal-

cutta.

Nomia albofimbriata, Cam, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ix. p. 252

(1902), 2. Bengal.

? Nomia ustula, Ckli. Trans, Amer, Ent. Soc. xxxvii. p. 251 (1911).

dg. Kandy, Ceylon.

NV. ustula would almost certainly seem to be the male of

NV. scutellata; N. ardjuna, Ukll., is very close to it (vide

Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. p. 231, 1911).

Nomia antennata, Smith (1875), var. sykesiana, Westw.

In the Fauna of Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 454, Bingham

places Womia sykesiana, Westw., doubtfully as a synonym,

having only one poor specimen on which to rely for his

decision. ‘There are now further specimens of WV. sykesiana

in the collection trom Nasik and Malvi in the Bombay

Presidency (Comber Coll.) determined by Cockerell ; they

are fresh specimens and have the abdominal fasciee of pubes-

cence pale (not golden as in N. antennata). I agree with

Bingham (loc. cit.) that there is no structural difference, but

NV. sykesiana may be considered a well-marked variety.

Nomia bidiensis, Cam.

Nomia bidiensis, Cam. Journ. Straits Asiatic Soc. xliv. p. 166 (1905).

©. Borneo.

Nomia bicarinata, Cam. ? MS. 2. Borneo,

A specimen bearing the latter name is identical with

NV. bidiensis, but no description seems to have been published.

Nomia (Hoplonomia) elliotii, Smith.

Nomia elliotii, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 44. Madras.

Nomia curinata, Smith, /. c. p. 57. Ceylon.

These are certainly the same species; Smith omits any

mention of the spinose postscutellum in his description of

N. carinata.

Andrena eduardi, nom. nov.

Andrena nigra, E. Saunders (nec Prov.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908,

p. 195.

Provancher described an Andrena nigra from Los Augeles

in 1895.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 31

462 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

Andrena japonica (Smith),

~ Nomia japonica, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 201. 9.

Japan,

A typical Andrena, described from Hiogo.

Subfamily Mezrrrimz.

Melitta harriete (Bingh.), ¢.

Andrena harriete, Bingh, Fauna Brit. Ind., Hymen. i. p. 446 (1897).

Sikkim.

Melitta altissima, Cll. Entomologist, xlii. p. 240 (1910). 9. Tibet.

In a note following his description (Jl. c.) Cockerell refers

to an undescribed Melitta from the Himalayas shown him by

Colonel Bingham; it is possible that this specimen may

have been since described as Andrena harriete.

While working through the residue of the Tibetan

material I found eight male specimens of a Melitta captured

at the same time and place (Gyangtse, vi. 1904) as the types

of Cockerell’s M. altissima, of which species at present only

the female is known.

In addition to secondary sexual characters, the male differs

as follows :—

Clypeus and whole front of head clothed with long, dense,

silvery-white pilosity ; thorax (except median segment) with

a covering of pale fulvous hair; abdomen as in the ?, but

colour of pubescence less intense (?more faded). Rather

smaller, 12 mm.

Melitta anthophoroides, sp. n.

9. Nigra, hirsuta; abdominis segmentis 4-6; tibiis tarsisque

plerumque fulvo-hirtis; clypeo carina mediana longitudinali ;

alis aurantiacis. 5s

Long. 17 mm.

Black, for the most part clothed with thick black pubes-

cence ; tergites 4 (apically), 5 and 6 wholly covered with

fulvous pubescence, and sternites 2-5 with apical fringes of

a similar pubescence ; all the tarsi and the intermediate and

posterior tibiae densely covered with fulvous pubescence.

Calearia and tarsal ungues dull ferruginous. Clypeus coarsely

punctured, with a distinct longitudinal carina; scape and

first joint of flagelluin black, remainder of antenne dull

ferruginous ; vertex and thorax wholly covered with close

medium-sized punctures, scutellum and postscutellum clothed-

with long, rather sparse hairs; enclosed area of median

the Apidee in the British Museum. 463

segment impunctate, truncation of median segment very

sparsely punctured, almost bare of pubescence. Abdomen

very finely punctured all over except the apical margins of

the tergites, which are shining and impuuctate ; terminal

sternite pointed, shining, impunctate, longitudinally sub-

carinate. Tegulee shining, piceous. Wings golden hyaline,

the nervures pale; stigma of medium size ; third cubital cell

at least three times as long as second; first r.n. joining

second cubital cell about the middle, second r. n. joining third

cubital cell at end of second third; basal nervure feebly

arched,

Length 17 mm.

Bo.

Sikkim: Lebong, 5000 ft., ix. 1908 (H. M. Lefroy), ex

Coll. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, Bengal.

The superticial resemblance between this species and

Anthophora (Habropoda) tainanicola, Strand, is very striking ;

the type-locality of A. tuenanicola is Formosa, but there are

specimens from Assam in the B.itish Museum which certainly

appear identical. Like the other Himalayan species of

Melitta referred to above, the pubescence is much denser

than in the well-known species from the Western Palearctic

region, e. g. MJ. hemorrhoidalis, leporina, &c.

Melitta arrogans (Smith).

Andrena arrogans, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen. p. 56 (1879). Q.

This species comes very near WM. turnert (Brauns), but the

condition of Smith’s type is too poor to say whether they are

identical. There is a co-type of M. turnert in the British

Museum.

Colletes neglecta (Smith).

Andrena neglecta, Smith (nec Dours.), Deser. New Spec. Hymen. p. 57

(1879). Q.

Andrena negligenda, D. T., nom. nov. (1596).

The single specimen in poor condition is evidently a

Colletes. 1t seems doubtful whether typical Andrena occurs

in the Ethiopian Region.

Subfamily Pawvrers.

RuHopuituLus, Ducke.

Rhophitulus, Ducke, Zeitschr. Hym. Dipt. vii. p. 366 (1907).

Ducke (Zool. Jahrb. p. 88, 1912) suggests that this genus

464 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

may be synonymous with Macrotera, Smith (1853), but

retains it as distinct on differences in the comparative position

of the ocelli. I have examined types in both genera con-

cerned, and find no difference in the position of the ocelli.

There is, however, another character quite sufficient to

separate Rhophitulus from Macrotera, viz., the large stigma ;

in both known species of Macrotera—WM. bicolor, Smith (1853),

aud M. secunda, Ckll. (1904)—the stigma is small and

linear.

CALLIOPSIS, Smith.

Calliopsis andreniformis, Smith, Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus. i. p, 128

(1853). @.

Callivpsis flavipes, Smith, J. c. p. 129. ¢.

These two insects were both described from specimens

taken by Edward Doubleday in Hast Florida, and are

certainly only the sexes of one species. In the British

Museum is a pair from N. Dakota (G@. A. Stevens) presented

by Prof. Cockerell ; the male agrees perfectly with C. flavipes,

Smith. I am unable to trace C. flavifrons, Smith, referred

to by Cockercll (Trans. Amer. Hunt. Soc. xxxi. p. 321,

1905), the type of which is recorded as being in the

British Museum.

Panurgus venustus, Krichson.

Panurgus venustus, Erichs., Waltl. Reise d. Tirol &c., P. 2, p. 106

(1835). ¢.

Panurgus moricet, Friese, Zeitschr. Hym. Dipt. p. 308 (1905). ¢ Q.

In the Edward Saunders Collection are 2 ¢ g and 2 2 9

identified as Hrichson’sspecies,no doubt correctly. Mr. Morice

has presented a pair of co-types of P. moriced, Fr.; this

species is described from the same series as those labelled

P. venustus by Saunders ; all were captured by Mr. Morice

in the same locality on the same day, namely, Jimena, Anda-

lusia, i. v. 1905. Friese places P. venustus in Camptopeum.

Mr. Morice agrees with me in this synonymy, and says that

he thinks Friese has noticed it himself; but I am unable to

find a record of it.

Subfamily Xyzocoprinm.

XyYLocoPa, Latr.

A study of more material of the cwrulea group of species,

this time kindly submitted for examination by Mr.

Moulton, Curator of the Sarawak Museum, has led to some

the Apidee in the British Museum. 465

interesting discoveries. Typical X. (Koptorthosoma) cerulei-

formis, M.-Waldo (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xiv. p. 454,

1914), is well represented in both sexes ; but there is one

specimen—a female—in which the brilliant azure pubescence

is replaced with fulvous brown, similar in colour to that of

the male. The female is doubtless dimorphic, the pheno-

menon of dimorphism being already well known in the

African species X. caffra, L., and X. inconstans, Smith.

Aylocopa (Koptorthosoma) ceruleiformis, M.-Waldo,

var, fusca, nov.

?. Forme typice omnino similis, sed capite, thorace segmentoque

primo abdominis brunneoc-hirtis.

SARAWAK: Matang, March 2, 1904.

To the type-locality (Matang) may be added the following

localities in Sarawak :—Kuching, March 1900, Feb. 1901,

So $3; Limbang, April 1910. Other localities for the species

are Singapore and Mt. Kinabulu (B. N. Borneo), 3000 ft.,

30. ix. 1918 (J. C. Moulton), ?.

X. (Koptorthosoma) cerulea, Fabr., is represented by a

series of 7 2 2? and 1 @ from various Bornean localities ;

there are also 2 2 2 from Singapore.

SARAWAK: Trusan, Aug.1900. Britisa NortH Borneo:

Kinabalu, Sept. 1913, 4 2 2,1 3 (J. C. Moulton).

In this species, too, the female is apparently dimorphic,

one form, as in the preceding species, having the pubescence

coloured as in the ¢.

Xylocopa (Koptorthosoma) cerulea, Fabr., var. viridis, nov.

@. Forme typice similis, sed capite, thorace segmentoque primo

abdominis viridi-hirtis,

Sarawak: Kuching, 11. 1. 1908 (G. Meade- Waldo),

2 2 2 (type) ; Lawas, ix. 1909, 1 ? (co-type in Sar. Mus.).

This variety was first considered by me to be the 9 of

X. malayana (=sarawakensis, Cam., as which it is recorded,

Sarawak Museum Journal, no. 3, p. 24, 1913), but the

female of that magnificent species still awaits discovery.

Xylocopa matange, sp. n.

9. Nigra, viridi-enea, nitida; capite fulvo-, thorace tergiteque

primo pallide flavo-pilosis; tergitibus 2-4 apice lateribus albo-

fasciatis, pedibus nigro-hirtis ; alis subfuscis,

Long. 18 mm,

466 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

Head black, thorax and abdomen dark greenish bronze,

shining; head with dark hair on vertex, cheeks with a

whitish pile, the whole thorax above and tergite 1 clothed

with a pale yellowish pubescence, tergites 2-4 with pale hair

laterally at apex, tergites 5 and 6 fringed with dark hair.

The legs entirely black. Wings with three cubital cells,

subhyaline, the apical area suffused with fuscous,

Head closely and evenly punctured, that on thorax and

abdomen shallower; malar space very short, impunctate,

enclosed area of median segment impunctate. Clypeus fiat,

truncate, with a very small median tooth, sides of clypeus

forming two little pits at the junction with face. Apical

sternite with a longitudinal carina.

Length 18 mm.

SARAWAK: Mt. Matang, 10. ii. 1914 (G@. E. Bryant),

tvpe; Matang Road, iii. 1909 (J. E. A. Lewis), and

‘“‘ Matang,” iii. 1904, co-types. The last-mentioned specimen

in the Sarawak Museum,

The receipt of more material has enabled me to describe

this species, which I referred to in an earlier paper (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xiv. p. 455, 1914). It belongs to

Xylocopa sens. str., and appears to be most closely related to

X. collaris, Lep., from which, however, it can be readily

distinguished by the colour of the pubescence.

Subfamily Bows.

Bombus nasutus, Smith.

Bombus nasutus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. ii, 1852, vol. ii.

p. 44. &.

Bombus breviceps, Smith, 1. c.

A careful examination of the types convinces me that these

two are co-specific, B. breviceps being a smaller individual.

Smith notes their relationship, but adds, “the form of the

head is decisive of their difference.” Iam unable to find

any difference. Both were captured at Chusan.

These species, together with B. diversus, Smith, from

Japan, and B. opulentus, Smith, from N. China, both some-

what similar in appearance, have been misunderstood by

recent authorities. In Dalla Torre’s Catalogue B. nasutus is

given asa synonym of &. melunurus, Lep. (altaicus, Er.),

doubtless on the authority of Handlirsch (Ann. Naturh.

Hofmus. in. p. 213, 1888), and B. opulentus is considered

synonymous with B. breviceps (1. ¢.).

These species may be separated by the following cha-

racters: they are all richly clothed with bright golden-

the Apide in the British Museum. 467

yellow hair on tlie thorax and basal tergites, the apical tergites

being clothed with black hair :—

1. (2) Malar space short, about as long as broad

at the apex ; third joint of antenns

Tas lope ds Jot. 4c. a. ss con nasutus, Smith (brevi-

2. (1) Malar space long, about twice as long as [ceps, Sm.).

broad at apex; third joint about

twice as long as joint 4.

3. (4) Tergites 1-3 clothed with golden-yellow

hair; wings fusco-hyaline........ diversus, Smith,

4, (8) Tergites 1 and 2 (except laterally)

clothed with golden-yellow hair ;

wings'\dark fuseous.../..3..005.0+ opulentus, Smith.

Friese considers B. diversus to be a variety of B. hortorum,

subsp. ussurensis, Rad.

Bombus lapidarius, L., var. tunicatus, Smith.

Bombus tunicatus, Smith, Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond. 1852 (2), ii. pt. 2,

p. 43, pl. vill. fig. 7.

Bombus incertus, Morawitz, Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Pétersbourg, xxvii.

p. 229 (1881).

Authentic examples of B. incertus, Mor., from the Radosz-

kowski Collection differ in no way from typical B. tunicatus,

Smith. Schmiedeknecht (Apid. Europ. p. 371, 1883) records

this synonymy with a query. There seems little doubt that

this is only a form of B, lapidarius, L., as recorded by Dalla

Torre in his Catalogue, by Friese (Ann. Mus. Zool. St.

Pétersbourg, p. 518, 1905), and by Friese and Wagner(1910).

Bombus lapidar‘us, L., var. gilgitensis, Ckll.

Bombus gilgitensis, Ckll. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 228 (1995).

This species was described from Gilgit, Kashmir. Cockerell

notes the resemblance to B. tunicatus at the time, and later

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) v. p. 417, 1910) is inclined to

think it is a variety of it. Iam of lis opinion, and consider

them both (i. e., B. tuntcatus and B. gi/gitensis) varieties of

B. lupidarius. There are recently acquired specimens from

Hunza, North Kashmir, 8000 ft., 3. ix. 1913 (Rk. W. G.

Hingston) in the National Collection.

Bombus alienus, Smith.

Bombus alienus, Smith, Catal. Hym. Brit. Mus, ii, p. 402 (1854), &.

There is a specimen of tlis insect, which was described

468 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

from North China, in the British Museum from Shillong,

Assam, x. 1903 (R. EL. Turner). The species is omitted

from the ‘ Fauna of British India,’ vol. i. (1897). Smith’s

original description is sufficiently good for colour ; the malar

space is rather longer than broad at apex, the third antennal

joint is rather larger than the fourth.

This is probably the same species as B. vallestris, Smith

(1878), described from the Second Yarkand Expedition ; but

I have not seen the type.’

Bombus longiceps, Smith.

See Cockerell (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) v. p. 505, 1910)

on this species. J agree with him that the Baltistan specimen

cannot possibly be a form of B. hortorum. Unfortunately

the type is not available, being in the same collection as the

previous species. The British Museum has recently received

six § & from Hunza, North Kashmir, viii. 1913 (2. W. @.

Hingston).

Bombus bicoloratus, Smith (1879).

Jockerell (‘ Entomologist,’ p. 101, 1911) has written a

note on this Formosan species and the nearly related B. /atis-

simus, Friese (1910), in which he gives both structural and

colour differences.

Bombus ardens, Smith (1879).

This Japanese species is known only from males. The

malar space is of medium length, rather longer than broad at

apex ; Joints 3 and 4 of the antenne are about equal. This

may prove to be the male of B. muscorum, var. tersatus,

Smith, also from Japan.

From a perusal of Dr, Franklin’s valuable “ Monograph of

American Bombus” (‘Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. 1913), it would

appear that the majority of the types of species of that genus

considered to be in the British Museum are not there. The

explanation for this is that the late Colonel Bingham was

unwilling to accept as the type any specimen not actually

labelled with the word “ type” by the author, with the result

that species described by Frederick Smith, which are certainly

the actual type-specimens, are stated to be untraceable.

the Apidee in the British Museum. 469

Unfortunately there are also instances in which specimens

distinctly labelled with the word “type” have been over-

looked, and consequently inaccurate data supplied to

Dr. Franklin.

Species Nortu oF MExIco.

Bombus polaris, Curtis (1831). The type ? is in the

British Museum labelled ‘ 2. polarts, Curtis. Type from

Curtis,” in Frederick Smith’s handwriting.

Bombus arcticus, Kirby (1821). Type ? in British Mu-

seum, labelled “ arcticus”” in Kirby’s handwriting.

Bombus frigidus, Smith (1854). The ? type of this species

is clearly labelled as such, with the word “type.”

Kirby’s misidentified B. derhamellus cannot be traced.

SPECIES SOUTH OF THE UNITED STATES.

Bombus trinominatus, Dalla Torre (1890)=B. modestus,

Smith (1861) (nec Cresson, nec Eversman). Smith’s

type is in the British Museum.

Bombus formosus, Smith (1854) =B. pulcher, Cress. (1863).

This species is erroneously recorded from “ India”? in

Catal. Brit. Mus., but this locality is changed by Smith

himself in the British Museum copy to ‘“ Mexico,

Oajaca.” The type-specimen from this locality is

marked as ‘‘type”’ by Smith, and there can be no doubt

that B. pulcher, Cress., is synonymous.

Bombus nigrodorsalis, Franklin (1907) = B. laboriosus, Smith

(nec Fabr.). Smith’s type 2 is in the British Museum,

and agrees in every respect with specimens of B. nigro-

dorsalis named by Dr. Franklin himself, Franklin tells

me (in /itt.) that he now considers nigrodorsalis and

montezume, Ckll., to be colour-variants of the same

species.

Bombus thoracicus, Sichel (1862) = B. bellicosus, Smith (1879)

=B. emilie, Della Torre (1890). Smith’s species was

quite naturally a source of difficulty to Dr. Franklin,

owing to its locality being given as ‘‘ Sumatra or India.”

The type-specimen bears no locality-details on the label,

470 Mr, G. C. Champion on new Species

and the Asiatic locality published with the description

is certainly wrong.

Bombus meaicanus, Oress, (1878) = B. unifasciatus, Smith

(1879). The type % of B. unifasciatus is marked with

the word “type” by Smith himself, and the other

specimens are unmistakably the types of the other castes.

Bombus diligens, Smith (1861) =B. brachycephalus, Hand-

lirsch (1888).

LIV. — New Species of the Genus Platamops, Revtt.

[=Spithobates, Champ.] (Coleoptera), from Tropical

South America. By G. C. Cuampion, F.Z.S.

THE genus Platamops, including two species from Colombia,

was described by Reitter * (1878) as a Cucujid, and said to

have simple, 5-jointed tarsi, with a feebly lobed third joint.

There can be no doubt, however, from the other characters

given, that his detinition of the tarsi was inaceurate (possibly

he did not examine the posterior pair, or they were missing

in his types), and that Platamops is synonymous with the

Pythid-genus Spithobates, Champ. ¢ (1889), also based upon

two Tropical American forms. The four species now added,

one from Colombia and three from Brazil, are all contained

in the British Museum. These insects = the tarsi 5-, 5-,

4-jointed in both sexes, and the ante-penultimate joint a

little stouter than the minute penultimate one; the anterior

coxal cavities open behind ; the prothorax oath four or five

setigerous tubercles along tlie lateral margin ; and the elytra

clothed with intermixed long, erect, tactile seta and decum-

bent hairs. The general facies is very like that of the

Cucujid genera Telephanus and Cryptamorpha, and this

doubtless deceived the Austrian author, who compared

Platamops with Platamus, Er., and Parabrontes, Redt.,

whereas the affinity with the Pythid-genus Salpingus, Gyll.

(Spheriestes, Steph.),is obvious. The species here described

have six of the outer antennal joints widened, as in the

P. (Spithobates) setosus, Champ., from Chiriqui, the three

terminal joints only being thickened in the Central American

* Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxvii. p. 177 (1877, issued in 1878),

+ Biol. Centr.-Am., Coleopt. iv. 2, p. 104 (1889),

of the Genus Platamops. AT1

P. (Spithobates) maculatus, Champ. The types of P. deco-

ratus and P. vittatus, Reitt., are, 1 believe, in the Oberthtir

collection at Rennes. The eight species may be tabulated

thus :—

Antenne widened from fifth joint.

Eyes larger ; elytra immaculate .... setosus, Champ. [Panama.]

Eyes smaller; elytra maculate.

Prothorax smooth at base; elytra

amarante. ae Faced cae binotatus, sp. u. {|Colombia. }

Prothorax closely punctate to base.

Elytra strongly attenuate poste-

riorly, fusco-bicruciate .... telephanoides, sp.n. [Brazil.]

Elytra less attenuate poste-

riorly.

Elytra transversely bifasciate,

irregularly punctate .... decoratus, sp. n. [Colombia. }

Elytra obliquely bifasciate,

striato-punctate ........ obliquus, sp.n, [ Brazil. |

Elytra quadrimaculate ...... 4-signatus, sp. n. { Brazil. ]

Hiby tral Vattate: << «sac 2s) eaese vittatus, Reitt. [Colombia. }

Antennz widened from ninth joint ; (America.

Glytis. ApOtted Wo. se)". wialen adie em Gea maculatus, Champ. [Central

1. Platamops binotatus, sp. n.

Elongate, attenuate posteriorly, shining ; nigro-piceous,

the head in front, the basal joints and tip of the antenne,

the flanks of the prothorax, and a large patch on each elytron

below the humeri, rufous or ferruginous, the tarsi testaceous,

the femora and tibie darker; very sparsely clothed with

decumbent yellow hairs intermixed with very long, erect,

scattered seta. Head rugosely punctate on each side of the

smooth median space, the eyes rather smal], prominent ;

antenne long, joints 5-10 subequal, longer than broad.

Prothorax convex, oblong-cordate, strongly constricted and

transversely sulcate before the base; sparsely, coarsely,

separately punctate on each side of the rather broad smooth

median space, the constricted basal portion almost impunctate,

the five setigerous marginal tubercles small. Elytra mode-

rately elongate, broad, gradually widened to the middle and

rapidly narrowed thence to the apex, the transverse post-

basal depression deep; sparsely, rather coarsely punctate,

the punctures becoming very small from the middle onwards,

and showing a faint trace of a linear arrangement on the

disc, the postmedian sutural depression rather deep, the

interstices smooth, flat on the disc, uneven towards the sides

and apex. Intermediate and posterior tarsi very elongate,

much longer than the anterior pair.

472 Mr. G. C. Champion on new Species

Length 5mm. (7?)

Hab. CoLoMBIA, Santa Fé de Bogota (Mus. Brit.).

One specimen, acquired by the Museum in 1871. This

insect is labelled “ hetéromére,” showing that its systematic

position was then recognized. The comparatively smooth

prothorax, long antenne, and rufo-bimaculate elytra are

characteristic. A Palearctic Salpingus (Spheriestes) is

similarly coloured.

2. Platamops telephanoides, sp. n.

Elongate, narrow, attenuate posteriorly, shining; ferru-

ginous, the eyes black, the legs and elytra testaceous, the

latter with a large, common, subtriangular, scutellar patch

connected along the suture with a broader saddle-shaped

mark, a common oval patch towards the apex, and an in-

determinate space along the sides (extending from just below

the humeri to about one-third from the apex, and usually

obliquely coalescent posteriorly with the saddle-shaped mark)

piceous or nigro-piceous, the under surface and antenne

piceous or obseure ferruginous, the latter with the basal

joints and extreme tip testaceous; sparsely clothed with

decumbent yellow hairs intermixed with very long, erect,

darker sete. Head rugosely punctate, smooth down the

middle, the eyes very prominent ; antennz moderately long,

joints 5-10 very gradually decreasing in length, 7-10 tri-

angular, 11 ovate. Prothorax oblong-cordate, constricted

and transversely depressed before the base, longitudinally

rugose, except along the smooth median line, the five seti-

gerous marginal tubercles well developed. Elytra long,

rapidly narrowed from the middle, narrow at the tip;

obliquely depressed on the disc below the base, rather

coarsely striato-punctate, the punctures becoming very

minute on the apical declivity, the interstices flat and almost

smooth.

Length 44-5 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab. BRrazit, Rio de Janeiro (Fry).

Four specimens. More elongate than the allied forms,

and with the elytral markings very similar to those of

various species of the Cucujid genera Telephanus and

Cryptamorpha.

3. Platamops obliquus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, shining ; nigro-piceous or piceous,

the head and prothorax sometimes wholly or in part ferrugi-

nous, the basal joints and tip of the antenne, the knees

and tarsi, and various markings on the elytra testaceous

of the Genus Platamops. 473

or ochraceous ; the elytral markings consisting of two fasciz

on the disc, neither reaching the suture—the antemedian one

transverse and extending downward on the outer part of the

disc (in one specimen divided into two spots), the postmedian

one oblique and extending outward to near the margin,—a

spot on the shoulder (sometimes extending across the base),

and a small apical patch ; sparsely clothed with decumbent

yellow hairs intermixed with numerous, very long, erect,

dark sete. Head rugosely punctate on each side of the

smooth median space; antennze with joints 5-10 subtrian-

gular, slightly decreasing in length. Prothorax oblong-

cordate, narrower in ? , constricted and transversely depressed

before the base, longitudinally rugose, except along the

smooth median line, the setigerous marginal tubercles well

developed. Elytra moderately long, subparallel in their

basal half; interruptedly striato-punctate, the punctures

becoming very fine towards the apex, the transverse post-

basal depression deep, the interstices almost smooth, flat on

the disc, uneven towards the sides. Penis-sheath of @

curved and acuminate at the tip, two long filamentary pro-

cesses projecting from it beneath, each process dilated at the

apex and bearing a conspicuous seta,

Length 34-4} mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab, BRaztt, Rio de Janeiro (Fry).

Seven specimens, one somewhat immature. This species

seems to be very nearly related to, and a little smaller than,

P. decoratus, Keitt., trom La Luzera, Colombia; but the

elytra in the latter are said to be irregularly punctate, and to

have two transverse fascix, tue suture, base, and apex ferru-

ginous. In the Brazilian insect the dark portions of the

elytra are condensed into a narrow sutural stripe, a post-

basal fascia, a common saddle-shaped mark at the middle,

and a. large, common, oval, subapical patch. The exdeagus

is partly extruded in two of the males before me.

4, Platamops quadrisignatus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, rather convex, shining ; piceous or

obscure ferruginous, the basal joints and tip of the antenna,

the tarsi, and a large humeral patch on each elytron and an

indeterminate patch of variable extent on the dise towards

the apex (not reaching the suture), testaceous or rufescent ;

sparsely clothed with decumbent yellow hairs intermixed with

numerous, very long, erect, darker sete. Head rugosely

punctate on each side of the smooth median space; antenne

rather short, joints 5-10 subequal in length, 6-10 subtri-

angular. Prothorax oblong-cordate, longitudinally rugose

474 Lord Rothschild on some new Lepidoptera

on each side of the smooth median line, constricted and

transversely depressed before the base, the five setigerous

marginal tubercles well developed. Elytra moderately long,

subparallel in their basal half and arcuately narrowed thence

to the apex, the post-basal depression deep; with interrupted

rows of scattered punctures, which become very fine towards

the apex, the scutellar region sometimes with additional

scattered punctures, the interstices smooth and flat.

Length 34-4 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab. Brazit, Rio de Janeiro, Pernambuco (fry).

Described from three specimens. A fourth example (one

of the two from Pernambuco), somewhat immature, with a

broader head and prothorax, larger eyes, and more closely

punctate elytra, seems to belong to the same species. The

elytral markings are not unlike those of the variable

P. maculatus, Champ., from Central America, which has

the antennal joints 9 and 10 longer and stouter than

those preceding, and the elytra regularly striato-punctate.

P. vittatus, Reitt., is said to have the elytra ferruginous,

with the suture and sides broadly nigro-piceous, and it

cannot therefore be conspecific with the present species.

LV.—Some new Lepidoptera from Siam and Africa.

By Lorp Roruscuixp, F.R.S., Ph.D.

THE two Siamese AMATHUSIID were collected by Mr. God-

frey of Bangkok, who has presented the Stichophthalma to

the British Museum.

RHOPALOCERA.

Stichophthalma godfreyt, sp. n.

3. This very distinct species is nearest to St. cambodia,

Hew.

Upper surface——Head brownish rufous ; antenne rufous ;

thorax and abdomen greyish brown, abdomen washed with

blackish. Fore wing: basal half greenish steel-blue washed

with olive-brown on costal area and from the base distad;

outer half greenish white or white tinged with Nile-green ;

terminal band, apex, and submarginal row of large excised

patches black-brown washed with steel-blue ; a postmedian

band of dark greenish steel-blue chevrons joined into a chain-

like band. Hind wing similar, only the submarginal band

of excised patches is replaced by a second row of chevrons

and the white ground of the outer half of the wing is

- from Siam and Africa. 475

strongly suffused with greenish lavender-blue. Underside

very similar to that of cambodia, but much darker ; all the

lines and other markings much sharper and the double

submarginal bands deep brown.

Length of fore wing 72 mm., expanse 151 min.

Hab. Siam (near Kambusi, 8.5. 1914).

Thauria lathyt stamensis, subsp. n.

In Seitz’s ‘ Macrolepidoptera of the World,’ Herr Fruh-

storfer has treated the four forms of Thaurta, known to him,

as SUBSPECIES of one species, Thauria aliris, Westw.—at the

same time remarking that his lathy? was almost worthy of

specific rank, as it lacked the conspicuous tuft of andro-

conial hairs in the cell of the hind wings.

The ‘ring Museum possesses, however, from the Tenas-

serim Valley and Toungoo, Burmah, both typical Th. a.

pseudaliris, with very narrow, yellow, oblique band on the

fore wings and large cellular androconial tuft on hind wings,

and also a form of ldathyi with large whitish-cream oblique

bands on fore wing and no cellular androconia on hind wing

(described below). From Perak there are also in the Tring

Museum a large series (9 9 g,3 2 3) of a. pseudalir’s and

2 9 % of the form of dathyi described below. This proves

that /athyz occurs side by side with a. pseudaliris and that it

is a quite distinct species.

3. Differs from /. /athyi in being much smaller, the basal

one-third of fore wing is suffused with much deeper, more

maroon rufous, and the oblique pale band of fore wing is

considerably wider and pure white.

Length of fore wing 50 mm., expanse 106 mm. : J, sta-

MeNSIS.

Length of fore wing 53 mm., expanse 112 mm. : J. luthyi.

Hab. Siam (Hoopbok, 26. 4. 1914).

Thauria lathyt amplifascia, subsp. n.

gS ¢. Differs from J. lathyi by its larger size and by the

oblique pale band of the fore wing being quite twice as wide

at vein 4,

Width of oblique band (/. lathyz): ¢ 6 mm., ? 11 mm.

Width of oblique band (4. amplifascia): g 16 mm.,

9 17 mm.

Length of fore wing (J. lathyi): g 53 mm., 2 61 mm.

Length of fore wing (l. amplifascia): gf 60 mm.,

9 67 mm.

Expanse: l, lathyi, g 112 mm., ? 128 mm.; 1. ampli=

fascia, § 126 mm., 2? 140 mm.

476 On new Lepidoptera from Stam and Africa.

Hab. Toungoo, Burmah (type) ; Shan States ; Tenasserim

Valley; Perak; (26 6,6 2 ¢ in Tring Museum).

(Th. aliris intermedia, Crowley, has wider oblique light

bands on the fore wing in the 9, and very conspicuous

cellular androconial tufts in the ¢; it occurs in Toungoo,

Burmah, alongside of Th. lathyi amplifascia.)

HETEROCERA.

Lymantriide.

Ogoa oberthueri, Rothsch., sp. n.

6. This is undoubtedly a giant, as the largest species

described up to now only expands 72 mm.

Antenne heavily pectinated, shaft black-brown, pectina-

tions deep black; head, thorax, and first two segments of

abdomen dirty cream-white, rest of abdomen cinnamon-buff.

Fore and hind wings, above and below, semivitreous

buffish cinnamon, outer half feebly powdered with sooty

scales ; on fore wing an angled median band and on hind

wing a postmedian convex band of more densely placed

sooty scales, some 4 millimetres wide.

Length of fore wing 62°5 mm., expanse 135 mm,

Hab. Grande Comore (named in honour of Mr. Charles

Oberthiir, who did so much for the exploration of the

Comoro Islands).

Ogoa neavei, sp. n.

3. Legs black ; antenne deep black; head and thorax

deep orange ; abdomen black, three basal and the anal seg nent

orange.

Fore wing dark smoky grey ; median and outer quarter of

costal area orange, intranervular spaces in basal two-fifths

suffused with orange, in the outer three-fifths the intra-

nervular spaces are only somewhat washed, with orange,

more strongly towards termen; an oval, ill-defined, dull

orange patch below median vein between veins 2 and 3.

Hind wings orange, a sooty-black patch on upper discocellular

veinlet, vein in cell sooty black, a submarginal sooty-black

sinuate band beyond which the nervures to termen are also

black, and the interspaces sprinkled with black scales.

Several other g g show a second oval patch between

veins 3 and 4. @ similar, but paler and duller.

Length of fore wing 44 mm., expanse 95 mm.

Hab. Mt. Mlanje, Nyassaland, Dec. 1913 (A. S. Neave

coll.; Brit. Mus.).

On anew Sphingid from Africa. 477

LVI.—A new Sphingid and little-known Butterflies from

Africa. By J. J. Joicey, F.E.S., F.L.S., and G. Tausor,

F.E.S.

[Plate XII.]

Tux Pieris which we have figured was thought to be new,

but has since been ascertained to be Pinacopteryx venata,

But]. We are indebted to Dr. G. B. Longstaff for kindly

making this correction. The insect is rather rare, and an

account of it will be found in Dr. Longstaff’s paper on

‘The Butterflies of the White Nile,” Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

10135 pai; pl. av. figs. 1 F,.2°9'.

We have 2 g ¢ from Kengon, and 1 ¢ from Panikwari, .

April ; South Soudan.

Pemba jordani, sp. n.

?. Distinguished from distanti, Roths. & Jord., by the

well-defined markings of the fore wing, and the black

patagia,

Upperside of fore wing whitish grey in basal half and

dirty grey beyond, with sooty-black markings. A faint

thin basal line ending in a dark patch on costa and reaching

its base ; a second faint basal line crossing origin of vein 2

and accentuated on costa ; a faint oblique discal line from

inner margin to origin of vein 3 and continued as a heavy

bar, somewhat invaded by ground-colour, at right angles to

costa and placed within cell ; aheavy postdiscal line curving

inwards from inner margin to vein 2 and then outwards to

5 and inwards to costa, forming a large spot at base of

cellule 5; a second postdiscal line, strongly dentate and

close to, and parailel to, the first, from inner margin to

vein 7; a third and narrower line merged into the second

above vein 5 and below 2, and outwardly curved ; the post-

discal band crossed by a streak in 2 and another in 8;

veins beyond postdiscal band scaled with whitish grey ; an

apico-costal patch, somewhat ovate, its inner edge more

clearly defined; a marginal border narrowing anteriorly

from inner margin to vein 6, its edge irregularly dentate

and rounded below vein 2. Fringes sooty brown, greyish

ochreous between the veins. Hind wing unicolorous grey-

brown, whitish grey at extreme base. Fringes whitish

grey.

Underside unicolorous grey-brown with a faint post-

discal band more distinctly visible on hind wing. Fore

wing with basal half darker.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xvii. 32

478 Geological Society.

Antenne, head, thorax, and whole underside of body

grey; patagia sooty black ; tuft at base of abdomen brown,

sooty black ,laterally ; abdomen grey with black segmental

lines, a mesial black line, and a dorso-lateral series of spots

at apices of the segments.

Length of fore wing 37 mm.

Hab. French Congo, Fort Champel, 1 ?.

The genus of this species was kindly determined for us by

Dr. K. Jordan.

We take this opportunity of figuring the following two

remarkable and little-known African butterflies :—

Papilio cariei, Le Cerf, Bull. Soc. Ent. de France, no. 16

. (Oct. 1913) (Mauritius).

A second example of this species is in the Paris Museum

from Great Comoro. In the Joicey coll. are two ¢ ¢ from

the Ivory Coast received from Monsieur Le Moult and

collected by Monsieur Dyot. Such a discontinuous distri-

bution is certainly curious, but we are informed by Mr. P.

I. Lathy, who examined the Ivory Coast collection when it

came to hand, that he found the specimens in that collection.

We regard P. cariei as a distinct species which may

represent the ancestral type of P. demodocus, Esp.

Charaxes acreoides, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,

vol. ii. p. 449 (1908) (Cameroons). ¢.

The type of this species is in the coll. of Joicey and is

unique. As stated by Druce, /. c., this wonderful Charaxes

reminds one at first sight of Pseudacrea clarki, Butl., which

also came in the same collection. It was taken by Rosen-

berg’s collector, G. L. Bates, in the Cameroons.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Pinacopteryx venata, Butl.

Fig. 2. Pemba jordan.

Fig. 3. Papilio caries.

Fig. 4. Charaxes acreodes.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 15th, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Dr. AuBREY SrraHan, F.R.S., gave an account of a deep

boring which was made in 1913 in search of coal, in the parish of

Little Missenden, at an elevation of 459 feet above sea-level. The

collection of specimens and the identification of fossils was carried

Geological Society. 479

out by Mr. J. Pringle. For the first 1200 feet the hole was

punched, and nothing is known of the strata traversed down to

that depth—beyond the fact that the boring started in the top of

the Middle Chalk and passed through some Oxford Clay, and, below

that, some oolitic limestones which presumably belong to the Great

Oolite Series. From 1200 feet the hole was drilled for 64 feet, and

cores were preserved. The cores consisted of alternations of lime-

stone and mudstone, with a rich and characteristic Upper Ludlow

fauna. Among the fossils was Orthoceras damesi Rcemer,

[? Krause], which had not previously been obtained in this

country.

The boring serves to fix part of the northern boundary of the

tract of Old Red Sandstone which underlies London. It is

intended to publish a full account in the next issue of the

Summary of Progress of the Geological Survey.

February 18th, 1916.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The PRrEsIDENT, in his Anniversary Address, discussed the use

of fossil remains of the higher vertebrates in strati-

graphical geology. The study of fossil fishes, to which he had

referred in his Address of 1915, raised the question as to whether

animals of apparently the same family, genus, or species might not

originate more than once from separate series of ancestors. The

higher vertebrates, which inhabited the land, might most profitably

be examined to throw light on the subject ; for the land has always

been subdivided into well-detined areas, isolated by seas, mountains,

and deserts, so that animals in these several areas must often have

developed independently for long periods. Students of shells are

unanimous in recognizing what they term homceomorphy, and trace

immature, mature, and senile stages in the course of every race that

can be followed through successive geological formations. Verte-

brate skeletons, which have much more numerous and tangible

characters, and approach senility in more varied ways, should attord

a clearer view of general principles.

Even among vertebrates the evidence that most concerns the

geologist is not always easily interpreted. For instance, the

Sparassodonta and horned tortoises of the Argentine Tertiary

are so closely similar to the existing Thylacines and the fossil

Miolania of Australia, that they are still sometimes quoted as

proving the former existence of an Antarctic Continent uniting

the South American and Australian regions. On the other hand,

they may be merely survivors of cosmopolitan races at the two

extremes of their former range, with certain inevitable (but not

altogether similar) marks of senility. In making comparisons,

indeed, it is no longer enough to distinguish the fundamental

and merely adaptive characters of animals; it is also essential

to note separately those characters which depend on the early,

480 Geological Society.

mature, or senile position of the particular animals in the evolving

series to which they belong.

Hitherto there seems to be only one case in which we have

enough materials for forming a judgment as to whether a funda-

mental advance may occur more than once. Mammal-like reptiles

are abundant in the Permian of North America and in the Permian

and ‘Trias of South Africa and other parts of the Old World.

Recent studies have shown that all specializations in the North-

American forms are in the direction of higher reptiles, while

all those in the South African forms are in the direction of

mammals. Hence, although there is evidence of two possible

sources of mamunals, only one appears to have produced them.

Among advances of lower degree, the origin of the monkeys or

lower Anthropoidea may be considered. It is agreed that they

arose from the lLemuroidea which were almost universally

distributed over the great continents at the beginning of the

Tertiary Era. They seem to have evolved separately in America

and in the Old World, but the two series are very sharply

distinguished, although they form one zoological ‘suborder.’ When

isolated on the island of Madagascar, some of the same animals

acquired a few peculiarities of the. American, others of the Old World

Anthropoidea, but never really advanced beyond the Lemuroid

stage, merely becoming senile just before their extinction. Hence,

the Lemuroidea evolved in three different ways, and the resulting

groups are very easily distinguished.

The study of the Tertiary Ungulata is especially important,

because most of the groups arose either-in North America or in

the Old World, which were united and separated several times.

It seems clear that, although each group probably originated but

once in one particular area, its members soon diverged into several

independently evolving series, each imbued with some definite

impulse or momentum towards specialization in the same way in

the course of geological time, only at different rates. There were

thus, for example, several distinct lines of horses and rhinoceroses,

but all from the same source.

It is now well known that the characteristic South American

Tertiary Ungulates arose in an isolated area, and many of their

specializations are curiously similar to some of those observed

among European Eocene and Oligocene Ungulata which soon

proved abortive or ‘inadaptive.’ They are, however, by no means

identical.

While so many changes have occurred during the evolution of

the vertebrates, the persistence of characters and the strength

of heredity in numerous cases are still as perplexing as they were

when Huxley first directed special attention to ‘persistent types.’

The President enumerated some illustrations.

481

INDEX tro VOL. XVII.

ACANTHION, new species of, 136.

Asthosciurus, definition of the new

generic name, 271.

Amitrochates, characters of the new

genus, 527,

Amphicora fabricia, remarks on, 25.

Amphiglena mediterranea, note on,

Andrena, new species of, 278.

Anoplura, new, 90; note on the

thorax in the, 171.

Antialcidas, characters of the new

genus, 326.

Ants from British Guiana, on, 366,

Aporoideus, new species of, 124,

Aporus, new species of, 125,

Arachnida, new, 506, 308.

Araneidea, on some little-known

British, 163.

Arctictis, new species of, 270,

Arguda, new species of, 385.

Asura, new species of, 83.

Australothrips, characters of the new

genus, 214.

Austrodioxys, characters of the new

genus, 432.

Austrostigmus, key to the species of,

130 ; new species of, 131.

Axinella, new species of, 240,

Bagnall, R. 8., on new Thysano-

ptera, 218, 397.

Barbus, new species of, 244,

Barsumas, characters of the new

genus, 156.

Basilides, characters of the new

genus, 149.

Batozonus, new species of, 436.

Baylis, H. A., on Crassicauda crassi-

cauda and its hosts, 144; on the

nematode genus Tanjua, 223; on

some Nemertinea, free-living Ne-

matoda, and Oligochveta from the

Falklands, 288.

Bethune-Baker, (+. T., on new species

of lepidoptera, 378; on the syno-

nymy of the genus Ovyris, 386.

Bispira volutocernis, remarks on, 20.

Blackler, W. F’. G., on a new species

of Microtus from Asia Minor, 426.

Bolyphantes subnigripes, note on,

164.

Bombus, notes on species of, 466.

Books, new :—Suter’s Manual of the

New Zealand Mollusca, 209,

Boulenger, G. A., on a new snake

from Northern China, 243; on

three new cyprinoid fishes from

KE. Africa, 244.

Branchiomma, notes on species of,

16, 57.

Broom, R., on Pareiasaurian nomen-

clature, 347,

Callictita, new subspecies of, 80.

Candalides, new species of, 81.

Caprona, new variety of, 380.

Cascera, new species of, 384.

Cavyiria, new species of, 382.

Centrochares, new species of, 314.

Centromerus subacuta, note on, 166.

Centrotus, new species of, 154, 323.

Centrotypus, new species of, 315,

Cephalothrips, new species of, 409.

Champion, G. C., on a new genus

of Pythidee from the Falkland

Islands, 311; on a new genus of

Anthicide, 3895; on new species

of Piatamops, 470.

Chelynia, new species of, 429.

Chilton, Prof. C., on a new species

of Hyale from New Zealand, 362.

Choanomphalus, new species of, 160.

Chone, new species of, 36, 60, 65.

Claviger testaceus, note on, 877.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 277, 428.

Coleoptera, new, 311, 395, 470,

Coluber, new species of, 243,

Congochrysosoma, characters of the

new genus, 174.

Coscinocera, new subspecies of, 88.

Crassicauda crassicauda and its hosts,

on, 144,

Crawley, W. C., on ants from

British Guiana, 366.

Crematogaster, new variety of, 369.

Crick, G. C., on Cephalopoda from

Kukatta, 211.

Crocidura, new species of, 188,

Crustacea, new, 345, 362.

Cryptoprocta, on some of the external

characters of, 413.

Cummings, B. F., on new species of

lice, $0; note on the thorax in

Anoplura and in the genus Nesio-

tinus, 171.

Cyaniris, new species of, 79.

Cyntbia arsinoé, note on a melanie

aberration of, 73.

482

Dacaratha, characters of the new

genus, 319.

Danaida, new subspecies of, 72.

Dasychira, new species of, 381.

Dasychone argus, remarks on, 29.

Delias, new species of, 69.

Dendrothrips, new species of, 401.

Dermacentor, new variety of, 308,

Deudorix, new species of, 83.

Diacrisia, new species of, 84.

Dicallaneura, new species of, 77.

Dimorphothynnus, new species of,

121.

Dioxys, new species of, 286.

Diptera, new, 174, 309, 349.

Distant, W. L., rhynchotal notes,

149, 313.

Docessissophothrips, new species of,

Dolicholaimus, new species of, 293.

Dollman, G., on African shrews of

the genus Crocidura, 188.

Dremomys, new subspecies of, 392.

Ectyodoryx, new species of, 238.

Edriophthalma from 8. America, on,

345.

Edwards, F. W., on the systematic

position of the genus Mycetobia,

108; on a third species of the

genus Elporia, 309; on new Tipu-

lide from the Malay Peninsula,

349.

Egchocephalothrips, characters of the

new genus, 408.

Eirone, new species of, 122.

Elasmopus rapax, new variety of,

345.

Eligius, characters

genus, 152.

Elodina, new species of, 72.

Elporia, new species of, 309.

Emphusis, new species of, 319.

Ennea, new species of, 259.

Epactiothynnus, new species of, 119.

Ephutomorpha, new species of,

116.

Epimys, new species of, 425.

Fpitola, new species of, 378.

Erycinidia, new species of, 74.

Ksperiopsis, new species of, 235.

Eubordeta, new species of, 87.

Euchetothrips, characters of the new

genus, 402.

Euchone, new species of, 34, 60.

Eulinoguathus, characters of the new

genus, 90.

Euneomys, new species of, 185.

Euproctis, new species of, 381].

Eupterote, new species of, 86,

of the new

INDEX.

Euryglossa, new species of, 484.

Eurypon, new species of, 238.

Exomalopsis, new species of, 421.

Felide, on the internal carotid

artery in the, 261.

Fishes, new, 244.

Galenomys, characters of the new

subgenus, 143,

Galeriscus, note on, 179.

Gargetta, new species of, 382. _

Gastrosericus, new species of, 258.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 211, 347, 478.

Gnophomyia, new species of, 360.

Gondopharnes, characters of the new

genus, 321.

Graomys, characters of the new

genus, 141.

Gymuastes, new species of, 358.

Halictus, new species of, 286, 435;

key to the Ethiopian species of,

450.

Hamma, new species of, 157.

Harpactophilus, key to the species

of, 129.

Heliothrips, new species of, 213.

Hesperomys, new species of, 182.

Hirst, S., on a new species of Sol-

puga from the Belgian Congo, 306 ;

on a new variety of European tick,

308.

Histiotus, new species of, 272.

Homoptera, new, 149, 313.

Hyena hyzena, on some of the ex-

ternal structural characters of,

330.

Hyale, new species of, 362.

Hymedesmia, new species of, 236.

Hymenoptera, new, 116, 246, 248,

277, 299, 366, 428, 435, 453.

Ibiceps, new species of, 150.

Ideopsis, new subspecies of, 73.

Iotrochota, new species of, 236.

Jackson, Dr. A. R., on some little-

known British spiders, 163.

Jasmineira, remarks on species of,

45.

Joicey, J. J., on new lepidoptera

from Dutch New Guinea, 68; on

butterflies from Africa, 477.

Labeo, new species of, 244.

Lagriomorpha, characters of the new

genus, 595,

Lampides, new species of, 79.

Laonome kroyeri, remarks on, 15.

Larra, new species of, 249.

Lepidoptera, new, 68, 378, 474, 477.

Leptocentrus, new species of, 151,

315.

IN DEX,

‘Lestarches, characters of the new

genus, 518.

Libnotes, new species of, 353.

Limnobia, new species of, 353.

Lineus, notes on species of, 288.

Linognathoides, new species of, 107,

Liphanthus, new species of, 428.

Liris, new species of, 248.

Lithotis, new species of, 160,

Lyczenesthes, new subspecies of, 379,

M‘Intosh, on the British Sabellide,

1; on the Sabellide dredged by

H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in 1869 and

1870, and by H.M.S. ‘ Knight

Errant’ in 1882, 52; on the Tere-

bellidze and Sabellidze dredged in

the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Dr.

Whiteaves in 1871-73, 59; on the

Sabellide dredged by Canon A. M,

Norman off Norway and Finmark,

62.

Mallophaga, new, 94; note on the

thorax in the, 172.

Mamunals, new, 136, 182, 188, 270,

272, 392, 425, 426.

Maurya, characters

genus, 326,

Meade-Waldo, G., on the Apide in

the British Museum, 448.

Megachile, new species of, 277.

Megalopta, new species of, 453.

Melitta, new species of, 462.

Microtus, new species of, 427,

Milionia, new species of, 86.

Mitopeza, characters of the new

genus, 349.

Mollusca, new, 159, 259.

Monaxonellida, new, 234,

Monkeys, on the generic names of

certain Old- World, 179.

Morphotzenaris, new subspecies of, 73.

Motes, new species of, 253.

Muride, on S. American, 139, 182.

Mycalesis, new subspecies of, 76.

Mycetobia, on the systematic position

of the genus, 108.

Mycetophilidz, on the mouth-parts

and venation of the, 108.

Myxicola, notes on species of, 47,

Nematodes, new, 227, 289.

Neolarra, new species of, 285.

Nesiotinus, note on the thorax in, 172.

Newton, R. B., on molluscan re-

mains from E. Africa, 211.

Nitella, new species of, 448.

Nomia, new species of, 457.

Notogonia, new species of, 252.

Ocypteromima, characters of the new

genus, 175,

of the new

483

Odontomachus, new variety of, 368,

Odontothrips, new species of, 217.

CEdemothrips, new species of, 408.

Ogoa, new species of, 476.

Ogyris, notes on the synonymy of

the genus, 386.

Omichlis, new species of, 383.

Oria armandi, remarks on, 26,

Orothrips, new species of, 397.

Oryzomys, new subspecies of, 186.

Otinotoides, characters of the new

genus, 320,

-Otinotus, new species of, 153.

Oxydiscus, new species of, 361].

Pachyprosopis, new species of, 432.

Pantaleon, characters of the new

genus, 327.

Panurginus, new species of, 280,

Papilio, new subspecies of, 69.

Paracynictis, characters of the new

genus, 177.

Paragoniocotes, characters of the

new genus, 101.

Parathemerastis, new variety of, 383.

Pareiasaurian nomenclature, on, 347.

Parelodina, new species of, 81.

Parkinson, J., on the geology of the

E. African Protectorate, 210.

Pemba, new species of, 477.

Pemphredoning, key to the genera

of Australian, 128,

Perdita, new species of, 280.

Periaman, new species of, 320.

Physothrips, new species of, 218, 399,

Pison, new species of, 127.

Pithecus, note on the genus, 179.

Planorbis, new species of, 161.

Platamops, new species of, 470,

Platybelus, new species of, 155, 324,

Platyphthima, new species of, 75.

Pocock, R. I., on the external strue-

tural characters of the striped

hyena and allies, 830; on a new

genus of African mongooses and on

Galeriscus, 176; on the internal

carotid artery of the Felide and

Viverridz, 26]; on some of the

external characters of Crypto-

procta, 413.

Poophylax, characters of the new

genus, 311,

Porthmeia, new species of, 382.

Potamilla, remarks on species of, 7,

Preetaxila, new subspecies of, 77,

Preston, H. B., on new freshwater

shells from Japan, 159; on new

species of Ennea from Northern

Nigeria, 259,

Protandrena, new species of, 428,

484

Proteles, on some of the external

structural characters of, 330.

Pseudophix, new species of, 381.

Pseudothrips, new species of, 222,

398.

Reptiles, new, 243.

Rhamphidia, new species of, 358.

Rhipidia, new species of, 352.

Rhopalothrips, new species of, 411.

Rhyphid, on the mouth-parts and

venation of the, 108. ~

Rothschild, Lord, on new lepido-

ptera from Siam and Africa, 474,

Sabella, new species of, 52, 63.

Sabellide, notes on the, 1.

Scranchia, new species of, 383.

Smicroloba, new species of, 85.

Solpuga, new species of, 306.

Sphecodes, new species of, 430,

Spilomena, key to the Australian

species of, 129; new species of,

134.

Spindasis, new species of, 379.

Spinoliella, new species of, 283.

Sponges, on some Irish, 232.

Stauropus, new species of, 384.

Stenolaimus, new species of, 289.

Stephens, Miss J., on some Irish

sponges, 232,

Stichophthalma, new species of, 474.

Stictoptera, new species of, 380.

Stizus, new species of, 440.

Strahan, Dr. A., on a deep boring at

Little Missenden, 478.

Strandiella, new species of, 430.

Subrincator, characters of the new

genus, 157.

Tachysphex, key to the Australian

species of, 254; new species of,

256.

Tachytes, key to the Australian

species of, 299; new species of,

300, 444.

Teeniothrips, new species of, 216.

Talbot, G., on new lepidoptera from

Dutch New Guinea, 68; on

butterflies from Africa, 477.

Tanqua, note on the genus, 223 ; new

species of, 227.

Tetralonia, new species of, 428.

Thauria, new subspecies of, 475.

INDEX.

Thomas, O., on the porcupine of

Tenasserim and Southern Siam,

136; on S. American Muride,

139; on the generic names of

certaiu Old-World monkeys, 179 ;

on Argentine, Patagonian, and

Cape Horn Muride, 182; ona

new binturong from Siam, 270;

on a new genus for Sciurus poensis

and its allies, 271; on the bats of

the genus Histiotus, 272; on the

races of Dremomys pernyi, 391 ;

on a new rat from Tenasserim, 420.

Thrips, new species of, 402.

Thysanoptera, new, 213, 397.

Thysonotis, new species of, 82.

Tipula, new species of, 351.

Tipulide, new, 349.

Tmesothynnus, new species of, 118.

Townsend, C. H. T., on two new

genera of African Muscoidea, 174,

Trichodectes, new species of, 94.

Tricoceps, new species of, 322.

Tshaka, new species of, 324.

Turanana, definition of the new

generic name, 378.

Turner, R. E., on new hymenoptera

from Australia, 116; on two new

species of the genus Megalyra,

246; on some Larrinze in the

British Museum, 248; on the Aus-

tralian Larrine of the genus

Tachytes, 299; notes on fossorial

hymeuoptera, 435.

Tylodesma, new species of, 234,

Urapteroides, new subspecies of, 88.

Valvata, new species of, 161.

Viverride, on the internal carotid

artery in the, 261.

Waigeum, new species of, 82.

Walker, A. O., on Edriophthalma

from 8S, America, 343.

Woodward, Dr. A. S., on the use of

fossil remains of the higher verte-

brates in stratigraphical geology,

479.

Xiphistes, new species of, 313.

Xiphopeeus, new species of, 152.

Xylocopa, new species of, 465.

Zeuzera, new species of, 88.

Zoyphium, new species of, 126,

END OF THE SEVENTEENTH VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLERT STREUT,

Ann.& May. Nat. Hist. 8. 8.Vol. XVI PU. I.

M“INTOSH.

Huth, London.

A.HLW. & W.C.M.del.

Ann. & Mag. Nat.Hist. 8.8. Vol. XVI. PU.Il.

M‘INTOSH.

Huth ,London

A.HLW. & W.C.M. del.

Ann.é Mag. Nat.Hist. $8, VOL. AVI. POE

MOT y

Huth, London

A.H.W.& W.C.M. del.

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.S.8.Vol.XVI PUN.

M‘INTOSH.

ze See

ee ota ee

Huth,London,

A.ALWW.& W.C,M. del.

JOICEY & TALBOT. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl. V.

NEw LEPIDOPTERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEA,

eee Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVU. Pl. VI.

New LEPIDOPTERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEA.

eee LS EBOT. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl. VI.

New LEPIDOPTERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEA.

JOICEY & TALBOT.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl. VIII.

New LEPIpopTrerRA FROM DutcH New GuINEA.

ae. Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl

2c \\\oF

LIE

ae ie wrt

mah. ome, Ook Po

ees eee

4h a Ae ‘

7 Moe

The Internal Carotid Carial in the Viverride.

POCOCK. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl. XI.

The Internal Carotid Canal in the Viverride and Felidz.

JOICEY & TALBOT. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVHU. Pl. XU.

Horace Knight, del

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd

A NEw SPHINIGID AND LitrLe-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES

FROM AFRICA.

Royal 810, price 58. net.

“2 Systematic Catalogue of

HISTERIDE.

- By GEORGE LEWIS, F.L.S.

By the same Author.

Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera.

Price 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d,

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price 4d.; Post Free, 43d. |

LIST GF BRITISH HOW-BARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD,

- F.L.S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C.

LAND ARD FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA,

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.RS., &e..

With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera :

imax, Parvatella, Macrochlamys, Pseudokaliella, Kadiella,

Durgella, Eulota, Helix, Alyczus.

TayLor and Francois, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Price £7 net, Royal 4to, pp. alvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates and oe

A HISTORY

OF THE

BIRDS OF CEYLON,

Col. Vincent tous: R.A., F.Z.S., Be

TAYLOR and oe Red Lion Court, Fleet ere E.C,

Ba aa

on Rs:

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 102.—Bighth Series,

i”

XLVI On some of the External Characters of Cryptoprocta.

By Bee nO ees Bald ie aCe e SERIES ere he SoU Rae Scie See:

XLIX. A new Rat from Tenasserim. By Oxprretzp THomas .... “425

L, On a new Species of Microtus from Asia Minor. By W. F.

Grirritr Brackier, M.A., F.Z.8. ....... Gea cd SU ep A NAAR Site Be 426

LI. Descriptions and Records of Bees—-LXXII. By T. D. A.

Cocxrrgt1, University of Colorado... ... 0... cece eee ce cc etuees 428

LI. Notes on Fosgorial Hymenoptera.—X XII. On new Ethiopian

Species. By Rowzanp E. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S. 2. cc.00. 0000. 435

LIL. Notes on the Apide (Hymenoptera) in the Collection of the

British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By GuorrrEy

MRAE-Waspo; MAR VIE Ose ea I ee ae ea 448

LIV. New Species of the Gonus Platamops, Reitt. [ = Spithobates,

Champ.] (Coleoptera), from Tropical South America. By G. C.

OH MEMEO Mate: Secich ee eck Mars Ce teMnie ns oe petra e SERS Fae 470.

-LY. Some new Lepidoptera from Siam and Africa. By Lorp

Rorasenran, FRO: PRD. 8 Sci 68 OREN oe ok ee ee). 474.

LVI. A new Sphingid and little-known Butterflies from Africa.

By J. J. Jorcny, F.ES., F.L.S., and G. Tausor, F.E.S. (Plate XII.) 477

; PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Geological Society ...... egiea abst sia ata teats 6.4 Pi Oe Nas Ea? 478, 479